SECOND ANNUAL REPORT
UPON THE
NATURAL HISTORY AND GEOLOGY
OF THE
186 5~








INTRODUCTION.
To the Senate and House of Representatives:
In accordance with the provisions of the resolve authorizing the
continuance of the Scientific Survey, we have the honor to present
herewith our Annual Report, describing the results of our explorations during the past season.
No change has been made in the organization of the corps of the
survey; but we have been unable to employ all who were in the
field the previous year. Mr. ioughton has not been in the service
at all, and M[r. Packard only a few weeks; the rest have been hard
at work in the field, some of us from the 10th of May to the 6th of
October. Several persons of eminent ability have applied for the
office of assistant to the survey, but we uniformly refused their
services, and desire to accept no others until we have the means
to employ aid in addition to those now on the list. Those who so
kindly tendered us their services without charge shall be remembered first when we may have the means of remuneration in our
hands.
On the 25th of March we conferred with His Excellency the
Governor and the Secretary of the Board of Agriculture in reference to the plan of operations for the season. The instructions
then received we have endeavored to carry out in the way now
to be described. As before, we formed two parties, each of us
either accompanying or having charge of one of them.  The
Naturalist, Dr. Holmes, spent a part of May, the whole of June
and a part of July in exploring the distribution of the Lower Helderberg limestone, or the "marble layer " of Maine, in Aroostook
county. About the first of July Mr. Fuller commenced to explore
the marine zoology of the coast, under the direction of the survey,
accompanied by Mr. Packard for a few weeks. He commenced
his work near Eastport, and worked his way along gradually to
Portland, having amassed a great number of facts and specimens.




4                  BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
He was at work dredging until the middle of September. Dr.
Holmes explored the Natural History of the Kennebec and Androscoggin regions during the latter part of the season.
The Geologist, Mr. Hitchcock, was accompanied by Mr. Geo. L.
Goodale (now Assayer to the State) during the whole season.
About the middle of May they left Moosehead Lake in birch canoes,
accompanied by Mr. 0. White, of the scientific department of Amherst College, and explored the west branch of the Penobscot, the
upper portion of the river St. John, returning by way of Churchill,
Chamberlain and Chesuncook Lakes to Greenville.  Mr. White
became so much interested in the work of exploration, that at his
own expense he explored the geology of Alleguash and Cancemgomoe Lakes, and presented us with a report upon them.
The Geological party spent the last of June and the whole of
July in exploring the country near Penobscot Bay, and measuring
a section from Eden to the Canada line in Somerset county. Then
they spent more than a month in examining the country watered
by the Schoodic Lakes and the St. Croix river, besides an important
exploration of the iron ore and fossiliferous limestone of northern
Aroostook county. The last work of the season was the exploration of the large lakes in Franklin and Oxford counties.
We propose to divide this report into three parts. Part I will
embrace the observations that have been made in Natural History
during the past year, in all the departments of Zoology and Botany.
Part II will treat of whatever may have been learned respecting
the rocks and fossils of the State since the publication of the Preliminary Report; while Part III'will be devoted to the chemical
portion of the general report. We shall not address your Honorable Assembly with each special report, but with this introduction
present the several fragments in the most natural order possible.
We have found it very difficult to devise an unexceptionable mode
of presenting our materials, owing to their fragmentary character.
We regard the notices of iron ores in the State, and the description of the Botanical Map, as the most important practical results
of the survey described in this report. The one may have an intimate connection with the welfare of our General Government,
while the latter will be of value to those who propose settling in
the best agricultural districts; and when the details are properly
investigated, it will afford to the residents of all parts of the State
the knowledge of the best fertilizers for each district.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                    5
We regard ourselves fortunate in being able to present communications from J. W. Dawson, LL. D., Principal of McGill College,
Montreal, and from E. Billings, F. C. S., Paleantologist, of the
Canada Survey, respecting new species of fossil plants and animals
discovered in the State. These gentlemen kindly volunteered their
aid in this department, and the former one visited the localities in
person, thereby with his experienced eye gaining more information
in a few days respecting this ancient flora of Maine than we could
have done in as many weeks. We hope also to be able to present
a valuable letter about the microscopic remains of animals and
plants found in the "polishing powder" of our peat-bogs from
Prof. L. WV. Bailey, of the University at Frederickton, N. B., who
has inherited in this department the skill of his lamented father, the
late Prof. J. TW. Bailey, of West Point.
We have been much gratified with the favorable reception our
Preliminary Report has found, both within and without the State,
and in foreign countries, as well as in the British Provinces on our
own continent. You are earning for yourselves a reputation for
wisdom, skill and liberality across the water. In a review of the
report of last year in the Daily Edinburgh Review of July 7, 1862,
your example is commended to the chiefs of the Geological Survey
of Great Britain; not that science is not cultivated there, but that
too little effort is there made to popularize scientific details and to
present their practical bearings to the people. Of the fruits of the
survey this writer says: " We can only say that they are well
fitted to stimulate the chiefs of surveys on this side of the Atlantic."
Also: "We cannot, too, but commend the wisdom of the Legislature's'Resolve.' Great activity and enterprise are being thrown
into agricultural and mining operations. Science might direct
these energies. Geology might point out the connection between
the characteristic rocks of a district and its soil," etc.  "Zoology
and Botany might also do much if their researches were set in
popular and directly practical aspects.  Maine has made the
attempt, and the success is most marked. It will do a great deal
more for the social comfort and morality of its people than the
notorious'Liquor Law' of that State ever could."
The estimate in which the report is held in the British Provinces
may be seen in the following extract from the Canadian Naturalist
for June, 1862: " The survey of Maine was commenced last year
by Mr. Hitchcock, and his report shows a most praiseworthy dili



6                  BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
gence and an excellent combination of effort with others working
in neighboring fields, along with great capacity for such work.
The observations made and the fossils collected enable us for the
first time to form just ideas of the parallelism of large portions of
the rocks of Maine with those of New York, Canada, Nova Scotia,
etc."
The American Journal of Science and Art, the leading scientific
journal of our country, says in its issue for May, 1862   "It is
worthy of remark that in these times of civil strife Maine has the
courage to inaugurate a new scientific survey, while some other
States are suspending work on surveys only partly completed.
This is the more to the honor of Maine, inasmuch as in case of a
foreign war she would be the first to suffer the liability of an invasion."
We have collected a large number of specimens illustrating the
Geology, Zoology and Botany of the State, which we have accumulated at the rooms of the Portland Society of Natural History, preparatory to culling out suites of specimens for the State House
and the higher literary institutions of the State. We are under
great obligations to this -society for the free use of their rooms, and
especially because they are aiding wonderfully in promoting a
scientific knowledge of the State by their publications and the
opening of their collections to the use of the public. These publications assist the State materially, for they are filled with scientific
details of great importance, which need not be repeated in our
reports, and are accessible to all who wish to inspect them. The
value of this society is well known to you, as in times past you
have granted it aid. The society is now virtually paying back to
the State all that it has received.
We must renew our thanks to the citizens of all parts of the
State where we have travelled the past season, for their hospitality
and earnest efforts to assist us in our labors. Last year we thought
we had never seen people so obliging and generous as those who
assisted us, but this year they have been still more courteous. In
addition to those enumerated last year, we are under special obligations to the following gentlemen, as well as to many others
whom we have not time to mention: Hon. Ira Fish of Patten,
Joseph Pollard and Eben Trafton of Masardis, Daniel Stickney of
Presque Isle, Hiram Stevens, William A. Sampson, J. W. Haines,
Edward Fowler, Cyrus Estes and John B. Trafton of Fort Fair



SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   7
field, Oliver Smith of Mars Hill, Milton Welch, Theophilus Cary
and Z. P. Wentworth of Houlton, Hon. P. P. Burleigh of North
Linneus, George H. Downing of No. 5, R. 3 of Aroostook county,
Sylvester of Parlin Pond,   --  of Forks Hotel,
(Forks of the Kennebec,) J. H. Eveleth of Greenville, Capt. Thomas
Robinson of the "Fairy of the Lake," Seward Dill and Mr.
Russell of Phillips, E. Darwin Prescott of Sandy River Plantation,
D. M. Benjamin of East Livermore, Prof. D. T. Smith of Bangor,
Messrs. Best and McAdam of the Woodstock Charcoal Iron Co.,
Batchelder of Union, and Dr. John DeLaski of Vinalhaven.
Very substantial assistance was furnished the Geologist by the
superintendents of most of the railroads in the State; insomuch
that enough funds were saved by this means to authorize the
excursion to Aroostook county when the valuable properties of the
iron ore in No. 13, R. 6 were discovered. We do not see, then,
but that the credit of this discovery —the most important yet made
by the survey —is to be ascribed to those gentlemen who so kindly
furnished these passes. From Edwin Noyes, the Superintendent
of the Penobscot and Kennebec, and the Androscoggin and Kennebec Railroads,-from B. H. Cushman, the Manager and Superintendent of the Kennebec and Portland Railroad, and from W. W.
Sawyer, the Superintendent of the Calais and Baring, and Lewy's
Island Railroad, complimentary tickets for the season were received:
while for occasional passes for particular trains over the Grand
Trunk Railway and the Somerset and Kennebec Railroad we are
indebted to the kindness of their superintendents.
To Mr. Sawyer, Superintendent of the Lewy's Island Railroad,
we are not only indebted for season tickets for our whole party,
but also for the use of special engines and a steamboat - the
" Gipsey," —which plies over Lewy's Long and Big Lakes. These
favors assisted us very materially, both in time and money.
We cannot close without alluding to the wisdom your Honorable Assembly used in the selection of the commissioners to whom
we are responsible, viz: His Excellency the Governor, and the
Secretary of the Board of Agriculture. They have fully appreciated the value of scientific explorations in their instructions to us;
they have been careful to see that the appropriations were expended to the greatest possible advantage; they have managed for
us difficult questions of a pecuniary nature; have borne with our




8                  BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
failings, and assisted us all that was in their power. If the explorations are not conducted so as to secure the greatest possible
benefit to the State, it is not their fault.
With these preliminaries, we now present our reports.
Respectfully submitted,
EZEKIEL HOLMES,
C. H. HITCHCOCK




PART I.
REPORTS UPON THE ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY OF THE
STATE OF MAINE.








DR. HOLMAES' REPORT
ON THE FISHES OF MAINE, INCLUDING SOME OF THE ELEMENTARY
PRINCIPLES OF ICHITHYOLOGY.
PART I.
To the Hon. Senate and House of Representatives
in Legislature assembled, January, 1863:
GENTLEMEN: —In accordance with the resolves passed by your
honorable body at the last session, providing for a continuance of
the " Scientific Survey of the State," I herewith submit the following report on the Ichthyology of Maine.
This report, I have divided into two parts, and you will find it
somewhat anomalous in its plan as usually followed in such cases,
inasmuch as it is not confined to a mere detail, or catalogue of the
fishes which are found in the waters of Maine, but embraces also
some of the more important elementary principles of the science of
Ichthyology in general. My reasons for this, I trust, will, on a
candid consideration of the subject in all its bearings, be fully
appreciated and approved.
A dry, formal catalogue of the fishes found in our State and
vicinity, with their technical names and synonymes, would interest
the experienced scientific Ichthyologist for a few moments, but the
people none at all.
As Naturalist to the survey, it becomes my duty to give in
detail, as far as observation and facts will warrant, the natural
history of fishes which frequent our coast, and streams, and lakes.
Now, the natural history of fishes treats " of their structure and
form-their habits and uses —their classification," and territorial
distribution. To do this, appropriate use must be made of the
peculiar language-nomenclature, or terms and phrases used, both
among practical fishermen, and scientific men in this department;
for Ichthyology, like every other science, profession and occupation, has its own particular language. As a general thing, how



12                    BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
ever, the terms and phrases which scientific men have, from time
to time adopted as appropriately descriptive of Ichthyological
subjects and facts, are, to the majority of us, "heathen Greek."
It is not strange that it should be so, for there has been little, or
no effort to familiarize the people, whether old or young, with
them. Books on this subject are comparatively rare and costly,
and the few in existence are better calculated for those already
adepts, than as guides to the first rudimentary principles, leading
the young inquirer to a full knowledge of the science in all its
branches.
Hence arises the fact that, although the fishermen of Maine are
among the most enterprising, intelligent and shrewd of the people-are well versed in all the technicalities of practical seamanship,
whether in calm or in storm, understand thoroughly the habits
of most of the fishes they pursue, and are perfectly acquainted with
the best modes of taking, curing and preparing them for dietetical,
commercial and economical purposes, but very few of them could
point out the true scientific distinctive characteristics between a
cod and a sculpin.
As before remarked, they cannot be blamed for this, so long as
the avenues to knowledge in this department of natural history
are virtually closed against them. Indeed, I found it sufficiently
difficult, during the writing of this report, to obtain some of the
standard authors on Ichthyology, for the purposes of reference, and
the clearing up of points on which the mind was in doubt.*
To obviate, in some degree, this difficulty, I have thought it
advisable to incorporate into this report, some of the general elementary principles of Ichthyology, by which the subject matter
might be more clearly elucidated and better understood.  What I
have given is designed to aid the student in his investigations of
this branch of natural science, so that his " pursuit of knowledge"
* But one work of the kind could be found in the State Library, where, it is but
fair to expect the student would be enabled to find all the more expensive works on
every subject, and this belonging to the select class which bears the inscription,
"not to be takenlfrom the Library."  As further proof of the difficulty of obtaining
elementary instruction in this department of natural history, Worcester's Dictionary
may be cited. The publishers of that work boast of it as being the best of the kind
in use for giving and defining scientific terms and phrases. On examination, you
will find that, in Botany, Ornithology, and some other branches, nearly all the terms
used are put down well explained and also illustrated by small neat wood cuts; but
for the strictly Ichthyological terms you will seek in vain. It is true a few of the
more common ones may be found, but no wood cut illustrates them to the eye.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   13
shall lie " under" less " difficulties" than they otherwise would be.
In doing this, I have found it a difficult thing, as have undoubtedly
many others who have essayed a similar task, to steer a middle
course, so that what was written should not be so dryly scientific
as to repulse and discourage the beginner-nor so purely elementary as to afford no interest to a deeply scientific man.
If some of the rising generation, who are fond of deep sea fishing,
with lead and line-or of Isaak Walton's "gentle art" of angling
by brook and lake-let, should be led by it to turn their amusement
to incentives for more thorough research into the works of nature,
as manifest in the "finny tribes," the writer will be amply compensated for his labor, and the State expenditure will not have
been made in vain.
The Early Settlers of Maine drawn thither by its Excellent Fisheries.
Progress and Importance of T'hem.
The fisheries of Maine constitute one of the oldest and most
valuable interests of the community. No person can sail along
our coast, or explore our bays ard creeks, without being struck
with the uncommon facilities offered for marine fisheries. No person can travel over our territory, and examine the innumerable
lakes, rivers and smaller streams he meets with, without also being
struck with the uncommon chances and advantageous localities
offered by nature for interior fisheries.
These advantageous sites, and the facilities for such pursuits
were quickly observed by the very first discoverers of Maine, and
were among the principal inducements which drew so many pioneers and adventurers to our shores, and made them so persevering
and determined to establish settlements on the coast and islands,
notwithstanding the social privations that at first attended, and the
Indian hostilities that soon surrounded them.
Pring, in 1603, and Weymouth, in 1605, both foresaw the uncommon advantages here offered for fishing and trading. Weymouth, during his voyage came to anchor near Monhegan island,
and lay for a time in what he called "Pentecost Harbor," from
which he sailed, as his historian says, " to enter a newly discovered river, swept by strong tides, and enlivened with fish, some of
which were seen great leaping above water judged to be salmon."
Around the island where they first landed (Monhegan) they relate




14                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
that great lobsters-rock fish and plaice were fished-all the fish being
wellfed, fat and sweet."
The natives, whom they found there inhabiting the seaboard,
obtained an easy and luxurious living from the ocean, and were
expert fishermen, as well as bold and skilful hunters. Rosier, the
historian of Weymouth's voyage describes those whom he (Weymouth) basely kidnapped and carried with him on his return to
England, as peaceable, kind-hearted, generous, truthful and honest"-as "expert whalemen by profession, often capturing this
mammoth fish(?) in our waters." The account which these captives gave of the resources of their native country in these things,
heightened the already roused excitement in England respecting
the newly discovered regions, and two years after (1607) we find
Popham, with true British enterprise, planting a village of fifty
houses to accommodate his colony on the shores of the Kennebec,
and erecting a fort for their defence. The objects of this settlement were principally fishing in the adjacent waters, and trade
with the natives. In all the early descriptions of our State, fishing
and fisheries always stood out in strong relief. Speaking of " Norembega," it was described by Purchas as being an island at the
mouth of a goodly river,* "very fitfor fishing * * * and that the
region that goeth along the sea doth abound in fish."
The death of Popham, and the hostilities of the Indians, exasperated probably by the imprudence of his men, brought his settlement to an early destruction, but the inducements were too great
to allow the country and fishing grounds to remain unoccupied,
and accordingly we find the French settling Mount Desert in 1609,
and a few years after (1614) we find the celebrated Capt. John
Smith exploring along our coast with two ships. He, as did Weymouth, anchored at Monhegan. This island had been more or less
a resort for fishermen since its discovery by Weymouth.
Smith made it the centre of his operations during the summer.
"Whilst the sailors fished," says he, "myself with eight others
ranged the coast in a small boat. We got, for trifles, 11,000 beaver
skins, 100 martins, and as many otters, and the most of them within the distance of 20 leagues. We ranged the coast east and west
much further."t
* Supposed to be Damariscotta, see Sewall's Ancient Dominions of Maine, p. 32.
t Sewall's Ancient Dominions, p. 175.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 15
He returned to England in September following. Besides the
furs, they carried home 47,000 dry and core fish made at Monbegan.
Plymouth Colony saved from Starvation by Maine Fisheries.
From this time the fisheries and settlements began to increase,
proving a source, not only of profit to those who engaged in the
business, but of food and life to many, especially to the Pilgrims
of Plymouth, who obtained provisions from them to sustain their
starving families, and without which relief, it is doubtful if they
too would not have suffered the fate of Popham's colony and become
annihilated. Some historians have stated, and many people believe, that the landing of the Puritan Pilgrims on Plymouth Rock,
in 1620-an event whose anniversary is annually celebrated-constituted the first settlement in New England, and the germ of all
its population and prosperity. Not so. Several settlements had
been made and were in existence, years before, and to these were
the Plymouth Pilgrims indebted for relief and timely succor.
Monhegan and Damariscove, and Saco, and other places, were settled before that. In 1622, " thirty sail of vessels entered at Damariscove-which was now the granary of the embryo settlements
of New England-whose name (Damariscove) an English corruption of Indian words signifying a "place for fish," indicates its
early importance as a fishing depot.
The ship Swallow, from here, sent her shallop to Plymouth, and
to Damariscove came Winslow of the Plymouth plantation (the
Governor of the colony) to draw supplies for his settlement famishing on the shores of Cape Cod-who says —" I found kind entertainment and good respect, with a willingness to supply our wants
-which was done as far as able-and would not take any bills for
the same, but did what they could freely"-which certainly indicates that the inhabitants of Damariscove were a thrifty and generous people.*
A trading house was early established on Monhegan, where fish
and furs were purchased and stored until shipped to the mother
country. This house was broken up in 1626, when the goods,
being offered for sale, Governor Bradford and Mr. Winslow of the
New Plymouth colony, and Mr. Thompson of Piscataqua, went
* Sewall's Ancient Dominions, p. 105.




16                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
thither and purchased them. The moiety of the Plymouth planters
being ~400. The island was sold that year by Mr. Jennings of
Plymouth, England, to the future Pemaquid patentees, and continued to be a favorite resort of fishermen.*
Sir Fernando Gorges, who had taken a deep interest in the discoveries in this country, and who had given a shelter and a home
to the natives whom Weymouth had kidnapped, while they were
in England, and listened attentively to their descriptions of their
country, fitted out, in 1616, an expedition under the command of
Richard Vines, Esq., to explore the country still more, with a view
to settlement.
He came to anchor at a place which, in consequence of his wintering there, he called " Winter Harbor," a spot near the mouth
of Saco river, which river had been previously described by Champlain, a French early voyageur and explorer, as being "three or
four fathoms in depth, and is well stored with fish."
The Plymouth Colony Purchase a Fishery in Maine.
The Plymouth colony, finding the fisheries in this section of the
coast much more productive than further south, purchased, in 1628,
of Monquine, Sagamore of Kennebec, a large tract of country on
both sides of that river from Cusenock ( Cushnoc) up to Wesserunskcick. It is conveyed by deed, which is still to be seen in the
Register's office in Lincoln county, to William Bradford, Edward
Winslow and others, in behalf of Plymouth Company. This grant
was enlarged and confirmed to them in 1629-30. This patent gave
to them the control of the fisheries and trading sections on that
tract. The monopoly, or exclusive right to fishing in these waters,
for one or more years, used to be sold to the highest bidder at the
expiration of each lease, and thus the colony derived a profitable
income from their domain. This was continued until the lands began to rise in value, when the colony sold out to a company of
individuals known as the Plymouth Company, or proprietors.
T'he Fishing Business becomes more Systematic and Increases Commerce.
As population increased, the fishing business began to assume
more systematic arrangements and regular business forms. In
*Folsom's History of Saco.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                    17
1636, Folsom observes* that fishing was the most common occupation, as it was both easy and profitable to barter the proceeds for
corn from Virginia and other stores from England.
The trade with the planters of Massachusetts soon became considerable. At this time, Mr. Vines had a consignment of bread
and beef from that quarter.  Jocelyn remarks that " Winter Harbor is a noted place for fishes; here they have many stages." I-Ie
describes the mode of pursuing this business in the following manner. "The fishermen take yearly on the coast many hundred
quintals of cod, hake, haddock and pollock, and dry them at their
stages, making three voyages in a year. They make merchantable
and refuse fish, which they sell to Massachusetts merchants; the
first, for 32 ryals ($4.00) per quintal-the refuse for 9 and 10
shillings ($2.00 to $2.25.)
The merchant sends the fish, the first to Lisbon, Bilboa, Marseilles, Toulon, Bourdeaux, and other cities of France-to Canaries,
pipe staves and clapboards; the refuse fish to the West Indies for
the negroes. To every shallop belong four fishermen-a master, a
steersman, a midshipman and a shoreman, who washes the fish, out
of the salt and dries it upon hurdles pitched upon stakes, breast
high, and tends their cookery. They often get in one voyage eight
or nine barrels a share a man. The merchant buys of the planters,
beef; pork, peas, wheat, Indian corn, and sells it to the fishermen."
Thus, step by step, grew the fisheries of Miaine into a business of
magnitude and importance, and in proportion as the fisheries prospered, grew the maritime portions of our State in population and
corresponding strength. During the vexatious and bloody Indian
wars which soon after this began, and continued with but occasional cessation for more than a hundred years, and kept the settlers in constant watch for the safety of their property and lives,
their principal reliance for sustenance and supply of other comforts
was on their fisheries. But for these, many a family, and many a
hamlet on the seaboard, would have been reduced to actual starvation. It was this never failing resource which gave them life and
energy and the means to resist the assaults of their wily foes, until
they finally conquered and exterminated them.
* History of Saco, p. 37.
3




18                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
Laws began to be called for to Regulate the Fisheries.
As population increased, and settlements multiplied, and competition on the sea, and improvements on the land become more
prevalent, separate interests of individuals and communities began
to clash, and we find the government, whatever it was at the time,
often called upon to make laws and regulations for restraining
encroachments on the one hand, and resistance on the other. As
governments therefore, whether proprietory or colonial, began to
be established for the preservation or the protection of property,
the expenses accruing thereby, were met by some sort of taxation.
This was often paid in fish.
Thus, we find that as early as 1684, when Pemaquid, and the
"region round about" were formed into a "Ducal State," under
the Royal Grant to the Duke of York, a duty, or tax was put upon
the fishermen for the purpose of revenue. " All vessels, not of the
Ducal State, were ordered to pay into public revenue-if a decked
vessel, four quintals-if an open boat, two quintals of merchantable
fish."  In 1732, we find that the people of Saco met with trouble
in regard to their river, or interior fishery, by reason of the practices of the officers and soldiers of the " Truck-house" (Block-house
or fort,) and the town voted " that Mr. John Gordon lay a memorial before his Excellency the Governor, and the Honorable Council
of the difficulties that the inhabitants and residents on Saco river
sustain by those in the public pay of this Province, by setting of
nets and drifting with nets to the disturbing of the common course
of the fish, and any other difficulties that are not for the honor of
this Province."*
From this date to the present time, legislative enactments have
been frequently called for, and an examination of our statute books
will prove the fact, that if the naturalhistory of fishes had been more
thoroughly understood, some of the laws would have been very
differently framed and much better executed.
Massachusetts commences Legislative Encouragement to Fisheries.
Previous to this (in 1639) Massachusetts, whose government had
become more stable than that of some of its sister provinces, seeing
the great importance of this branch of industry, began a system of
encouragement to it.by legislative protection. It was provided by
* Folsom's History of Saco.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   19
law, that all vessels and other property employed in "taking,
making and transporting of fish, should be exempt from duties
and public taxes for seven years; and that all fishermen, during
the season of their business, should be dispensed from military
duty. This so stimulated the business that in 1641, the mariners
of that colony followed the fishing so well, that there was above
three hundred thousand dry fish sent to market."*
They become a Practical School for Seamen.
This system of encouragement also resulted, not only to the
increase of the fisheries, but also, by consequence, led to the business of ship building, and to a more extended commerce. It also
proved itself to be one of the very best practical schools for seamanship and a source from which, in process of time, the merchant
service derived their most expert and skilful sailors and shipmasters. At the breaking out of the revolution, these men formed the
nucleus of our navy, which, though small, did essential and effective service in the cause of their country, and in the war of 1812,
constituted a formidable rival to the greatest naval power then on
earth.
The United States adopt and continue a System of Encouragement.
When peace was established and the Federal Congress was organized under the new constitution, they remembered this service,
and to aid in continuing a school productive of such good results,
they adopted a system of national bounty to those fishermen who
embarked in the business to a certain extent. This bounty continues in operation to this day, and under its provisions more than
three millions of dollars have been received since its commencement
by the hardy fishermen of Maine alone.
Aided by the stimuli and encouragement, which we have mentioned, and the profitable character of the business itself, the Maine
fishermen have continued to increase from the humble beginnings
we have related, until in 1850, the product of the shipping so employed amounted to $569,876; the capital employed to $496,910;
and the number of hands to 2,783, being third State in rank.
One would be lost in trying to estimate the myriads of fishes, of
various kinds, that have been drawn from our waters, both sea and
* Palfrey's History of New England, vol. 11, p. 55.




20                  BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
inland, since the day that Weymouth found them so plentiful " fat
and sweet" at Monhegan, until the present time.  Every year, and
every season since, has the sea yielded to the industry of the adventurous fisherman, a life-giving, exhaustless harvest, and that
harvest has been as continually replenished and nurtured in the
coral fields of the ocean by an unseen but Almighty hand.
CLASSIFICATION.
By classification in natural history, is meant the arranging, or
grouping into classes, orders and genera, the several objects to
be described, which have properties and characteristics similar and
common to each other.  Some system of this kind was found necessary at a very early day, and some not very successful attempts
of the kind were made by the older naturalists. The most successful systematizer in natural science was Linneus, the Swedish
Phil6sopher, whose researches and writings opened a new era in
studies of this kind. His keen observation and talent of discrimination enabled him to develope a more simple, and at the same
time more practical arrangement, than any writer before him had
done. By his writings and lectures he rendered all the departments
of the science popular, and awakened an enthusiasm among the
scientific of every nation, that has continued to this day and been
of incalculable benefit to mankind.
A theory had long obtained belief that God had created every
thing in nature according to a natural gradation, or natural orders;
or, in other words, that there is a continuous series, or chain of
creation from the least to the greatest, and from the most simple
to the highest and most complicated organizations-that a perfect
knowledge of the whole range would enable us to place any particular object under consideration, unerringly into the exact place
or link in the great chain of created beings or things-that by
searching out the resemblances and affinities of the objects in question, they could all be grouped into true natural orders, each order
sufficiently definite and distinct to warrant a specific name, or designation, and yet its extremities or borders (so to speak) so nearly
resembling those on either side as to enable the student to see and
point out where they meet and blend into each other.
It is evident, that, in order to designate and accurately describe
these natural orders (admitting their existence,) a perfect knowl



SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   21
edge of the whole would be needed. This is impossible for one
man to attain.
Linneus, therefore, while he conformed as far as he was able to
what he considered natural orders, thought it advisable to adopt
what has been called an artificial system, establishing classes,
orders, genera and species upon certain organs which are always
present and uniform in form, position and structure. By these
means the study and description of natural objects have been
admirably systematized and facilitated. These important aids have
wonderfully promoted investigation and research, and increased
the knowledge of natural history in all its branches.
Different individuals, following their taste and "bent of their
genius" have devoted themselves to different departments of the
science. Some making Botany, some Ornithology, some Entomology, some Ichthyology, others Mineralogy and Geology, and so
on, their speciality, thus becoming adepts in their favorite science.
New discoveries have brought new changes in grouping or classification, and it will be found in tracing back the progress that has
thus far been made, that the arrangement of the present day is very
different, in many important respects, from the systems adopted
and promulgated by our predecessors-each of which had its day.
In Ichthyology this has been especially the case, and as many of
the terms, and some of the orders and genera are still used by
modern writers on this science, it may be useful to look briefly over
some of the several classifications which the older Ichthyologists
adopted in their works.  We shall thus more understandingly pursue the science as arranged by the more modern writers. As long
ago as 1555, Belon, a French physician, wrote a work entitled
" The nature and diversity of fishes with their portraits."  He was
the first who divided or grouped fishes into two grand divisions of
cartilaginous and osseous fishes.
Willoughby and Ray were among the earliest authors who reduced the study of Ichthyology to something like a systematic
arrangement. Their work made its appearance in 1686, in four
Books, folio.




22                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
WILLOUGHBY AND RAY'S SYSTEM.
II. BooK-cetaceous fishes.
III. BooK-concerning cartilaginous fishes. This is divided into
three sections.
IV. BooK-concerning oviparous fishes which have spines. This
is divided into five sections.
Ray, in 1713, published an improvement on this system in a
work entitled " A Synopsis of Fishes."
A classification by Samuel Dale, was published in 1739, who
made several improvements upon former arrangements, showing
that there had been some advance in the science. He based his
method upon the respiratory organs, dividing them into two grand
classes.
DALE'S SYSTEM.
CLASS I. —Fishes breathing by gills (Branchiis respirantes,) and
having~but one ventricle to the heart.  This class
was divided into two orders, viz:
I.-OVIPAROUs.
II.-VIVIPAROUS.
These orders were sub-divided into families, genera and
species.
CLASS II.-Fishes breathing by lungs (Pulmone respirantes,) and
having two ventricles to the heart as the whales.
About the same time, Linneus, who had collected the manuscripts
and writings of his deceased friend, Artedi, published two volumes
entitled Philosophia Ichthyologice, (Philosophy of Ichthyology. )
Artedi was a true and thorough naturalist for that day. He had
confined his researches to the natural history of fishes with indefatigable zeal.
He had systematized and arranged the classification of the science in accordance with the advice of Linneus-established new
genera, gave rules for their formation and descriptions, assigned to
them their proper limits, and gave the methods of separating different species, so as to render their descriptions clear and simple.
So correct was he in the description and distribution of genera, that
many of those he established are still retained in the nomenclature
of the science on his authority to the present day.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                            23
ARTEDI'S SYSTEM.
CLASS I.-Fishes with tails placed perpendicularly (Pisces cauda
Perpendiculari. )
This -class is divided into sections, orders and genera, as follows:
A.-Fish with bony rays to the fins and bony gills.
1.-Fins unarmed, Malacopterygii, (soft fins.)
Genera.
( 1. Syngnathus, Pipe fish.
2. Cobitis, Loche.
Fish with one fin almost in middle of   3 3. Cyprinus, Carp.
back.                                 4. Clupea, Herrings, ~-c.
5. Argentina, lrgentine, Silver fish.
6. Exocetus, Flying fish.
One fin nearly in middle of back, and    7 Coregonus, White fish.
one adipose fin near the end of back.  8. Osmerus, Smelt.
-  9. Salmo, Salmon and Trout.
One fin in further end of back.        10. Esox, Pickerel.
11. Echeneis, Sucking fish.
12. Coryphsena.
13. Ammodytes.
One or more fins extending whole length J 14. Pleuronectes, Halibut, Flounders.
back.                                15. Stromateus.
16. Gadus, Cod, Haddock.
17. Anarrhichas, Wolf fish.
One long fin scarcely distinct from the  ( 18. Muraena, Eel.
tail.                              i 19. Ophidion.
One very small fin, or none at all, on    1 20. Anableps.
extreme part of back.              i 21. Gymnotus, Electrical Eel.
2.-Fish  with bony fins, some of which are spines, Acanthopterygii, (thorny fins.)
22. Blennius, Blenny or Slime fish.
23. Gobius, Goby.
24. Xiphias, Sword fish.
Fish with smooth heads.                26. MuSgier, Mackerel.
(26. Mugil, Mgullet.
27. Labrus, Bass.
28. Sparus, Gilt Head.
29. Scivena.
30. Perca, Perch.
31. Trichiurus, Weever.
32. Trigla, Gurnard.
Fish with rough heads.                 33. Scorpnena.
34. Cottus, Bull-head.
35. Zeus, Dory.
36. Chsetodon, Beard-teeth.    [belly.
37. Gasterosteus, Stickle-back, Bony(38. Balistes, File fish.
Fish destitute of bony gills; with gill- 39. Ostracion, Coat of mail, Trunrcfish.
coverings.                           40. Cyclopterus, Sucker.
41. Lophius,.ngler.




24                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
B.-Fish with fins having cartilaginous rays hardly distinct from
a membrane.
(42. Petromyzon, Lamper Eel.
Chondropterygii, cartilaginous or leath-  43. Acipenser, Sturgeon.
ery fins.                    44. Squalus, Sharks.
45. Raja, Skates.
CLASS II.-Fish having tails placed horizontally, including whales.
We have thus given the system of Artedi in detail, because,
although Willoughby and Ray, by their improvements in classification of this branch of natural history gave it a more respectable
position among the sciences than it before had, Artedi placed it on
a firm basis and gave permanency to its nomenclature.
Other writers on this subject followed from time to time and
added, by their researches and discoveries, to the fund of knowledge
on these matters. Among them, Klein published an interesting
work in 1740, on the "Natural History of Fishes," in which he
endeavored to improve upon Artedi.
He increased the number of genera partly from the number of
newly discovered fishes till then undescribed. He divided them
into three grand orders, viz:
I.-Cetaceous or whales.
II.-Fishes with concealed gills as in Lamprey Eels.
III.-Fishes with open gills. These were again separated into
many sub-divisions or groups, and then again into genera.
Artedi's arrangement, however, continued to take the lead until
1766, when Linneus himself, who at first had adopted his friend
Artedi's system, came out with a new one of his own, which then,
from the popularity of its author as well as from its simplicity,
kept the ascendancy for several years.
LINNEUS' SYSTEM.
ORDER I.-APODES-fishes having no ventral fins.
ORDER II.-JUGULAREs-fishes having their ventral fins placed
before or forward of the thoracic or pectoral fins.
ORDER III.-THORACICI-fishes having the ventral fins placed
directly below the pectorals.
ORDER IV.-ABDOMINALES-fishes having their ventrals placed
behind the pectorals.
This was a very simple and concise arrangement, but nevertheless a purely artificial one, and by following it out fishes of very




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                         25
diverse form and characteristics were brought into the same order,
as the eel and the sword fish for instance, individuals having but
few properties similar or in common. He omitted the cetaceous
tribe (whales, &c.,) altogether from the arrangement; placing
them, inasmuch as they breathed air with lungs, among the mammalia.
The assertion from such high authority that a whale was not a
fish, made some stir at the time, but its correctness has long since
been established.
Ichthyology now began to be pursued as a well founded science,
and, as a pursuit, contributing largely by the researches and discoveries of its followers, indirectly at least, to the comfort and
wealth of the people by its suggestive aids to the practical economy and wants of mankind.
Fisheries began to be established more understandingly and to
better advantage as a branch of national industry, than they had
hitherto been, and that too in proportion as the knowledge of the
habits and instincts of fishes became better known and more widely
disseminated. Other. writers upon this subject appeared from time
to time, some of whom adopted the classification of Linneus wholly,
and some only in part,* but his system  kept the ascendancy until
Cuvier, the celebrated French comparative Anatomist and Naturalist introduced his method, based in part upon differences of anatomical structure.
CUVIER'S SYSTEM.
He divided, as did Belon, all fishes into two great divisions, viz:
those whose skeletons were made up entirely of bone which he
called Osseous fishes: The other included those whose skeleton or
frame work instead of being composed of bone was principally made
* Among them, Gronovius, a contemporary and friend of Linneus, published his
work (.Museum Ichthyologicum,) a few years before the latter had made public his
system. He adopted Artedi's two natural orders of fishes with horizontal tails and
those with tails in a perpendicular position, while his other characters were derived
from those of Ray and Linneus. Brunich, in 1771, published a work on the " Principles of Zoology" (Zoologia Fundamenta,) in which he united as far as he could,
the natural system of Ray with the artificial system of Linneus. Prof. Gowan followed, adopting Brunich's method. Scopoli, in a work published in 1777, adopted
a new method which was never followed. Bloch, in 1785, published a work with
excellent plates. It was written in French and German. He followed the Linnean
system. Bonnaterre, who wrote the article on Ichthyology, in that great work, the
Encyclopedie.Methodique, in 1788, also adopted Linneus' method.
4




26                    BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
up of cartilaginous matter. These he called cartilaginous fishes,
such as the Lampreys or lamper eel-some of the sharks, &c. His
next sub-divisions were based upon the structure of the gill apparatus and the Linnean plan based on the position of the fins. These
again divided into families or groups dependent upon the formation
of mouth or other appendages. A tabular view of his first formed
system would read thus:
(Fixed branchie or gills ( Round mouth at end of nose.
chondropterygii.      Transverse mouth under snout.
(do.    do.      do.     teeth.
fishes.    Free branchire with bran- Mouth at end of nose; no teeth.
chiostegi or gill covers.    do.  do.    teeth.
Bones of jaw answering for teeth.
IMouth very wide; number small teeth.
Apodes........... Mouth at end of nose.
A  Mouth under the nose.
Jugulares.......  Head unarmed.
(Dorsal fin partly spinous; head armed.
One do.
ihoracic.,,. do. do. do. headunarmed. T wO dorsals.
Thoracici........  Bones of the jaws naked; used as teeth.
Osseous fishes.                     Two eyes on the same side.
Body very long.
A furrowed disc on the head.
(No operculum to the branchioe (gills.)
No teeth.
Abdominales.        J.....  Sharp.teeth; no cirri or beard.
Head depressed; cirri.
Spines free on the back.
Mouth at the end of the nose.
It will be seen on careful comparison that the two first divisions
are those of Belon; the secondary characters are derived from
Artedi and Linneus; the third are groupings of his own, which he
has since improved upon, establishing several natural families
which have been used by subsequent writers on Ichthyology.  He
subsequently, with Valenciennes, published a work on the " Natural History of Fishes," in 13 volumes. I have given his improved
system on 33d page.
LACEPEDE'S SYSTEM.
A few years afterwards (1803) Lacepede published his celebrated
work, "The Natural History of Fishes," in five volumes.  From
the accumulations of facts in the several authors that had preceded
him, and the fact of his having access to the best museums or cabinets of natural history in Europe, he was enabled to make a very
valuable work, and one which for many years was considered as
standard authority. The following is a tabular statement of the




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                          27
classification which he adopted by which it will be seen that the
first or primary divisions are those of Belon-the second his own,
and the third those of Linneus:
Sub-Classes.                 Divisions.                   Orders.
1. Apodal.
(1. 1. No operculum nor branchial  2. Jugular.
membrane.                   3. Thoracic.
l~~                      I~~~~~~~4. Abdominal.
( 5. Apodal.
2. 2. No operculum, but a branchial  6. Jugular.
CARTILAGINOUS FISHES.-         membrane.                   7. Thoracic.
The spine composed of                                      8. Abdominal.
cartilaginous vertebrae.   3.. An operculum; no  branchial. Apodal.
3. 3. An operculum; no branchial 10. Jugular.
membrane.                  11. Thoracic.
12. Abdominal.
13. Apodal.
4. 4. An operculum, and a bran- 14. Jugular.
chial membrane.            15. Thoracic.
16. Abdominal.
17. Apodal.
5. 1. An operculum and a branchial 18. Jugular.
membrane.                  19. Thoracic.
20. Abdominal.
21. Apodal.
6. 2. An operculum; no branchial 22. Jugular.
OSSEOUS FISHEs.-The            membrane.                  23. Thoracic.
24. Abdominal.
spine composed of bony                                    25. Apodal.
vertebrH.               7. 30 No operculum, but a branchial 26. Jugular.
membrane.                  27. Thoracic.
28. Abdominal.
l~~ F(~~~ ~29. Apodal.
I8. 4. Neither operculum nor bran- 30. Jugular.
1.     chial membrane.             31. Thoracic.
32. Abdominal.
Practical application of these Systems as aids to Study.
We will not spend any more time in the review of the several
systems of classification which have heretofore been adopted by
the several writers in question. They are all of them based partly
upon the existence or non-existence of certain organs without reference to their structures or uses. This, as has been remarked,
while it did much better than none, and aided, not only the writer
in establishing something like method in his work, also aided the
student in his researches or studies, as far as merely ascertaining
the place in the system of the individual specimens found, and the
names given them. This may be thus illustrated in reference to
either of the foregoing systems given. Take for instance the last
named one (Lacepede's.)
Suppose the student to have before him the five volumes of that




28                  BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
author, and has also a fish, the name and distinctive characteristics
of which he is desirous of knowing. If there had been no more
system in classification than is found in Pliny's writings, he would
have to read the volumes all over in course, until he came to a
description that tallied with the specimen in hand; but by the aid
of the classification adopted, it will be a much less difficult task to
find its name and description here.
In the first place, he will look td its skeleton or frame, and ascertain whether it be cartilaginous or bony. He finds it bony-it
therefore belongs to the osseous class. The ascertaining this fact
abridges his labor materially. He may pass over the pages describing cartilaginous fishes and confine himself to the description
of osseous fishes only. Again he will look over the gill coverings,
and observe the appearance of those organs. Suppose he finds
that it has an operculum and branchial membrane. On reference
to the arrangement it will be seen that it belongs to the sixth division. His examination will therefore be still more curtailed, it
being unnecessary to search for the description in any part of the
volume than that which treats of fishes belonging to the sixth division. Next, he will turn his attention to the fins, particularly to
the ventrals. It either has or has not any ventrals. If it has
none, it belongs to the apodal order oithe sixth division, and the
further search will be directed to that part of the work treating of
such. If it has ventrals, the position of them will determine the
order —if they are placed before the pectoral fins it comes under
the order of jugulares-and will be -found in the description of that
order, and so of the others.
Remarks on the diflerence between Artificial and Natural Orders.
It may be asked, if such classifications answer the purpose of
convenient arrangement?-if they aid the author in giving method
and system to his work?-if they aid the student in his research
into the distinctive points of the subjects under examination?
Why is it not sufficient? —and why should it be stigmatized as
artificial? For the mere and single purpose of descriptive aid, it
is enough. It is called artificial, because nature has never been
guilty of grouping animals so diverse into the same order as these
arrangements do-a proof that they are not arranged according to
the natural order of things. We alluded to this fact while speaking of the system adopted by Linneus, which brought into one of




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                    29
his groups or orders, the eel and the sword fish, animals exceedingly different in form, anatomical organization and habits. Such
classification does not, therefore, accord with nature, and will not
satisfy the student who wishes to investigate.the harmony displayed in God's work, and realize if possible the range and extent
of the natural orders as they came from the hand of the Creator.
The nearer we can come to this-the more clear and satisfactory
and practically useful will be our views and knowledge of such
things. The deeper man penetrates into the arcana of nature the
more evidence does he find of method and system-of a beautiful
and harmonious classification and skilful connection of manifold
groupings, throughout the range and chain of animal existence,
and indeed of all organic life. To follow nature, and to unfold as
far as possible this classification, and the wise adaptations of means
to ends and to render the discovery of these facts applicable to the
practical business of our lives, has been, and still is, the legitimate
work and desire of the true naturalist.
Modern Classification more conformable to Natural Orders.
Hence, modern Ichthyologists, using the experience of their predecessors and profiting by facts almost daily brought to light are
establishing an entirely different classification, one much more
conformable to natural orders, based on the unvarying anatomical
structure, and physiological functions of the general organs of the
fishes hitherto discovered.
The classification I at present follow in the description of the
fishes found in Maine, is the arrangement as given by Dr. Girard
in his general report of the fishes found during the exploration of
the Pacific Railroad route. One still more modern may be followed
in the final report.
This classification comprises ten orders. Each order is grouped
into families, and the families into genera and species.
Enumeration of the Orders.
I. ACANTHOPTERI- Thorny fins. This order is made up of fishes
that have one or more dorsal fins. If more than one, the rays of
the forward one are stiff, sharp, inarticulated bony spines.  If
there be only one fin the anterior portion has spine rays. The
remainder have soft articulated rays. The common perch affords
a good illustration of this order.




30                  BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
II. ANACANTmNI-NO spines, thornless fins.  The fins of the fish
have no bony spiny rays. The general anatomical structure, however, is similar to the preceding. The cod-fish is one of the representatives of this Qrder.
III. PHARYNGOGNATHI -Throat bones united. Fishes of this order
have the inferior pharyngeal bones united into one piece. The
tautog belongs to this order.
IV. MALACOPTERI-Soft fins. The fishes of this order have their
fins made up of soft articulated rays. The trouts are good representatives of this order.
V. PLECTOGNATHI —Soldered jaws.  Fishes in this order have the
outer or premaxillary bone and the jaw united into one continuous
immovable bony piece. The balloon fish belongs to this order.
VI. LOPHOBRANCII —Tufted or crested gills. This order comprises
fishes that have their jaws united into a tube or pipe and have tufted
or crested gills, a small fish found in the Hudson river, called the
river sea-horse (Hippocampus,) illustrates this order.
VII. GANoIDEIm Plated Scales. Fishes in this order have their
bodies covered with enamelled plate like, or shield like scales. The
sturgeon is a good example of this order.
VIII. HOLOCEPHALI-Solid heads. This order is made up of the
few fishes that have the jaw bones and the bones of the head all
united into one. The very rare fish called the Northern Sea Monster (Chimera monstrosus,) represents this order.
IX. PLAGIOSTOMI -Skew mouths. Fishes of this order have their
mouths transverse to their heads. The sharks and scates, &c.,
belong to this order.
X. DERMOPTERI-Skin fins.  The fins of fish in this order are of
a skinny or cartilaginous texture. The lamper eel affords a good
illustration of them.
A more full explication of these orders and of the families into
which they are divided, together with a description of the genera
and some of the species of the fishes which have been found thus
far in our waters, will be given in part II of this report.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                     31
SYNOPSIS OF THE FISHES OF MAINE, IN PART.
ORDER I. ACANTHOPTERI-Thorny fins.
Family.
Gunellus mucronatus, Butter fish.
Blennidae.        I Zoarces anguillaris, Blenny, -Eel shaped.
Sticheus subbifurcatus.
[ Annarrhicas vomerinus, Wof fish.
Lophidm.          - Lophius Americana, Angler.
Batrachide. _     Batrachus tau, load fish.
f Perca flavescens, Yellow perch.
Labrax lineatus, Striped bass.
Percide.          - Labrax rufus, White perch.
Pomotis vulgaris, Bream.  (I think 3 species
[ of them.)
Scorpenidae.      - Sebastes Norwegicus, Norway haddock.
Gastoridae.       - Gasterosteus DeKay,(?) Stickle back.
Scikenidae.      - Otolithus regalis, Squeteague.
Sparide.          - Pagrus agyrops, Porgee.(?)
Scomber vernalis; Mackerel.
Argyreiosus unimaculatus, One-spot Dory.
Scombid  Thynnus secundo-dorsalis, Horse Mackerel.
Scombr.   Cybium maculatum, Spotted Mackerel.
Temnodon saltator, Blue fish.
[ Rhombus anacanthus, Skip Jack.
Atherinid e.      q Atherina notata, Dotted Silver-side.
I Dactylopterus volitan s, Sea Swallow.
Acanthocottus variabilis, Greenland Sculpin.
Acanthocottus Virginianus, Common Sculpin.
Triglide.         1 Aspidophorus monopterygius, SingleFin Bullb              I  head.
Cryptocanthodes maculatus, Sp otted wry mouth.
Cryptocanthodes inornatus.
Hemitripterus Acadianus, Deep-water Sculpin.
ORDER II.  ANACANTHINI —NO thorny rays.
f Morrhua Americana, Codfish.
Morrhua aeglefinus, cHaddock.
M Aorrhua pruinosa, Tom Cod.
Gadida3.          { Merlanglus purpureus, Pollock.
Phycis Americanus, White Hake.
Phycis filamentosus, Squirrel Hake.
[ Brosmius flavescens, Cusk.
Ophididoe.        q Ophidium marginatum,(?) Freshwater Cusk.
Pleuronectide.  H{ippoglossus vulgaris, lalibut.
Pomabopsetta dentata, Gill.




32                  BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
ORDER III. PHARYNGOGNATEI-Pharyngeal bones united.
Family.
Labrid.  Ctenolabrus ceruleus, Cunner or Connor.
Tautoga Americana, t'autog.
ORDER IV. MALACOPTERI —Soft fins.
Siluride.          Pimelodus atrarius, Horned Pout, (perhaps two
species.)
( Cyprinus auratus, Golden Carp, (introduced.)
Cypriide  Leucosomus Americanus, Shiner.
Catostomus communis, Sucker.
Catostomus gibbosus,(?) Chub.
Cyprinodontidae. - Fundulus pisculentus, JXinnow, (2 species.)
Esocidae.        - Esox reticulatus, Pickerel.
Salmo salar, Salmon.
Fario fontinalis, Brook Trout.
Fario erythrogaster,(?) Red-bellied Trout.
Fario Sebago, Girard.
Salmonidae.        Fario confinis,(?) Togue or Lake Trout.
m Fario tsuppitch,(?) Salmon Trout.
Fario —,(?) Blue-back Trout.
Osmerus viridescens, Smelt.
Coregonus albus, Whitefish.
Coregonus clupeiformis,(?) Shad-Salmon.
F Clupea elongata, English Herring.
Alosa prmestabilis, Shad.
Alosa tyrannus, Alewife.
d  Alosa menhaden, Menhaden.
Alosa cyanonoton, Blue back.
Engraulis vittata,(?) Anchovy.
Scomberesocirem. { Scomberesox storeri,(?) Bill fish.
Anguillidae.       Anguilla Bostoniensis, Common Eel.
ORDER V. PLECTOGNATHI —Soldered jaws.
Balistidae.      - Not certain about genera of either family being
Gymnodontidae.  -  found in Maine.
ORDER VI. LOPHOBRANcmIIi-Bearded or tufted gills.
IIippocampide.  j Not certain about genera of either family being
Syngnathidae.    ~  found in NMaine.
ORDER VII.  GANOIDEI —Enamel or plated scales.
Sturionidae.     - Acipenser sturio, Sturgeon.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                    33
ORDER VIII. HOLOCEPHrALI- Solid heads.
Chimaeridae.     { Probably none of these in Maine.
ORDER IX. PLAGIOSTOMI-Oblique mouths.
Sub-order I.       Genera in one or two families (sharks) are
Squali.        -  found in Maine, but am not well posted yet
li.  about them.
Rajai.
Sub-order II.Rajai {iDitto of the rays, and skates, and flounders.
ORDER X. DERMOPTERI-Skin fins.
Petromyzontidm. q Petromyzon marinus, Lamprey, or Lamper Eel.
CUVIER's LAST SYSTEM.
On page 26th was given Cuvier's system as first promulgated.
He afterward enlarged and arranged it in the following manner:
FIRST  DIVISION-BONY  FISHES.
ORDER I. ACANTHOPTERYGII.
Family Percidae, (Perch family.)
Hard cheeks.
Sciaenidwe, (Maigre family.)
Sparidae, (Sea Breams,)
Menidie,
Squammipennes, (scaly fins.)
Scomberidoe, (Mackerels.)
Tamnidae, (Ribbon shaped.)
Theiityes, (Lancet fish.)
Pharynginme labyrinthiformue, (Pharyngeal labyrinths.)
MIugilidoe, (Mullets.)
Gobiodue, (Gobys.)
Pectorales pedunculati, (wrists to pectoral fins.)
Labridte, (Rock fish, thick lips.)
FistularidTe, (Pipe mouths.)
ORDER II. MALACOPTERYGII ABDOMINALES. ASoft or jointed fins.
Ventral fins behind the pectorals.
Family Cyprinidre, (Carp family.)
Esocidae, (Pickerel or pikes.)
Siluridae, (Sheat fish or smooth skins.)
Salmonidw, (Salmons and trouts.)
Clupeid&e, (Herrings.)
5




34                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
ORDER III. MALACOPTERYGII SUBBRACHIATI.  Ventrals under the
pectorals.
Family Gadide, (Cod fishes.)
Pleuronectidse, (Halibuts and flounders.)
Discoboli, (ventrals formed into suckers.)
ORDER IV.  AIALACOPTERYGII APODA.  Ventral fins wanting.
Murmenidee.
ORDER V. LoPHOBRANCH1I.  Tufted gills.
ORDER VI. PLECTOGNATHI. Soldered jaws.
Family Gymnodontes, (naked teeth.)
Sclerodermi, (rough skins.)
SECOND DIVISION-CARTILAGINOUS FISHES.
CHONDROPTERYGII.
This Division is divided into two orders.
ORDER I. CHONDROPTERYGII BRANCmIIS LIBERIS. Free or open gills.
Sturgeons.
ORDER II. CHONDROPTERYGII BRANCHIIS FIXIS.  Gills fixed with
separate openings for water to pass through.
Family Selachii, (Sharks and Rays.)
Cyclostomata, (Sucker-formed mouths.)
AGASSIZ SYSTEM.
Agassiz, the eminent Professor of Natural History in 1Harvard
College, has given the following arrangement of fishes, which seems
to accord better than any other with that which geological researches among fossil remains point out as the order of succession
in the formation or existence of fishes in early epochs of the world,
The distinctive characters are founded upon the structure of the
scales.
1. PLAcOIDS.-Embracing those with cartilaginous skeletons or a
skin covered with enameled plates or scales, as the shagreen of
sharks.
2. GANoIDs.-Those, whether bony or cartilaginous, covered with




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   35
a continuous armor of angular scales, or bony plates fitting into each
as in the sturgeons.
3. CTENOIDS.-Those having scales with their posterior edges
comb-like (pectinated,) as in the perches.
4. CYcLoIDs. —Those with scales entire and of a circular form, as
in the Salmons. It seems, from this, that the first fishes formed,
judging from the oldest fossil remains were Placoids, and the last
Cycloids.
GLOSSARY:
OR EXPLANATION OF SOME OF THE TERMS USED IN ICHTHYOLOGY.
A.
ABDOMINAL —Belonging to the abdomen, or belly. Abdominal fins
are those attached to the belly part of the fish, (see fins.) An
order established by Linneus, having the abdominal fins placed
behind the pectorals.
AGANTHOPTERYGII-ThorIny or spiny fins; from akanthos, a thorn, and
pterugion, fin or little feather. Fishes having such fins on their
backs form one of the natural orders of fishes.
ACANTHOPTERI-Same as the above.
ACERATED-Pointed; sharpened to a fine point; needle-shaped.
ADIPosE —Fatty; fleshy. An adipose fin is one without any rays,
but made up of a fleshy or fatty substance, and is generally
placed on the back near the tail, as in the salmon and trout.
ANAL-Relating to the vent, placed near the vent, (see fins.)
ANACANTHNI-Literally, this means no thborns, or thornless, (from
the Greek ana none, and acanthus, thorn.) It is the name of the
second order of fishes in some systems.
ANTERIOR-Going before; fore-part; forward of something else;
the opposite to posterior.
APODAL-Without ventral fins; from a (privative) no, and pous, feet;
no feet, the ventral fins being considered, in comparative anatomy, as in the place of feet, (see fins.)
ARCADE -An arch or series of arches.
B.
BARBEL-A beard; a slender soft filament attached to the lips, chin
or snout of some fishes.
BIFuRcATE-Divided into four points or two forks; twice forked.




36                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
BLENNY —MUCUs fish; from Blennius, mucus.
BRANCHII-The gills or breathing organs of fishes, (see gills.)
BRANCHIe -Same as Branchii.
BRANCHIOSTEGAL-Pertaining to the gill covering, or bony part of
the gills, (see gills.)
BRANCHIosTEGOUS-Having gill covers; from branchia, gills, and
stegos, covering. The Branchiostegi were an order of fishes in
Artedi's system, the rays of whose fins were bony but whose
gill covers are destitute of bony rays.
C.
CARINATED-Keeled; having appendages in form like a keel.
CARPUs-The small bones of the wrist. In Ichthyology, the joint
bones of the pectoral fins.
CARPAL-Pertaining to the carpus, or bones of the pectoral fins in
fishes.
CARTILAGINOUS FISHEs-Fishes whose spinal column or vertebra are
made up of cartilage.
CAUDAL —Pertaining to the tail. The caudal fin is the tail fin of a
fish, (see fins,) from the Latin cauda, a tail.
CENTRONoTUS-Thorny back; from  kentros, a thorn, and notos,
back.
CENTRoPoMus-Thorny gill, having thorns or spines on the gill
covering or opercle; from kenzton, thorn, and poma, an opercle.
CHmTODON-A beard or bristle; from kaitee, a bristle.
CHoNDROPTERYGII-Fish having cartilaginous fins; from chondros,
cartilage, and pterygion, a fin.
CIRRI-Filaments, or beard-like appendages.
CoEcur —The commencement of the large intestine; sometimes the
large intestine. It is also applied to the vermiform or worm-like
appendages to the intestines, as in birds and fishes.
CORPUS PAPILLA-The villous surface of the skin.
CRENATED-Notched or cut into circular or curved shaped notches.
CRESCENTIC-In form like a new moon; also growing or increasing.
CTENOID-Comb formed; from kteis, a comb, and eidos, form.
Ctenoidians formed the third order of Agassiz classification of
fishes, containing those having jagged or comb-edged unenamelled scales.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  37
CUIRASSED-Covered with shield-like covering or scaly plates.
CuLDESAc-The bottom of a bag; an appendage to the stomach or
intestines, like a small bag or sac, with no opening except the
passage into it from the stomach.
CYCLOID-A peculiar curve or circle formed by any point in a circle
while it is rolling on a plane surface as does a carriage wheel.
CYcLOIDAL-Pertaining to or resembling a cycloid.
CYcLoIDIANs-The fourth order of Agassiz system of Ichthyology
containing those having circular smooth edged scales, as the
herring.
D.
DEcIDuoUs-Falling; when applied to the scales of fishes it means
those that adhere but slightly and fall easily.
DENTARY-The place or places where teeth are inserted.
DENTICULATED —Having small teeth.
DERMIc-Skinny; pertaining to the skin.
DERMOPTERI-Skin fins; (from derma, the skin, and pteron, wing
or fin;) the tenth order of fishes in some systems.
DICIHOTOMIZED-Separated into two forks or branches.
DIPHYLLOUs-Divided into two-leaf like divisions.
DIcoID —Having the form of a disc.
DoRSAL-Belonging to the back.
DUCTUS PNEUMATICUS-A tube or passage by means of which the air
bag communicates with the throat.
E.
EcHENEIS-(Sucking fish,) or a fish that often attaches itself to
ships; from Greek eko, I have, and naos, ship.
EMARGINATED-Notched on the margin with circular notches.
ENoPLUs-Armed; from Greek enoplos, armed.
F.
FINs —The organs of motion and position of fishes. They are
formed for the most part of a membrane spread over a number
of rays which are either bony or cartilaginous and which are
jointed, and thus expand or fold up the membrane at the will of
the fish. They are considered by comparative anatomists to be
analagous to the wings of birds, or the arms and feet of mammalia.




38                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
They vary in number, situation and structure in the different genera
and species. The size of the fins is also equally various in the
different species, as it bears no constant proportion to the figure
or magnitude of the fish, nor to its habits or instincts.
The situation of the fins furnishes to the Ichthyologist some of the
mlost obvious and useful distinctive characters, and have therefore received names expressive of their respective locations.
Ventrals placed forward of the pectorals he termed Jugulars. Those
that had the ventral fins beneath the pectorals he called Thoracic.
Those that had the ventral fins placed behind the pectorals were
called Abdominal. This system has now given way to one more
in accordance with natural orders; but these distinctions are of
great use in marking characteristic differences between genera
and species.
In regard to the structure and operation of the fins of fishes, we
make an abstract of remarks by a writer in the Ed. Encyclopedia
on this subject. In general these organs consist of numerous
pointed rays, which are sub-divided at their extremities. These
are covered on each side by the common integuments, which
form in some instances soft fibres projecting beyond the rays.
These fins, with articulated rays, were considered by the older
Ichthyologists as furnishing characters for systematic arrangement of great importance. Fishes possessing these were termed
Malacopterygii.
Besides these articulated rays, there exists in the fins of some fishes
one or more rays made up of a single bony piece, enveloped like
the former by a common membrane. Some fishes have one or
more fins consisting entirely of these bony rays. Fishes with
such rays are called Acanthopterygii. In a few genera the posterior dorsal fin is entirely destitute of rays and has obtained the
name offinna adiposa, or adipose fin, as in the salmon and trout.
As these rays serve to support the fins, and are capable of approaching or separating like the sticks of a fan, we may conclude
that they move upon some more solid body as a fulcrum. Accordingly we find in the sharks, for example, that the rays of the
pectoral fins are connected by a cartilage to the spine. In the
osseous fishes the pectoral fins are attached to an osseous girdle,
which surrounds the body behind the branchica (gills), and which
supports the posterior edge of their apertures. This osseous
girdle is formed of one bone from each side, articulated at the




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                    39
posterior superior angle of the cranium and descending under the
neck, where it unites with the corresponding bone. Between
the rays of the fin and this bone, which resembles the scapula
(shoulder blade,) there is a range of small flat bones separated
by cartilaginous intervals, which may be compared to the bones
of the carpus.  The rays of the ventral fins are articulated to
bones corresponding to the pelvis in the higher classes of animals. The pelvis is never articulated with the spine, nor does
it form an osseous girdle round the abdomen.
In the Jugular and l'horacic fishes it is articulated to the base of the
osseous girdle which supports the pectoral fins.
In the Abdominal fishes, the bones of the pelvis are never articulated to the osseous girdle and are seldom connected with each
other. They are preserved in their situation by means of certain
ligaments. The rays of the caudal fin are articulated with the
last of the caudal vertebrae which is in general of a triangular
form and fiat.
The rays of the dorsal fin are supported by little bones, which have
the same directions as the spinous processes, and to which they
are attached by ligaments.
Asi connected with the fins we may here take notice of those organs
which are termed cirri or tentacula (barbel which see) according
as they are placed about the mouth, or on the upper part of the
head. They are in general soft but often contain one jointed ray.
They do not differ in structure from the fins, and are so closely
connected with them, that it is difficult to point out their use.
The motions of a fish are performed by means of its fins. The
caudal is the principal organ of progression. Those fins which
are situate on the back are termed Dorsal. These vary greatly
in shape and number.
FiG. 1.
b6,          a
a. First dorsal.
b. Second dorsal.
-t-C ~~~~~~~~~ ~~c. Caudal.
d. Anal.
e. Ventral.
f. Pectoral.
The fin which surrounds the extremity of the tail is termed Caudal
fin, and is always placed perpendicularly. It is forked in some




40                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
and in some even or rounded. Between the caudal fin and the
vent is placed the Anal fins. These vary in number and shape
according to the species. Between the vent and the throat are
placed the Ventral fins. When these are found, they are always
parallel to each other and never exceed two in number. A short
distance behind the gill openings are the Pectoral fins, so called,
one on each side.
Linneus and some other writers on Ichthyology, considered the
ventral fins analagous to the feet of quadrupeds. Ile used their
varying positions as the basis of his classification of this branch
of natural history, a brief abstract of which may be acceptable
to some of our readers. Those fishes which had no ventrals he
called Apodal or no feet. Those which had ventral fins placed
nearer to the anterior extremity than the pectoral fins, or in other
words those that had the ventral fins forward of the pectorals he
called Jugulars; if beneath the pectorals they were called Thoracic; and if behind the pectoral Abdominals.
FULIGINOus-Dark, dusky or sooty.
FusIFoRM-Spindle shaped.
G.
GANoID-Pertaining to the order of fishes called ganoids or ganoidei; from ganois, bright, and eidos, form.
GANoIDEI-The seventh order of fishes in some arrangements, the
fishes having enamelled and plate like or shield like scales.
GANOIDIAN-The second order of fishes in Agassiz classification,
having angular scales covered with bright enamel, as in the
sturgeons.
GILLs-(From the Swedish word gel.) In Ichthyology, by gills are
meant the organs of respiration in fishes, consisting of a cartilaginous or bony arch, attached to the bones of the head, and
furnished on the exterior convex side with a multitude of fleshy
leaves or fringed vascular fibrils resembling short plumes, and
of a red color in a healthy state. The water is admitted through
the mouth and poured out through the gill openings over these
fibrils, and acts upon the blood as it circulates in them. The
whole gill apparatus consist of four parts, viz: gill lid, gill flap,
gill opening and the gills themselves, or gills proper, (see gill
proper) as may be seen in the head of the common trout.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                    41
FIG. 2.
GILL LID, (a)-This is
called the preopercle or preoperculum,
and is situate behind     m
the eye on each side.
In its structure it is                 b
scaly, membranace-           -                 =    --
ous or bony, and is
articulated  to  the                c  &  e
bones of the head. It consists of one or more pieces, and is
therefore termed monophyllous when but one, diphyllous when
two, triphyllous three, and so on. Its use is to support the gill
flaps and act as cover to the opening of the lids. It is absent in
fishes which have fixed branchiae, and in a few with free branchike.
GILL FLAP, (b)-This was called by Linneus membrana branchiostega
(branchiostegal membrane, or gill covering membrane.) He (Linneus) also considered it a true fin. It is also called opercle or
operculum. It consists of a number of curved bones, or cartilages with a membrane. Its posterior or hindmost edge is generally free, and its anterior edge or base is united with the gill
lid.(a) It is capable of extension and contraction, and when at
rest is folded up partly under or beneath the gill lid (opercle).
In some fishes it is wanting. When present it appears to assist
the mouth in promoting the current of water over the gills. The
rays of this organ (c. d. e.) sometimes called Branciostegal rays,
furnish the Ichthyologist with valuable distinctive characters.
GILL OPENING-In the osseous (bony) fishes, and among the Branchiostegi (of some authors) this opening is a simple aperture
behind the gills on each side formed by the lifting up the gill/flap.
It is sometimes round or semilunar, and in relative position differs according to the genera and species. In cartilaginous fishes
as the "Lamper Eel," for instance, the gill opening is a round
hole or aperture over each gill.
GILLS (PROPER)-Lifting up the gill flap you will see directly beneath them the true gills, several organs consisting, as has been
before said, of a multitude of red colored, fringed vascular fibrils,
or delicate fleshy plumes attached to curved bones jointed on to
the head. In fishes with gills, or branchice as they are often
6




42                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
called, these organs are generally eight in number, four on each
side. Each of these consists of three parts, viz: a cartilaginous
or bony support and its convex side, and concave side. The
bony or cartilaginous support consists of a crooked bone or cartilage generally furnished with a joint. At its base it is united
with the bones of the tongue and above with those of the head.
At both extremities it is movable, and throughout flexible like a
rib.
From its exterior or convex side issues the multitude of fibrils
or fleshy plumes before named closely connected with its base.
The internal or concave side next the mouth varies in appearance. It is always more or less furnished with tubercles. It is
of a white color.
In the cartilaginous fishes (Chondropterygii of some authors,) the
gills are not so perfect. They are fixed to partitions which serve
the purpose of the bony arches in bony fishes just described.
These partitions extend from the mouth to the gill openings and
vary in number in different genera. They are destitute of the
inner or concave white side, but the fibrils or fleshy plumes are
of the same structure with those on the convex side of the bony
fishes.-Ed. Ency.
GULAR —Pertaining to the throat or gills.
H.
HELICOID-A spiral curve; (from helix winding, and eidos form.)
HELICAL-Spiral.
HERMOPHRODITE-Both sexes in one animal. This is alleged by Dr.
Home to be the fact with the Lamprey Eel.
HETEROCEREAL-Having upper lobe of the tail larger than the lower;
from heteros, different, and kerkos, tail.
HOLOCEPHALI-Solid heads; from holos, whole or solid, and kephale head, the eighth order of fishes in some arrangements.
The jaw bones and bones of the head united.
HOMOCEREAL-Both lobes of the tail equal.
I.
ICHTHYOLOGY-The science which treats of the natural history of
fishes. From Greek ikthus fish, and logos discourse.
INTERRADIAL-Between the rays. The membrane between the spines
or rays of the fin is said to be interradial.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   43
ISTHMUvs-A narrow connecting space.
INTERMAXILLARY-Applied to bones situate between the upper jaws
or cheek bones.
J.
JUGULAR-Pertaining or relating to the throat or neck.
L.
LATERAL LINE-A line extending from the head of a fish to the tail
on each side of the body. It contains numerous pores or ducts
from which proceeds the mucus or slimy matter covering the
body of fish.
LOPHOBRANCHII-Tufted gills or crested gills; from lophoura a crest,
and branchii gills. The sixth order in some systems.
M.
MALACOPTERYGII-Soft fins. Fish, the rays of whose fins are soft
and not spinous, belong to the Malacopterygii or Malacopteri;
the fourth order of fishes; from malalcos soft, and peterygii little
wing.
MALACOPTERI-Same as above.
MiILT-The roe of fishes. The spermatic part of the male fish corresponding to the roe in the female.
MoNoPHYLLOUS-Literally having one leaf. In Ichthyology, when
the gill lid is composed of but one piece, it is said to be monophyllous.
0.
OPERCLE-The gill flap, (see gills.)
OPERCULAR-Belonging to the opercle.
OPERCULUM-The opercle; which see.
OSSEOUS FISHEs-Fishes whose spinal column and skeleton are made
of bones.
OvoVIPARoUs-Fishes whose eggs are hatched in the uterus and are
excluded with the fry or young fish.
P.
PALATINES-The bones belonging to and forming the back part of
the roof of the mouth.




44                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
PECTORAL-Near to or pertaining to the breast. The fins on the
side of the fish near the gills are called pectoral fins.
PEcTINATED-Resembling the teeth of a comb.
PEDUNCLE-A stem or stalk.
PETROMYZON-A stone sucker; from petros stone, and muzo to suck.
The Lamprey Eel has received this generic name from the fact of
its having an apparatus on its lip whereby it attaches itself to
rocks and stones.
PHARYNGEALS-Belon-,ing to the pharynx. Bones belonging to the
pharynx or throat of fish are called pharyngeals.
PHARYNGONATHI -The name of the third order of fishes in some
systems and refers to the union of the bones of the inferior pharyngeal bones into one.
PHARYNX-The upper part of the oesophagus or gullet. The cavity back of the tongue and above the oesophagus and wind pipe.
PLAcoID-Plate like. The first order of fishes in Agassiz system is
called Placoids, from their having plate like scales often elevated
in the middle, and sometimes a point or spine as in the shark,
rays, &c.
PLAGIOSToMI-Oblique mouth or transverse mouth; from plagios
oblique or transverse, and stoma a mouth, the ninth order of
fishes.
PLECTOGNATHI —Solid or soldered jaws; from plectos woven, and
gnathos cheek or jaw. The fifth order of fishes. The outside
bone is united to the main jaw immovably.
PLEURONECTES-Broad swimmers, as the flounders; from pleuros
broad, and nektces swimmer.
PLURISERIAL-Made up of many serials.
POLYMORPHIc-Many forms.
PREMAXILLARIEs-Bones on the outside of the jaws of fishes resemb
ling bony lips. (See fig. 2, m.)
PREHENSILE-Adapted to seizing or laying hold of.
PREOPERCLE-Before or forward of the opercle; the gill lid. (See
gill.)
PSEUDOBRANCHII-False branchiae or false gills.
PTERYGOID-Wing shaped.
PYLORIc-Pertaining or belonging to the pylorus.
PYLORUS -The lower orifice of the stomach.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   45
t.
RAPTATORIAL —Fitted to seize or snatch any thing.
RAY-A slender, bony or cartilaginous spine or filament supporting
the membrane of the fins of fishes.
RAY FORMULA-Each species of fish has the same number of rays in
their fins and this affords one of the characters to distinguish
them. The number of rays is expressed in the following abbreviated method. Take fqr instance the common yellow or brindle
perch. Its Ray formula would be expressed thus:-B. 7: D.
13; 2-13; P. 15; V. 1 —15; A. 2 —8; C. 18-which must be
read as follows: Branchial rays, seven. Dorsal rays in first fin,
thirteen, in second thirteen. Pectoral rays, fifteen. Ventral fins,
one spiny ray, fifteen soft ones. Anal fin, two spiny and eight
soft. Caudal ray, eighteen. The rays of the common brook trout,
which has no spiny rays, would be expressed thus, omitting the
branchial ray:-D. 11: P. 13; V. 8; A. 11; C. 19.
RoE-The eggs of fishes. In bony fishes these consist of two long
bodies resembling the soft roe or milt of male fish, except that
they are of a firmer consistency, and are filled with a prodigious
number of spheric ovula. They are situated side of the intestinal canal, and near the liver and swimming bladder and extend
as far as the vent. The ovula (little eggs,) composing these
hard roes are so numerous that nearly 350,000 have been counted
in a carp eighteen inches long, and in a sturgeon weighing one
hundred and sixty pounds there was discovered nearly 1,500,000.
They are enveloped in a delicate membrane which forms a peripheral part of the ovary, and joining that of the opposite ovary
near its sacral extremity forms with it a common tube that opens
behind the vent for the passage of the egg.-Eney.
S.
SCALEs-The small thin plates which cover the bodies of fishes.
SERRATED —Notched like saw-teeth.
SOUND —The air-bag of fishes.
SPIRACULA-Small holes through which air is passed.
SPINIGEROus-Spine bearing.
SuB-rUSIFORAI-Somewhat spindle-shaped.
Sun-cRESCENTIC-Somewhat crescent or moon-shaped.
SuB-oRBITAL-Under the eye or orbit.
SUPRA ocULAR-Over the eyes.




46                  BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
T.
TAENoID-Ribbon-shaped.
TENTACULA-A filiform  or thread-like process or organ fitted for
holding or fastening the object to which it belongs to some particular place. It may also be an organ of feeling or of motion.
THoRAcIc-Pertaining to the thorax or chest. One of Linneus'
order of fishes was called Thoracic, in which the ventral fins
were placed below the pectorals.
TRIPHYLLOus-Divided into three leaf-like divisions.
U.
URANOscoPus-Star-gazer; from uranous, sky or heavens, and skopeo,
I see.
V.
VENTRAL-Belonging to the belly. In Ichthyology the ventral fins
are those situate between the anus and throat, (seefins.)
VILLOUS-Covered with soft hairs or fine soft fibrils.
VOMER-Literally a ploughshare; the point or end of the nose or
snout of a fish.




DR. IIOLMES' REPORT
ON THE FISHES OF MAINE.
PART II.
Descriptive Ichthyology.
We come now to an enumeration of some of the fishes of MIaine,
including their arrangement into families,-the distinctive characteristics of their respective genera, together with their specific
descriptions, and such general remarks as facts and observations
have suggested.
It has been seen by a perusal of Part I, that the classification of
fishes has always been a rather difficult task, and that from the
time attention was first turned to the subject, to the present, continued changes have been made. Increase of knowledge on this
subject authorized these changes-successive increase of knowledge
authorizes a continuance of changes. Indeed, we may consider
this part of Ichthyological science as yet in a transition state, and
still progressing towards completion.
The researches of experienced and enthusiastic devotees to this
branch of natural history are continually developing new and
interesting facts, each of which either corroborate the correctness
of former arrangement or point out such new variations as shall
help to a consummation of the work in progress. Even since this
survey was in contemplation, discoveries have been made leading
those high in authority as to this science to follow out changes
already begun with a view to the ultimate perfection of the classification proposed. *
As before stated, on page 30, I proposed, without considering
* Those who will examine the recent publications of the Smithsonian Institute, of
the Philadelphia Academy of Arts and Sciences, Memoirs of American Academy of
Arts, and other scientific periodicals, will be convinced of this.




48                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
myself pledged to follow it in the final report, to adopt, for the
present, the arrangement followed by Dr. Girard, in his general
report of fishes found during the exploration of the Pacific Railroad
route, published by order of Congress in 1855, an abstract of which
has already been given. On further consideration I have concluded
to change this plan, and follow the more modern classification of
Prof. Gill of the Smithsonian Institute, it being more consonant
with natural structure of fishes.
Only a part of the species of fishes found in our waters can be at
this time described. Many specimens are on hand, waiting further
time for examination and their assignment to their true and proper
place in the catalogue. Many more will undoubtedly be obtained
by further search.
There may be some question in regard to the limits of the geographical distribution of the fishes of Maine. Whether this term
is to be applied to those only which are constantly found here, and
those also which come regularly by periodical emigration to breed
and feed their young to an age and size sufficient to enable them
to follow their parents; or whether those also which are only
occasionally found among us-chance visitors-should be claimed
and included in the list.
The fishes found on the north shore of Massachusetts bay, and
those that frequent the coast of the British Provinces on the Atlantic as far as Newfoundland, may be fairly, I think, enumerated
among Maine fishes. Our coast occupies a middle ground between
them, and fishes are not restrained in their movements from one
haunt to another, or in their instinctive explorations for food, &c.,
by any national or conventional boundaries.
For the same reason some of the species which sometimes wander from their more southern localities to the extremity of Cape
Cod, may be considered as coming into the region or confines of
the Maine fishing grounds, as Kittery point is but about one-third
of a degree more north than Race point, and but between twenty
and thirty leagues distance from it on a straight line.
If, therefore, some of the fishes which make the Cape Cod waters
their particular "habitat," should occasionally be taken by the
hook, or stray into the net of some of the Maine fishermen, and
thereby be placed on our catalogue, I trust no accusation of breach
of the "fishing treaty" or of poaching on our neighbors " aquarium"
will be brought against me.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                     49
I will here very cheerfully acknowledge the aid I have received
from the published works of Dr. Girard in his general report before
referred to-the late Dr. DeKay on the fishes of New York, and
Dr. Storer on the fishes of Massachusetts.  Few  Ichthyologists
describe a fish with more accuracy and precision than Dr. Storer.
I have found his description of the color exhibited by different
species remarkably correct, and have taken the liberty to often
avail myself of this part of his description in this report. I am
also under special obligations to Prof. Theodore Gill, of the Smithsonian Institution, who kindly revised a list of our fishes sent him
and furnished information of more species not yet obtained by me.
These, with the proffer of other favors, have been gratefully received.
The system of classification devised and promulgated by Prof.
Gill and which we propose to follow, is a modification of, and as
we think, an essential improvement on that laid down by the celebrated European Ichthyologist, Johannes Muller.  It is based upon
the idea, as well as the fact of a gradual rise from a very simple
form  and frame work of fishes, up to that which is more complicated and more perfect in anatomical structure and physiological
organization, classifying and arranging them into classes, orders,
groups and families step by step, alon(r the whole line as you
ascend from base to pinnacle. These are established according to
similarity of permanent organs, and the affinities of those subordinate parts and appendages which are more variable in form and
location.
To use his own words, " fishes appear to be constructed according to four different sub-plans which are characterized by their
correspondence to different stages or grades of developement of
a typical or model osseous fish' To elucidate this more clearly
we will begin at the lowest and simplest form  and organization of
fishes, as the " Lamper eels" for instance, which exhibit scarcely
any organs of a complicated kind or remarkable developement.
This sub-class * is called DPERnoPTErI, or skinfins.  Their fins, instead
of being fitted out with rays and membranes, are merely a duplicature or folding over of skin.
The next step upwards brings us among the sharks and rays, or
skates, a class whose frame-work or skeleton, though made up of
* As Fishes, as a whole, constitute one of the grand classes of the animal kingdom, the next division of them must be into sub-classes.




50                      BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
cartila-ge likle those below, is a little  more complicated aiid tleir
orgalns  noice perlect ill flrm  anid adtptation.'lis stib-class receives the  niatmle of'' ELASIOBRANNCHII, (  T1or plated gills, fi rrl  tle
fact of' tleir hlavig separate and detached breathiing  apertures on
each side of tieir niecks.
Passitig  upwards, we come to the sturgeons, where vwe find a
still greater "advatlce of developemerlt,'  adti   more perfict and
comrplicated organls tllan in t11ose below tlhem.  l'lJis cliss is called
GANOIDrI, f0rrom  le enamelled plate-like scales witht  whlich its representatives are covered.
The next, and fourthll step upward brings us'imong fishles with a
perfected bony skeleton —slowilg a coml plete verlt(brated  organization, and  their several  parts  constructed  witIh  reference to
carryingl  out lligller phl1ysiological ftulctiols,-in) shlort a perfect
fishs.  Thlis sub-clss is called'TEL.OSTEIT, pierfccted l)nes; in reference to tlhe com pletetiess and finis~h of its bony skeleton.
Ie. e we Ilave  l'lur sub-classes, f;)unrded on wlhait auppears to be a
nlatural series of orders, eachl representing dliffireit but conllected
stages ill the creation of' thle anlirmals ulllder exanS iation.'I'lilcse several sub-classes arie furtler divided into order:,,, the
orders into stb-ordclrs, these again into  groups a1d farnilies, the
famnilies into  sub-flatiilies, and  these iiito genela., and  the genera
into species.  To elicidate thlis system so as to make it cle'ar and
plain, let us begin at tlhe " top of the hcap," anrd go doNrnwatrds.
Comrrimencinr,  thlerefi-re, with the sub-class Teleostei, or perfected
bTones, let us examllle tleir several distinlctive characteristics morc
minutely and techniically, and we shall find them  as follows: usitng
in part, Prof. Gill's description of them. *
SUn-CLASS TELEOSTEI, MOllecr.
Thc endo-skeleton (inside frame) is almost always osseous.  Tha
scapular arlch is suspelded from tlle slkull; tlhe sopra scapula gencIally connected witlh thle mastoid, and paroccipital bones.  Thle
exo-skeleton  (oultside frame) is gemnerally in the form  of' cycloid,
or ctenloid scadles, lbut sometimes tl-le body is nakled, and somrnetimes
covered vwith bony scales, plates or spilcs.  Tlhe optic nlerves cross
each other in their passage firoma tlheir respective lobes to the eyes.
~ Catalogue of fishes of the eastern coast of North America from Greenland to
Georgia, by Theodore Gill.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                       51
The bulbous arteriosust has almost always only two opposite semilunar valves. The branchial apertures are represented by simple
fissures on each side. There are four pairs of true and well
developed branchial arches, each of which generally supports free
branchiae; an air bladder is generally present. The neutral fins
vary in position, and are sometimes absent. This class embraces
by far the largest proportion of existing fishes, and have been
divided by Prof. G. into five "natural. and easily distinguished
orders."  The first order he calls TELEOCEPHALI, or perfect heads.
Let us examine this order more in detail.
ORDER TELEOCEPHALI, Gill.
The endo-skeleton is almost always perfectly developed. Body
generally covered by ctenoid or cycloid scales, branchit pectinated.  The  supramaxillaries and  intermaxillaries, are always
present and separate from each other. The sub-opercular bone is
almost invariably present.  Many of the rays are articulated and
branched.  Nearly all the fishes most esteemed as food, belong to
this order; it is divisible into several sub-orders.  Let us next
examine these.
SUBORDER PHYSOCLISTI, Bona.
It has been found that a large number of fishes have an air
bladder that is closel, and has no visible duct or communication
out of it.  Such of the fishes of the order Teleocepliali are put
in this sub-order which, from  this fact, is called Phy.soclsti, from
the Greek phzusa, bladder, and laleisos, closed.  The scales on
fishes of this sub-order, when present, are  either ctenoid or
cycloid; there are rarely osseous plates.  The anterior rays of the
dorsal and anal fins, and the first ray of the ventrals are simple,
or spinous.  The ventrals are generally more or less anterior.
The lower pharyngeal bones are small and triangular, sometimes
united, but generally distinct, the teeth are implanted on the
plain surface.
SUB-ORDER ITETEROSOMATA, PBone.
Next, on further examination, we find some fishes that have
t Fishes are destitute of a double heart, such as the mammalia have. In some
it appears to be merely an expansion of the aorta provided with one or two valveu
within.




52                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
their bodies apparently all askew from their eyes, the eyes being
both on one side of their heads, and their mouths distorted, and
no air bladder, as the halibuts and flounders or flat-fish. These
have been gathered into a sub-order and called Heterosomata (from
heteros, another, and soma, body.)  The side on which the eves
are situated is dark, or variously colored, while the eyeless side is
almost always white; the scales are either ctenoid or cycloid.
The dorsal and anal fins are very long and composed mostly of
articulated rays.
SUB-ORDER PHYSOSTOMI, Huller.
Proceeding in our examination of the Teleocephalic order, we
find many that have an air bladder that communicates by means of
a duct or passage with the mouth or intestinal canal. These are
put into another order called Physostomi (from phasa, bladder, and
stoma, mouth.)  The scales are generally cycloid, there being but
one or two exceptions. The fins are mostly sustained by branched
rays, only the first rays being sometimes simple. The ventrals
are always abdominal. The lower pharyngeal bones are separate
and almost always small and triangular, with the teeth on a plain
surface. The salmons and herrings are embraced in this order.
SUB-ORDER EVENTOGNATHI, Gill.
Continuing our investigation, we find fishes whose air bladders
are divided by constriction into two or three portions, and communicate by a duct with the throat. With few exceptions they
are covered with cycloid scales. All the rays of the fins except
the first of each, are branched; the ventrals always abdominal.
The lower pharyngeal bones are more or less falciform (sickle
shaped,) greatly developed, nearly parallel with the branchial
arches as provided on the internal surface of the curved portion,
with large teeth of various forms.
In allusion to the developement of the pharyngeal jaws, the
Prof. has named this order Eventognathi. This concludes the division of the first order Teleocephali into sub-orders.  We will now
consider the details of another order.
ORDER APODES, Kaup.
We find in our researches, many fishes that have a snakelike
form  of body, -skin generally naked or rarely covered with




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                    53
scales imbedded in the epidermis. The branchia, or gills are
pectinated (comb-like.) The supramaxillaries and intermaxillaries
are small and rudimentary. The teeth are planted on the palatine
and vomerine bones. With the vomer, the nasal and ethnoid
bones are coalescent. The pectoral fins are often absent, and the
ventral fins always wanting. HIence the name Apodes is given to
this order. The dorsal, anal and caudal fins, when present, always
run together. The common eel and the conger eel belong to this
order. This order has no sub-orders.
ORDER LEMNISCATI, Kaup.
Continuing the examination we find a few fishes of rather doubtful affinity to the above order or sub-orders, but which for the
sake of convenience are placed, for the present, in an order by
themselves until further light is thrown upon the doubts in regard
to them. They are small, destitute of ventral fins and are generally diaphanous, or they are greatly elongated and compressed,
or ribbon formed. The skull and vertebral column are incomplete
and cartilaginous. The blood is colorless, and there is no spleen;
the body is entirely naked and the arrangement of the muscles is
very apparent. It has received the above name (from Lemnniskos,
a ribbon, or crowned with a ribbon.)  No sub-orders.
Only one species has been found on the Atlantic coast, -the
Leptocephalus gracilis (thin head) of Storer.
ORDER NEMATOGNATHI, Gill.
(Threaded Jaws.)
Further search brings us to a grade of fishes with either naked
bodies, or else protected with ganoid plates.  The branchim  are
pectinated and supported on four arches as they are in the order
Teleocephali. The supramaxillary bones are little developed, and
are enveloped in the integuments which terminate in longer or
shorter barbels, -hence the name Nematognathi, threaded jaws,
(from nematos, thread or threaded, and gnathi, jaws.)  The subopercular bone is always absent. The rays are mostly articulate
and branched.
The "catfishes," "hornpouts" and "bullheads" are embraced
in this order.




54                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
ORDER PLECTOGNATHI, Cuvier.
(Soldered Jaws.)
We next come to fishes that have some peculiarities in the
structure of their jaws. The supramaxillary and intermaxillary
bones are united together in a continuous piece, and the palatine
arch and cranium  are connected by immovable sutures. Hence
they are called Plectognathi, (soldered or woven jaws.) The
internal skeleton is less perfectly developed than those of the
perfect head, (Teleocephali.) The exterior is covered with ganoid
plates, granulations, or spines. The branchice are pectinated and
the branchial apertures small. The air bladder has no duct.
The "balloon fish," "puffers" and "blowers" belong to this
order.
ORDER LOPonBRANCHII, Cuvier.
( Tufted Gills.)
All the fishes hitherto examined, have their gills or branchiae
fringed like the teeth of a comb, but we now come to a few whose
gills are in small round tufts, disposed along the arches in pairs.
The branchial apertures small, and on each side of the nape. The
jaws are produced into an elongated tubular mouth. The internal
skeleton is less perfectly developed than in those with fringed
gills. The external skeleton is composed of polygonal plates of
a bony, or horny nature, which are joined to each other but permit considerable motion in the animal.
In warm latitudes, there are quite a number of genera of this
order, but there are but two in the Eastern Atlantic coast, viz:
the " Syngnathus," or pipe fish, a "Hippocampus," or "River
Horse," a small fish of the Hudson river.
This closes up the orders and sub-orders of the first, or upper
class of this sytem. Another step down the descending series
brings us into the
SUB-CLASS GANOIDEI, Agassiz.
Here we find fishes of a mixed organization, if we may so speak,
some of them exhibiting many of the characteristics of the class
above them (Teleostei,) the more like the class below, and others
intermediate. As revised by Muller, it embraces forms in which
the vertebral column and skull are either osseous or cartilaginous.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                     55
The scapular arch is suspended directly from  the slrull. The
exo skeleton is generally deposited in the form of ganoid plates,
but there are in representatives of some families, oval or cycloid
scales, and the body is still more rarely naked, and the bony
plates absent.  The optic nerves, like those of the plaigiostolns
are o:ily connected by a comnllissure, and do not cross or decussate.
The bulbus arleriosas is muscular and provided with two or more
rows of valves, which, in one order are replaced by two spiral and
longitaudilal valvular folds.  Tile intestine has fiequently,   but
not always, -a spiral valve.  The branchial apertures are simple
fissures, or spiracles oil each side as in ordinary fishes; the branchim are fiee.  An air bladder is present and communicates by a
duct with the intestinal anal.  The ventrals are abdominal.
Tlhis subclass has been, for the present, divided into four orders,
as follows:
ORDER ITOLOSTET, Muller.
(Whole Bones.)
This order embraces fishes which are provided with plates which
are either rhomboid and tiled, or oval and imnbricated.  The hyoid
(tongue) apparatus has one or many branchiostegal rays.  The
centre of the vertebrae are either ossified or represented by a
persistent  notochord,  (spinal chord.)  The  neuro-apophyses
(Ganglions) and haemapophoses) arterial bulb, are always ossified.
The dorsal and anal fins are sustained by true dermo neural spines
articulated with the inter neural spines.  The scapular arch is
suspended by two processes to the paroccipital and the mastoid
bones, and sustains well developed pectoral fins which are provided with many rays.  The abdominal ventral fins, are also supported by several rays.  The bulb of the aorta has several longitudinal rows of valves.
ORDER PLACOGANOIDEI, Owen.
This order embraces those fishes that were, rather than those of
the present day, and their characteristics are studied from the
organic, or fossil remains, discovered by the geologist in his
researches into the formations of early epochs of the earth on
which we live.




56                  BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
ORDER CHONDROSTET, Miuller.
Ossified Cartilage.
The fishes embraced in this order, among which are the sturgeons, have a skeleton, or frame work made up of both cartilage
and bones. The body is sometimes naked, but in most of the
species is covered with more or less interrupted rows of long or
ganoid plates of irregular form.
There also many smaller plates and tubercles scattered on different parts of the body. There are no true branchiostegal rays.
The vertebrae and their elements are cartilaginous. The skull is
also cartilaginous, but it is sometimes imperfectly ossified in front.
The scapular arch is suspended by two processes of the paroccipital
and mastoid bones. It supports two well developed ventral fins.
The ventral fins are also furnished with several rays. The bulb of
the aorta is furnished with several longitudinal rows of valves.
ORDER DIPNOI, Muller.
(Double Spiracles, or breathing holes.)
The bodies of the fishes embraced in this order are elongated
and covered with regularly imbricated cycloid scales. The centre
of the true vertebra are cartilaginous, the notochord being persistent. The continuous vertical fin, or fold encircling the posterior
part of the body, is sustained by articulated rays, immediately
connected with the spinous processes of the neurapophyses and
haemapophyses, which spines are osseous. The scapular arch is
suspended only to the exoccipital bone and supports on each side a
simple unjointed, or articulated ray on each side. The bulb of the
aorta is furnished internally with two spiral ridges, or valves.
This brings us through the second class from the highest and to
the commencement of the third stage in the descending series of
the structural arrangement under consideration.  The next is
S UB-CLAss ELASMOBRANCHII, Bona.
(Plated gills or branchice.)
This class embraces the sharks and the bony skates. They have
the endo-skeleton or vertebral column, and skull cartilaginous, or,
very imperfectly ossified. The exo-skeleton is developed in the
form of placoid granules. The brain is much more complex and
highly developed, than in the true fishes; the optic nerves are




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                    57
connected by a commissure, but do not cross each other. The bulbus arteriosus or aorta has a thick muscular coat, and is provided
with at least two rows of semi-lunar valves. The intestine has a
spiral valve. The males are provided with the so called " claspers,"
which are present as appendages to the posterior edge of the ventral fins. Fecundation is effected by copulation. The branchial
apertures are usually five in number, and are generally all external.
There is no air bladder.
This sub-class was divided into two orders, viz: Plagiostomi,
(oblique mouths,) and Holocephali, (solid heads.) The Plagiostomi are distinguished by several separate branchial apertures on
the side of the neck, and the Holocephali with only one branchial
aperture on each side, as in the true fishes. The Plagiostomi order
was divided into four sub-orders, viz: Squali, Rhinea, Pristes and
Raim; and this arrangement is so laid down in Prof. Gill's catalogue of East Coast fishes before referred to. Subsequently,
further investigation of the Sharks and Rays, has induced the Professor to modify this arrangement by raising the SQUALI to a full
order, dividing it into several families and sub-families, and reserving the Rhinm and Raina (Rays) as sub-orders.  The divisions,
therefore, of this sub-class, (Elasmobranchii,) are
ORDER SQUALI; Gill.
Several branchial apertures on the side of the neck,-pre-supplementary eye-lids. An incomplete scapular arch; naso-pectoral
cartilage absent.
SUB-ORDE.R RHINA; Gill.
This sub-order is distinguished from the Squali by the depressed
head and body, and the dorsal position of the eyes.  The branchial
apertures are situated on the sides, but are placed in a furrow
which separates the large expanded pectoral fins from  the body.
The mouth is at the extremity of the snout.
SUB-ORDER RAIE; Muller & Henle.
The Raice have the branchial apertures beneath the body under
the pectoral fins.  The body is flattened until from its union with
the large and fleshy pectorals it forms a disc. These pectorals are
united before the snout.  Eyes and spout holes are always above
8




58                  BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
on the dorsal aspect of the head; the scapular arch complete; nasopectoral cartillages present; no eye-lid, or only an adnate upper
one.
ORDER IIOLOCEPHALI; Bona.
There are but one or two genera of fishes belonging to this order.
The Chfimcera, or sea monster of the high northern seas, is embraced
by it.  None of them, to ourt knowledge, have been fobund on the
coast of Maine.  They have but one branchial, or gill apertutre on
each side of the head, as in the perfected or true fishes.
The next step in the descending series brings us to the
SUB-CCLAss DERMOPTERI; Owen.
This is the lowest and most simply constituted of all the classes
of the fishes.  The body is very much elongated and worm-like,
either sub-cylindrical or compressed.  The endo-skeleton is very
rudimentary and cartilaginous, and in one of the orders, (Pharyngobrancliii,) there is no distinct head.  The pectoral and ventral fills are both absent.  The skin is entirely naked and mucous,
and the fins are only folds of the skins.  There is no pancreas and
no air bladder.  The olfactory organ and nostril are single.
There are three orders to this class, viz:
ORDER ITYPEROARTII; (Bon a.) M  lle r.
The body of the members of this order is invariably greatly
elongated, and sub-cylindrical or anguiliform. The head is distinct.  The " myelon," or medulla spinalis, is described by Owen
as being flattened or depressed, "of opaline sub-transparency,
ductile and elastic."  The bulbus arleriosus is absent, but there
are two opposite valves at the organ of the branchite vessel, as in
the Teleostei. The branchiat are purse shaped and without opercula. There are seven in number on each side. Each receives the
streams of water for the correction of the blood, through short
tubes, entering from a medium canal, which is below and distinct
from the oesophagus and which terminates behind in a closed wall,
and according to Professor Owen, communicates with the fauces
anteriorly "by an opening guarded by a double membranous
valve."  This order includes the well known " Lamper Eel," and
is equivalent to the AMarsipobranchii, (purse gills,) of other
authors.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                    59
ORDER ITYPEROTRETI; (Bona.) Muller.
The representatives of this order resemble those of the other,
(Ityperoartii,) except in the respiratory organs.  The branchia3
are bursiform and fixed, receiving the streams of water directly
from the throat or oesophagus, through short tubes communicating
with each sac. The water is discharged through tubes which either
severally open externally, or into two lateral and longitudinal
canals, directed backwards and discharging by as many orifices on
each side of the medium line of the ventral surface.
ORDER PHARYNGOBRANCHII; Muller.
There is but a single genus embraced in this order, and this is
the very lowest in point of organization of all fishes. It has no distinct head, and no heart; body elongated and compressed. This
brings us to the foot of the structural series following it, according
to the anatomical characters as laid down by Muller and the great
comparative anatomist, Professor Owen of England, and modified
in its arrangement by Professor Gill, upon whose description we
have drawn pretty freely.
That it is perfect the authors themselves do not pretend, but it
comes nearer to the scheme of natural orders than anything that
has yet been promulgated, and will help greatly to the desired
consummation of a perfect classification, according to the true
plan of nature, so much desired and sought for by every naturalist.
CATALOGUE
OR SYNOPSIS OF A PART OF THE FISHES OF MiAINE, ARRANGED ACCORDING TO PROF. GILL'S CLASSIFICATION.
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI, Muller.  ORDER TELEOCEPHALI, Gill.
Sub-order Physoclisti, Bona.
PERCOID FAMILY.
Perca flavescens, Mlitch., Yellow or brindle perch.
Roccus lineatus, Gill, Striped bass.
Morone Americana, Gill, lWhite perch.
Pomotis vulgaris, Cuv., Bream, flat fish.
Pomotis appendix, Jiilch., Pumpkin seed.
SPAROIDS.
Pagrus argyrops, Cuv., Big porgee.




60                  BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
S CIENOIDS.
Cynoscion regalis, Gill, Weak fish, squeteague.
SCOMBROIDS.
Scomber vernalis, Mitch., Spring mackerel.
Scomber grex, Mitch., Fall mackerel.
Orycnus secundi-dorsalis, Gill, Tunney or HIorse mackerel.
Apodontis maculatus, Gill, Spanish mackerel.
CARANGINOIDS.
Vomer setipinnis, Ayres, Blunt-nose shiner.
SERIOLINOIDS.
Pomatomus saltatrix, Gill, Blue fish.
SCOMBERESOCOIDS.
Scomberesox scutellatus, Lesueur, Bill fish.
GASTEROSTOIDS.
Pygosteus DeKayii, Brevort, Many-spined stickle back.
ATHERINOIDS.
Chirostoma notatum, Gill, Silverside.
SCORPENOIDS.
Sebastes Norvegicus, Cuv., Norway haddock.
Hemitripterus Acadiensis, Storer, Sea raven.
CoIMoIDs.
Acanthocottus Groenlandicus, Girard, Sculpin; Greenland Bullhead.
Acanthocottus octodecim-spinatus, Gill, Common sculpin or bullhead.
Acanthocottus Labradoricus, Girard, Labrador or northern sculpin.
AGONOIDs.
Aspidophorus monopterygius, Storer, American aspidophore.
TRIGLOIDs.
Dactylopterus volitans, Lac., Sea swallow.
BATRAdCHOIDS.
Batrachus tau, Linn., Toad fish.
BLENNIODS.
Stichaeus subbipinnatus, Gill, Radiated shanny.
Muraenoides mucronatus, Gill, Butter fish.
ZOARCEOIDS.
Zoarces anguillaris, Storer, Thick-lipped eelpout.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                     61
ANARRHICHOIDS.
Anarrhicas vomerinus, Storer, Sea wolf.
CRYPTOCANT-IOIDS.
Cryptocanthodes maculatus, Storer, Spotted wry mouth.
Cryptocanthodes inornatus, Gill.
LoPHIOIDs.
Lophius Americanus, Val., Angler; goose fish.
Sub-order A nacanthini, Muller.
GADOIDS.
Gadus Americanus, Gill, Cod fish.
Gadus pruinosus, Mitch., Frost fish; tom cod.
Melanogrammus aeglefilus, Gill, Itaddock.
Merlangus purpureus, S'orer, Pollock.
Merlucius vulgaris, lReinh, ILi ke.
Brosmius flavescens, Lesueur, Cusk.
PHYCINOIDS.
Phycis Americana, Cuv., American codling.
Phycis DeKayii, Kaup.
OPHID10IDS.
Ophidium marginatum, MIitch., New York ophidium.
Sub-order Pharyngonzalhi, Jiculler.
LABROIDS.
Tautoga Americana,(?) DeKa.,y, Tautog; blackfish.
Ctenolabrus Burgall, Gill, Cunner.
Sub-order Htelerosoma, Bona.
PILEURONECTOIDS.
Hippoglossus Americana, Gill, IIalibut.
Pomnatopsetta dentata, Gill, Toothed flat fish; summer flounder.
Pleuronectes Americanus,(?) Walbaum, Flounder.
Sub-order Physostomi, Mluller.
CYPRINOIDS.
Caraseira auratus,(?) Fitz., Gold fish; golden carp.
Leucosomus Americanus, Storer, Shiner.
Plargyrus cornutus,(?) Storer, Red fin.




62                    BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
CATASTOMOIDS.
Catastomus Bostoniensis,(?) Lesueur, Common sucker.
Moxostomus obloiigus,  Ayres.
CYPRINODONTS.
Fundulus pisculentus, Val., MlIinnow; killifish.
ESOCOIDS.
Esox reticulatus, Leseur, Common pickerel.
SALMONOIDS.
Salmo salar, Linn, Salmon.
Salrnmo fontinralis, lMitch., Brook trout.
Salmo Gloveri, Girard.
Sailmo Sebago, Girard, Salmon trout.(?)
Salmrn   l arnatus, (,'ztier.
Salmo Tomah, HLamalin, Togoue.
Salmo erythrogaster, DeKa:, Redl-bellied trout.
Salmno oquass1a, Girard, Blue back.
Coregollus albus, Liin., W\Iiite fish.
Argy rosorna elupeifoinrmis, Ayres.
Osrnerus nmordax, Gill, Smelt.
CLUPEOIDS.
Clupea elongata, Linrn., IIerring; English herring.
Alausa sapidissina, Siorer, Comlrnon shad.
Alausa tyrannus, DelaTay, Alewilfe.
Alausa cyanonoton, S/orer.
Brevoortia mnenlhaden, Gill, MIenhaden' moss banker.
E NG RAULINOID S.
Engraulis vittata, Baircd and Girard, Anchovy.
ORDER ApoDons.
ANGUILLOIDS.
Anguilla Bostoniensiss, Les., Eel.
ORDER LEMNISCATI, Kiaupl
LEPTOCEPHALUS.
Leptocephalus gracilis, Storer, Thin head.
ORDER NEMATOGNATHI, Gill.
PINIELOIDO.
Amiurus pullus, Gill, Hornpout.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                           63
SUB-CIASS GANOIDEI, (Ag.) Jilller.   ORDER  CIIONDROSTEI, Miller.
STURIONOIDS.
Acipenser oxyrhynchus, Miltchell, Sturgeon.
SUB-CLASS ELASMrOBRANCHI, Bona.  ORDER PLAGIOSTOMI, CGUv.
SLub-order Squali, (TMuller) Gill.
CETORIIINOIDS.
Cetorhinus maximus (?) Blainville, Basking shark.
SCYMNOIDS.
Somniosus brevipcnnis, Lesueur, Sleeper.
SuB-CLASS DERntOPTERI, Oween.  ORnnER ITYPEROARTII, Bona.
PETROMYZONTOIDS, BOn a.
Petrornyzon Americanus, Les., Lamper eel.
Familiar and ScienliJfc Description of some of the M1aine Fishes
namled inl the foregoing Syjnopsis.
SUB-CLASS TEILEOSTEI.   ORDER TEmEOCEPrIALI.
Sub order Physoclisli.
FTAMILY PER\COIDo.*  SUB-FAMILY PERCTNF~.
FAAMILY CH-ARACTERS.  Body more or less elongated; in most cases
protected by pectinated scales, generally rough to the touch, occasionally smooth, owing to the deciduous nature of their prickles.
Read.-The preopercle and opercle exhibit various spinous or
serrated edges,-in a few they are smooth.  Jaws, filont of vorner,
and often the palatine bones furnished with teeth of various kinds,
velvet-like, card-like, or of the canine type; the canines occurring,
occasionally intermixed with the former two kinds.
Fiins.-Dorsals always well developed, sometimes single, at othT In this description it is thought best to commence with the more perfected orders
and proceed to the lower grades. Some of them I have described in full, in the form
and manner that it is intended all of them shall be in the final report. Others,
merely the family and generic characteristics are given, and in. a few even these are
omitted because either some doubtful points in regard to them need further investigation, or I have not the proper authorities to which I could refer in the matter.




64                   BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                      PERCOIDmE.
ers subdivided into two distinct fins; the anterior portion, or anterior fin, as the case may be, being spinous,-that is, composed of
bony or rigid rays. The anal fin has a variable number of spiny
rays in its anterior margin, but in a few cases they are wanting.
The caudal is either truncated posteriorly or more or less emarginated.  Ventrals are inserted posteriorly to the base of the pectorals or composed of an external stoutish spine or fine soft dichotomized rays.
GENERA. The following genera belong to this family:
GENUS PERCA, CUV.
GEN. CHAR. Two dorsal fins distinctly separated; the rays of the first spinous,
those of the second flexible; tongue smooth, teeth in both jaws, in front of the vomer, and on the palatine bones; preoperculum notched below, serrated on the posterior edge; operculum bony, ending in a flattened point directed backwards.
There are branchiostegous rays. Scales roughened, and not easily detached.
Perca Flavescens, Mitchell.
Brindle perch. Yellow perch.
One of the most common and abundant of the fishes in our
ponds and lakes, and one which every schoolboy recognizes as
among the trophies of his earliest fishing expeditions, is the yellow
or brindle perch. The perches breed in great numbers in the fresh
waters throughout the State, preferring sandy bottoms and clear
waters to any others. They take bait readily, and offer fine sport
to anglers, especially in the months of July and August, when they
congregate together in great numbers in the comparatively shoal
and warm waters of the ponds where they breed. In winter they
are sometimes caught, but they do not bite so readily as in summer. They are in the colder parts of the season most generally
found near where warm streams enter the ponds or lakes and
thereby furnish water of warmer temperature. They associate
freely with other fish, which very seldom molest them. Indeed,
they oftentimes take entire possession of their favorite grounds, to
the exclusion of larger and stronger fish. Even the voracious
pickerel, at times, has to give way to them, when they dash in
among them, the sharp spines of their front dorsals erect and
scraping their bellies as they scoot under and around with great




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                    65
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                   PERCOIDE.
dexterity.  The brindle perch are a very good "panfish," their
flesh being firm and sweet, though not very high flavored. They
vary much in size, seldom weighing a pound, though instances are
known of those being caught which weighed three pounds.
Distinctive Characteristics.  The ground color of the sides is
yellow. There are from six to eight vertical dark colored bands on
the sides and over the back. The pectoral, ventral and anal fins
are yellow. —DeKay.
Specific Description.  The head is of a darker color than the
other parts. Jaws equal. Pupils of the eye black and the irides
of a bright gold color. Above and between the eyes you will find
it smooth. The top of it is broad and somewhat depressed, or flattened.  DeKay says that in the old fish "the rostrum  becomes
more elongated, producing a concavity of the facial angle," or,
as some term it, "dishfaced."  Back of the eye, the raised stripe
radiating from centres make it rough to the touch. The preoperculum is scaly and notched with fine serratures along its edge, except a portion of the posterior superior angle, which is bare.
The opercle is subtriangular, of a green color in its centre, and
has a few scales on its upper margin, is notched or serrated beneath,
and has a sharp spine on its posterior angle. The length of the
head is not quite one-fourth the length of the body.
The body is somewhat compressed and elongated, with a subcircular or gibbous outline.  Sides of a golden color, crossed
by " seven transverse bands," of a dark color. These bands are
located in the upper part-those of the middle broadest of all. The
abdomen is white.  Chin or lower jaw pink or flesh-colored.  The
lateral line is a series of tubular orifices, and runs parallel with the
curve of the body from the humerus to the tail. The scales are
small and pectinated or ciliated on their posterior edges, giving a
rough feeling to the hand.
There are two dorsal fins-the first with spinous rays, thirteen
in number, and the second with mostly articulated or soft rays,
also thirteen in number. These fins are of ayellowish-brown color,
the first or anterior one tinged more with a light yellow. The
spines strong-the first shorter than the second, and the fourth
and fifth longest, the last much shortest.  The whole height of this
fin is about one-third of its length. The distance between the first
and second is small, seldom more than three-tenths of an inch.
9




66                      BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                              PERCOIDE.
The second dorsal is of a subquadrangular shape, a little more
than half the length of the first, and has oftentimes two spinous
rays, the first one quite small.
The pectorals rise very near the shoulder, or humeral bone, are
rather long, somewhat fan-shaped and rounded slightly on the margin, and have fifteen rays. They are of a yellow color.
Ventrals rise a short distance behind the pectorals, are a little
triangular in shape, and have the outside ray spinous. Color
orange, tinged with scarlet.
Anal rises about opposite the middle of the second dorsal, has
ten rays; its first two outside rays are spinous, the first one shortest, color like that of the ventral.
Caudal is emarginate.  Ray formula is as follows:
B. 7, D. 13, 2-13, V. 1-5, A. 2, 8, C. 18.
Whole length 10 to 15 inches.
SYNONYRIES.-Bodianuss flavescens, Mitchill, Kirtland..forone flavescens, Mitchill.
Perca acuta, Cuv. and Val.
Perca gracilis, Rich.
Perca granulata, Linsley Cat. Fishes of Conn.
GENUS MORONE, (Mitch.)  Gill.
GEN. CHAR. Body oblong ovate. Gibbous as far as the commencement of first
dorsal fin.  Milaxillary teeth and those of the palatines and vomer villiform. Lingual teeth situate on the margin of the tongue-none on the base.  Scales on the
head pectinate. Preopercule denticulate, or serrate on its lower posterior margin.
Operculum two spined. The two dorsal fins are connected by a slightly elevated
membrane at their base. First dorsal is composed entirely of spinous rays. The
anal has three spines, of which the second is often the largest. The lateral line
slightly convex anteriorly-nearly concurrent with the body. The chief distinctive
characteristics of this genus are the presence of strongly pectinated scales on the
cheeks and opercular bones, and the band of villiform teeth on the sides, and more
scattered over on the tip of the tongue. —Gill.
Morone Americana, Gill.
White perch.
Wherever you find the yellow perch you also find the white
perch, but in many of our lakes and ponds in  Maine the white
perch in some seasons are the most abundant, and furnish the best
sport to the angler.  Although not altogether similar in form  and
structure to the yellow perch, they are nevertheless very much




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                     67
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                    PERCOID2E.
alike in their habits and modes of life. Like them they prefer clear
waters and sandy bottoms.
In the latter part of summer they congregate together in such
waters, and afford fine sport to fishing parties in many sections of
the  State.  They are then active and bite greedily, and we
have known of as many as 150 being caught in a single day by one
individual.  They breed in great numbers in the Cobbosse Contee,
and adjacent ponds in Winthrop and Hallowell, as well as in many
others of our numerous sheets of water in different sections of the
State. They are easily transferred from their native haunts, and
are found to become easily habituated to their new locations, provided they are of suitable character, and soon multiply rapidly.
Tlhey are much esteemed by many sportsmen, as making an agreeable ingredient in chowders and other savory dishes of the fisherman's and hunter's camp fare. They are of a silvery gray color,
and like their cousins, the yellow  perch, vary in size from a half
a pound to a pound and a half, although the latter size is seldom
caught.
Distinctive Characteristics.  Body compressed, front part gibbous. First ray of the posterior dorsal nearly as long as the second.  Opercle with a single spine.  General length three to six
inches.-DedKay.
Specifc Characters.  I-ead rather small and slopes gradlually to
the snout, with a suture behind the eyes, and is about one-fourth
the length of body.  Jaws about equal, with rose tints on the lips
and underneath lower jaw. Upper jaw protractile; tongue and lips
spotted with very small black dots.  A number of small teeth on
each jaw, and a row of velvet like teeth on sides of the tongue, but
none on the tip or centre. Eyes circular, pupils black, iris silvery;
space between the eyes covered with scales.  The nostrils double,
hindmost one oval and transversely situated to the other. Preopercle gives metallic reflections; serrated on its posterior and lower
margin.  Operculum scaled; has two points, the one in the posterior edge sharp, and the one above more blunt.
Body rather deep beneath the first dorsal fin, compressed, curved, or gibbous, in front, and tapering with a slight curve back of
the first dorsal; scales silvery, and covered with small black dots,
like the -tongue and lips.  Their free edges are serrated; lateral
line follows the curve of the back; first dorsal rises on a line a little




68                     BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                             PERCOIDY.
back of the insertion of the pectorals; has strong  spinous rays,
the fourth  of which is longest.  The second  dorsal is connected
with the first by a low membrane; it is quadrangular in shape.
The pectorals rise just below and on a line with the spine of the
operculum; are broad, the upper ray longest, and the edges rounding downwards.  They are brown at the base, but yellowish above;
ventrals rise a little back of the pectorals, and are reddish at the
base.
Anal rises on a line with the middle of the second dorsal; second spine very strong.  Caudal forked or " deeply emarginate."
Ray formula —
D. 9, 1, 12; P. 15; V. 1, 5; A. 3, 9; C. 17.
Length six to ten inches.
SYxao:N~IEs.-Perca anmericana, Grd., Block., Lacepede.
Perca mucronata, Raf., Sw.
JMorone ruqfa and MJorone pallida, Mitch.
Bodianus riufus, Mitch; Centropomus albus, Raf.
Labrax mucronatus, Cur. and Val., Storer, Ayres, Linsley, Baird,
Hill.
Labrax rufus, DeKay, Gill.
Labrax pallidus, Mitch., Storer, Perley.
Labrax nigricans, DeKay, Storer.
GENUS Roccus, (Mitch.,) Gill.
GEN. CHAR. Body slender oblong-ovate. Back anteriorly curved or gibbous,
Maxillary teeth and those of the vomer and palatines villiform. Lingual teeth villiform, deposited in two lateral bands, and separated at their base in two longitudinal series, either separated or coalessing. Scales from the nape to Jthe nostrils and
for the most part cycloidal. Preoperculum  at the lower posterior part serrated.
Operculum two spined. Dorsal fins not joined at the base by a raised membrane.
Anal has three spines, increasing in size. Lateral line rectilinear. —Gill.
This genus has been separated recently by Prof. Gill from  the
genus Labrax, from which it differs chiefly in the character of the
armature of the preoperculum, and by the absence of teeth at the
anterior extremity of the tongue; the whole margin of the tongue
in the latter genus (Labrax) being provided with a band of villiform  teeth, and the spur-formed teeth of the lower margin of the
preoperculum.
Roccus lineatus,  Gill.
Striped bass. Rock fish.
This fish seems to posses rather a migratory character.  Late in




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   69
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                 PERCOID
winter and early in spring it comes up from the sea into the rivers
along the coast, where it is taken by seines or nets. It formerly
ascended quite high up our rivers, but the dams have now shut
them out from many of their old haunts, and they are now found
only in those fresh waters near the ocean that are unobstructed.
On the Kennebec they are now seldom  seen higher than Eastern
river, in Dresden, where they used to be taken in considerable
numbers. The experiment has been tried of transferring them into
lakes above the dams to breed and increase, but with rather imperfect success thus far. On the seaboard on some parts of the
coast they come up into the creeks and arms of the sea, generally
during the flood tides in the night, to feed and return to deeper
water at ebb. They prefer rather shoal waters of the sea, with
rocky bottoms. They bite the hook at times very readily, and
many are thus taken. Fishermen use for bait, crabs or clams, but
they prefer, of all things, squid to anything else. DeKay says that
the largest individuals, called green heads, never ascend the fresh
water streams. He also observes that in New York harbor, as the
weather grows cold, they penetrate into the little bays and ponds
connected with the sea, and imbed themselves into the mud.
The bass, or rock fish is highly prized by some, though the larger
ones are of rather coarse flesh. Those found in the market vary
greatly in size, from one pound upwards. Storer mentions one
that weighed 84 pounds.
Specific Description. The head as well as the body of the striped
bass or rock fish is covered with large and pretty strongly adherent scales. It is rather blunt, lower jaw a little the longest. The
eyes are rather large, and their distance apart equal to a little less
than two of their diameters. The pupils are black and the irides
of a golden hue. The operculum is of a golden shade and has two
spines on its posterior edge, the lowest of which is largest. The
preoperculum is of the same color, and its posterior margin is finely
serrated, the denticulations being largest on its lower edge. Teeth
in the jaws and palatines, no teeth at the extremity of the tongue.
Holbrook says " there are two bands of minute teeth at the root
of the tongue, separated slightly from each other in the mesial
line; the sides of the tongue are also armed with small teeth."
The body is cylindrical, tapering to the tail, and about four times




70                    BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                        PERCOIDE.
as long as the head.  It is of blueish brown above, and near the
abdomen commences a bright silvery hue.  There are eight or
nine blackish bands or streaks passing from near the operculum,
the middle ones terminating in the caudal fin.  Sometimes these
bands are curved and sometimes interrupted. Scales large and
somewhat quadrangular, showing concentric lines on their sides,
as also very minute strie diverging from  the centre.  They continue more or less on all the fins.  Storer enumerates sixty-two
scales along the lateral line. The lateral line is nearly straight,
arises near the superior spine of the operculum, and extends
through the fourth stripe of the body to the tail.
The first dorsal fin arises behind the line from the posterior half
of the pectoral. The spinous rays are nine in number. The first
smallest, the fourth and fifth longest, and the others decreasing in
length to the last.  The second dorsal has the first ray spinous,
and twelve branched ones-second ray longest.
Pectorals arise a short distance behind the gill opening and a
little below the lower spine of the operculum, rather short, and
have sixteen rays. The ventrals are a little behind the pectorals;
the first ray is spinous and short, the second ray is longest. The
anal arises on a line midway of the second dorsal. Its three first
rays are spinous, rather short and stout.
Caudal deeply forked, and twice as wide at its posterior edge,
when spread, as it is at its base.
Ray formulaD. 9, 1-12; P. 16 to 18; V. 1-5; A. 3, 11; C. 17 to 18.
Length from six inches to four feet.
SYNONYMES.-Sciaena lineata, Block.
Perca saxatilis, Schnocd.
Perca Septiontralis, Schnued.
Centropome Raye, La. Cep.
Perca Jlitchilli, Mitch.
Labrax lineatus, Storer, DeKay, Rich.
GENUS POMOTIs, Raf.
GEN. CHAR. Body subcircular or elliptical, very much compressed. Head small
or moderate; mouth proportionate to size of head. Jaws generally equal, lower
one longest. Velvet or card teeth upon the jaws and front of the vomer only.
Tongue smooth, checks and opercular apparatus scaly. Branchial apertures continuous under the throat. Spinous portion of dorsal fin longer and less elevated




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                     71
SUB-CLASs TELEOSTEI.                                     PERCOIDE.
than the soft portion. Three anal spines. Insertion of ventrals situate posteriorly
to the base of pectorals.
Posterior margin of caudal fin emarginated or suberescentic. Scales small, developed and pectinated.
Pomotis vulgaris, Cuv.
Bream, Roach, Sunfish, Pumpkin-seed, Pondfish, Kiver.
If you should take a pumpkin seed and carve out a fish's head on
the blunt end, attach dorsal fins to one side or edge of it and a
fish's tail to the small end, you would have no mean miniature reppresentation of this species of fish. This resemblance has given
rise to one of the many names given it, "pumpkin seed," which
is quite expressive of its form.
The Pornotis or Bream is found in nearly all the fresh waters
of New England.  It is found in nearly all the brooks and margins of lakes and ponds in Maine. The avidity with which it
seizes the hook, and the ease with which it is taken, render the fishing for it a capital subject to initiate boys into the craft and mystery of the angler's art, being often caught by them with the simple and rude apparatus of a worm on a pin-hook, tied to an alder
twig for a rod. Many an urchin in the country, thus equipped,
becomes quite an expert at brook fishing, and exhibits as much zeal
and prowess, and as many trophies of his piscatory victims as the
most skillful angler, with reel and gaff, does over the subtle trout and
salmon. In the spring of the year the Bream repairs to the margin
of ponds, or to the eddies and still waters of brooks, where there
is a gravelly or sandy bottom, and cleaning off any vegetables
that may be in the way, they scoop away the sand by swimming
around and stirring up the surface, and form a basin shaped cavity,
sometimes two feet across.  Here they deposit their spawn and
carefully watch the premises until their eggs are hatched.
Characteristics. Green mixed with olive, and dull reddish spots
over the body. Appendix of the opercle black, bordered with
scarlet. Length four to eight inches. —DeKay.
Specific Description. The head of the Pomotis is rather small
and less than a quarter part as long as the body. Eyes are large
and circular, and near the "facial outline."  Nostrils double, the
forward one tubular. Mouth is small, and the teeth sharp
and rather thickly set upon the jaws, vomer and pharyngeals.




72                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                   PERCOIDX.
The edge of the preopercle very finely serrated. The operculum
terminates in a blunt point, which is prolonged by a membranous
appendage, which is black with a bright scarlet spot at its extremity. The gill covers present beautiful blue, or azure lines running lengthwise across them.
Body is oval and very much compressed and flattened, of a
greenish color above, with irregular spots or blotches of red or
rusty colors rather irregularly disposed along the sides. The abdomen is of a whitish silvery color. The lateral line curves with
the outlines of the back. The scales are quite large and are toothed at their base.
The dorsal fins are made up of spinous and soft rays, and the portion of soft rays is highest and rounded; the anterior portion of it
is spinous, and this portion has ten rays, and the soft portion
twelve.
The pectorals are pretty long, of a triangular shape, and generally reach to the soft portion of the dorsal. The ventrals have one
spinous ray. The anal fins extend as far as the dorsal. The caudal fin is emarginate.
Ray formulaD. 10, 12; P. 1, 5; A. 3, 16; C. 17.
Very seldom over eight inches long.
SYNONYMEs.-Labrus auritus, Lin.
JMorone maculata, Mitch.
Pornotis appendix, DeKay.
Red-tailed Bream.
This species of Pomnotis is not so abundant as the Pomotis vulgaris. DeKay describes it as more robust in body, thick and
chubby than the above named. The prolongation or appendix to
the operculum broader and longer, and of a black color.  Mouth
and gape larger. Storer describes the dorsal fin as being anteriorly dark brown and the posterior membranous portion red; ventrals red at their base. Pectorals yellowish brown. Anal yellowish at the base and fuliginous at its margin. Caudals of a blood
red color. After death he observes that the body becomes of a
bluish-gray color, abdomen orange, extremities of the ventrals
purple, and the tail a rust color.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.
SUB-cLAss TELEOSTEI.                              SPAROIDE; SCIEANOIDE.
Ray formulaD. 10 to 11; P. 11 to 12; V. 1, 5; A. 3 to 10; C. 18.
Length six inches.
SYNONYrIEs.-Labrus appendix, Mitch.
FAMILY SPAROID., Cuv.  SUBFAMILY SPARINE, Bona.
CHAR. No spines or denticulations on the opercular bones. No
teeth in the palate.  Mouth not protractile, sides large.  No scales
on the fins.; muzzle not thickened, nor the bones of the head cavernous. Pylorus has coecal appendages.
GENUS PAGRUS, CUr.
GEN. CHAR. Four to six stout teeth in front of each jaw, and two series of
round teeth on the sides. Many species have, behind the front teeth, numerous
small granular or cardlike teeth. Body generally deep.
Pagrus argyrops, Cur.
Big Porgee. Scapaug.
Characteristics.  Brilliant metallic reflections on the sides.  A
short recumbent spine in front of the dorsal fin.  The second and
third dorsal rays often filamentous.-DeKay.
DeKay gives the fin raysD. 9, 3, 22; P. 18; V. 1, 5; A. 3, 18; C. 16.
Storer's formula is different, as follows:
D. 12, 12; P. 15; V. 6; A. 3, 11; C. 1623.
Perhaps it is an error to call this a Maine fish.  It is sometimes
brought in during summer by fishermen who have been out Cape
Cod way.
SYNONYMES.-Sparus argyrops, Lin.
Spare xanture, La. Cep.
FAMILY SCINOIDr, Cur.
CHAR. Body similar to that of the Percoids, protected with pectinated or else ctenoid scales, extending over the head and a portion of the fins.
Head peculiar, owing to a convexity of its upper surface and
the bluntness of the snout; the bones of the skull being cavernous
and otherwise provided with crests or ridges. They may be dis10




74                    BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTET.                                        SCIMNOIDME.
tinguished from the Cataphracti tribe by the suborbital bones not
extending across the cheek.
Mouth little protractile. Barbels sometimes under the lower
jaw, near the mouth.  Maxillary teeth various.
Vomer and palatines toothless, which distinguishes them from
Percoids. The operculars have spines or serratures. The preopercule is occasionally smooth.  Fins-Either one or two dorsals,
having the general modifications as the Percoids.
Air-bladder peculiar by the horn-like process it exhibits.
SUBFAMILY SCIENINE, Bona.  GENUS OTOLITHUS, CUV.
GEN. CHAR. The bones of the anal fin are weak and there are no barbels; some
of the teeth terminate in elongated hooks, or are of the canine form. Their natatory
bladder has a horn on each side, projecting forwards. (Storer.) Two small pores on
the lower jaw are entirely wanting. Two dorsal fins. Body elongated.-DeKay.
Otolithus regalis, CGuv.
Weak fish, Squeteague, Squetee, Checouts.
Prof. Gill has transferred this species to a different genus, " Cynoscion,'" and terms it Cynoscion regalis, but I have not seen his
generic characters of it.
It is a fish of very delicate structure, and makes such feeble resistance to the hook that it breaks from it very easily.
Characteristics.  It is of a bluish color above, veined with dusky.
Ventrals and anal, orange. Ventrals with fine branched rays.
Length one to two feet.-D. K.
Ray formula —
D. 8, 1, 28; P. g; V. 1,5; A. 13; C. 17.
SYNONYMES.-Labrus squeteague, Mitch.
Sciena regalis, Rich.
FAMILY CORYPHIENOIDmE, Lowe.  SUB-FAMILY PEPRILIN2E, Gill.
GENUS PRORONOTUS, Gill.
Poronotus triacanthus, Gill.
Harvest fish.
This is the Rhombus triacanthus described by Storer and DeKay
as belonging to the Scombridse or mackerel family, but removed
by Prof. Gill into the above-named family and genus.  As we have
not their descriptive characters at hand, we will give those under




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                       75
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                      SCOMBROIDA.
which they were formerly described. For description of Scombroid
family see further along.
GENUS RHOMBUS, La. Cepede.
GEN. CHAR, Head and body compressed. Body covered with minute scales. A
small trenchant and pointed blade before the vent. A horizontal partially connected spine before the dorsal and anal fins.
Rhombus triacanthus, DeKay.
Short-finned Harvest fish. Skip Jack.
DeKay says of this fish that it is equally remarkable for the
splendor of its coloring and its excellence as an article of food,
although many fishermen consider them unfit for eating on account
of the unpleasant odor which they emit when opened.  They are
believed to feed chiefly on marine plants.  He found the oesophagus of many which he opened, filled with pebbles about the size
of a pin's head.  When taken from the water at night, it is said to
emit vivid phosphoric flashes.
Prof. Peck describes them on the New Hampshire coast as long
ago as 1794. They are sometimes used on Cape Cod as a manure.
They make a good bait for mackerel.
Ray formulaD. 3, 45; P. 19; A. 3, 42; C. 19.-DeKay.
Storer has itD. 45; P. 21; A. 43; C. 20.
SYvNoNYIES.-Poronotus triacanthus, Gill.
Stromateus triacanthus, Peck.
Stromateus cryptosus, Mitchill.
Peprilus cryptosus, Cuvier.
FAMILY SCOMBROIDA.
Mackerel.
This family has been recently sudivided into several subfamilies,
among which are enumerated Scombrince, Bona.; Orycnince, Gill.;
Carangince, Bona.; Seriolince, Gill.  We cannot now give the characters of each, and therefore recite the character given to the famly before its subdivision.
CHAR. —Body exceedingly diversified in form and aspect, covered with minute scales, giving a smooth appearance to the slkin.




76                   BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                     SCOMBROIDR.
These scales are both cycloid and ctenoid.  Many genera are
provided with a crest or ridge on the sides of the tail, often protected with a series of keeled, bony, scale-like shields.
Head.-Sides of head smooth. Operculars have neither spines
nor serratures.
Fins.-Dorsal, caudal and anal fins scaleless and varied in structure, according to different genera.
Stomach.-Numerous pyloric appendages to the intestines.
Air-bladder wanting.
SUB-FAMILY SCOMBRINAE, Bona. -GENUS SCOMBER, CUV.
GEN. CHAR. - Body fusiform, covered by scales which are uniformly small; sides
of the tail not connected but merely raised into two small cutaneous crests; dorsal
fins widely separated; some of the posterior rays of the second dorsal and anal
free, forming finlets. One row of small conical teeth in each jaw.
Scomber vernalis, Hitch.
Spring Mackerel.
The mackerel, or spring mackerel, is one of those migratory
fishes that everybody knows something of, because they form so
important a branch of our fisheries and enter so largely into the
commercial and dietetical uses of the community.
They appear on our coast about the middle of May, and their
numbers gradually increase until into June. The first comers are
males, and are rather lean and do not rank so high in the inspection as those later comers, or those caught later, that have become
fatter.
They are caught with the hook, in large quantities, but they are
subject to what the fishermen call " freaks " in this respect, sometimes taking the bait eagerly, and at other times pass along without taking the least notice of the bait and rejecting all the allurements which the fishermen can devise. To obviate this, many
have adopted the custom of catching them with seines and drift
nets by which great numbers are caught during the season of their
stay in our waters. I have gathered some statistics in regard
to the amounts taken in different years, from 1850 to 1860, but as
they are quite defective and unsatisfactory I omit them at present.
They give, however, some interesting facts showing the great importance of this branch of our industry.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                     7
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI,                                   SCOMBRtOIDsE.
Characterisices.  A  dark spot at the base of the pectoral and
anal fins.-DeKay.
Specefic Description.  The mackerel when first drawn from  the
water is a beautiful fish. De Kay describes its colors as exceedingly vivid; dark steel blue above, becoming lighter on the scales
and mixed with metallic green near the lateral line. From 24 to
30 vertical deep blue half bands which are sometimes angu!lar,
curved, interrupted and occasionally forming irregular circles.
Below the lateral line, and parallel with it, is a longitudinal, dull,
brownish line, often interrupted and some-times forming a series of
inequidistant, irregular spots, occasionally both line and spots
wanting.  Beneath, silvery, with greenish and yellowish mnetallic
reflections, a black blotch of the pectorals and ventrals.  Pectorals, second dorsal and caudal, dark colored; the remaining fins
lighter.  Iris of the eye white with a slight tinge of yellowish;
pupils black.
A  careful examination of these colors would be sufficient to
identify this species.  The head is somewhat pointed and about a
sixth of the length of the body; mouth of a moderate size; eyes
large.  A single row of small teeth on the jaws, a single row on the
palatines; tongue black.  The lower margin of the operculul has a
row of mucus pores. The body is cylindrical, tapering to the tail.
The lateral line is waved or undulating, passing from the humeral
bone to the tail.
Dorsal fin commences over the ventrals; contains in the first 13
simple rays.  The second dorsal is one third as high as the first;
it has ten rays.  Behind these are six finlets compQsed of one ray
and equidistant. Generally there are five corresponding finlets on
the opposite side beneath; pectorals acute, fourth ray longest;
ventrals subdivided at their middle and again at their extremities,
and opposite the commencement of the second dorsal, at its commencement is a short spine, and next to it the finlets before
named; caudal deeply forked- on each side are ridges or carinu;
no air bladder.
Ray formula
ID. 13, 10-V. I; P. 17; V. 6, A. 12; V; C. 15.-DeKay.
Storer has it 
D. 10, 12; P. 17, V. 5, A. 12, C. 20.
Length 15 to 17 inches.




78                    BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI,                                        SCOMBROIDIE.
SYNQoNYME.-Scomber scomber, Schoepf.
La maquereale printanier, Cuv. et Val.
Scomber grex.  DeKay.
Fall Mackerel.
Characteristics.  Small, a black spot at the base of the pectorals
and tip of lower jaw. Dorsal bands very tortuous. Length 8
to 10 inches.
There have been doubts in the minds of some Ichthyologists
in regard to this species being a spring mackerel (Scornber vernalis) of a different age.
GENUS THYNNUS.  CG1.
GEN. CHAn. Form of the body like that of the Scomber, but less compressed.
A kind of corselet around the thorax, formed by scales larger and coarser than
those of the rest of the body; a long and elevated crest on each side of the tail.
The anterior dorsal reaching almost to the posterior one. Numerous finlets behind
the dorsal and anal fins; a single row of small, pointed, crowded teeth in each
jaw.-Storer.
Of this genus we have one species on our coast the
Thynnrus secundo dorsalis.  Storer.
American Tunny, Horse Mackerel, Albicore.
It comes on to our coast in the early part of summer, when it is
very lean; by autumn, before it diappears, it is very fat and affords
a large quantity of oil from  its head and belly.  It frequently
grows to a large size, weighing from 500 to 1000 pounds.
Its characteristics according to DeKay are-very large and long
pectorals, corselets pointed behind, no  colored lines or spots.
Length 9 to 12 feet.
Ray formulaD. 14:, 1, 23-X; P. 34, V. 1, 5; A. 2, 12 —IX; C. 19.
This fish is placed by Prof. Gill into the sub-family Orycnince,
and into Cuvier's genus (Orycnus.) This species he terms
Orycnus secundo dorsalis.  Gill.
GENUS CYBIuat, Cur.
GEN. CHAR. An elongated body without a corselet, and large compressed sharp
teeth. The palatines have only short teeth.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                       79
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                     ScMBsROID2E.
We have one very rare species of this genus, occasionally found
on our coast, viz:
Cybium maculatum, Storer.
Spanish Mackerel.
This is characterized as large, —numerous greyish brown spots
distributed along the sides. Length one to two feet.
This species has been placed by Prof. Gill into the Orcyninae
sub-family and into the genus Apodontis of Bennet.  Its specific
name under this arrangement is Apodontis maculatus, Gill, and is
synonymous with the Scornber colias, (Storer) and la maquereau
colias of Cuvier and Valenciennes.
GENUS VOrtER, CUv.
GEN. CHAR. Body compressed.  No filaments or prolongations of the fins
Profile nearly vertical.
SUB-FAMILY CARANGIN2E.  VOMER SETIPINNIS, 4Ayres.
Blunt-nosed Shiner.
This species is inserted here on the authority of another. I
have never met with it in our waters and have considered, on the
statement of DeKay, that New York, or the southern  coast of
Massachusetts was its northern limit. It has been described as
the body of a lustrous silvery tint, passing into a leaden tint on
the back.  Iris yellow; membrane of the second dorsal minutely
dotted with black, tinged at its base with light yellow.  Pectorals
olive green, verging to dusky.
First dorsal composed of short isolated rays deeply hidden in
a groove.
Ray formula
D. 7, 1, 22; P. 1, 18; V. 1, 3, A. 1, 18.
air bladder very large with two horns behind.
This has very recently been placed into the sub-family Carangincw
(Bona.)  Its synonymes are
Vomner Brownii. Cur.
Zeus setapinnis. Mitch.
SUB-FAMILY SERIOLIN/E.  GENUS TEMNODON, Cuv.
GEN. CHAmR. The tail unarmed, the little fins or detached spines are before the
anal as in Seriola. The first dorsal, fragile and long, the second and the anal coy



80                    BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                   SCOMBERESOCIDE.
ered with small scales; but the principal character consists in a row of separated,
pointed, cutting teeth in each jaw; behind the upper ones is a row of smaller
teeth, and there are some fine as velvet on the vomer, palate and tongue. The
operculum terminates in two points, and there are seven branchiostegous rays.
Temanodon salltaor.  Storer.
Bluefish. Skip-jack.
This species of fish seems to have an historical interest on account of its great abundance, at times, and then disappearing as to
great numbers for many succeeding years. It is a great scourge
to the herring and mackerel fisheries when they appear among
them, as it eats them  voraciously and becomes fat upon them.  It
It is rather a handsome fish and sometimes grows to the weight
14 pounds. Storer describes its colors as bluish on upper part of
the body; greenish tinge upon the side and abdomen. Iris is yellow.  Pectorals of a greenish yellow with a deep black blotch at
their base. Second dorsal and caudal fins are likewise of a greenish brown color.  Ventrals and anal fins are of a bluish white
color.
Fin rays
D. 7, 26, P. 17, V. 6, A. 28, C. 20.
This species has been placed recently in the sub-family Serziolice,
Gill.  Genus Pomatornus of Lacepede, and is termed Pomnatomus
saltatrix, Gill.  Its synomyms are
Gasterosteus saltatrix Lin.
Scomnber plzumbeuts Mitch.
FArMILY SCOMBERESOCOIDE.
CHAR.  Body elongated.
Head.-Gills fully developed-last branchial aperture extant.
Pseudo branchim glandulous, and covered by the mucus membrane
of the branchial aperture, and therefore concealed.
Scales cycloidal-a row  of keeled ones on either side of the
body, distinct from the lateral line.
Dorsal opposite the anal; rays soft and articulated.
Vetenrals abdominal in position; rays soft, articulated.
Air-bladder has no duct leading to the throat.
Stom7ach has no culdesac and no pyloric appendages-straight and
hardly distinguished from the intestines passing gradually into
them.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                      81
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                GASTEROSTEOIDE.
GENUS SCOMBERESOX, Cuvier.
GEN. CHAR. Snout greatly attenuated and elongated, as in the preceding.
Teeth in both jaws; more on the palatines and tongue. Dorsal and anal fins divided behind into numerous finlets.
Scomberesox scutellatus, Les.
Bill fish.
The Bill fish is a very handsome species, with a body shaped
rike that of a mackerel, and the head, or rather snout, elongated
much longer than that of a pickerel.  Hence the common name of
Bill fish. It is found all the way from the shores of Newfoundland
to those of Cape Cod. At the latter place it is most abundant in
October.
Its characteristics are, "dark green above.  Lower jaw longest.
Body with a broad silvery band. "-DeKay.
The head is narrow and long; eyes small; gill covers large,
smooth; lower jaw one quarter of an inch longer than the upper.
Minute teeth on the  base of it.  Nostrils are large.  Body is
somewhat eel-formed; scales small. The lateral line straight and
near the back. A furrow extends from the lower edge of the operculum to the base of the caudal fin. Storer describes this as consisting of two yellowish lines, which are a continued series of
scales. When raised, they resemble serrations; when not erect,
they look like sinuses (furrows.)  Between these rows are situate
the ventrals, the anal, and the anal finlets.
Ray formulaD. 10, v. or vi; P. 14; V. 6; A. 12, v. or vi; C. 20.
The caudal is deeply forked, the lower lobe slightly the longest.
SYNoNYiEms.-Scomberesox Storeri, DeKay.
Scomberesox equirostrum, Lesueur.
Esox longirostra, Mitch.
FAMILY G-ASTEROSTEOIDzE, Bona.  SUB-FAMILY GASTEROSTEINA, Bona.
CHAR. Body diminutive in size-no scales; sometimes naked,
sometimes plated entirely or in part.
Heacd.-Gills four in number on each side, composed of two
perfect branchial combs. Four branchiostegal rays; gill openings
being separated beneath by an isthmus-the last gill opening situ11




82                     BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                     GASTEROSTEOIDA.
ate between the fourth gill and inferior pharyngeal bones, is fully
developed.
Fins.-The spinous rays of the dorsal region, instead of being
united by a membrane into a dorsal fin, are isolated from each
other. Each spine has a very small membrane at its posterior base.
Spines variable in number, transversely flattened upon their base,
and acerated upon their extremities, either smooth upon their edges
or denticulated. Can be laid back in a horizontal position. Ventral fins situate about the middle of the abdomen, composed almost
exclusively, with few exceptions, of one stout spine.
Pelvic bones are external and united to the thoracic belt.
GENUS GASTEROSTEUS, Artedi.
GEN. CHAR. Upper surface of head plane either smooth or corrugated. Opercular apparatus without spines. Mouth rather small, oblique; posterior extremity
of maxillary not extending as far as a vertical line drawn in advance of the anterior
rim of the orbit.
Minute velvet-like teeth upon the dentaries and premaxillaries; none on either
the vomer or the palatines. Gill openings separated by a narrow isthmus; branchiostegal rays three on either side. First dorsal represented by a series of isolated
spines, varying in number. Caudal fin subtruncated, or subcrescentic posteriorly.
Insertion of ventrals situate opposite the second dorsal spine, therefore abdominal;
has one strong spine. Body either covered with a smooth skin, or partly, or totally
covered with tranversely elongated plates. Lateral line very obsolete. Bones of
the pelvis forming a shield to the belly, pointed behind. —Grd.
Gasterosteuzs biaculeatus, Mitch.
Two-spined Stickleback.
The stickleback is among fishes what the Bantam is among poultry —small, active, smart and pugnacious-often attacking and
driving much larger fishes than themselves.
This little species is found in the small pools and creeks in many
parts of the seashore and in salt marshes.  It is characterized by
two distinct spines on the back and a third near the dorsal; a strong
serrated spine on each side, representing the ventrals.
The head is somewhat depressed or flattened above, with numerous punctures in rows, or as it is said by some, to be granulated;
jaws equal; teeth minute and numerous. Eyes large for the size
of the fish-pupils black, iris silvery. Opercles of a silvery color,
spotted with dusky, covered with strioe.  Mouth protractile. Nos



SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                    83
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                              GASTEROSTEOIDE.
trils large and placed half way between eyes and point of- the jaw.
A broad silvery plate back of the gill opening. Body somewhat
oblong, compressed, and very slender at the base of the tail.
It is covered with twenty-eight or thirty bony plates, narrow
and plated vertically, with slight serratures on their posterior margins and with perpendicular striae or markings. It is of a green
color above and silvery below.
Lateral line pretty high up. It has the power of raising or depressing the spines on the back; the dorsal is longer than it is
high. The forward rays longest, one spine and twelve soft rays;
pectorals fan-shaped. Two sharp serrated spines stand in the
place of the ventrals, and between them  is a kind of bony lanceshaped plate, rough upon its surface, serrated on its edges and on
central keel. It seems to be made for a support to the abdominal
point which is anterior to the vent.
Anal fin commences on a line a little posterior to the dorsal, and
ends on a line with its own preceded by very minute spines.
Caudal fin is very slightly emarginate and has twelve rays.
Ray formulaD. 2,1, 11; P. 10; V. I; A. 1, 6; C. 12.
Length two and a half inches.
Gasterosteus DeKayi, Agassiz.
Many Spined Stickleback.
This little fish is an occupant of both fresh and salt water, often
in the brackish water about salt meadows. It has more than
seven spines in front of its dorsal fin.
Specific description.  The head of this species is small, about
one-fifth the length of the body. Gape of the mouth obliquely
downward; nostrils round, and near the orbit; jaws full of small
teeth. The opercula are of a silvery color; eyes circular black,
iris metallic.
Body is elongated, a little compressed, and tapers gradually from
the dorsal. Upon the back there are generally ten sharp, slightly
curved spines, inclined from right to left.  The first are placed
midway between the operculum edge and dorsal fin.
The dorsal is of a triangular shape; has one stout spine and
seven soft ones; anal beneath dorsal and like it in shape, with four




84                   BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                   ATHERINOID.E,
rays; ventral spines sharp, curved, with a slight membrane at
base, and a bony plate between them pointed posteriorly.
Caudal rounded, and the tail is keeled or carinated with from
twelve to fourteen distinct plates.
Ray formulaD. 80, 9 or 10; P. 11; V. 1; A. 1, 9;C. 13.
Length from one to two inches.
SYNONYMES.- Gasterosteus pungitius, Storer.
Gasterosteus occidentalis, DeKay.
This species has been placed by Brevoort into a new genus,
PYGOsTEUS, and terms this species Pygosteus DeKayi.
FAMILY ATHERINOIDAE, Bona.  SUB-FAMILY ATHRININ E, Bona.
CHAR. Body, covered with cycloid scales, provided laterally
with a silvery band.  Mucous pores wanting.
Head. Upper arcade of mouth formed by the pre-maxillaries.
The maxillaries which are situate behind, are tapering towards its
free or posterior extremity instead of being dilated.
Upper jaws very protractile. Six branchiostegal rays on either
side. Four gills on either side but no pseudo-branchiae. Branchial apertures continuous under the throat. Pre-maxillar, maxillar
and other teeth, so small as to require being magnified to be seen.
Fins. Two dorsals, widely separated. Ventrals are abdominal.
Stomach, a simple membranous pouch, no culdesac, or pyloric
appendages.
Air bladder is extant.
GENUS ATHERINA, Linn.
GEN. CHAR. Body elongated; two dorsals, widely separated; ventrals further
back than the pectorals; mouth highly protractile, and furnished with very minute
teeth. A broad silvery band along each flank on all the known species. —Storer.
Atherina notata, Mitch.
Dotted Silver Side. Sand Smelt.
In some parts of our seaboard, especially at the mouth of the
Piscataquis river, and the creeks around Kittery during the smelt
ing season, there is a beautiful little fish caught, known in some
places as the " Sand Smelt," " Silver Side," " Capelin," "An



SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                    85
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                 ATHERINOIDAE.
chovy" and " Young Smelt."  It is taken in company with the
smelt and sold with them as such. It is from three to five inches
in length, and when first taken from the water quite semi-transparent, especially along the back.
Characteristics. Body, slender; dorsal fins some distance apart,
the second one over the middle of the anal.
Specific Characte*.  Head small, pupils somewhat straight above
and curved beneath, smooth on the top, greenish and covered with
small black spots; upper jaw slightly the longest, and both jaws
well furnished with very small teeth; mouth, when shut, a little
oblique, the angle being lower than the point of the lips, "mouth
protractile." Eyes black and slightly oval, iris silvery.
Body slender, a little compressed, of a greenish color on the upper part, and "marked into diamonds by dotted lines." These
dotted lines also disappear on the edge of the scales of the upper
portion of the body.
The lateral line is dark, commencing near the upper angle of the
operculum, extending parallel with the back. Beneath it, and
parallel to it, is a broad band of a bright silvery color starting at
the root of the pectorals to the tail. This is a very distinguishing
mark. Below this belt the body is of a higher color than above it.
It has two dorsals, the first arising about one inch back of the extremity of the pectorals, and is smaller than the second and of a
triangular shape. The second dorsal commences about one inch
back of the first. It is square or quad angular in shape, its last rays
being longest.
Pectorals commence near the upper angle of the operculum and
cover a portion of the silvery band. The ventrals arise on a line
with the extremities of the pectorals.  Anal commencing a little
back of a line of the beginning of the first dorsal and is the largest
fin of all. Caudal forked. All the fins have very delicate, colorless
semi-transparent membranes.
Ray formulaBranchial 6; D. 5, 9; P. 12; V. 5; A. 25; C. 18.
Prof. Gill has separated this species from the genus Atherina and
places it into " Chirostoma," (Chriostoma notatum, Gill.)
SYNONYMsES. —therina menidia, Lacepede,
L'atherine de Bosc. S1. boscii, Cuv. et Val.
Chirostoma notatum, Gill.




86                    BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                       SCORPENOIDA.
FAMILY SCORPENOIDE, Swainson.  SUB-FAMILY SCORPENINE, Bona.
CHAR.  Body, large, and more or less spinous.  Some genera
exhibit flaps or membranous appendages; in others there are scales
all over the head, as also to the tips of the snout and along the
jaws.
Head.  There are seven branchial rays in all, and the gill openings are continuous under the throat. Gill. three and a half on
either side, the fourth having but one branchial comb developed,
consequently the last branchial split does not exist.
Fins.  The dorsal is unique, the spinous portion  combining
closely with the soft.
GENUS SEBASTES, CU'V.
GEN. CHAR. Body rather short and contracted. Head largely developed; upper
surface covered with scales, and with or without spines. Mouth large; eyes large;
inferior jaw the longest; velvet or cardlike teeth upon the premaxillaries, dentaries,
the front of the vomer and the palatines. Surface of the tongue smooth; spines on
the preopercle and opercle. Gill openings continuous under the throat. Branchiostegal rays seven on either side. Dorsal fins united at base and resemble one fin.
Caudal posteriorly subcrescentic, or concave. Insertion of ventrals posterior to the
pectorals. Body covered with well developed pectinated scales, opercular apparatus,
cheek and jaws, and also over portion of the fins.
SEBASTES NORVEGICA, CUV.
Norway Haddock, Red Sea Perch, Rose Fish, Snapper, Hemdurgan.
This fish is more abundant in the northen portion of our waters
than in the southern, and is still more plenty on the shores of
Newfoundland. Not having an opportunity to examine a good
specimen, I here copy a part of Storer's description of it.
Color. In the recent fish the entire body, together with the fins
is of a beantiful bright red, with the exception of a blotch upon the
posterior portion of the operculum. After death the color partially
disappears upon the throat and abdomen, and the space between
the ventrals becomes nearly white, and at the posterior base of the
soft portion of the dorsal a dull blotch is observed. Pupils black,
iris yellow.
Description.    Body oblong, compressed, covered with small
rough scales. Head flattened above between the eyes and upon the
occiput. The operculum is armed with three spines, one pointing




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                    87
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                   COTTOIDA.
upward and backward at its posterior upper angle; a second, beneath this, directed obliquely backward and downward; and a third,
much smaller, at its inferior angle, and the pre-operculum  is
rounded at its edge and furnished with five spinous processes; the
three posterior of which are the larger. Two spines upon the scapular bones and two upon the suborbitars. Four spinous projection upon the supraorbitars, all of which are pointed backwards;
one at the anterior angle of the eye; a second with its base continued under the greater portion of the ridge; and the two smaller
ones behind. Two elevated sharp ridges upon the occiput which
bifurcate posteriorly intq spinous points. Eyes circular, very large;
the diameter of the orbit equal to one-third the length of the head,
when the jaws are closed; uostrils just in front of the eyes, the
posterior one largest. The jaws, pharynx, vomer, and palatine
bones are armed with numerous minute teeth; upper jaw very protractile, and has an emarginature at its centre, into which the extremity of the lower jaw shuts when the mouth is closed.
The chin prominent. The lateral line above the operculum, and
taking the curve of the body, terminates at its caudal ray. About
thirty-six tubes are seen in the curve of the line.-Storer's Hist. of
Fishes of Mass., Mem. Am, Acad., Vol. 5, p. 86.
Ray formula —
D. 15, 15; P. 18; V. 1, 5; A. 3, 7; C. 19
Length one foot.
SYNONYMEs-Perca marina, Pennant.
Serranus JVorvegicus, Fleming.
Scorpcena.VNorvegica, Jen.
FAMILY COTTOIDy, Rich.  SUB-FAMILY COTTINiE, Bona.
CHAR.  Body.  Very thick anteriorly, tapering rapidly posteriorly. An absence of true scales; spine not always smooth. In
some perfectly smooth; in others studded with minute prickles,
simple or compound. Others with series of longitudinal long
shields; others with parallel rows of small scale-like plates, various
in form and structure.
Head. Very large. Opercular apparatus provided with large
spines. (Hence the name scull pin.) Three complete gills of two
branchial combs, and a half one with but one comb. Teeth of




88                   BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                       COTTOIDiE.
velvet type on the jaws. Palate smooth, or velvet teeth on front
of vomer and palatines.
Fins. Two dorsals sometimes continuous, sometimes separated.
Anterior one always composed of spiny rays.  Anal fin is opposite
second dorsal. Ventrals under the pectorals, posteriorly to base
of the latter with small number of rays. Pectorals very large,
broad and expanded; their inferior rays undivided, (though articulated,) and projecting beyond the interradial membrane which is
emarginated.
GENUS ACANTHOCOTTUS, Girard.
GEN. CHAR. Spines upon each of the opercular bones. Surface of head, and
often the circumference of the orbits either serrated, or notched, or armed with spines.
Mouth more deeply cleft than those of the Cottus genus. Lateral line uninterrupted.
Acanthocottus octodecim spinosus, Gill.
Sculpin, Pig Fish, Bullhead, Sea Toad, Sea Robin.
This is a handsome oddity, and a plague to fishermen who are
fishing for better fish, but often have to haul it up, to their no
small vexation'when they see its head and horns emerging from the
water.  It is rightly named " sculpin " for its scull is full of spines
and thorns as sharp as pins, and as strong as so many ten-penny
nails, projecting point foremost in every direction. If irritated
when first taken from the water it shows fight-swelling out its
gill membranes, pushing out the horns, and erecting the spines of
its dorsal like the bristles on the back of a wild boar.  It is said to
be eaten by some, but little or no use is made of it among our fishermen.
Characteristics.  Spine of the pre-opercle reaching the point of
the opercle.  Pectorals very broad and rounded.-DeKay.
Specific Description.  The common sculpin has a large, broad
head with channels or furrows on the top, apparently made by a
continuation of the spinous ridges. Storer says there are twenty
spines upon and about the head. These are strong and generally
curved backwards. Each nostril is armed with one of these. Each
eye has one, and on the nape of the neck is one on each side of it.
The pre-operculum is also armed with them. The one on the posterior angle is a formidable one, very stout and sharp, partly curved
at its base, but may be laid bare its whole length. Just below this




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                    89
SUB-CLAss TELEOSTEI.                                   COTTOIDE.
is another much smaller, and pointing backward and downward.
Below this a smaller one pointing a little forwards. The opercillum
has but two. The larger on the upper anterior angle pointing
backwards, and a small one on the inferior portion pointing downward. On the shoulder blade, just above the pectoral fin is another,
pointing upward and backward, and above the commencement of
the fleshy part, a membrane of the operculum, is another, but rather
short. The mouth is large, and capable of being very much distended bythe fish itself. Card-like teeth are upon the jaws in
pretty compact order; also upon the pharyngeal and palatine bones.
Eyes large and the orbits projecting from the skull.
The body variegated in color, with a mixture of black and greenish yellow. Light colored in the belly, with a yellowish or browned
tint occasionally. There are four dusky bars commencing on the
back extending downward a short distance irregularly. It tapers
gradually and regularly to the tail.
First dorsal smaller than the second with rounded margin on the
top. Nine spinous rays, third ray largest, and all the rays are
above the edge of the membrane. It is of a sooty color with brown
bands.
The second dorsal has articulated rays, and is nearly twice as
long as the first. It is brownish, with three brown bands nearly
horizontal across it. The pectorals are very large with rounded or
circular edge when expanded. Yellowish above, flesh colored
below, and crossed with six brown circular bands. Ventrals
rather slender but long, yellowish white, the rays projecting above
the membrane. Anal fin nearly even and opposite second dorsal;
yellowish color, with two dark bands. Caudal long and even at
its end.
Ray formula —
D. 9, 16; P. 18; V. 3; A. 14; C. 12.
Length ten to twenty inches.
SYNoNYMEs.-Scorpius Virginianus, Willoughby.
Cottus octodecim spinosus, Mitch.
Cottus Virginianus, Storer.
Cottus scorpius, Schroep.
Alcanthocottus Virginianus, Girard.
12




90                    BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
SUB-CLASS TETLEOSTET.                                       COTTOIDzs.
Acanthocottus Groenlarndicus, Girard.
Greenland Sculpin.
This is the handsomest of the sculpin beauties, but is not so
abundant as last described species.  It can be distinguished from
it by the different markings of its colors, and by a " quadrangular
area in the head, bounded by four tubercles; circular white spots
upon the abdomen; dark brown color of the body, with large claycolored blotches on the top of the head and upon the gill covers,
with a few smaller ones on the back and sides; and small circular
spots on the sides toward the abdomen."
It may also be distinguished by the feel of the sides of the body,
both above and below the lateral line, which are "roughened by
granulated tubercles, which seem like spines when the finger is
drawn over them."
Ray formulaD. 9 or O, 16 or 18; P. 17; V. 3; A. 13; C. 16.
Length ten to fourteen inches.
SYNONYMES.- Cottus scorpius, Fabricius.
Cottus quadricornis, Parry's Voyage.
Cottus variabilis, Ayres..Icanthocottus variabilis, Girard.
Richardson and Bonaparte have separated the Triglidme family
to which this genus formerly belonged, into several new onesplacing the above into the newly family Cottoide and sub-family
Cottinve.
GENUS IIEMITRIPTERUS, CuV.
GEN. CHAR. The head depressed; two dorsals; no regular scales on the skin,
but teeth in the palatines; head is bristly and spinous, and has several cutaneous
appendages. The first dorsal is deeply emarginate, a circumstance which has led
some authors to believe there were three dorsal fins.-Storer.
Hemitripterus Acadianus, Storer.
Deep water Sculpin.
One of the most elegantly colored though at the same time uncouth of the sculpin tribe, is the "Deep-water Sculpin," as it is
called; called also by fishermen Sea Rover, which though not exactly coming under the same genus is nevertheless closely allied
to it in form and habits. It is taken often times when fishing for




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                    91
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                   COTTOIDE.
codfish in deep water, and is an unwelcome intruder upon the lines
and bait and time of the fishermen. It is easily distinguished from
the other Sculpin by the odd'fringes or cirrhi about the eyes and
ranging from the lower jaw, which, with the indentations, ridges
and spines give it a singular expression of countenance, if a Sculpin
can be allowed to have a countenance.
Specific Descrtption.  Head large and broad and measuring from
the point of the lips to the point of the operculum nearly or quite a
quarter of the whole fish. Sometimes it is of a blood red, sometimes
of a yellowish or pink purple with variegated markings of a brown or
some other darker color with white. The mouth is very large when
opened. Jaws of the same length, from the lower one there hang
about a dozen fleshy fringes or cirrhi, giving it a singular appearance, cardlike teeth are found on the jaws, vomer palatine bones
and the pharynx, but the tongue is quite large and smooth. The
snout presents, a little above it, a ridge on each side with several
spinous projections. Eyes moderate in size but the orbitar projections are large, and a fringe is attached to them composed of the
fleshy cirrhi before mentioned They are also marked with white
vertical lines. Pupils black, Iris yellow, tinged with brown.
The preoperculum has two spines on its posterior angle, the superior one curving upward and backwards. The operculum is sub
triangular in shape, rather small, ending in a blunt point and has
ridges on its surface.
The body is oblong, in outline cylindrical, and as Storer observes
"granulated, and studded with innumerable tubercles which are
quite large upon the back and very small or almost imperceptible
below the lateral line." The dorsal has somewhat the appearance
of three fins. It rises just behind the spinous processes of the
head.' The first ray is long while the next, fourth, fifth and sixth
are much shorter, and the next following rise again. Small appendages like tentacula are suspended from the tops of those rays.
The second dorsal rise immediately behind, the first ray shortest
and the others gradually increasing in length giving a sub quadrangular form to the fin. The rays project above the membrane.
The Pectorals are large and the rays very marked and distinct.
There are 18 of them in all, the first lowest one shortest and increasing in length as you count upward, giving the fin an oval out



92                    BOARD OF' AGRICULTURE.
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                        COTTOID2E.
line. It rises close to the gill opening. The ventrals rise just back
of the pectorals, are small composed of one short strong spinous
ray, and two sometimes three soft ones. Anal is opposite the
second dorsal and similar in form to it. Caudal fin nearly even in
width and slightly rounded at its extremity.
Ray formulaD. 16, 13; P. 18; V. 1, 3; A. 15; C. 12.
SYNONYMES.-Cottus hispidus, B1..
Scorpena flava, Mitch.
Hemitripterus Jlmericanus, Cur.
Cottus.lcadianus, Penn.
This has also been removed from the Triglidae family into the
Cottoidae of Richardson.
GENUS ASPIDOPHOROIDES, Lacep.
GEN. CHAR. Body octagonal covered with scaly plates; head thicker than the
body, with points and depressions above, flattened below; teeth in both jaws only,
none on the vomer; snout with recurved spines, branchiostegous rays six; body
tapering to the tail; one or two dorsal fins distinct.-Storer.
Aspidoshorboides monopterygius, Cuvier.
Asphidophore, One fin Aspidophore.
I place this species on the list of Maine fishes from  hearsay evidence, never having seen a specimen. It is a very rare fish and
most of the individuals obtained have been taken from the stomach
of fishes caught on our coast, or further south. Storer gives a very
fine engraving of it and a full description in detail.
It is small, with a slender body divided longitudinally into eight
rows of scaly plates which give it an octagonical shape.  One
dorsal fin on the last half of the body at the extreme portion of the
dorsal furrow.
Ray formulaD. 5; P. 10; V. 1, 2; A. 4; C. 16.
Length 5 inches.
SYNOYImES.-Jdgonus monopterygius, B1.
Cottus monopterygius, Richardson.
This genus has been removed from the Triglidae to the family
Agonoidm of Swainson, and sub-family Agoninme of Gill.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                        93
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                        COTTOIDE.
SUB-FAMILY DACTYLOPTERINX, Lac. GENUS DACTYLOPTERUS, Lacepede.
GEN. CHAR. The rays under the pectorals are numerous and large and are united
by a membrane into supernumerary fins, larger than the fish itself, and which will
support it in the air for some length of time. The muzzle which is very short appears
to be cleft like the lips of a hare; the mouth is situated beneath; there are in the
jaws only, certain rounded teeth, arranged like pavement; the head is flat, rectangular, and granulated. The preoperculuin is terminated by a long and strong
spine. All the scales are carinated.-Storer.
Dactyloplerus volitans. Curv.
Sea Swallow. Flying Finger Fin.
This Sea swallow is one of those singular fishes that have the
power of springing into the air, and by means of its long and wide
spread pectoral fins supporting or buoying itself up some little time,
and thus scaling along quite a distance forward. It is one of those
varieties called flying fish, though there is no flying done, the large
fins acting only as a sort of parachute to let them down gently as
the momentum of the spring they take just before they leave the
water, ceases.  It is thus enabled to elude its numerous enemies,
though it undoubtedly often performs the act for the sport of it. They
have a wide territorial range, according to some, from  Newfoundland to Brazil. They swim together in large schools (scholes?)
and their frolics, in sea and air, often enliven the dullness and monotony of a sea voyage. Sometimes, as they are not very well able to
steer, or vary their course, they fall on board of vessels in their
way.
Specific Description.  Head somewhat foursided and wider than
its height, and flatish above and of a darker color than its body, and
there is a furrow between the eyes descending down in front, granulated. Mouth rather small, lower jaw shortest, lips fleshy. Teeth
small, conical, three or four rows on the jaws.  Small teeth exist on
the pharyngeal bones but none on the palate-nostrils double, lower one smallest-snout very blunt, upper jaw of a yellowish color.
Eyes large and circular.  "Suborbitar bones are pushed forward
nearly joining in front, their posterior upper angle passes upward
and the opposite inferior angle continued back to the preoperculum
where it terminates in a sharp point. The preoperculum has a long
stout spine extending to the base of the pectoral fins.  Operculum
is small, covered with scales and is triangular in form. The body,




94                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                BATRACHOIDA.
forward of the vent, cylindrical and flattened, or compressed back
of it. It is of a slaty color mottled with darker spots-abdomen
yellowish, sides silvery. Scales rough, hard, toothed finely on
their outer margins, with a ridge on each of those on back and
sides.
" First dorsal is composed of two nearly free and flexible filaments nearly abreast of each other and united near the base by a
low membrane; closely contiguous to these, but not united to them
by a membrane, follow four feebly spinous rays, united together by
a membrane and the rays diminishing in length backwards. Both
this, and the following fin, are lodged in a groove.  Between this
and the second dorsal is a short immovable triangular crest, the
"stiff spiny stump " of Mitchill." [DeKay."]  Second dorsal of
a quadrangular shape with a very delicate membrane.
Pectorals large, and when spread very wide and extend to the
base of the tail. They are made up of two parts; the first having
six rays in part free at their tips, and the posterior or main fin. Yentrals beneath the pectorals, and beneath the second dorsal. The
caudal is fanshaped and concave at its extremity. It has two elevated scales resembling finlets near the base.
Ray formulaD. 2, 4, 1, 8; P. 30, 6;.V. 1,4; A. 6; C. 10.
Length 4 to 6 inches.
SYNONYMES- Trigla volitans, Shaw.
Polynemus sex radiatus, Mitch.
FAMILY BATRACHOIDE, -Rich.
CHAR. Body more or less tapering, subdepressed anteriorly, and
compressed posteriorly; in some protected by ctenoid scales, others scaleless.
-Head branchial, apertures continuous under the throat in some
genera, and widely separated by an isthmus in others. Four branchial combs in some, and three only in others. Some have the suborbital bone, other genera want it. Carpus much developed, but all
the carpal bones contribute to its developement.
Fins. Pectorals not pediculated but exhibit a broad and fanlike
base. Ventrals inserted in advance of the thoracic belt.
Stomach has pyloric appendages.
Air bladder wanting.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                      95
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                   BATRACHOID:E.
SUB-FAMILY BATRACHINgS, Bona. GENUS BATRACHUS, Linn.
GEN. CIAR. Head depressed, broader than body, ventrals jugular with three
rays; the first elongated. First dorsal small, second low and long. Base of the pectorals elongated. Branchial aperture small, with six rays. Sub-opercle as large as
the opercle, and both spinous. No suborbital. Teeth on the jaws, in front of the
vomer and palatines.
Batrachus tau, Cuv.
Toad fish.
Whoever, in the summer season, looks carefully among the rocks
where the eel grass is abundant in shoal water, will frequently see
a " queer " looking fish peeping out from under the stones or among
the grass.  I have noticed it while standing on the bridge which
connects the Navy yard at Kittery with one of the islands. This
is the Toad fish, named by Linneus, Batrachus tau.  The tau (being
the Greek word for the letter T) refers to a fancied resemblance of
the ridges of bone on the top of the skull of this fish when dried.
It is not used for food nor put to any economical use, but it is, nevertheless, interesting to the naturalist on account of its habits and
parental affection it manifests for its young.
Dr. Storer, to who m we are all greatly indebted for much valuable information in regard to the fishes on the coast of AIassachusetts and Maine, has attentively studied the habits and characteristics of this fish, and we copy the following remarks in full from the
memoirs of the American Academy.
" The particular situations which it chooses vary with the nature
of the coast. Thus along our southern shore it is found in the shallow bays. The sandy or muddy bottoms of these are overgrown
with eel grass (Zostera marina) under cover of which it lives in security, and finds abundant sources of food.  When the coast, on
the contrary, is more or less rocky, we meet with it chiefly under
the stones.  Examining the places where the water is but a few
inches deep at low tide, we see that under many of the stones or
smaller rocks the sand has been removed, leaving a shallow cavity,
perhaps a foot in width, and extending back beneath the stone. If
we approach it cautiously, we shall probably distinguish the head
of a Toad fish, very much in the position of that of a dog as he lies
looking out of his kennel. The fish is at rest, and might be overlooked by a careless observer. A close attention, however, readily




96                  BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEL.                               BATRACHOID2E.
distinguishes the curve of its broad mouth, the delicate laciniated
furrows with which its jaws and other parts of its head are ornamented, its truly beautiful eyes and sometimes the anterior portion
of its body.  At the slightest alarm, it retreats beneath the stone,
but presently reappears. It is lying here perhaps merely as a safe
resting place, perhaps on the watch for its prey.
But during the month of June, July and August, we shall, in
many instances be able to discover another purpose, it is apparently
guarding its eggs or young. We shall then find on the interior surface of the stone the young Toad fish adhering, to the number of
several hundred. They will be in different stages of developement
aecording to the season of our examination.
We may see the eggs not larger than very small shot. A little
later they are increased in size, and the young fish plainly visible
through their walls; a little later still, the young have made their
escape but are still attached to the stone. The attachment now is
accomplished in a different manner. The yolks not being yet absorbed, occupy a rounded sac protruding by a narrow orifice from
the abdomen, and the part of the sac near its outer border, being
constricted, leaves external to it a disc, by means of which, acting
as a sucker, the young fish adheres so firmly as to occasion difficulty in detaching it. They remain thus until they have attained
the length of half or three quarters of an inch, or until the yolk
sac is entirely absorbed. During this period an adult fish occupies
the cavity beneath the stone, and if driven from it speedily returns.
* * * * During the winter season, in our colder latitudes, the
Toad fish in some instances, perhaps, retire into deep water; it is
true, moreover, that many of them  become nearly torpid. They
are found buried beneath the mud, in the same manner as the eels,
and are sometimes taken with the spear thrust down in search of
their more valuable neighbors."
Specific Description.  The Toad fish has a broad flattened head,
as broad as it is long.  Its mouth very large;,lower jaw longest;
several rows of conical, blunt pointed teeth on the jaws-thicker
in front; smaller teeth on the inter-maxillaries and vomer; palatines
have none; scarcely any tongue; lips fleshy; cirrhi about the head,
and a row of from five to seven suspended from lower jaws —oie
or more over each eye; eyes moderate in size, and guarded by a
gelatinous or membranous covering. Numerous mucous pores are




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                      97
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                    BLENNIOIDE.
seen about the head, about the body, and under the eyes.  Preopercle has three spines partially concealed. Branchial apertures
the size of the base of the pectorals.
Body thick at fore part, tapering, and some compressed posteriorly, of an olive green or yellowish color, flecked in with green.
Fins, orange, except the dorsal which is greenish.  The skin has no
scales, and is covered with mucus which is freely produced from
the numerous pores.
Dorsal fin continuous to the tail, with which it is connected by a
membrane. The first three rays are spinous.
Pectorals are large and arise near the lower part of the gill openings. Ventrals commence forward of the pectorals. First ray
sickle form, covered with thick membrane.  The anal fin terminates
on a line with the end of the dorsal.
Ray formulaD. 3, 27; P. 16; V. 3; C. 14.
SYNONYMES. —Gadus tau, Linn..
Loph.ius buzfo, Mitch.
Batrachoides vernullus, Loesuer.
B. variegatus, Storer.
FAMILY BLENNIOIDE, Bona.
Mucous fish.
CHAR. Body.-Generally small and offers a great variety of forms
from a rounded and subfusiform shape to an elongated, tienoid, and
very much compressed one. Scaly in some genera, scaleless in
others; scales either ctenoid or cycloid in shape and structure.
Read.  The pseudobranchiva are gill-like and conspicuous.
Fins.  Are as diversified according to the genera in structure,
and aspect as the body. Ventrals, when present, are separated
from one another, and situate in advance of the base of the pectorals.
In some genera these fins are quite rudimentary, whilst in others
they are altogether wanting.
Stomach. No pyloric appendages to the intestine.
Air bladder.  Absent in a great majority of the genera.
SUB-FAM~LY BLENINE, Bona.
GEN. CHAR. Body elongated, compressed very much. Head small and oblong,
with an obtuse snout, and a small mouth, The maxillar teeth are velvet or ard13




98                   BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                      BLENNIOID2E.
like, disposed upon one row on the lower jaw and upon a double row on the upper
jaw. Velvet-like teeth on the front of the vomer. Palatine bones and tongue occasionally provided with a few prickles. Dorsal fin occupying the whole length of the
back, and composed exclusively of spiny rays. Anal fin long and low, provided
anteriorly with two spines. Ventrals excessively small, inserted under base of pectorals and often reduced to a single ray. Caudal fin slender, exteriorly rounded and
contiguous to the dorsal and anal. Scales very small. Lateral line not perceptible.
Gunnellus mucronatus, Cuv.
Butter fish.
The American butter fish is a beautiful species of the Blenny
family, and is so called on account of the thick covering of mucus
which envelops its body. It is found among the rocks on the
coast from Nova Scotia to New York. It is not unfrequently
found at low tides in the shoal water among the stones, and sometimes partly buried in the sand and mud; but sometimes moving
slowly and leisurely along, although it is capable of very swift
motion.  When first taken from  the water it is almost semi-transparent, so near it that when held up against a strong light, its back
bone (vertebrae) can be very plainly seen.
Characteristics. Greyish with a series of dark oval rings along
the sides. Dorsal fins not united to the caudal. In place of the
ventrals are two short spines. Length from four to twelve inches.
-DeKay.
Color. The living fish is of an olive brown with numerous indistinct darker bands upon the sides; about twelve black ocelli
along the base of the dorsal fin, each surrounded by a yellow ring.
Fins yellow; the anal barred with white. Pupils black; irides
golden.  Abdomen yellowish.  An oblique black band passes from
beneath the eye to the throat.-Slorer.
Description. The head is about one-tenth the length of the body,
and blunt at anterior part. Mouth nearly vertical. Jaws equal,
but when extended lower one a little the longest.  Each jaw  has
minute sharp teeth-somewhat distant, with a small cluster of them
on the vomer. Branchial rays six. Branchial aperture large. The
body of this species is elongated, much compressed and without
scales.
Fins. The dorsal is single, long, slightly raised above the back,
commences above the branchial aperture on a line over the posterior angle of the operculum and extends nearly to the base of the




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                        99
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                       BLENNIOID[E.
caudal.  It contains from  seventy-five to seventy-eight sharp spinous rays which are enveloped and nearly or quite concealed in a
thick membrane.
Pectorals are situated just below the posterior angle of the operculum, are rounded and weak. Ventrals are wanting, and their
place is supplied by two small spines in front of the pectorals.
The anal is nearly equal throughout its length, and extends
nearer to the caudal than the dorsal, but is not connected with it.
Its first two rays are spinous, the others are soft and flexible.
Caudal when spread has a rounded margin.
Ray formulaD. 75 to 78; P. 11 or 12; V. 1; A. 36 to 40; C. 16 to 18.
Prof. Gill has removed this species into the genus Muraenoides,
( Muraenoides mucronatus, Gill.)
SYNONYMES.- Ophidium mucronatum, spinots ophidium, Mitchill.
Gunnellus mucronatus, Cuv. et Val., DeKay, Storer.
Blennius (Centronotus) gunnellus, Lin., Rich.
Jlurvanoides guttata, spotted gunnell, Lacepede, Storer.
GENUS PHOLIS, Fleming.
GEN. CHAR. Body elongated, dorsal fin extending along the back, and composed
of simple flexible rays. Skin smooth and without scales. Branchial rays six
Ventral fins placed forward of the pectoral and under the throat, and composed
apparently of two rows. No cirrhi on the orbits nor any fleshy crests as there are
in the Blennius genus.
Pholis subbifurcatus, Storer.
The Radiated Shanny.
This is a very rare species.  I have never met with it, and therefore insert it here on the authority of others. It was first brought
to notice by Dr. Storer and I copy his specific description of it
entire, in addition to DeKay's.
Characteristics.  Dorsal fin extending to the tail.  Filaments on.
the nostrils. Three dark bands passing from the eyes. Lateral line
sub-bifurcated.  Length 5- inches.  DeKay.
Specific Description.  General color of the body, reddish brown,
several lighter colored circular patches along its upper parts, at
the base of the dorsal fin; the spaces between the rings darker
than the rest of the body presenting the appearance of bars.
There is beneath the eye a broad black band, wider at its base,




100                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                 BLENlNIOID2E.
which crosses the operculum obliquely; two other bands of the same
color extend fiom behind the eye backwards, in nearly a straight
line, the distance from one to. two lines. Body beneath the lateral
lines lighter colored, abdomen yellowish white. Head above
brownish; opercula and preopercula yellow; numerous black spots
upon the dorsal fin. Those upon the first five rays larger. Pectorals light, with some darker shades. Edge of anal dark colored.
Small dark colored spots upon caudal.
Description.  Length including tail, five inches, five lines; depth
across on a line with the anus, one inch; body much compressed.
Body smooth, scales very minute. Length of head from tip of
snout to posterior angle of the operculum, is to the entire length of
body, as one to three; jaws somewhat protracted, armed with
prominent sharp teeth; lips large and fleshy; over the nostrils is a
minute filament one third of a line in length; circumference of eye
two lines.
The lateral line commences just above the angle of the operculum and having extended two lines, sub-bifurcates; passing down
in a gradual curve a little more than a line, it is continued in a
straight course to the base of the caudal fin; while the upper portion abruptly terminates opposite the fourteenth ray of the dorsal
fin.
The dorsal fin, commencing on a line with theposterior angle of
the operculum, is continued to the caudal fin; the first five rays of
this fin are shorter than the sixth; the rays become again shorter
as they approach the tail.
The pectorals are rounded; they arise on a line with the posterior angle of the operculum.
The ventrals are situated two lines in front of the pectorals; the
rays are united throughout the greater portion of their extent;
extremities free. The anus is situated two and a half inches from
the extremity of the jaws. The anal fin commences just half way
between the tip of the snout and the extremity of the tail. The
caudal is rounded.
Ray formulaD. 43; P. 13; V. 3; A. 30; C. 14.
Professor Gill has removed this species into the genus Sticheus of
Rheinhardt and describes it under the name of Sticheus sub-bifurcatus, Gill.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                    101
S3UB-cLAss TELEOSTEI.                                  BLENNIOID.M.
SUB-FAMILY ZOARCEIN~A, Gill. GENUS ZOARCES, Cluv.
GEN. CHAR. Body elongated, and covered with a mucus secretion, in which are
imbedded small scales. Dorsal, anal, and caudal united; no spinous rays in the
dorsal, except on its posterior part. Ventrals are jugular and small. Vent with a
tubercle. Teeth conical, in two or three rows in front, in a single row on the sides;
none on the palate, or tongue. Branchial rays six.
Zoarces anguillaris, Storer.
Eel-shaped Blenny, Thick lipped Eel pout, Ling, Conger Eel.
Early in the spring and first of summer, the fishermen sometimes
take, in company with cod, this fish to which, from  its general
resemblance to the Conger Eel, they frequently give the name of
Conger Eel, and Ling.  It is also caught at other seasons of the
year, but not so often. It is much prized by some people as a
savory fish. Its common length is from one.foot and a half to two
feet. Occasionally one is caught from three to four feet long, but
those of that size are rare. Weight from 1 to 100 lbs.
Characteristics. " Dark olive brown, varied with dusky blotches.
Dorsal and anal fin margined with rufous. DeKay.
The living fish is of a bright salmon color, mottled with irregular
olive blotches, darker towards the head. The front and top of the
head are of light brown; two indistinct oblique bands upon the
operculum, one back, the other in front of the eye and each side of
the head. Body beneath white; neck flesh colored. Dorsal almost
white, salmon colored at the edge.  Pectorals of a true salmon
color lighter at their origin. Ventrals salmon colored. Anal flesh
colored at its base, salmon colored at its edge, with seven distinct
white blotches in its length. Dorsal, pectoral and anal fins perfectly transparent. In the dead specimen the colors change essentially." Storer.
Specific Description,  Body much elongated, compressed and
tapering to a point, and covered with minute cup like depressions,
slimy. The head, though large, is compressed on its sides, flat to
the angle of the eyes with a convex forehead. Cheeks full and
protuberant. Upper lip very large and fleshy and projected over
the under one at the angles. Nostrils somewhat tubular and placed
about half way between the snout and the eyes. Its teeth are
conical and large, the hindmost ones are sharpest, and there is a
slight circular furrow around the base, also some longitudinal furrows.




102                  BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
SUB-CLAS5 TELEOSTEI.                                      BLENNIOIDA.
There are three rows of teeth on the upper jaw in front. Those
in the forward row larger than the others. The innermost row, on
the lower jaw, has four, and the intermediate row, three teeth.
There are also strong pointed teeth on the pharyngeals, but none
on the palate, or tongue. Eyes of moderate size. Branchial aperture moderate. Branchiostegal rays six.
Fins.  The dorsal fin unites indirectly  with the caudal.  It
commences with a short ray forward of the pectoral and is of
moderate, height; it is highest in front, sloping gradually posteriorly until it comes near the tail, when it breaks off, leaving the
stubs or bases of seventeen or eighteen spinous rays, without any
membrane, which continue to the caudal.
The pectorals are broad, and at their extremities rounded; their
inferior rays somewhat scolloped; they contain twenty rays. Ventrals are mere nubs being enveloped in a strong membrane. They
contain two small rays.
Anal fin is long, and lower in height than the dorsal, and seems
to unite with the caudal.  It contains about 100 rays.  Caudal
pointed.
Ray formulaD. 118 to 120; P. 19 to 20; V. 2; A. 100 to 105.
SYNONYMES.-Blennius anguillaris, Peck. Mem. Am. Acad. Vol. 2.
Blennius labrosus, Mitch.
Le Zoarces a grosse levres, Cuv. et Val.
Zoarces anguillaris, Storer, De Kay.
SUB-FAMILY ANARRHICANINAE, Gill. GENUS ANARRHICAS, Linn.
GEN. CHAR. —lead smooth, rounded, muzzle obtuse; body elongated, covered with
minute scales; dorsal, and anal fins. Teeth of two kinds, those in front elongated,
curved, pointed, (upwards of five in each jaw) the others on the vomer, as also on
the jaws truncated or slightly rounded; branchiostegous rays six.
Anarrhicas vomerinus (Ag) Storer.
American Wolf-fish.
This "wolf" among fish, like the wolf among animals, inhabits
a broad range, and prefers a cold region to a warmer one. It is
most abundant among rocky places, but is not unfrequently found
among cod fish, on the banks or shoaler fishing grounds, and the
appearance of its "ugly mug," as the fishermen say, when they




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  103
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                BLENNIOIDAE.
haul it up, is often the signal for some rather irreverent expressions.
Unlike the land wolf, it is very good food, and the smaller ones
make quite a savory dish. When smoked, or dried, it is thought
by some, to equal in flavor Salmon, prepared in the same way.
It is found largest in size in the more northern regions of its territorial limits. It is a savage among fish, and the expressions of its
features, and the snapping of teeth, with which it is well provided,
and the ferocity of its actions when taken, give true manifestations
of its character. Some of them taken in the high latitudes have
measured eight feet in length.
Characteristics.  "Leaden grey, with dusky vertical bands on
the dorsal fin, extending irregularly over the sides. Length three
to five feet." De Kay.
Specific Description.  The head is arched from  the nape of the
neck to the point of the snout, but slightly flattened on the top and
at the sides. A few rows of pores pass up from the snout to the
eye, and beneath it to the back of the head. There is another
circular row around the eyes, others are seen on the cheeks and on
the lower jaw. These, pores produce a thick covering of mucus
over it which hide the scales which are discovered when this is
removed. Nostrils small. Jaws are well provided with teeth. In
the lower jaw are two long stout ones projecting forward, and there
are two others of the same size bent backward, and behind
these half a dozen more, very sharp and of different sizes. " There
are six in the intermaxillaries; many above, larger, and diverging
outwards; back of these on each side, are six smaller conical ones,
sharply pointed."  [Storer.]
There are also nine on the vomer with flat tops, increasing in
size as you pass back, sometimes forming a solid mass; and in
addition to all these there is a double row of molar teeth, some of
them having pointed crowns. Eyes of medium size, iris yellow;
lips large loose, and fleshy-tongue large and dusky.
The body is cylindrical-somewhat compressed on sides and
tapers regularly to the tail.
It is of pinkish brown, or leaden grey color, and has a series of
about a dozen blackish bands passing transversely over its back,
uniting or running into each other on the sides.
The dorsal fin commences near to the nape of the neck and
passes along to near the tail, all the way of a uniform height. It




104                   BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
SuB-CLAss TELEOSTEI.                                 CRYPTOCANTHOIDA.
has black rays, while its membrane which is fleshy and tough, is
of a slate color.
The pectorals are large, broad with rounded edges, of a lead grey
color, as are the other fins.
Ventrals very small "like warts," and has two rays enveloped
in tough membrane.
The anal commences about mid way of the body and runs to the
caudal.
The caudal is rather small, and short, with a rounded or circular
reddish margin.
De Kay says the duodenum is so large as to present the appearance of two stomachs, and the urinary bladder very large.
Ray formulaD. 118 or 120; P. 19; V. 2; A. 100; C. 14.
SYNoNYMES.-.lnarrhicas lupus, Mitch. Storer. De Kay
L'.narrhique loup, Cuv. et Val.
FAMILY CRYPTOCANTHOIDE, Gill. SUB-FAMILY CRYPTOCANTHINAE, Gill.
GENUS CRYPTOCONTHODES, Storer.
GEN. CHAR.-Body elongated, much compressed, and gradually tapering to the
tail. Destitute of scales. Head broad, with no projecting spines; the scapular and
numeral spines, and the inferior edge of the preoperculum prominent to the touch.
Numerous depressions in frontal, suborbitar, inferior maxillary, and preopercular
bones. Banchiostegous rays seven; mouth oblique; a single dorsal fin composed of
strong spinous rays enveloped by a common membrane, runs nearly the entire
length of the fish, and unites, as does the anal, to the tail. No ventral fins. Storer.
Cryptocanthodes maculatus, Storer.
Spotted wry mouth.
This is another one of those very rare fishes first discovered and
described by Dr. Storer. Several specimens have been collected
and received by him in a range extending from Nova Scotia to Cape
Cod. This authorises me to enumerate the species among the
Maine fishes, although I have not been able, as yet, to obtain any
for examination.
I therefore copy the description of Dr. Storer in part, and hope
that some of our fishermen will be successful in taking some of
them and supplying the State cabinet with a specimen. I will
here state that it has been removed by Prof. Gill from the " Trig



SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  105
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                           CRYPTOCANTHOIDBJ.
lidem" and made the type of a new family the Cryptocanthoidoe,
and sub-family Cryptocanthinae.
Color. Body a dark reddish brown tinged with violet. Abdomen and throat a dirty greyish white. A row or two of moderate
sized dark brown blotches above the lateral line; and another row
imnlediately beneath it extends throughout the greater length of it
to the tail. Top and sides of the head, snout and anterior portion
of the under side of lower jaw, marked with smaller spots of the
same color as those on the sides. Pupils black, irides golden.
Description.  Length of head about one sixth the entire length;
greatest breadth about one half the length of theXhead. On each
side of top of head, two prominent long ridges run directly back
from posterior angle of eye to occiput. The posterior angles of
operculum and preoperculum; the lower edge of preopercle; the
scapular bones,-all seem like sharp points and edges concealed
by the skin. The operculum is large and triangular, covered by
the skin, as is also the preoperculum which present to the touch
two sensible carinao.
Eyes circular, deeply sunk in the projecting orbits; diameter of
orbits about equal to distance between the eyes. Nostrils tubular,
situated on the side of the prominent snout just at the edge of the
intermaxillary bones.
Lips fleshy, lower jaw projecting above the upper, mouth slanting obliquely downwards, numerous teeth in jaws and upon vomer
and palatine bones-those in the back part of the jaws recurved,
while those in front are smaller and nearly straight.  Gape of
mouth moderate. Branchiostegal membrane extended along and
connected with the sides for a short distance. Lateral line straight
and interrupted.
The dorsal fin arises above the posterior half of the pectorals,
and is united with the caudal; all its rays are spinous and strong,
concealed by a stout and fleshy membrane; the first few rays are
shortest.
The pectorals arise beneath the membrane of the branchie; they
are fleshy, small and rounded.
The anal arises upon the anterior half of the body; it is similar
in its form and the character of its rays and their enveloping membrane to the dorsal, and, is also, like the fin connected with the
caudal.
14:'




106                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
SUB-CLASS TEIEOSTEI.                                    LOPHIOIDtE.
The caudal is rounded and appears like the prolongation of the
dorsal and anal fins.
Ray formulaD. 78; P. 15; A. 50; C. 15.
Length three feet.  Storer's History Mass. fishes in Memoirs of
Am. Acad. Vol. 5, p. 82.
FAMILY LoPHIOIDE, Bona.
CHAR. Generally scaleless, some have bony tubercles.
Body in some reduced and tapering; in others subelliptical and
compressed.
Head, in most of the genera very large and broad, in others
moderate compared with the body; suborbital bone wanting; gills
variable in number, according to genera, some two, some three
and a half, others two and a half. The two carpal bones are elongated so as to constitute a kind of peduncle at the extremity of
which the pectoral fin is articulated (hence this family have sometimes been called Pectorales pediculali.)
Branchial apertures open behind the insertion of the pectorals.
Stomach is simple except in " Devil fish," which has a few
pyloric appendages.
SUB-FAMILY LOPHINAi, Bona. GENUS LoPHIUS, Linn.
GEN. CHAR. Head enormously large, broad and depressed. Mouth large, armed
with slender conical teeth on the jaws, palatines, vomer, and pharyngeals. Tongue
smooth. Branchial rays six, branchial arches three. Dorsal fins two; the anterior
rays distant, detached, forming long filaments supporting fleshy slips.
Lophius Americana, Cuv.
Goose fish, Monk fish, Sea devil, Bellows fish.
If the generic term (Lophius) were translated Loafer it would
give a more expressive name than the many already given to it,
as it seems to represent among fishes what the  "loafer"' is
among men, a lazy, stupid, gormandizing fellow, careless of itself
or how and where it gets a living. It has an enormous mouth
enabling it to swallow bodies almost as large as itself, Dr. Storer
makes a statement on the authority of Capt. West of Chilmark,
that one was caught that had " six coots in its stomach in a fresh
condition." It grows oftentimes to a large size, individuals sometimes are taken weighing 60 or 70lbs.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   10T
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                  LOPHIOIDAE.
It is never fat, notwithstanding its voracity and the great capacity of its stomach, and, like other loafers, is useless when alive
and good for nothing when dead.
It takes the hook readily, and is also taken in nets, generally in the
autumnal months. They are so stupid that they frequently commit
suicide by running ashore, not knowing enough: to turn round into
deep water again.                             RV
Specific Description.  The head is broad and flat, consisting
almost wholly of mouth, it having an enormous gape. The top
is of a brown color, smooth and scaleless. Lower jaw longest, and
fringed around its margin with a row of fleshy barbels, or cirrhi,
about an inch long.  Similar smaller ones are continued along the
sides of the body to the base of the tail. On the top of the upper
jaw, about in its center, are two long bristle-pointed fleshy tentacula
which the fish has the faculty of raising or depressing at pleasure.
The eyes are oval horizontally, pupils black and irides yellowish
brown. The lower jaw has a single row of long sharp teeth, curved
backwards.
Tongue bony on each side, on which are two rows of teeth also
curved backward. The intermaxillaries can be pushed beyond the
maxillaries, and have a single row of short teeth on each side and
two rows in the middle, these last are larger than the others, curved
backward. " Upon the upper jaw, at its tip, is a space of an inch
and a half destitute of teeth; on each side of this space is one quite
large tooth, and a second much smaller; about half an inch outside
of this is another single row of eight or ten teeth, the first three or
four of which are much the largest; on each side of the pharynx
are three rows of sharp incurved teeth resembling spines; these
rows are arranged directly above each other and are double." Slor.
There are several Spines situated upon the head.
The body is flattened, rather globular in front, tapering behind,
of a dark brown, with netlike markings, lower part lighter colored.
Two dorsals; first has three sharp spines, of which the posterior
one is shortest, all of them project above the membrane. The
second dorsal is more uniform in height, rounded at its posterior
margin, and its length twice its height and rises about two inches
behind the first.
Pectorals rise by a " strong pedicel " on a line with the front of




108                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                               SALMONOIDE.
the first dorsal, expanding broader at their margins where their
rays project beyond the membrane.
The ventrals of moderate size; one spinous ray on their external
edge. Anal rises on a line with the commencement of the second
dorsal; has five rays, and its posterior is the highest.
Caudal long, rather narrow and fleshy, and notched on its margin
by the projection of the rays from the membrane.
Ray formulaD. 3-12; P. 24 or 25; V. 1-5; A. 10; C. 9.
SYNONYMES.-Lophius piscator, 3Mitch.
Lophius piscatorius, Storer.
This closes the description of those fishes which were enumerated in the synopsis, belonging to the suborder Physoclisti. The
succeeding orders embrace some of the most interesting as well as
valuable species, whether marine or inland, such as the Gadoids
(Codfish family) Clupeoids (Herrings and shad,) Salmonoids (Salmon and trout,) &c., &c. These all enter largely into commercial
as well as domestic life.
The taking and carrying of them employ an immense amount of
capital and labor, and they are all intimately connected with the
pleasures, the comforts and prosperity of the community.
I have collected many valuable facts, and much statistical information in reference to the fisheries of these species, and would
willingly record them here, but the time prescribed for publishing
this report presses, and will not allow -me to continue these descriptions in full any farther at present.
I therefore shall only add descriptions of a few new species of
the Salmo genus (trout) which have been recently discovered in
Maine and believed to be peculiar to our waters only.
FAMILY SALMONOIDA2, CUV.
CHAR. Body more or less scaly. Two dorsal fins, the first with
soft articulated rays, the second small and adipose, numerous
coecal appendages and a swimming (air) bladder. There is great
variation in the arrangement of teeth in the jaws. Inhabit salt
and fresh water, and mostly ascend rivers periodically.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                       109
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                      SALMONOIDE.
SUB-FAMILY SALMONINE, Bona. GENUS SALMO, Linn.
GEN. CHAR. Head large; mouth generally deeply cleft and armed with conspicuous teeth. Premaxillary bones short and rather situated upon the sides of the
snout than immediately upon its extremity. The maxillaries. are attached behind
them and composed, each, of a single piece. The lower jaw is strong and terminates
oftentimes into a small knob or tubercle, which in some species acquires a very
great developement. Strong and conical teeth are inserted in a single row on the
dentary; but the teeth vary in different species. Body fusiform in profile, one
anterior dorsal fin followed by a small adipose one. Caudal fin well developed, and
either truncated posteriorly or slightly emarginated.
Salmo  Toma, Hamlin.
Togue.
This trout known among the aborigines as the gogue, Tuladi,
etc., has been classed by some observers, as identical with the
Salmo Hucho of the Danube and of the lakes of Northern Europe;
but in these classifications, peculiarities of anatomical structure
have been overlooked, and the habits of the two fishes have also
been noted as similar, whereas in reality they present great contrasts, for the one, agile and alert, seeks the swift and foaming
currents of the clearest streams, and the other sly and sluggish,
haunts always the quiet waters of the deepest lakes. It is mentioned by Mr. Gesner in his report upon  New  Brunswick, and
identified with the Salmrno lacustris of Lake Geneva; a proper examination of the two fishes, however, will satisfy the naturalist
that few positive analogies can be drawn; and again it is identified
with the Salmo ferox of Loch Awe in Scotland, in the descriptive
catalogue of fishes of New Brunswick, by Mr. Perley, who identifies from the characters drawn by Sir W. Jardine and Mr. Yarrell,
some of which would certainly lead the observer, unless minute,
into the same error, for it cannot be denied that great similarities
are to be observed, but there are also as many with the S. erythinus
of Siberia.
There is none among all the Salmonidm, which resembles it more
in form, color, linear markings, etc., than the S. Siscowet described
by M. Agassiz, and until that eminent naturalist in a momentary
examination observed differences, it was regarded as identical with
that species.
In shape it is not so elegant as that of some other species of the
Salmonida3, but its whole form indicate great strength and swift



110                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
SUB-cLASS TELEOSTEI.                               SALMONOIDME.
ness, although it has the reputation of being slow and sluggish.
The female is more perfect in its proportions than the male, not
having that. gibbous appearance at the nape, where the outlines of
the head pass into those of the back, and besides, its general contour is more delicate.
A rich pearly lustre covers the ventral regions, deepening into
russet towards the. lateral line, above which the color appears of a
deep mottled gray, still deepening into blue as it approaches the
dorsal summit. The same pearly hues, blended and intermingled
with gray, are observed upon the opercula. Spots and markings
of a light sienna color appear on the sides; these spots are circular without being ocellate, and appear indistinct and grayish upon
the dorsal and upon the commencement of the caudal. All these
colors vary according to the seasons and local influences, being
brighter at the spawning period than at other times.
Its proportions are quite harmonious. The following are the
measurements of a small specimen:
Entire length,                         18 inches.
Greatest depth,,                        3
Head,             length 2j, with oper.  42
Pectoral,          "    2
Ventral,       "         2*
Anal,              "    21 in width,   42
C:audal,           "    34      "        I
Dorsal,             "    2!     "        2
Br. 12; P. 12-13; V. 9; A. 11-12; D. 13; C. 19.
Cacal appendages, 113; Ver. 65.
Scales are small and elliptical. They decrease in size as they
approach the thoracic arch. There are 53 in a vertical row anterior
to the ventrals, of which 24 are above the lateral line number 123are long, narrow, with a deep grove passing through them, and
strongly attached. They measure on specimens of 18 inches, in
length 1-16 in their short diameter, and in their long 3-16.
The lateral line arises from the height of the upper third of the
operculum, curves slightly downwards -and proceeds with a slight
inflection to its caudal insertion. The pectorals are not proportionally so long as those of the Siscowet, and they arise much nearer
the branchiostegii, leaving a greater distance between their extremities and the plane of the commencement of the dorsal. The ven



SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   111
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                 SALMONOIDNE.
trals arise vertically beneath the sixth ray of the dorsal, are orange
in color, and margined anteriorly with white. Their outer circumference is slightly oval. The anal is not so high as the dorsal
by one-quarter, whilst in the Siscowet it is of equal height;
terminal line obtuse and parallel with the axis of the dorsal. These
fins are of an orange hue and tipped with white or light gray.
The dorsal arises in the middle of the back, is of a dark gray
color and spotted in the form of transverse bands-terminal line
obtuse. Caudal long and much furcated, much more so than with
the Siscowet, nor does age change much the acuteness of its terminal line.
The branchiostegal rays are 12 in number, and are of a pure
white except the last, which is irregularly spotted with gray. Eye
large and circular, with irides of a golden yellow, and pupil angulated towards the snout, which is obtuse. The upper maxillaries
are longest, and at their union show in both sexes a singular
depression, into which is received the curve of the lower maxillaries.
The maxillaries, intermaxillaries and palatines, have each a row
of conical and inflected teeth. Those upon the lower maxillaries
are large and strong; those of the intermaxillaries are next in size;
upon maxillary and palatines next, and those upon the vomer
smallest, numbering only three or four, and not confined to the
anterior extremity, but extending a good way backwards.  The
tongue is deeply grooved and furnished with inflected teeth, arranged in lateral rows.
The opercular apparatus is somewhat concealed by the thick skin
which envelopes it, but the outer lines of the operculum are quite
distinctly marked.  The operculum  is quadrilateral, of greater
height than breadth,well rounded in its posterior free margin,
denticulated in its lower and nearly square in its upper, the anterior
angle of which is characterized by a strong and prominent process.
Suboperculum is nearly one-third smaller than the operculumn, is
triangular in its upper portions, elliptical in its lower borders, and
terminates at its articulation in the form of a fish hook. The interoperculum has, as usual, the form of a long square, but square on
the posterior side, and forming an acute. angle, with its lower
margin; slightly rounded on the anterior side. Finally, the preoperculum is long, slender, crescentic and almost vertical in its




11.2               BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                               SALMONOIDAE.
position; it is thick and furnished with a prominent ridge and three
foramina upon its anterior surface.
This trout inhabits many of the great lakes and deep mountain
tarns of Maine and New Brunswick, but it is believed not to exist
in those of Eastern New Brunswick, which singular hiatus in its
distribution, perhaps may be explained by the absence of deep
waters in that country. It haunts the deepest waters, where the
cold or the repose to which it leads, favors that development and
conservation of fat. which is indeed a characteristic, and it steals
forth in quiet at the approach of twilight or at early morn, to the
shoals and the shores in quest of its prey, which consists, for the
most part, of the Lota and Cyprinidce, but its baffled voracity often
contents itself with substances entirely foreign, as its stomach
presents sometimes a heterogeneous mass of bones, leaves, twigs,
and fragments of decayed wood.
Its habits vary in some localities; in certain lakes they are bold,
and ranging near the surface, at times may be taken by trolling,
but never rising to the fly, whilst in other lakes they are timid and
seek the obscurest recesses; thus, for instance, their existence in
the Tunk Lakes, was unknown for more than half a century to the
inhabitants living near their shores.
Its mysterious nature has furnished the all-observing Indian with
some proper idioms, and it appears again in the vague mythology
and wild legends of that almost extinct race. Its names are various among the different tribes, and if the present are not of the
half-breed Canadian date, they are perhaps of recent origin, since
the few remaining dialects have changed greatly within a century
past. Considering then, the uncertainty of its ancient name and
the diversity of its synonym, I propose my friend Toma of the
Openangos.- Copied from a brochure on the ~logue, published by A.
C. Hamlin, 2M. D., Bangor.
Salno sebago, Girard.
Sebago lake trout, Salmon trout.(?)
The following is a description of a species of trout taken in
Sebago lake, Cumberlaid county, in this State, by Dr. Girard, and
published by him in the proceedings of the American Academy of
Natural Sciences, Penn., Aug. 16th, 1853.
I am inclined to think that this species is identical with that




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   113
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                 SALlIONOIDzE.
called Salmon trout caught in the Schoodic lakes, in the eastern
part of the State (Washington county,) but I have as yet had no
opportunity of comparing the two together side by side.
Dr. Girard considered it a new species, and in his description
observes —" Its large scales and fusiform body recall to mind the
salmon, but on a more close examination the general shape and
outline are far more elegant than in the salmon, preserving altogether better proportions between the different regions of the body.
The head forms about a fourth of the entire length, whilst in the
salmon it is about the sixth only. The eyes are of medium size
and sub-circular in shape, their diameter being contained about
seven times in the length of the head. The posterior half of the
maxillary, which is regularly and most decidedly curved downwards, gives to the shape of the mouth a peculiar aspect. The
anterior margin of the dorsal fin is equidistant between the tip of
the snout and the base of the caudal.  The posterior margin of the
latter is regularly crescent-shaped. The adipose fin is elongated,
club-shaped, and situated opposite the posterior half of the anal.
The ventrals are inserted under the middle of the dorsal, somewhat
nearer the anal than the pectorals. The scales are remarkably
large, contrasting greatly when compared with those of Salnzo
erythrogaster, (red-bellied trout,) and S. fontinalis, or S. Namaycush
or amethystus. There are about 115 of them in the lateral line.
The color in the female is uniform silver-grey, darker on the back
and head. Sub-quadrangular or sub-circular black spots are observed upon the sides of the head behind the eyes, along the back,
and the half of the flanks, also on the dorsal and caudal fins, where
the red is sometimes but faintly indicated. The name of Salmo
sebago is proposed for this species which inhabits the southwestern
part of the State of Maine."
Salemo oquassa, Girard.
Blue back trout.
A species of trout known by the name of " Blue backs," is found
in the lakes at the head of the Androscoggin river, in Franklin
County. This name is given them on account of the peculiar blue
color of the back and upper parts of their bodies. Dr. Girard took
opportunity to visit the lakes and make an examination of the
15




114                  BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                                    SALMONOIDAE.
distinctive characters of this trout, and subsequently published
the results of his investigations in the Proceedings of the Boston
Society of Natural History (Vol. IV, p. 262,) of which the following is a copy:
"H Ie had often been told by Anglers that the trouts of those
waters (upper lakes of the Androscoggin) Salmo erythrogaster and
S. fontinalis are subject to considerable variations, making it probable, in their opinion, that there were more than two species.
" Visiting the locality he had an opportunity of seeing and comparing large numbers of individuals. He satisfied himself that all
the varieties spoken of are mere varieties of color, and all referable
to either Salmo fontinalis or S. erythrogaster. He was told however,
that about the 10th of October another trout, smaller in size than
the common brook trout, and inhabiting the deep waters of Moosillamaguntic lake, would make its appearance near shore and ascend in large numbers the eastern inlet called Kennabago. This
actually took place, and the trout on examination proving to be
very different from Salmo fontinalis and the other species of Salmo,
he named it Salmo oquassa,*" Girard, and gives the following
I'Specific Description of it.  It is from eight to ten inches in total
length. The body is subfusiform, slender, and the most graceful
of the trout family. The head is proportionally small, conical,
coregonoid in shape.
" The mouth is smaller than in Salmo fontinalis.  Differences are
likewise observed in the structure of the opercular apparatus. The
fins have the same relative position as in the brook trout, but are
proportionally more developed, with the exception of the adipose
which is considerably smaller. Their shape is alike except that of
the caudal, the crescentic margin of which is undulated instead of
being rectilinear. The scales are somewhat larger, although they
present the same general appearance as those of the brook trout.
" The lateral line is similar in both of these species. A bluish
tint extends all along the back from the head to the tail, so that
*The Dr. gave it this name undoubtedly from the Indian name (oquassa) of the
lake in which he found it-now Rangely lake. I object to his mode of spelling it.
Matalluck, an Indian of the St. Francis, who for a long time lived on those lakes,
and who used to be considered the guardian genius of that-locality used to pronounce
the name of this lake, Argwas-suc, making a slight pause between the second and
third syllables.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  115
SUiB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                               SALMONOIDAM.
when seen from above, the fish appears entirely blue; hence the
name Blue back given to it by the settlers of that neighborhood.
" The sides and abdomen are silvery white in the female, and of a
deep reddish orange in the male, spotted in both sexes with orange
of the same hue as the abdomen. The dorsal and caudal fins are
brownish blue, bordered with pale orange in the male, the pectorals, ventrals and anal of a fiery orange, blackish blue at their base,
with their margin of the purest white.
" When just taken out of the water it is impossible to imagine
any thing more beautiful and more delicate in the way of coloration
in fishes of the temperate zone.
"The abode of the Blue back is, as stated above, the Moosillamaguntic Lake, in which it is concealed during the greatest part of
the year, but about the 10th of October, it comes near shore and
ascends in schools the Kennebago for the purpose of spawning.
Half a mile above its mouth the Kennebago receives the outlet of
Oquassa (Rangely Lake,) the trout there leaves the Kennebago to
the left and runs toward Oquassa Lake where its voyage comes to
a close.* After the middle of November it goes back into Moosillamaguntic Lake and is seen no more until next year.
" The flesh of this fish is highly flavored, and more delicate than
that of the brook trouts in Europe and America. It resembles
that of Salmo umbla of the Swiss lakes, both in the peculiarity of
its habits and its delicacy.
" Salnmo umbla is a lake trout, an inhabitant of the deep, making
its appearance near shores in January and February, to spawn,
and never ascending the brooks or rivers, tributaries of these
lakes."
Salmo Gloveri, Girard.
Union River Trout.
The following description of a species of trout, considered by
Dr. Girard as a new one, caught in Union river in this State, is
copied from the Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy of Arts
and Sciences for 1855, page 55:
Body of the male is subfusiform and rather slender, particularly
*This is not correct. Prof. Hitchcock who was in that region last fall, informs
me that they go through Rangely Lake and up the Sandy river some distance.




116                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                               SALMONOIDA:.
in the caudal region; the head being regularly subernial, contained
five times in the total length.
The maxillaries are gently curved, extending backwards to about
the posterior margin of the orbit. The female is stouter, with
peduncle of the tail shorter; the head has the same general shape,
but is not contained five times in the total length. The maxillaries
are less curved, but extend as far backwards as in the male.
The eye is very large, its diameter being contained nearly five times
in the length of side of head. The caudal is deeply emarginated
posteriorly, giving to it a more forked appearance than either in
Salmno oquassa or Salmo sebago. The adipose fin in the male is
situated opposite the anterior margin of the anal, whilst in the
female it corresponds to the posterior margin of the same fin.
The scales are well developed, being somewhat smaller, however,
than in Salmo sebago, and considerably larger than either in Salmo
oquassa or Salmo erythrogaster. On the dorsal and ventral regions
they are considerably smaller than upon the sides, and along the
peduncle of the tail. They extend, diminishing in size, over nearly
the half of the length of the middle rays of the caudal fin.
The lateral line takes an almost straight course along the middle
region of the flanks. The following is our approximate formula of
the rays of the fins:
D. 2, 12; A. 7, 9; C. 81, 8, 9; I. 5; V. 1, 9; P. 14.
There are two anterior rudimentary rays to the dorsal, one or
two to the anal, one to the ventral, eight or ten to the upper lobe
of the caudal, to five or six to the lower lobe. The upper surface
of the head and dorsal region is blackish brown; the sides are
silvery white, the belly yellowish, the region above the lateral
line is densely spread all over with black, irregular spots, some of
which are confluent. A few scattered ones may be seen beneath
that line upon the middle of the abdomen. Four to six of these
spots, well defined, are always observed on the operculum, one of
which may occasionally reach the preoperculum.
A few reddish orange dots, individually situated in the middle of
a black spot, are occasionally observed along the middle of the
upper part of the flanks. Whether these dots are peculiar to the
female, or proper to both sexes, I am not prepared to say, from
want of sufficient information upon that point. This species was
first brought to my notice by Mr. Townsend Glover, of Fishkill




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 117
SUB-CLASS TELEOSTEI.                              SALMONOIDJA.
Landing, Dutchess county, N. Y., who caught it in the upper
affluent of Union river, Me., during the middle of September. I
propose the name of Salmo Gloveri as a token of gratitude.
Salmo namatus, Guy.
This species of trout, according to the observations of Prof.
Agassiz, is found in the eastern waters of New Hampshire, (and
probably the adjacent waters of Maine.) In the proceedings of the
Boston Society of Natural History, Vol. VI, p. 518, " Prof. Agassiz
remarked that of the European species of Salmo, the Salmo salar,
Linn, (common salmon,) is found on both sides of the Atlantic,
while the Salmo eryox, Linn, called Salmo namatus by Cuvier,
remarkable for the hook in the lower jaw of the male, and differing
from the other in color and shape, has been hitherto considered as
confined to Europe. But, on the 29th of October a fish of the latter
species was caught in the Merrimac river and examined by himanother example of Arctic species coming down on the American
as well as the European coast."
It may not be improper here to state that no part of the world
affords finer trout fishing, or a greater variety of trouts than Maine.
At all times of the year, except in April and May, there are capital
opportunities for the angler to exercise his skill and gratify his
taste in the " gentle art." During those two months, probably on
account of the breaking up of the ice and the consequent disturbance
in the waters, they do not bite freely; but in summer and autumn,
either on lake or by stream and brooklet, or during mid-winter, in
deep lake water, through the ice, they can be caught in great abundance. In our large rivers, as in the upper Penobscot for instance,
in warm weather, they abound near the mouths of the cool water
spring brooks, and can be caught in unlimited numbers. In summer no better sport of the kind can be found than that afforded to
the amateur by fly-fishing for the salmon trout on the Schoodic
Lakes, in Washington county, or on Sebago Lake in Cumberland
county, as well as in many other parts of Maine.
In October, the streams which flow into our numerous lakes in
every part of the State, and especially those on the frontier, are
crowded with trouts of the different species which, impelled by
their natural instincts, are hurrying up to the shoal waters to
spawn. Barrels of them are then caught and preserved by the
provident settler for domestic use during winter.




118               BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
BIRDS OF MAINE-(ADDENDA.)
In addition to the list of birds published in last year's report, I
am enabled by the kindness of our zealous ornithological friend,
Geo. A. Boardman, Esq., of Milltown, to enumerate the following
species as having been obtained by him in his vicinity during the
past season:
INSESSORES.
Black and Yellow Warbler.    Dendroica maculosa, Baird.
Sylvia magnolia, Wilson.
SCANSORES.
Banded three-toed Wood-pecker. Picoides hirsutus, Gray.
Picus hirsutus, Vieitt.
GRALLATORES.
Northern Phalarope.          Phaleropus hyperboreus, Temm.
Tringa hyperborea, Linn.
NATATORES.
Burgomaster Gull.             Larus glaucus, Brunnich.
Through the politeness of Prof. C. E. iHamlin of Waterville College, I have been furnished with the following additional species
found by him last summer in that vicinity:
INSESSORES.
Least Fly-catcher.           Empidonax minimus, Baird.
Tyrannula minima, Baird.
Traills Fly-catcher.         Empidonax Traillii, Baird.
Muscicapa Traillii, Aud.
Yellow-bellied Fly-catcher.  Empidonax flaviventris, Baird.
Tyrannula flaviventris, Baird.
Olive-sided Fly-catcher.     Contopus borealis, Baird.
Muscicapa Cooperi, Nutt.
White-crowned Sparrow.       Zonotrychia leucophrys, Sw'n.
Emberiza leucophrys, Fors.
Chestnut-sided Warbler.      Dendroica Pennsylvanica, Baird.
Sylvia Pennsylvanica, Latham.
Indigo Bird.                 Cyanospiza cyanea, Baird.
Fringilla cyanea, Wilson.
Maryland Yellow-throat.      Geothlypis trichas, Cabanis.
Sylvia Marilandica, Wilson.
Mourning Warbler.            Geothlypis Philadelphia, Baird.
Sylvia Philadelphia, Wilson.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                      119
MAMMALS.
I have also been informed by Prof. Ilamlin that he has found a
very rare species of Sorex in his neighborhood, (Waterville) the
Sorex Thompsoni. Only one specimen of this Sorex has been found
in Maine besides this, and that was in Norway, discovered by A.
E. Verrill.
SUB-ORDER INSECTIVORYE.  FAMILY SORICIDi.  SUB-FAMILY SORICINAE.
GENUS SOREX, Linn.
GEN. CHAR. Ears large, valvular concha directed backward, partly furred on
both surfaces, tail about as long as the body (exclusive of the head,) or longer, its
hairs of equal length, except at the tip; feet moderate, not fringed; skull slender
anteriorly and elongated, upper anterior incisor with a second basal hook, and a
small angular process on the inner side, near the point; two anterior lateral teeth
somewhat larger than the next.
Sorex Thompsoni, Baird.
Thompson's Shrew.
This species was named by Prof. Baird as a mark of respect to
the late Prof. Zadoc Thompson of Vermont, who first discovered
it in that State.
Prof. B. gives the specific characters thus:
Very small and slender. Ears large, about as long as the fur,
which measures 1I lines. Feet very small and slender, hinder ones
barely exceeding four lines. Tail shorter than the body, exclusive
of head; terminated by a pencil.
Only four lateral teeth above, the third in contact with the first
molar.  Anterior upper incisors with a serrated internal lobe near
the point.
Color above, dark olive brown, slightly hoary, paler on sides.
Beneath ashy white, no tinge of chesnut or reddish brown.
Length 2 inches.  Tail, 11.
We give the above description with the hope that it will lead
others to watch for more specimens of the kind.
Respectfully submitted,
EZEKIEL HOLMES.




BOTANICAL REPORT.
E. HOLMES, M. D., Naturalist to the Scientific Survey of Maine:
SIR:-During the present season, I have prepared a catalogue of
the Flowering Plants of Maine. A portion of it, extending from
the genus Atragene to the genus Ostrya, has been already printed
in the first number of the Proceedings of the Portland Society of
Natural History. The remainder, embracing the names of all other
species known to exist in the State, will probably be published in
a subsequent number of the Proceedings of the same Society, and
will form, with the list already printed, a complete catalogue of the
plants represented in the Herbarium at Portland. Owing to some
oversight, the specific localities of many plants have been omitted,
but, in most cases, reference to the Botanical report of last year
will enable any one to distinguish localities, and they can be marked
in the catalogue by marginal notes. Any additions, either to
localities or species, will be most gratefully received by the Botanist or any member of the Survey.
Many species peculiar to the North of Maine will be found
noticed in the catalogue. During this summer, we have been quite
fortunate in securing fair specimens of these plants, which, with
others already upon the shelves of the Herbarium, form abundant
material for exchange. I sincerely trust, Sir, that you may devise
some method, by which these specimens may be of the greatest
service to botanical students throughout the State. Packages of
preserved plants, designed for delivery to teachers of those institutions in which Botany is taught, either have lain uncalled for upon
the shelves of the Society, or have been bestowed, unasked for, upon
those manifesting the slightest interest in botanical pursuits. But
a parcel of dried plants thus thrust upon those who do not care
enough about the specimens to even ask for them as a gratuity or
by way of exchange, is as worthless in such hands, as a handful
of hay. Holding this opinion, I have endeavored to be not too
forward in offering to give away specimens from the State collec



SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  121
tion; but proposals to exchange have been regarded, in all cases,
as worthy our most prompt and careful attention. We now have,
as I have already stated, abundant material in the Portland collection for many exchanges, and I commend, Sir, to your most serious
consideration, this subject of facilitating its useful and judicious
distribution.
I have been requested to give, in this report, some plain directions for collecting and preserving plants. Most excellent rules
are laid down in Dr. Gray's "Lessons" and " Structural and Systematic Botany," also in other text-books upon the same science;
and, for this reason, it seems to me to be entirely superfluous to
present extended directions in regard to the matter of plant collection. Nevertheless, since it is desired that some guiding rules
should be given in this report, I will offer a few brief directions to
those wishing to commence collecting plants, prefacing them by
the remark that Botanists in Maine will find Dr. Gray's "Maftual 
and " Structural Botany," indispensable to a proper understanding
of the Flora. Although the " Manual " has a very extensive geographical range it does not, in embracing so much, slight any part
of its survey. This remark, which may be thought to have too
personal a character for a report of this kind, is prompted solely
by a desire to call the attention of Maine teachers and students to
the absolute necessity of using the most thorough, precise and
useful manuals of botany.
Plain directions for collecting and preserving plants:
1. Gather plants upon a dry day, if possible, and shield them
from sunlight and wind.
2. Plants should be dried between sheets of even, thick bibulous
paper to which considerable pressure is applied. This mechanical
pressure can be obtained by means of heavy weights or, more
conveniently, by a botanical press.
3. A press, portable, easily adjusted, and in every way satisfactory, is constructed of three boards and two strong leathern straps.
The boards should be at least fifteen by twelve inches in size, and
be kept from warping by means of firm oaken splints secured to
the ends. The middle board serves to equalize the pressure.
4. Between the boards should be placed eight or ten quires of
thick, unsized, but smooth paper. The plants, as soon as convenient, must be laid evenly between these sheets of paper, having
16




122                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
ten or a dozen thicknesses of paper to absorb the moisture of the
fresh plant.
5. Change the papers each day, till each plant is perfectly dry;
then place the dried specimens in folios of white sized paper, with
the name of the species, if possible, the date of collecting and the
looality. The plants are now ready for the Herbarium.
6. Herbarium specimens are best preserved by being moistened
with a solution of corrosive sublimate in diluted alcohol. Having
been thus poisoned they are to be fastened by hot glue to single
sheets of thick paper. Specimens illustrating one species may be
attached to a single leaf; the generic and specific name being written on a separate slip of paper and fastened to the right-hand lower
corner of the sheet. The several species of a genus are usually
contained in a folio of stiff paper of a color different from the single
sheets.
It is advisable to collect all plants which have not been previously placed in the Herbarium, whether the names are known or
not. Unknown plants become, in a little while, far more interesting to the Botanical student than those with which he is perfectly
familiar. Please send duplicates of all plants which the collector
is unable to determine, to the State Collection at Portland, where
they will, if possible, be gladly studied and named.
These brief directions- may aid many young botanists in Maine
in commencing to form Herbaria of much importance, and materially
advance the knowledge of the plants of our State. By the members of the Survey, the Phaonogamia have been studied as thoroughly as time would allow: but much remains still to be done.
As the names of those plants new to Maine, which have been
detected this season, have been already published in the Proceedings of the Portland Society of Natural History, I shall not enumerate them in this place. The facts of botanical and agricultural
interest, which I noticed during the tours in the wild-lands, will
be given in the detailed account of those journeys through the
valleys of the St. John and Schoodic Rivers. There are, however,
one or two facts of some interest which may be as well alluded to
now. I refer to the occurrence of several rare plants in Western
Maine.  While assisting in running a Geological section from
Mount Desert to Canada, in July, I observed in a swamp two
miles North-west of the hotel at Parlin Pond, and on the South side




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 123
of the highway, many fine specimens of the interesting species of
Juncus, J. Stygius, L. This European species was first detected in
the United States, by Dr. A. Graty. He discovered it on the borders
of Perch pond in Northern New York, but I have been informed
that it is not at all plenty in that locality. Therefore Botanists will
be interested to learn of a new and easily accessible locality, which
I have, for this reason, been particular in describing. All my specimens of J. Stygius, L., differ, from the specific description, in
having a sheathing, filiform leaf clasping the middle of the stem,
instead of being "naked above."
Eriophorum vaginatum, L. common along the " Canada road,"
so called. Nardosmia palmata, Hook. very abundant in swamps
near the Canada line, upon the same thoroughfare.
Arnica mollis, Hooker. This showy plant is found sparingly,
near Moxie Falls, a few miles from the Forks of the Kennebec.
It occurs in great beauty and profusion in the vicinity of the cataract of Parlin Pond Stream, where its orange flowers are sprinkled
by the spray of the falling water. The iridescence of the flowers
as they were bathed in the sunlight and the spray, was a spectacle
of much beauty, the orange of the blossoms here and there, overpowering the rainbow coloring of the drops of water.
The Vegetation of Aroostook County.
The local distribution of plants is a matter of much interest to
the Botanist and Agriculturist. It is not my purpose, however, at
this time, to express my crudely formed opinions concerhing the
laws which have regulated the distribution of plants in Maine, nor
to advance any theory in regard to the occurrence of certain
species, but to present some facts which have come to my notice
during the surveys of 1861 and 1862. Many of the facts were
presented in the report of last year, but it is necessary to repeat
them in this connection in order to give a clearer understanding of
the Flora of the north of the State. It will be seen that I have
ventured to divide the upper portion of our State into Botanical
districts of considerable extent. That I may place myself right in
regard to this subject, let me preface the descriptions of the districts by some remarks upon plant distribution throughout New
England.
Notwithstanding hundreds of our Phmnogamia are common
throughout the length and breadth of New England, I think no one




124                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
will be unwilling to adopt the belief that there are certain wellmarked districts of plants in the six States. The maritime plants
may be readily classed together, and, in like manner, the Alpine
and sub-Alpine Flora of the White Mountains and Katahdin.  But
there are others, more or less confluent perhaps, which all botanists
will readily recognize. Thus the West Connecticut district, so
thoroughly examined by Drs. Barratt and Ives, contains very many
herbs, shrubs, and even forest trees, not known to exist in other
districts.
Other well marked districts are Western Massachusetts; Southeastern Massachusetts, including Rhode Island; Northern Vermont,
etc. As a general rule the characteristic species of each district
are few in number, but the individuals of each species occur abundantly. Let us notice, for example, the difference between the
plants of Hampshire county, Mass., and the plants of Southern
New HIampshire. These districts are one hundred miles apart-a
distance hardly great enough to account on any climatic hypothesis
for so great a difference as exists. In the former we find occurring
frequently Lygodium palmatum, Ophioglossum vulgatum, Camptosorus rhizophyllus, Allosorus atropurpureus and gracilis, Asplenium  Ruta-muraria and angustifolium, Carex squarrosa, Verbena
angustifolia, Pedicularis lanceolata, Pterospora Andromedea, Azalea
nudiflora, etc., etc. I have searched very carefully among Oakes'
lists of plants of Southern New Hampshire, and among many catalogues and Herbaria, and a large portion of the district itself, for any
of thesesspecies, but in vain. And since English botanists make
smaller and less important districts than these two are, I think there
can be no reason for not accepting them. The question now arises,
how can one know the points along the dividing line of any two
districts? Since we have chosen these two as an illustration, it
may be advisable to give the results of protracted herborizing, along
the borders, on either side of what is accepted as the provisional line
of demarcation. None of the above plants have as yet been found
farther northeast than a line running from Athol to North Brookfield, Mass., and the New Hampshire plants are not found, plentifully, west of the same line.
It will be perhaps noticed that these two districts have, for their
centres, Concord, Mass., and Greenfield, Mass., these nearly coinciding with those marked out in the Mass. catalogue of plants appended to the final Report upon the Geology, in which Boston and
Amherst are made two central points.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  125
If, then, it is admitted that districts of limited extent do exist, is
it unreasonable to believe that several may be distinguished in
Maine, a State fully as large as all the rest of New England? I
am aware that severe, extremely careful and faithful study is needed
to define the limits of such districts with anything like accuracy,
and I long hesitated about marking out such lines upon the map of
Maine. But I am sure of two facts; one, that the effort, although
perhaps premature, may induce Maine botanists to explore Aroostook county in order to satisfy themselves of the truthfulness of
these conclusions, and secondly, that such a map will elicit charitable but impartial criticism as to the expediency of defining such
limited districts of vegetation. Although the members of the survey have been able to sketch roughly the limits of various districts
in the State, it is thought expedient to defer presenting these lines
of definition in this report, exhibiting now only two districts of
Northern Maine. The upper fourth of the State is now, owing to
the scattered and scanty population, all embraced within one
county, Aroostook. It is of this county that I wish to speak particularly at the present time.
The country lying along the river St. John, from Boundary branch
to Grand Falls, is marked by the very frequent occurrence of certain Northwestern plants. And the district comprised by the
curved northern limit of Maine and a line drawn from Grand Falls
to a point between Baker Lake and Boundary branch will be found
to be nearly the range of these plants in our State. This district
is so entirely distinct botanically from any other portion of Maine,
that its limits can be said with confidence to be clearly defined.
The following list of plants may be considered as comprising the
most characteristic species of the St John district:
Anemone parviflora, Michx.-Abundant along the main river, in the
disintegrating slates.
Astragalus alpinus, L.-Common in rocky, damp woods.
Astragalus sp. ign.-Much resembling A. Robbinsii, Gray, but appearing to possess specific differences. Very frequent along the
shore.
Oxytropis sp. ign.-Dr. Gray has examined specimens of this plant,
but considered them too mature for proper identification. It
agrees pretty well with 0. Uralensis, L., var. b. Quite abundant
in moist woods.
Artemisia borealis, Mx. —Common in clefts of rocks along the shore,
particularly near falls.




126                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
A. Canadensis, Mx.-With the last.
Tanacetum Huronense, Nuttall.-Plentiful in rocky soil, and very
thrifty.
Vilfa cuspidata, Torrey in Hooker's Flor. Bor. Am.-Not infrequent
along the shore of the main St. John.
Besides the foregoing species we also find in this district many
which occur in other peculiar localities in New England; for instance, at the singular precipice at Willoughby Lake, or some cold
maritime swamp.
Astragalus Robbinsii, Gray. Phaca, Oakes. —Very abundant on
the shores of the river St. John.
Hedysarum boreale, Nutt. —Quite common and flourishing throughout the district.
Primula Mistassinica, Michaux. So abundant is this delicate plant
at some points along the River St. John, that the shore assumes
a faint red or purple tinge when viewed at a little distance.
Solidago Virga-aurea, var. alpina, Bigelow.-With the last.
Nabalus racemosus, Hooker.
Tofieldia glutinosa, Willdenow.-Wet grounds along the river.
These plants occur on the shores of many tributaries of the upper
St. John and in the neighboring woods. The whole region through
which these plants are distributed is covered by a thick growth of
coniferous trees, most of which are of good size, and are considered
valuable for "tun timber" and " deal."
Immediately south and east of the lower limit of this district we
come into a different vegetation. The St. John plants have entirely
disappeared, except along the river banks, to which they have been
floated by the spring freshets. One, perhaps two, of the composite
are detected high above the usual line of freshets, but it will be
remembered that each plumed seed of the species of this vast order
is wafted on its own wings far beyond the ordinary limits of the
dissemination of other plants. With this exception, no plants of the
St. John district were discovered outside the natural reach of
water communication. This second region, which we can distinguish by the appellation of Aroostook district, is characterized by
the occurrence of a different flora. Instead of conifers, we find a
prevalence of "hard-wood" trees. Maples, Beeches, Oaks and
Amentaceae form the forests.  Under such trees we see flourishing
Dicentras, Claytonias, Adlumia, Aralia quinquefolia, Solidago odora;




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  127
on the shores of the rivers and their tributaries, Lobelia Kalmii,
Anemone Pennsylvanica, and two species of Vitis, V. labrusca and
V. cordifolia. Even a third species of the Vine is said to be found
near Woodstock, but a protracted search failed to detect it. It
will be remembered, perhaps, that it was stated in the report of
last year that a section of great fertility was noticed on the east
branch of the Penobscot, near the mouth of the Wassataquoik and
Sebois. Our limits which we have assigned to the Aroostook belt
embrace this portion of the county as well as much of the west
branch valley beyond Katahdin. The adaptability of this valley
to farming purposes will be shown, at length, in the report upon
the " Wild Lands."  In order to better exhibit the limits of the
two sections, I have made the following map, upon which are represented the St. John and Aroostook districts.
I  7A A
A ~~,                    A.. —...,
A~n, A 
Those who have at hand the Geological map prepared by Mr.
Hitchcock will see that the more fertile belt corresponds remarkably
to the defining lines of the great formation of calciferous slates and
slates of Devonian age. Of course the lower limit of the Aroostook
section must, for the present, be considered entirely provisional, because we have not been able to devote sufficient study to this portion
of the subject. The southern part of the Aroostook district and the
northern portion of the Somerset section are therefore regarded now
as having vegetation which is, so to speak, confluent. It is my opin



128                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
ion, however, that it will be found that the " wheat-growing lands,"
as the farmers call them, are much better north of Weston, on
the eastern boundary, than south of the same town. In Washington county, the granite comes in to modify the fertility in a
marked degree, and it is very likely that the southern line of the
Aroostook vegetation will be best traced westerly from the town
of WTeston just referred to. The whole matter is one of interest
alike to the botanist and the farmer, and deserves greater study
than the members of the survey corps have been able, amid other
more pressing duties, to bestow upon it.
I must be permitted to acknowledge many favors received from
botanists and other gentlemen in Maine during the present season.
Very much has been due to Rev J. Blake, of New Hampshire, who
has contributed to the Herbarium of the State pretty full sets of
certain difficult genera. As his specimens were largely collected
in ~Maine, the value of the gift can scarcely be over estimated. To
him and the many others who have assisted me in botanical study
this summer I am under great obligations.
With high respect, I am, sir,
Your obedient servant,
GEORGE L. GOODALE.
Portland, Oct. 29, 1862.




I{EPORT ON MARINE ZOOLOGY.
To EZEKIEL HOLMES, M. D.,
and C. HI. HITCHCOCK, A. M.,
Directors of the Scientific Survey of Mlaine:
Pursuant to your instructions, I hereby submit the following
brief and partial report of my labors in the department of Marine
Zoology during the months of July and August, 1862. It is impossible to furnish anything more than a general statement of the
progress of the work, and of the portions of the coast visited, as
the proper identification and classification of the specimens collected will require several months' additional labor. The time
allotted for my labors being but two months, and this in an
advanced stage of the season suitable for work upon the sea-shore,
I determined to commence at that point where the excessive fluctuations of the tides were more favorable to an abundant growth
and a larger variety of species of marine life than some other portions of the coast.
Accordingly, on the eighth day of July, accompanied by Mr.
A. S. Packard, Jr., of Brunswick, I arrived at Eastport. Thence
I took my small skiff and selected Treat's Island as the most central point of' the work in that region, it furnishing the best advantages on account of the extreme rise and fall of the tides, and its
proximity to deep water. From this place I made numerous excursions by water to different localities, dredging in all practicable
places and in depths of water varying from fifteen to twenty-five
fathoms.
Among the localities visited the following are the principal, and
the result of the dredging most interesting.
At Treat's Island, between the high and low water marks, the
species of the fauna of the coast of Maine, mentioned below, occur.
Sertularia polyzonias, S. argentea; Ophiolepis robusta, Ophiopholis scolopendrica (plenty;) Asteracanthion rubens, A. littoralis,
Solaster endeca, S. papposa; Echinus granulatus; Pentacta fron



130                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
dosa, Chirodota lakvis; Ascidia callosa, Cynthia pyriformis; Boltenia reniformis (rare;) Pecten islandicus (rare; ) Modiolaria discors; Mya arenaria, M. truncata; Saxicava distorta; Tectura testudinalis; Margarita helicina, M. cinerea, M. undulata; Littorina
littorea, L. rudis; Purpura lapillus, Buccinum undatum; Fusus
decemcostatus, F. islandicus; Dendronotus arborescens.
Nearly one half of the above are found at much lower points
in the western part of the State, and there, generally, not above
the laminarian region.
In the vicinity of the same locality, in from ten to twenty-five
fathoms of water, the dredge brought up-Alcyonium  carneum;
Actinia obtruncata; Astrophyton Agassizii; Ohiopholis scolopendrica; Cribella oculata; Solaster papposa, S. endeca; Echinus
granulatus; Ventacta frondosa; Gemellaria dumosa; Ascidia callosa; Cynthia pyriformis; Boltenia reniformis (?); Terebratulina
septentrionalis; Pecten tenuicostatus (rare;) Nucula delphinodonta;
Yoldia sapotilla, Y. myalis; Modiolaria discors, M. corrugata;
Cryptodon Gouldii, Astarte semisulcata, Cardita borealis, Lyonsia
hyalina, Pandora trilineata; Chiton marmoreus, Chiton albus; Entalis striolata; Crucibulum striatum; Cemoria noachina;.Scalaria
groenlandica; Lunatia triseriata; Nassa trivittata; Buccinum undatum; Fusus pygmmus, F. decemcostatus, F. islandicus; Sipunculus Bernhardus; Sternaspis fossor.
After exploring this region as thoroughly as the time and weather would permit, we made a hurried visit to Cobscook river.  At
Pembroke Point we collected numerous fine specimens of fossils
of marine animals, but in consequence of the strong tide which here
flows with great velocity, it was impossible to use the dredge.
Proceeding thence to Perry, we visited, on the way, the fossil
deposits on Upper Treat's Island, where we procured some specimens, mostly Lingul13.
At Little river in Perry, a small collection of Devonian fossils
rewarded our labors.
Returning to Treat's Island we resumed dredging, for a few
days, with satisfactory results, and thence, Mr. Packard having left
me, I turned my attention to the exploration of the St. Croix river,
dredging between Devil's Head and Robbinston.  In the vicinity of
St. Croix Island the dredging in seventeen fathoms of water was
productive of good results. The following are some of the specimens collected here:




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  131
Alcyoneum carneum; Pecten tenuicostatus (not plenty but probably more abundant further up the river;) Trochus occidentalis
(rare;) Natica pusilla, N. clausa.  At Devil's Head, Chirodota
levis (plenty); Mya arenaria (large and more plenty than at Eastport); Chiton marmoreus; Tectura testudinalis; Margarita undulata; Buccinum undatum; HIomarus Americanus (abundant); Cancer irroratus (very rare.)
Before leaving this section of the State I occupied some days in
examining the bottom in the neighborhood of Eastport, where, at
Shackford's IIead I found some of the finest specimens which I
had taken during the exploration, consisting of Actinia obtruncata,
Boltenia reniformis (very abundant), Velutina haliotoides, Hyas
coarctata and a number of crustaceans.
A little below Todd's Head at Eastport, we found the Corymorpha nutans so abundant that they were attached to nearly every
mesh of the dredge net.
At a short distance from this point, in from fifteen to forty fathoms of water I found Astrophyton Agassizii; Solaster papposa, S.
endeca (plenty); Yoldia myalis (rare); Callista convexa; Anatina
papyracia; Cochlodesma Leana; Thracia truncata; Trochus occidentalis; Trophon clathratus; Fasciolaria ligata.
Dredging from Lubec to West Quoddy Head, on a hard nullipore
bottom, I took large numbers of Chiton marmoreus, finding them
attached to almost every pebble.
I observed in this section the absence of the eel grass (Zostera
marina) so common in the western part of the State, its place
seeming to be supplied by the Chorda filum. The shores here are
well lined with the fuci, while in the Passamaquoddy bays the
Laminaria are quite small.
My time having now nearly expired, I concluded to devote the
remainder to a preliminary reconnoisance of other sections of the
work. I accordingly embarked upon a vessel bound up the coast,
and visited, among other. places, Machias bay, where I found, in
from four to seven fathoms, Actinia obtruncata, (?) (plenty); A.
sipunculoides, (1 specimen); Astarte semisulcata; Cardita borealis;
Sternaspis fossor, (very large,) and some fine forms of Polyzoa;Narraguagus bay, securing the Nucula proxima in great plenty;Rockland harbor, taking, in five fathoms, nullipore bottom, Cuvieria
Fabricii, plentifully;-Pemaquid. light, near which, in thirty-five
fathoms, I dredged fine specimens of Corymorpha nutans; Entalis




132                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
striolata; Yoldia thraciaeformis. At Pemaquid outer and inner
harbor I found in abundance, in from three to seven fathoms, Echinerachnius atlanticus, on sandy, nullipore bottom.
I had now arrived at Casco bay, and here I spent some days
visiting and exploring the numerous islands, bays, inlets and channels of this beautiful locality. At Jewell's Island, at the lowest
tide mark, I found the Pholas crispata imbedded in peat and logs,
usually covered with from two to three feet of water at ordinary
low tides. At this place, beneath the surface of the water and
extending to some distance from the land, is a submerged tract
thickly covered with the remains of a forest visible in smooth times
of water and in the early morning. It was with considerable difficulty that I was able to procure specimens of the Pholas.
On the Brown Cow and the Green Islands, which are nearly destitute of vegetation, I found the following land shells in abundance,
viz: Helix nemoralis, (wood snail,) Helix albolabris, (white-lipped
snail,) and Succinia obliqua. On Eagle Island, a short distance
from the above, Helix alternata occurs in great numbers.
Almost every island in the bay has a mollusk peculiar to itself,
and coincident with its soil or flora; Eagle Island bearing spruce
and fir, producing Helix alternata, while one of the Goose Islands,
with a hard wood growth, produces Helix albolabris abundantly.
This completed the labors in this branch of the survey for the
season. The specimens collected were carefully preserved, and
are deposited for the purpose of identification and arrangement in
the hall of the Portland Society of Natural History.  Glass jars
and alcohol will be required for their permanent preservation, and
should be provided at the earliest opportunity.
In consequence of the limited time during which my work was
performed, you will readily perceive that this report must be quite
imperfect; in fact the work was in its nature hardly more than
preliminary. The process of collecting specimens and making
explorations in this department of science is attended with so many
difficulties arising from the state of the weather and of the tides,
together with the necessary exposure and labor, that a complete
examination of so extensive a range of coast as that of Maine,
and a thorough classification of its fauna is unavoidably slow. I
can, however, assure you that what has been done has been done
well, and that the specimens enumerated above are but a very
small proportion of those actually taken and preserved. The col



SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                133
lection comprises animals belonging to almost every class in Marine
Zoology known upon our shores, and probably contains several
new and rare forms.
In conclusion, I desire to acknowledge the valuable assistance
rendered me by Messrs. A. S. Packard, Jr., C. A. Shurtleff, George
Hayes, U. S. Treat, L. M. Barbour and Wm. I. Beals.
Respectfully,
C. B. FULLER.




NOTES UPON CERTAIN MAMMALS IN MAINE.
Quite recently our attention was called to descriptions of the
characteristics and habits of some of the mammals inhabiting the
wilds of Maine, by J. G. Rich, Esq., of Upton.* These articles
appeared first in the columns of the Bethel Courier and the Oxford
Democrat. Impressed by their value, we requested some of them
for publication; and Mr. Rich has kindly handed to us the following sketches for this purpose:
NORTHERN HARE, OR RABBIT, Lepus Americanus, Erxl.
We have but one variety of this little animal in our good State of Maine,
although in the neighboring State of Massachusetts there exists a distinct
variety-being much smaller than the kind we are here to treat upon, and
having quite different habits.
Authors of Natural History, in several instances, confound the rabbit and
hare; and although resembling each other exactly to the common observer,
yet there exists a distinct difference, especially in the young leveret.
In the first place, let me here observe that in no instance has the Creator
shown IHis care and provision for animal nature more conspicuously than by
providing so bountifully this species of animal. They cover the earth to the
full extent of its capability of support for them; are extensive breeders, more
than any other, and have no weapon of defence except flight,-and on which
depend for sustenance, in a great measure, the bear, lynx, fox, fisher, mink,
weasel, ermine, among the animal tribes, and owls, hawks, eagles, and many
others among the birds,-in fact, it may truly be said the rabbit is the substantial food of a large class of animal nature.
Our hare is about two feet from the nose to the hind feet, short head, full
eve, receding forehead, large, open, long ears, short tail, long hind legs with
four toes, and short forward legs with five toes; feet well covered with coarse
hair, making a good brush, when dry, for many purposes; loose, long hair
on the body, always whiter under the body, and in winter white all over;
but in summer, of a yellowish brown, varying to a rufous brown. Next to
the body is a soft, loose fur, of a silky texture, of a lead color on the back,
and which fur, I think, keeps its constant color, and only the long hair on
the upper parts of its body changes color.
The weight of this animal is from five to seven pounds; and so constantly
* We are glad to ascertain that Mr. Rich proposes to publish all his sketches of
mammals, birds and fishes in a book, together with apropos descriptions of the best
fishing grounds in the northwest part of the State; of life in the woods, and some
sketches of his own experience of sixteen years as a hunter, trapper and guide.
Persons as familiar as he is with the natural inhabitants of the forest, confer a favor
upon the public when they present to them such experiences.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                        135
out of condition, that it is proverbial among hunters, when visited by our
young city sportsmen, to enlarge upon the great and excellent qualities of
shaving soap made of "rabbit's grease " and " cedar ashes."
The meat of the hare is quite flavorless and light colored, and depends much
upon the condiments in dressing for its savory taste,-what epicures think to
the contrary notwithstanding.  Still, it is not void of a good share of nutrition, and makes a very simple diet for invalids. Indeed, I have not unfrequently been obliged to resort to this sort of food entirely, after getting short
of provisions, in many a hunting tour in the wilderness; and we can almost
always safely depend upon taking by trap, snare, or gun. a sufficient supply
of hare venison almost anywhere in our forests of Maine.
The female hare is capable of bearing young before they are one year old,say those born in August and September multiply the following spring; and
in this State, I am of opinion that they quite regularly have two litters each
season of from three to five each.
They do not burrow as some of the genus do, but make a nest under a brush
heap or the thick foliage of a small tree, of leaves and soft moss. They go
with young about five weeks, and nurse them  for three weeks, when they
gradually leave the original nest and mother and take care of themselves. I
have often picked them up in the woods, and when you find one you may be
almost sure the rest of the family are within ten rods of you. They are born
with a good dress of brown hair, and eyes open, and teeth well cut through;
and what is quite peculiar to this animal by a curious formation of their
genitals are often found to have a superlmetation.
The food of our hare is chiefly browse of small and tender bushes, and they
especially love the buds of yellow birch. I have often baited up a score of
them in two nights by chopping down a birch tree, and limbing it down, and
among the branches setting my traps.
Hunters depend almost entirely on the hare and muskrat for bait for their
traps to take larger game.
I have noticed that the higher up among the mountains I go the larger are
the hare, and I have no doubt that the atmosphere and even the soil have
great influence on the native animals.
The noise of the hare when frightened or hurt is a high note, cut short at
very frequent intervals, and the voice kept up, and very shrill and very plaintive, sounding like filing a mill saw. They also have a peculiar grunting
noise that is used when near each other, and in their families to make known
their wishes to each other. They also stamp with their feet like the domestic
sheep; and often resemble, when jumping around the camp, the step of a
heavy animal.
I have often had them come into my open camp, when I had nicely
bivouacked for the night, and, in several instances, jump upon my body,
causing a sudden fright and leap which sent " Master Fatty" (as he is
familiarly called,) away in a hurry. They are always attracted by a campfire in the night, and we can always, of a clear night, shoot them by keeping
awake after all is quiet.
I have seen the fisher follow and take the hare. One on a certain occasion
followed down the Richardson Lake about one mile, after they came on, when
the hare commenced to circle, and the fisher, who was but a short distance
behind, also continued the chase, but kept inside the circle of the hare, and
by so doing made quite a gain of the game, and in a very short time was able
to overcome the hare, of which he ate a portion, and dragged the remainder
on shore and buried it for future use.
THE WEASEL, Putorius pusillus, Aud. and Bach.
This little animal is very common, and doubtless well understood by observing people; yet there may be simple facts about its habits worthy of a passing
notice.




136                    BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
The length of its body is about eight inches, with short legs, long neck,
large, open ears, small eves set in the head nearer the nose than the ears.
Color, in the summer, brown above and white under the limbs, while in the
winter it is white over every part of the body and limbs, with the exception
of the end of the tail, which is always black for about an inch. The length
of the tail will always reach exactly to the foot of the hind leg if both are
drawn out straight.
Its home or common retreat is in piles of loose stone, wood, or other material,
or in hollow trees, where it brings forth its young of two or sometimes even
three litters in a year, of from four to five at a time, commonly the latter
number, and which it will defend with indomitable courage. They are remarkable for their perseverence and courage, and have been known to attack
men when in companies of three or four.
Their food is commonly mice, but they will devour most all kinds of birds
and eggs, or at least the brains and blood of birds, which they like better than
the fleshy part.
The color of the weasel when changing from brown to white, or vice versa,
is very prettily variegated. Their voice, or noise, is quite peculiar, and sounds
like a serpent-a sharp, shrill, compressed sound, quickly repeated two or
three times.
We find the weasel everywhere, in the woods as plenty, and perhaps more
so, than in the farm yard and house. They are uncommon mousers, being
much more expert than the house cat, and so much smaller in body that they
can follow their prey in many places where the cat cannot enter. It can run
up a smooth perpendicular board with facility.
The enemies of the weasel are chiefly the owl and hawk, and they are often
obliged to come down after seizing and rising into the air with it, by his
opening a vein under the wing.
A larger species of Mustelidoe, which is often confounded with the weasel,
and is called in history the "Stoat," Mustela erminea, is very plenty on high
mountains in the forests in this State. I have'often caught them while sable
hunting. I caught one the past winter. They are full twice the length and
bigness of the weasel, and subject to the same change of color; and when in
the white state are called " Ermine," and much used in foreign countries for
lining and trimming fur garments. Of their habits but little is known. except
that they prey on larger game than the weasel-such as the hare, partridge, &c.
THE CANADA LYNX, Lynx Canadensis, Raf.
This animal is the largest of the will cat species in this State. Arranged
in the group by naturalists called " Feline " (Felide,) and in the order 1" Carnivora. "
There are about eight kinds of lynx described by naturalists, but they are
so confused that their histories are of little account. They describe the " Canada Lynx" for the Boreal Lynx and the Caracal, and so mix them up that it
is about impossible to distinguish them by existing descriptions.
The Lynx is one of those animals of which the ancients told so many fables.
That they could see through opaque bodies, and even through stone walls,
and that their urine often contained a valuable stone called " lapis lincurius,"
so the old maxim " Lynx eyed," &c. —be this as it may, our Lynx has a very
sharp, large, round eye, and is capable of staring at you for a great length of
time. Such is however the natural ferocity of this animal that it is believed
to be impossible to perfectly subdue it.
This Lynx is about three feet in the length of its [,ody and stands about
twenty-one inches high; it has a round head like our domestic cat, but much
larger.  Its fur is long and soft, and changes its color twice in the year.  In
the hot months of summer it is dingy reddish grey and when prime, in the
coldest part of the season, it is a beautiful stone grey along its sides and mixed along its back with long hairs tipped with black, while underneath it is




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                       137
white, beautifully mottled with black spots. Its tail is about four inches long,
tipped with black. Its ears stand erect and are quite conspicuous, being tipped with a tuft of black hair, and on either side of its lower jaw is quite a
bunch pf grey hair mixed with long black hair.
Dr. Richardson states that the early French writers on Canada, who ascribed to this animal the habit of dropping from the limbs of trees, on to the
backs of deer and destroying them by tearing their throats and drinking their
blood, gave them the name of Loup Cervier, or wolf stag. This animal has
very long, owl shaped, retractile claws, and four toes on each foot, and the
bottoms of their feet are covered with fur. Their legs are very muscular.
And its whole contour denotes great activity.
Virgil calls the Lynces of Bacchus, " varica." and in another place alludes
to the skin of the spotted Lynx, " Maculasca Lynces."
I think the "Boreal Lynx " and our " Canadensis" are the same, and one
animal. The former ranges in northern Europe, and the latter in North
America. The Hudson Bay Co., a few years ago; used to export to Europe
from seven to nine thousand pelts of the Lynx. The most beautiful skins of
the Lynx are from Siberia, and belong to the " lupus cervarius."  Buffon
says that all animals of America are smaller than the same kinds in Europe,
and that the Lynx in Siberia is compared to the wolf, but in America, to the
wild cat.
I have been informed of another kind of Lynx in this State, but have never
seen one of that kind.  It is said they live in the open cultivated regions,
and have no fur on the bottoms of their feet, and are not so thick furred,
neither so handsome; but I cannot describe them from personal knowledge,
and therefore will let them pass.
Our Lynces breed once a year, and bring forth sometimes two and sometimes three at a birth, and like most other carnivorous animals will defend
their young with their lives. They are not, however, so speedy as most people
think, and can easily be treed with hounds. When they run they leap and
strike all their feet together. When this country was first settled, this animal was quite troublesome among the sheep and lambs. They went in droves
and were more bold than when single. The State of New Hampshire now
pays a bounty of one dollar on their heads.
When I first moved to the Mollychunkemunk Lake I trapped and killed
forty-nine of these animals in one hunting season, and since that time have
killed a great many each year, but have not kept an account of the number.
I have seen them swimming the lake and they appeared to be good swimmers.
Will often swim two miles at a time, and about as fast as we can paddle a
boat. They can be easily trapped when it is good travelling for them on the
snow, but when the snow is deeDp and soft they keep in the thick swamps and
do not travel much. They live chiefly on the rabbit, and when we trap them
twe have to bait them with fresh meat or scent of Assafoetida, or beaver castor, of which they are very fond. Their teeth are feline, very long, and
extremely sharp. They take their prey principally by watching and creeping
upon it. 1 frequently see their tracks where they are creeping along very
slow, and with steps not more than three inches apart, although, when they
they-leap they go from seven to ten feet.
Capt. John M. Wilson informs me thathe once saw one lying stretched out
on the limb of a tree directly over his head, but as he moved quietly along,
the cat did not seem inclined to attack him.
I have a preserved specimen of the Lynx before me now. but I think the eve
a little too yellow, as the natural color always appeared to me in the living
animal to be like bright silver; and after eveing the creature for a short time,
and giving it time to grow mad, it increased in size and brightened to something like livid fire; and would seem to challenge the nerves of a strong
minded hunter to look them out of countenance.
It is my impression that this animal seldom, if ever, attacks a man, when
18




138                   BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
enjoying the freedom of nature, but if cornered up, and unable to escape, no
doubt would defend itself to the last.
Mr. Z. F. Durkee, of Magalloway, killed one of these animals in the Richardson farm house, some years ago, in this wise:-The cat was in th9 woodshed and Mr. Durkee went into the house through the shed and the cat ran
in ahead of him in hopes of escaping, but he cornered it in the dining room
and the creature jumped up against the window and before it could recover,
he struck it down with a club he had in his hand.
Mr. A. P. Gould, of Boston has had several hand to hand fights with this
animal, and in every instance, I think, has succeeded in conquering the beast;
although, at one time, he nearly surrendered to an old male, which had the
advantage of position, and had it not been for his knowledge of the manner
of the animal's attack, and his own superior skill with the knife, he would
certainly have been overcome. I am not at liberty to give the full details
now, of this encounter.
Mr. Robert T'orrey, of Cambrideport, Mass., came near being attacked by
one of these animals in the summer of 1858, in an old barn between the
Mollychunkemunk and Mooseluckmaguntic lakes, where he and a few friends
composing his party were camping for the night. The cat appeared to have
been concealed somewhere on the beams of the building, and was not noticed
by our party until we had got quietly stowed away for the night among the
old refuse hay on the upper floor. The animal then descended to where we
lay, not with a bound and a growl, but softly, as if' to make sure that we
were fit for immediate use without cooking. He commenced his operations
creeping along the floor near our feet, and making a rustling noise in the old
hay, that set poor Torrey in high dudgeon, and he immediately drew his dirk
knife and prepared for a close combat; but owing to the darkness, and the
proximity of our bodies, he did not commence offensive operations, and the
cat escaped.
The hunter who taught me to hunt when I first came to this country (Winm.
H. Leverett, who has since removed to Marquette County, Wisconsin,) frequently accompanied me to my traps, and I remember at one time, when we
were following alone on our line of traps many miles from human habitation,
we heard one of these animals screech, and knew by the peculiar sound what
it was, and this being the second one I had caught, I was highly excited and
elated. Leverett, on the contrary, was perfectly cool and collected. and told
me while we were hurrying along to where the trap was set, that he would
show me how  to kill a Lucivee, (as we called them.)  When we came up,
behold we had a large specimen of the Lynx in a trap! Leverett immediately broke him a stick of dry alder and said: " It takes but a small stick to
kill one of these creatures."  But, said I, " do take a sound stick, for the one
you have there is rotten."  Said he, " it is sound enough."  So he walked
directly up to the cat and struck him over the head, and his stick broke in,
two, and the cat leaped toward him and he jumped backward and at the same
time caught his foot in some bushes and fell flat on his back, when the cat
leaped upon him, trap and all, and but for my assistance with the axe, he
would at least have been badly scratched, if not entirely done up.
I think it very foolish for hunters and others to dally with these and other
wild animals, because they have them in traps and security. I have known
many instances of hunters losing their game in this way, and even getting
into bad scrapes. 1 have lost bear and moose and some other game by not
immediately killing them at the first opportunity.
I will leave this animal by relating my first adventure with one, the first
one I ever saw. I had been hunting but a few days when I came one evening
just at sunset, to where I had set a trap a few days before-this was in township No. 4, Range 2d. My trap was gone and I followed on the trail by the
marks in the moss the traps had made. I followed on at a rapid pace for it
was nearly night and I could but just see the signs in the thick woods. I had




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                         139
gone perhaps one fourth of a mile when, coming quickly out of a thick place
into an open spot and leaning forward on a dog trot, I was completely knocked over by the cat, trap, and all, coming against me with a rush, and a spit,
and a growl, as quick as thought. I did shoot the beast, and ever after followed on their signs more cautious, but the fright it gave me was never forgotten.
THE BEAVER, Castor Canadensis, Kuhl.
This almost amphibious animal is now chiefly confined to this continent,
although formerly it was found in many parts of northern Europe and Asia,
but has become nearly extinct in those countries.  Its body, from the end of
the snout to the insertion of the tail, is almost three feet long; the tail, or
caudal paddle, is about one foot long, one inch thick, and five or six inches
wide. Its teeth are two incisors in each jaw, and a vacant space between
them and the eight upper and under molars. These incisors are no doubt
what they chop their wood with, and as they wear shorter by continual use,
the teeth grow out-for they are from two to three inches long and arching
in form, and protrude about one-half to three-fourths of an inch outward.
The feet have five toes, exterior and posterior; the forward toes are short and
close, and the hinder ones long and palmated; being the only animal of this
description known in nature. Its body is covered with two kinds of hair, one
outward coating of hair two inches long and glossy black-the inner coat
quite thick and downy. like fine silk. Its tail is covered with scales and looks
like a fish. The meat of the forward parts of the body tastes like land animals, and that of the hinder parts and tail like fish.
The largest beavers weigh about sixty pounds.  The beaver attains its full
growth at the age of three years, and is supposed to live from ten to fifteen
years. It breeds once a year, and has from two to six at a birth, and even
breeds before it attains its own maturity. It goes with young four months,
and brings forth about the close of winter. Its food is chiefly vegetable, and
it will not taste of meat, raw or cooked. In winter it subsists mostly upon
the bark of green wood which it has laid up in store for this purpose, and it
is also quite fond of fish. The color of the body is a cream brown, intermixed
with black hair.
This animal differs from all other animals in several particulars; first, it
has a pair of glandular sacks between the hind legs, (which, I believe, have
no connection with the organs of generation,) containing a substance quite
odorous, called castor, (castoreum.,) which hunters call " barkstone."  It is
used extensively in medicine, and is quite valuable; but the castor which
comes from Europe is esteemed by medical men as by far the most virtuous.
This substance is worth about one dollar for each sack, and the fur of the
beaver now commands two and one-half dollars for each skin. Not many
years ago the skins were sold by weight, and brought one dollar an ounce.
Since that time the beaver hat gives place to the silk hat, hence the difference.
The savages are said to use the oil of the tail for many diseases, and we know
they esteem it dressed and cooked, as far above any other food you can offer
them. The second toe of their hind feet is armed with double nails. They
make a very unequal gait in walking on the land, owing to the sloping of the
body behind the centre down under towards their feet; and of their hind feet
standing out, which is an advantage to their progress in the water. They
are also remarkable for the great appearance of reason they seem to possess.
They are more shy than the fox, and more knowing than the elephant. They
are very acute in their scent and hearing, and naturally timid, with no way
of defence except in flight. They live in the enjoyment of all the blessings of
life, peacefully; and no doubt have a way of communing one with the other.
Their houses and dams have been recently so well described that I will not
now go into the particulars of them, but only add some new items or ideas
that I have myself noticed.




140                   BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
In the unincorporated Townships of this county, (Oxford,) you cannot
cross a meadow or follow up a valley without discovering the old signs of
beaver. Their dams on flat land, where there is no current, are always made
of grass and mud, but where there is a current, sticks and drift wood are
used. And where the current of the stream is quite strong, the dam is made
bowing, and presenting a convexity to the tide. Their houses are situated
immediately above the dam, and are constructed of sticks and branches of
willow and other wood, with mud and stones, all mixed together without any
particular method, except to leave a hole to live in. They are built very
strong and are generally two stories hight, and have a window, or hole facing
the water up stream, apparently to admit fresh air. They have holes through
the chamber floor to escape through, when alarmed. And at such times they
always slap the water powerfully with their tails, which arouses the whole
colony. 1 think this habit of slapping the water, is not for any particular
purpose, but merely a habit, notwithstanding others have said that they do
this while building, to put a finish to their work. They always lay with
their hind quarters under water, and on their belly, and some suppose this
gives their tail the fishy taste which it is known to have.
When swimming, they keep almost an upright position, their heads and
shoulders being above water. They generally congregate in the month of
July, and choose their mates and live together until April or May. They
live from six to ten in a house, and their houses, if joined together by one
partition, never have a passage through. They sink their wood for winter
food, by means of stones and mud, and not by any mysterious way, as some
have supposed. They always choose a locality for colonizing where the water
is deep enough not to freeze clear through. In the spring, the males leave
their habitations first, and leave the females to take care of their young a few
weeks, when they all roam  about during the summer months, regardless of
their home. They can be shot between sunset and dark, by lying in wait
for them, as they take that time to swim out for relaxation. They work
chiefly in the night.
They seem to know how high the water will be the coming spring, and build
their houses accordingly; whether this be reason or instinct, it never fails.
They only seem to enjoy their full powers of reason or intellect, when they
are living in society, and families, for when they get strayed apart, from any
cause, and wander off alone, they seem to be as dumpish as a musk rat, or any
other animal. If a colony gets scattered, it is the opinion of the hunters
that they never collect to live together again.
In our upper rivers there are now many small families of beaver. I saw
new work on the Diamond river last year, and a hunter informed me of
beaver, last fall, on the Cupsuptic river, and on the Beamus stream, seven
miles from the upper dam, there were a few, and I met a hunter lost in the
woods, trying to make his way to hunt them.
I think beaver now choose very small streams in the deepest recesses of the
wilderness to build their dams and houses, since they have been so often disturbed. They remind one of the native Indians. The white man is not
contented to let either live in peace on the possessions given them by our
common Father.
The beaver seems to be the last of the genus 1" Castor," and they are fast
dying out, and will soon become extinct. In the year 1745, there were imported into London and Rouchelle nearly one hundred and fifty thousand
skins. And in the year 1827, the importation had fallen away to about fifty
thousand, although four times the ground was hunted over to get them. And
now there are very few beaver sent to Europe.
This animal is truly a wonder in the great economy of creation, and presents to our minds the connecting link between instinct and reason, indeed
the knowledge of the beaver seems sometimes to be far in advance of the
lower order of the human family.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                          141
LIST OF REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS FOUND IN THE
STATE OF MAINE.
At our request Dr. B. F. Fogg, Curator of Herpetology in the
Portland Society of Natural History, prepared a catalogue of all
the Reptiles and Amphibians found in the State, which was published originally in the Proceedings of the Society. It is now
reproduced with notes upon their distribution, and a revision of
the nomenclature of the Frogs, Toads and Salamanders, by Mr.
A. E. Verrill, of Cambridge, approved by Dr. Fogg. Specimens
verifying all the species may be found in the collections of the
Society. The catalogue contains several species not heretofore
credited to the State.
REPTILES.
TURTLES.
Nanemysguttata, /g. Theyellow-spotted  Chelydraserpentina, Schmig. TheSnapTurtle. Common in the southwest part   ping Turtle. Common.
of the State.                       Glyptemys insculpta,.Ig.  The Wood
Chrysemys picta, Gray.  The Painted    Turtle.  Common except in extreme
Turtle. Common.                       eastern part of the State.
Ozotheca odoraia,./g. The Mud Turtle. Cistudo Virginea, /Ag. The Box Turtle.
Quite common.                         Only one specimen found.
SAVRIA.
Scincus fasciatus, Linn.              The blue-tailed Lizard. Rare.
C. B. A/dams.
SERPENTS.
Eutainia sirtalis, B. 4 G. The Striped  Bascanion constrictor, B. 4 G. The Black
Snake. Common.                        Snake. Rare. In the southwest parts
E. saurita, B. 4 G. The Riband Snake.   of the State only.    *
Common.                             Nerodia sipedon, B. 4 G.  The Water
Storeria Dekayi, B. 4- G. The little    Snake. Common.
Brown Snake. Common.                Storeria occipito-maculata, B. 4 G. The
Chlorosomavernalis, B. 4 G. The Green    Spotted-neck Snake.  Common.
Snake. Common.                      Diadophis punctatus, B. 4 (G. The ringCrotalus durissus, Linn. The Banded    necked Snake. Not common.
Rattlesnake. Rare. In the southwest Ophibolus eximius, B. 4 G. The Milk
parts of the State only.               Snake. Common.




142                    BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
AMPHIBIANS.
FROGS AND TOADS.
Rana Catesbianus, Shaw. The Bull Frog. R. halecina, IKalen. The Leopard Frog.
Common.                             Hylodes Pickeringii, Hobb. Pickering's
R. clamitans, Daud. The yellow-throated    Hylodes. Common.
Green Frog. Common.                lHyla versicolor, Leconte. The Tree Toad.
Rana palustris, Leconte.  The Pickerel    Common.
Frog.                               Bufo Americanus, Lan. The Common
R. sylvatica, Leconte. The Wood Frog.   Toad. Common.
SALAMANDERS.
Plethodon erythronotus, Baird. The Red- Desmognathus fuscus, Baird. The PaintBacked Salamander. Common.            ed Salamander. Rare.
P. glutinosus, Tesch. The blue-spotted Spelerpes bilineata, Baird. The Striped
Salamander. Common.                   Back Salamander.  Common.
Salamandra opaca, Gray. The Banded Pseudotriton salmoneus, Baird. ThesalSalamander. Quite common.             mon colored Salamander.
S. punctata, Lac.  The violet colored  Notophthalmus viridescens, Baird. The
Salamander. Common.                   crimson-spotted Triton. Common.
S. maculata, Green. The brown-spotted N. miniatus, Raf. The symmetrical SalSalamander.                           amander.  Common.
S. granulate, Hol. The granulated Salamander. Rare.




ENTOMOLOGICAL REPORT.
BRUNSWICK, December 28, 1862.
Lao the Gentlemen in charge of the Scientific Survey 
I transmit herewith some instructions about collecting and observing the insects of our State, which will, I hope, lead to an
extended cooperation in furthering the knowledge of the habits and
forms of our noxious and beneficial insects.
Very respectfully,
Your obedient servant,
A. S. PACKARD, JR.
Dr. E. HoLMEs,
Prof. C. H. HITCHCOCK.
HOW  TO OBSERVE AND COLLECT INSECTS.
INSECTS IN GENERAL.
That branch of the Animal Kingdom, known as Articulata, is so
called from having the body composed of rings, like short cylinders, which are placed successively one behind the other. In the
class of Worms these rings or segments, are arranged in a continuous row, and their number is indefinite. The organs of locomotion consist of branches of cilia and bristles placed in a row, one
on each side of the body; while on the first ring there are slender
feelers directed forwards and placed around the mouth-opening.
In the class of Crustacea this continuity of rings is broken; and
there is a definite number, (21) which are gathered into two regions; the head-thorax and abdomen. The number of jointed legs
is also indefinite, the number varying from ten to fourteen. In the
class of Insects, the number of rings is still more limited, (14,) the
head is distinctly separated from the thorax, thus forming, with
the abdomen or hind-body, three distinct regions.




144                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
In the Insects again, there are three modes of disposing the
rings, and their appendages:
1. Where the number of segments is indefinite, and much like
each other in form, supporting both thoracic and abdominal legs;
as in the order of Myriapoda.
2. Where the head and thorax are closely united; and there
are eight pairs of legs attached to the thorax alone, as in the
Arachnida.
3. Where there are three distinct regions to the body; the
head, thorax and abdomen, as in the Insecta. Moreover the true
insects have three pairs of legs attached to the thorax; and are
winged.
The Myriapods grow by the addition of rings, after hatching from
the egg; the Arachnids by frequent moultings of the skin; while
the winged insects pass through a distinct metamorphosis. The
young insect after being hatched from the egg is called the larva,
from the Latin term meaning a mask, since it was the ancient belief that it concealed beneath its skin the form of the perfect insect.
When full-fed, the pupa-skin rapidly forms beneath the tegument,
and the insect in that form escapes through a slit in the back of the
larva. The perfect insect is often called the imago. The larval
state of insects which resembles worms, has also an analogous
form to the Myriapods; so spiders are analogous to Crustacea,
while reminding us of the pupa state of the winged insects.
Moreover, worms and crustacea are, generally speaking, aquatic,
breathing by gills, while insects are terrestrial and breathe by
pores in the side of the body which communicates with a complex
system of air tubes, including tubular blood vessels.
The order of winged-insects is subdivided into seven divisions,
occupying an intermediate rank between orders and families, and
called by naturalists suborders.  Of these the Hymenoptera seem
to be highest in the scale, and the Neuroptera the lowest.
Before characterizing these suborders, a few explanations will be
necessary to understand the terms applied to the different parts.
In insects as in the higher animals, the parts are repeated on either
side of the middle of the body, with the exception of the single
intestinal canal, and the dorsal vessel, which performs the functions of a heart.
In this head of a bee here figured we have all the parts connected
with the function of sensation, and those adapted for seizing and




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                     145
mIG. 4.          chewing the  food.  Two large eyes
(a) composed of numerous facets,
and three small simple eyelets (c) arranged in a triangle on the top of the
head, and the anlennae or feelers, (d)
composed of numerous joints, are the
most important sensory organs. —A
pair of mnandibles (f) ifor grasping.
often toothed for tearing the food.;
manipulating the food, on the base of
which is a pair ofpalpi, (h) or touchers, which  are used in conjunction
with the antenna, as feelers together
with another pair articulated on to the
labiumr (1) or so-called under lip, cor
responding to the labrunL or upper lip,
which is attached to the clypeus (b);
and the labium which is prolonged into the lingua (Ic) or tongue
having a pair of rude palpi-like organs called the paraglossce (nm),
form the organs for seizing and chewing the food.
Of the three rings of the thorax, the first (prothorax) is specialized to support the head; the second (meso-thorax) carries the
first pair of winlgs (primaries;) the third (melta-thorax) carries the
second pair (secondaries )  To each of these three rings is articulated a pair of fi-ve-jointed legs, of which the last joint or tarsus
is divided into five smaller joints, the last terminating in two
claws.  The abdomen contains the viscera, and the organs of reproduction, surrounded, externally, by several pairs of sheath-like
pieces in the male, which are in the female utnited into the ovipositor and its sheath-pieces.  All these parts exist in a rudimentary
state in the larva and pupa.
Hymenoplera, (Bees, wasps, &c.) are known by their hard compact bodies, distinct head and thorax, the small narrow  wings
irregularly veined, and by the possession of a hard ovipositor, often
forming a poisonous sting.  Their transformations are the m6st
complete of' all insects.  The larva being most generally a white
footless, helpless grub, partly curved, and rapidly tapering at each
end.  The pupa has the limbs free, contained in a thin silken
cocoon. The species are all terrestrial.
19




116                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
Lepidop!era, (Butterflies and moths,) have the mandibles obsolete, the maxillae greatly prolonged and rolled up between the labial
palpi; and soft bodies covered with scales; and broad, regularly
veined wings, also covered with dust-like scales.  Their transfbrmations are complete.  The active larvae assume a worm-like f'orm
with several pairs (1-5) of fleshy false legs besides the thoracic
ones; they spin silken cocoons before changing to pupae (chrysalids, nymphs,) with the exception of the butterflies.' The limbs of
the chlrysalids are soldered together, and the abdomen is movable
upon thel head and thorax.  Some of the lower families are sorlewhat aquatic, feeding on water plants.
Diptera, (flies) have the' mouth parts formed into a kind of proboscis; the second pair of wings are undeveloped, being reduced
to a pair of pedicelled knobs serving as balancers or poisers. Their
transtormations are complete, the larva being maggots or elongated
worm-like embryos.  The pupm often change within the skill of
the larvm, which serves as a cocoon.  The limbs are free.  Many
of the species are aquatic.  Here we first find wingless parasites.
Coleoplera, or beetles, are known by their hard bodies, free anid
well developed mouth parts, and by the first pair of wings' being
hardened into sheaths (elytra) for the protection of the second pair.
Th6 larvm called grubs, often have a terminal prop-leg besides the
thoracic or true jointed legs, and pass by a complete metamorphlosis'
to the imago state.  The pupa are often protected by a cocoon,
and have their limbs free.  Some of the species are aquatic.  One
family is parasitic but is winged.
Hemiptera (bugs,) have the-.mouth parts formed into a sucking
tube.  The first pair are often thickened at the base and laid flat
upon the abdomen, are thin, somewhat net veined, and inclined
over the hind body. The transformatiofis are incomplete, as ill the
orthoptera.  The species are largely aquatic.  Somle lower groups
are tirue wingless parasites.
Orthoplera (grasslloppers,) have free mouth parts, and the organs of nutrition very highly developed.  The first pair of wil)gs
are still partly hardened to protect the broad net-veined hind pair
which fold up like a fan upon the abdomen.  The translormalions
are not complete, the larvm  and pupe  resembling closely the
image, both being active. All the species are terrestrial.
Neuroptera have the mouth parts free again, the wings large and
net-veined, the hind pair being often larger than the primaries.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  147
Their bodies are more elongated than those of other insects. The
metamorphosis is incomplete, the lavae and pupm closely resemble
the imagines, and are both active, and with few exceptions they
are all aquatic. The different species present strong analogies to
all of the other suborders. The wingless lower genera present
more analogies than other insects to the MIyriapods.
Insects differ sexualIy in that the female generally has one abdominal ring less, and in being larger, fuller and duller colored than
the males, while the males have often marked differences in the
sclulpture and ornamentation. In collecting, whenever the two sexes
are found united they should be pinned upon the same pin, the male
being placed highest.  When we take one sex alone, we may feel
sure that the other is somewhere in the vicinity; perhaps while one
is flying about so as to be easily captured, the other is hidden under
some leaf, or resting on the trunk of some tree near by, when every
bush must be vigorously beaten by the net. Many species rare in
most places have a metropolis when they occur in great abundance.
There are also insect years like apple years, when a species is more
abundant than for three or four years succeeding. The collector
should then lay up a store, against years of scarcity.
In different seasons of the year insects are found in different
stages; thus there are spring and fall insects, and summer species
alone. Few insects hybernate'in the perfect state, the species is
more often represented in winter by the egg, or larva, or pupa. At
no time of the year need the entomologist rest from his labors.
In the winter, under the bark of trees and in moss he can find
many species, or on trees, &c. detect their eggs, which he can
mark for spring observation when they hatch out.
lIe need not relax his endeavors day or night. Mothing is night
employment.  Skunks and toads entomologize at night. Early.in
the mriorning, at sunrise, when the dew is still on the leaves, insects
are sluggish and easily taken with the hand; so at dusk when
many species are found flying; and in the night, when many species fly that hide themselves by day, and many caterpillars leave
their retreats to come oamt and feed, and the lantern call be used
with success to draw them out, the collector will be rewarded with
many rarities.
There are species fiequenting gardens, lawns, fields and deep
woods, and swamps and pools, that are not met with away firom




148                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
those localities.  So there are insects frequenting mountains that
are not found in the vallies below. More lepidoptera inhabit the
summits of high mountains than beetles and other insects. In
Maine there are found species which inhabit the sea coast alone,
others that abound most on the sandy plains that run back from
the sea to meet the hills of the interior, and some of the most productive places are those towns situated on the border of the low
lands and hilly regions of the State. Other species are found only
in the thick forests of the wild lands.
Moreover it has been found that two assemblages of insects
called faunae, people the surface of the State. The one called the
Canadian fauna comprises a large mass of species that inhabit
British North America, the Great Lakes, and the lakes and forests
of northern Maine, including Eastport and the coast towards Mt.
Desert. The other assemblage called the Alleghanian fauna, is
that which covers the southern half of the State, besides NewEngland generally, (except the White Mountain region which belongs to the Canadian fauna,) and sweeps down the Alleghany
range towards the southern States. The plants of the summit of
Mount Katahdin belong to a more arctic region still than the Canadian flora; whether the insects partake of the subarctic character
remains to be determined.
HYMENOPTERA.
In studying this suborder we must remember that every part of
the body varies in form in the different genera, forming admirable
and plain distinctions to characterize the genera. To the form of
the head and its appendages, that of the thorax and its appendages,
the wings in the venation of which we can perceive at a glance
those characters which separate genera, and in the legs especially of
the fossorial families, where there are found to be great differences,
the student must look closely. The best specific characters lie in
the sculpturing and color, but the spots and markings are apt to
vary greatly. The great differences in the sexes are liable to mislead the student, and hence large collections are indispensible to
their proper study.:The Hymenoptera are the most numerous in
species of all the suborders except the Coleoptera. They have.been less studied in this country than almost any other suborder,
though so deserving from their interesting habits. Especial attention should be paid to collecting the smaller species, and to the
famnilies of the Chalcididae, the Cynipidae and the Crabronidae.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   149
They should be pinned through the hard thorax, high up on the
pin, and numbers should be preserved in alcohol.
Their habits should be studied long and patiently, and attention
be given to rear in the same way as given for Lepidoptera, the
saw-flies, the gall-flies, &c. The Eurytomae can be found in wheat
fields, &c., after harvest; the galls in autumn.
Apidae, (honey bees, bumble bees, &c.) They are known from
other families by their bodies being densely hirsute, the mouth
parts lengthened and partially united to form a kind of proboscis
that can be folded up out of sight under the head; and in their
broad, flattened hirsute hind legs, adapted for collecting and carrying pollen, They are social, and the species often consists of males,
or drones; females, or queens; and imperfect females, or workers,
improperly called neuters, which are much smaller than the others.
Apis mellfica is the honey bee, whose complex ceconomy and hives
are well known. Siebold, a German physiologist, has ascertained
that the queen and neuters are hatched from fertilized eggs, while
the drones come from eggs that are unfertilized.  There is one
queen to a colony or swarm. The workers sometinmes lay eggs
producing males, and there is a difference between them in other
respects. The humble bees (Bombus) contain many species, which
build hemispherical nests of moss under ground in pastures. The
cells are large, oval and partially separate.  There are from fifty to
seventy in a swarm. The nests are built by the females, of which
there are several in the spring which survive the winter; they then
lay their eggs, which hatch out the workers late in the summer;
soon after another brood of males and females alone, and in the fall,
still later, a few more of both sexes appear. There are two kinds
of females; the earlier born differing in size and producing male
eggs only; so also there are two kinds of workers. The remaining
species are solitary, and consist of males and females only.
Xylocopa, the Carpenter-bee, has black wings; it forms a tube
a foot long, in which it lays its eggs, arranged in successive layers
in masses of pollen.
Megachile, the Leaf-cutter, cuts circular pieces out of leaves, with
which it makes a honey-tight cartridge-like cell, which it builds in
holes excavated in trees and rotten wood.
Osmia, the Mason-bee, is blueish, and has a circular abdomen.
It constructs its nest of sand, large enough to hold three to eight
cells, in crevices in fences.  Other species burrow in the sunny




150                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
side of cliffs or sand banks, or in rotten trees; while others occupy
dead snail shells.
Coelioxys, with a sharp triangular abdormen, is parasitic, laying
its eggs in the nests of Megachile, Osmia and other bees.
Nomada is not hirsute, and in its slender form and gay c(ilors resembles wasps, It enters the nests of Andrena and feeds on its
food, hence it is called the Cuckoo-bee.
Andrera resembles very much the hive bee, though it is s"aller.
The Andrenae " are all burrowers in the ground, some species preferring banks of light earth, others hard trodden pathways, &c.;
their burrows differ in depth, but are seldom less than about six,
whilst others excavate to nine or ten inches; at the bottom of each
burrow is fobrmed a small oval cell or chamber, in which the industrious female lays up a small pellet of pollen mixed with honey;
these little balls are usually about the size of a garden-pea, varying
somewhat in size in diflerent species."  Snmiih.
IFaliclus is one of the smallest of the family.  Angochlora embraces bees whose bodies are slightly hirsute, and of a rich shiny
green.
Mr. Fred. Smith, an English entomologist, says of the economy of
this genus, that " it is so remrarkably different from that of all other
solitary bees, except of those belonginlg to the genus kSphec'odes,
that I am surprised it had escaped the researches of' my predecessors, who, like myself,' have loved to hear the wild bees' hum.'
It will be observed that the females of Halictus and Sphecodes make
their appearance in June, and are to be found from that time until
late in autumn; but no males of these genera will be observed until long after the appearance of the females: my observationis on a
colony of H. morio will serve as the history of the whole genus,
making allowance for the d'ifierent periods of their appearance.' Early in April the females appeared, and continued in numbers up
to the end of June; not a single male was to be found at any time;
during the month of July scarcely an individual was to be found;
a solitary female now and then mright be seen, but.the spring bees
had almost disappeared; about the middle of August the males
began to come forth, and by the end of the month abounded; the
females succeeded the males in their appearance about ten or twelve
days: these industrious creatures began the tasks assigned to them,
burrowing and forming their nests; one of their little tunnels had
usually others running into it, so ttlat a single common entrance




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                    151
served as a passage to several cells, in each of which a little ball
of pollen was formed, and a single egg deposited thereon; the
larvae were usually ten or twelve days consuming it, bly which
time they were fully fed; in this state they lay until they clhiinged
to the pupa-state, when they very shortly became matured.' I
have reared individuals of H. rubicaU dus from the egg( to the perfect insect; on the 15th of July I procured cells containing the
pollen balls, with an egg on each; in twelve days the larvae were
full-fed; the change to the pupa-state took place about the 25th of
August, and during the first week of' September the perfect state
was acquired.  The history of' Haletus, therefore, is as fbllows:
the males and females appear in the autumn; the latter beiixg impregnated, pass the winter in the perfect state, appearing during
the following season to perform their economy, as detailed above
in the case of  H. morio."
All these females of solitary species are found in spring on the
blossoms of firuit trees, of wild cherries and about flowers.
Vespidae, (wasps, yellow-jackets.) The hornet is the VTe.pa crabro of' Europe. The group is characterized by the folding of the
wings, longitudinally.  Vespa lives in colonies of three kinds of
individuals, constructing complex nests either under ground or
attached to the branches of trees, consisting of' several galleries of
hexagonal cells, with their mouths downward, connected and supported by pedicels, and surrounded by an outer papery envelop.
The females which have survived the winter begin in the spring to
form their small nests, consisting of a single tier of a few cells, in
which they lay their eggs and feed the young workers.  The niales
and females do not appear until autumn.  Reaumur has observed
that there are two sizes among the males.' Notwithstanding the powerful sting of the wasp, it is liable to
the attacks of other insects.  Rhipiphorus paradoxus and the larva
of a Volucella infests its nests, de\ ouring the larva; as does also
Aonomalon vesparum, and another species of Ichneumon.  Dr. Leach
also mentions that wasps are much infested by Lebia linearis.  I
have also observed.a spider sucking a wasp, which it had killed."
-Westwood.
Wasps should, if possible, be collected by the whole colony,
when the individual variation of the three kinds of individuals-the
males, females and workers-can be studied.  For this purpose
visit the nests by night, plug up the hole with a sponge saturated




152                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
with ether or chloroform, and the inhabitants can thus be stifled.
Or stand by the nest and net the insects as they go to or from the
hole.  Little or nothing is known about these interesting insects in
this country, and persons who will spend the time can find out
much that is new to their history. The following genera have no
workers: 
The common brown Polistes builds an exposed nest, consisting
of few or many cells arranged in one tier, and attached to leaves
and twigs by a short pedicel.
The solitary wasps, Odynerus and Eumenes, build nests of sand
glued together and hidden in cavities, hollow branches, &c., and
they store them with great numbers of caterpillars, flies, larvae of
beetles, and spiders. Thus it seems that the larvae of the social
wasps are daily fed with sweets by the workers, while those of the
solitary species, which have no workers, have a store of insectfood laid up for -them by the female.
The following families are truly fossorial sand-diggers, making
their holes in sunny paths, &c., of which the ants are the most
familiar examples.  Their ovipositor is adapted for stinging, and by
the poison conveyed into the wound, for benumbing their victims,
which live for a long time half alive, for the larvae to feed upon.
"Although there is much general similarity in the habits of the
truly fossorial species, there is considerable diversity in the details
of their proceedings: thus, whilst Oxybelus conveys its prey by
means of its hind legs, Pompilus and Ammophila walk backwards,
dragging it with their mandibles.' Astata, Tachytes, Psen, Crabro,
Mellinus and Cerceris fly bodily and directly forward with it in
their mandibles, assisted by their forelegs.' Shuckard.  From my
own observations each species appears ordinarily to confine itself
to its own particular prey. Instances are on record, however, in
which considerable diversity in the prey of the same species has
been observed; this probably arose from the female not being
able to discover her legitimate prey; thus Serville and Saint
Fargeau state that Bernbex rostrata indifferently collects the species
of Eristalis, Stratiomys, and the larger Muscidae; but it may be
regarded as the ordinary rule that each species confines itself to its
peculiar prey: thus, numbers of the same species of fly or larva
are found in the same cell, although this must sometimes be a matter of difficulty."  *  *  *  "The prey is moreover very various,
comprising insects of nearly every order; the Coleoptera, Hem



SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   153
iptera, Lepidoptera, Hymenoptera, Diptera and spiders, contributing
to the support of this tribe; and insects in the larva, pupa and
imago state are employed for this purpose. The number of individuals enclosed in each cell varies according to the size of the
species, and of the progeny for whose support it is buried: thus,
whilst Ammophila sabulosa buries a single lepidopterous larva, as
many as fifty or sixty Aphides are shut up in a single cell by other
species."  Westwood.
Crabronidae, sand-wasps. It is this family that many of the
Syrphus-flies resemble so closely. They have cuboidal heads,
a somewhat flattened, spherical thorax, and a flattened abdomen,
rarely pedicelled. The fore legs are broad, adapted for digging,
and they often have a broad, banner-like expansion, to use perhaps
as a shovel, while the hind and middle legs are spined for retaining
the prey the sand-wasp carries off. The insects are of moderate
size; they are found resting on leaves in the sunshine. They occur
generally rarely, and little is known of the extent or habits of the
family in this country.  Crabro (Fig. 5) has slender legs, and digs
into rotten posts, fences, stumps, where it       FIG. 5.
makes its nest, provisioning it with cate,pillars, flies, &c.  Gorytes has been seen
protruding her sting into the frothy secre- 
tion of Tettigoniae on grass, and carrying
off the insect.  Oxybelus is a small, stout
black genus, " its prey consists of Diptera,
which it has a peculiar mode of carrying by the hind legs the while it
either opens the aperture of its burrow or else forms a new one with
its anterior pair. Its flight is low, and in skips; it is very active."
Trypoxylon has a long, club-shaped abdomen, and is black throughout. " Mr. Johnson has detected it frequenting the holes of a post
pre-occupied by a species of Odynerus, and into which it conveyed
a small-round ball, or pellet, containing about fifty individuals of a
species of Aphis; this the Odynerus, upon her return, invariably
turned out, flying out with it, held by her legs, to the distance of
about a foot from the aperture of her cell, where she hovered a
moment, and then let it fall; and this was constantly the case till
the Trypoxylon had sufficient time to mortar up the orifice of the
hole, and the Odynerus was then entirely excluded; for although
she would return to the spot repeatedly, she never endeavored to
force the entrance, but flew off to seek another hole elsewhere."
20




154                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
Shuckard. C'erceris has a long abdomen, with convex rings. It
is gaily marked with golden yellow. It has not been known to
use its sting upon its captors.  It lays up stores of young grasshoppers arid Curculion:dae.  "Philanthus burrows in hot sandy situations, arid provisions its nests with hive-bees; a single individual
of which, after being stung, is deposited with an egg; and as each
deposits five or six eggs, the number of bees destroyed must be at
least equal to that, if not more considerable, which is most probable; aind Latreille counted as many as fifty or sixty females occupied in making their burrows in a space of ground one hundred and
twenlty feet long."  Westwood.
This is a most difficult family to study.  The two sexes differ
greatly, and are apt to be mistaken for distinct species, and the
collector is fortunate if he comes upon a " metropolis " of a species.
In limiting the species, more value must be placed upon the size
and sculpture than the coloration, which varies greatly.
Larridae.  This is rather a small group, having a sessile conical
flattered abdomen, and with the legs of the females very hirsute.
They are generally dark in color.  They are caught about sandbanks. Larra provisioas its nests with the caterpillars of small
moths.
Bembecidae.  We have but two genera, Bembex and Mlonedlla,
which have large heads and flattened bodies, bearing a strong resenmblance to syrphus flies from  their similar'coloration.  The
labrum is very large and long, triangular, like a beak. The species
are very active, flying rapidly about flowers with a loud hum.
" The female Bembex burrows in sand to a considerable depth,
lburying various species of Diptera (Syrphidae, Muscidae, &c.,)
and depositing her eggs at the same time in company with them,
upon which the larvae, when hatched, subsist. When a sufficient
store has been collected, the parent closes the mouth of the cell
with earth."  "An anonymous correspondent in the Ent. Mag.
states that B. rostrata constructs its nests in the soft light seasands in the Ionian Islands, and appears to catch its prey (consisting of such flies as frequent the sand; amongst others, a bottlegreen fly,) whilst on the wing.  Ie describes the mode in which
the female, with astonishing swiftness, scratches its hole with its
fore legs like a dog. Bemnbex starsata, according to Latreille, provisions its nests with Bombylii."  Westwood.
Sphegidce. The mud-wasps are known by their long antenna,
long hind legs and pedicelled abdomen. They are of large size, and




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                    155
are colored black and red, brown and red, or wholly blue -or black.
They are very active, restless in their movements, and have a po(werful sting.  Ammophila is long, slenlder, with a long, pedicelled
abdomen, the tip of which is red, and flies and runs onil SUiy paths
and about pumps.  " The species inhabit sandy districts, in which
A. sabulosa forms its burrow, using its jaws in burrowing; and
when they are loaded, it ascends backwards to the moutlh, turns
quickly round, flies to about a foot's distance, gives a sudden turn,
throwing the sand in a complete shower to about six inche's distance, and again alights at the mouth of its burrow.
"Latreille states that this species provisions its cells with caterpillars, but Mr. Sh -uckard states that he has observed the fenlale
dru:~ggirng a very large inflated spider ulp the nearly perpendicular
side of a sand-bltik, at least twenty feet high, and that whilst burrowinlg it makes a loud whirring buzz; arid in the Trants. Ent. *pc.
he states' that he had detected both A. sabulosa and hirsuta dragging along large spiders.  Mr. Curtis observed it bury the caterpiilars of a Noctua and Geometra.  St. Fargeau, however, states
that A. sabulosa collects caterpillars of large size, especially those
of Noctuae, with a surprising perseverance, whereas A. arenaria,
form'ing a distinct section in the gerus, collects spiders."  Westwood.
Pelopaeus, which is the true mud-wasp, builds in length a row of
parallel adjoining cells an inch or more long, and enveloped in an
outer case of' mud or clay, in the corners of rooms, on rafters, &c.,
enclosing in each cell some insect.  Pelopaeus coeruleus is our common shiny blue " sand-dauber."  Pompilus has a short pedicel to
its abdomen, and very long bind legs.  They run very swiftly in
grass and over sandy places, looking like winged black spiders, on
which they prey..Scoliidae.  This group has long, rather narrow hirsute bodies,
with short, spiny fossori'al legs, sessile abdomen, with two prominent terminal spitnes in the males, and of'ten lunate eyes.  They
are black, often with bright yellow spots along the sides of the
hind body.  The genus Scolia is very large, often two inches long,
marked with yellow. It is found in the hottest places about strongly
scented flowers.  It makes deep burrows in sand-tbanks, provisioning its cells with grasshoppers, &c.  Other species are sluggish,
crowding on stems of grass. Sapyga, known by its unusually narrow body and long, club-shaped antenna, is said to be parasitic on
bees of the genus Osmia, in whose nests it lays its eggs.
Muatillidae.  This interesting family is characterized by the females




156                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
being wingless, by the want of the three ocelli on the top of the head
that other hymenoptera possess, while the form of the body resembles the Scoliidae, though more hirsute. They are deep red and
black, and are solitary in their habits.  They belong more to the
Southern and Middle States,-one species only being found in Massachusetts. The females run in hot places, and hide themselves
quickly when disturbe.d, while the males frequent flowers. They
take flies by surprising them. The sting of Mutilla coccinea in this
country is said to be very powerful. This family, in its wingless
females and structural features generally, leads to the ants, where
we have three kinds of individuals, as has been noticed in the bees,
but diffiering in the workers being wingless.
Fornzicidce. Ants have a triangular head, round eyes, long
elbowed antenna- and slender legs. Some species have a sting
lil~ the other fossorial families. The males are much smaller than
the females, and the wingless workers are a little smaller than the
males. The mandibles in those species that do not themselves
labor, but enslave the workers of other species, are slender and
smooth, though they are generally stout and toothed. As ill the
bees, there have been found in some species two sets of workers,
(a few being of larger size than usual, with very large heads,) which
are said to make honey in cells, like worker-bees.
The habits of our ants in America have not been recorded, The
little yellow ant that digs its holes in paths; the pismires that
excavate their galleries in stumps; the ferocious red and brown
species that raises its hills of sand in woods, or of clay in clayey
places, and the large Pennsylvania ant. nearly an inch long, whose
colonies we find under boards, &c., are but little known. In collecting them they should be caught when swarming, that is when
the winged sexes come out of their holes and fill the air in countless
hosts. The little yellow ants swarm thus in the second week of
September on a hot day'that we generally have at that time.
Hundreds of them should be pinned, or better, thrown into alcohol,
keeping the colonies separate.  So also their eggs, with the larvm
and pupae, should be taken in large numbers.
Unlike the bees, ants are represented in winter by the workers
alone, the winged sexes only appearing in the summer. After.swarming, the females lay their minute eggs, and Gould, an English
observer, says that those destined to hatch the future females,
males, and workers, are deposited at three different periods. The
larvae are like those of hymenoptera in general, being footless grubs,,




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                    157
short, thick and white.  How the larva are fed and the pupa are
cared for by the neuters, and the habits of ants generally, are found
in all the books.  Sometirnes the pupam  are naked, but generally
they are enclosed in thin cocoons.
Chrysidce.  These insects are very different from the ants in their
oblong compact form, their nearly sessile oblong abdomen, having
only three to five rings visible, the remnaining   ones being drawn
within, forming a long, large jointed sting-like ovipositor which
can be thrust out like a telescope.  The abdomen beneath is concave, and the insect can roll itself into a ball on being disturbed.
They are green or black.  The sting has no poison-bag, and in this
respect, besides more fundamental characters, the Chrysis approaches the Ichneurhon family. They best merit the name of
" Cuckoo-flies," as they fly and run briskly in hot sun-shine, on
posts and trees, &c., darting their ovipositor into holes in search of
other hymenoptera, &c. in which to lay their eggs. Their larvae
are the first to hatch and devour the food stored up by other fossorial bees and wasps.  "St. Fargeau, however, who has more
carefully examined the economy of these inseats, states that the
eggs of the Chrysis does not hatch until the legitimate inhabitant
has attained the greater part of its growth as a larva, when the
larva of the Chrysis fastens on its back, sucks it, and in a very
short time attains its full size, destroying its victim.  It does not
form a cocoon, but remains a long time in the pupa state."
" In the Ent. Mag. has been noticed the discovery of Hedychrtmz
bidentulutm, which appears to be parasitic upon Psenz caliginosuts;
the latter insect had fo)rmed its cells in the straws of a  thatched
arbor, as many as ten or twelve cells being placed in some of the
straws. Some of the straws, perhaps about one in ten, contained
one or rarely two, of the Iledychrum, placed indiscriminately
amongst the others.  WValkenaer, in his Memoirs upon HatliCtl.us,
informs us that Iledychrum  lucidulum  waits at the mouth of the
burrows of these bees, in order to deposit its eggs therein; and that
when its design is perceived by the bees, they congregate together
and drive it away.  " St. Fargeau states that the females of IIedychrum sometimes deposit their eggs in galls, while HI. regium
oviposits in the nest of.Megachile muraria; and he mentions an
instance in which the bee, returning to its nearly finished cell, laden
with pollen paste, found the Iledychrum in its nest, which it
attacked with its jaws; the parasite immediately, however, rolled
itself into a ball, so that the Megachile was unable to hurt it; it




158                   BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
however bit off its four wings which were exposed, rolled it to the
grolin(l and then  deposited its lotcl in. the cell and flew  away,
whereupol,'the Iledychrum, now beilng wingless, had the perseveritig. inlstinct to crawl up the wall to the nest, and( there quietly
deposit its egg which it platced  between the pollen paste ltid the
wall of the cell which prevented the MegaLchile from seeilg it."Weswl'vood.
PrJoctotfrupide, E.qg-parasites.  In this flamily  are placed  very
minute  species of parasitic Ichnleunlol-like hymenopters which
have  ratllher long and slentder bodies, with antennae   of va.rious
lengtlhs, often haired on the j,,ints, while the wings are covered
with mininute hairs and most of the nervures are absent.  Here the
ovipositor has its true function, and its puncture conveys no p;uin;
this nmay be said of the remaining famnilies of the hynmenoptera.
These mnfinute insects which can scarcely be distinguished by the
nakeil eye unless specially trained, are black or brown, and(] very
active ill their habits.  They may be swept off grass and herbage,
fron aqulatic plants, or fiom  hot sand banks.  They prey on'the
wlheat-flies by inserting their eggs in their larvm, in gall-nidglres,
and gall-cynips, and inl fungus-eating flies, in wl-lich pl::ces they
should be sought.  In Europe species oF.Teleas lay their eggs in
those of other insects, especially butterflies and moths and heimipters where they feed on the juices of the growing larv, and pupa
withi.n the egg, conmiug out as perfeet Ichneurmon s.
".ui[.wytar ovulorumn oviposits in the eggs of other insects from
whichl tlhe tiny parasite emerges only int the perfect state, a sin)gle
butterfly's egg ofteln nourishing the transformation of many iiidividuA!s."  A  species of Platqygas'er, a short broad genus, lays its
eggs in those of tile Canker-worm  mnoth just after their deposition.
It is one twenty-fifth of an inch lon}g.  Another species itfests the
eggs -of the HIessian fly.  Cerctphron (lestruelor, which is a larvapar;site. of the HIessian fly, is a tentht of an inch long.
WeT  munst have many  species of these insects in thlis country.
They occur in great numbers where they are foutld at all. They are
almost too smlall to pin, anl it' transfixed would be unfit for study,
and sho)uld therefore be put into homeopathic vials of alcohol.
Cha,lcididce.  This is also a group of great extent, and like the
preceedirig, the, species are of small size; but they are of shiny
colors, as the name implies, being often bronzen, or metallic. Tlhey
have also elbowed antennm, and the wings are often deficient in
nervures.  In some genera, including Chalcis the hind thighs are




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                    159
thickened for leaping. The differences between the sexes, generally very marked in hymenloptera,are here especially so.  Thle male
of Eurytomna has the joints of the antennam swelled and furnished
with long hairs above.  Some of the species, such as those of
Pleromialus, are.wingless, and closely resemble ants..
They infest eggs and larvae.  Some species prey upon the
Aplhides, others lay their eggs in the nests of wasps anrd bees.
OnJe species is known in Europe to consume the intestines of the
c,,ommon hIouse Fly.  Others consume, the larvan of the IIessian
fly, and those Cecidomyjca3 that produce galls, and also the true gall
flies (Cynips.)  Some are parasites on other Ichneurnon parasites,
as there are species preying on the genus Aphidius, which is a
parasite on the Aphis.  So also in Illinois a species of' Hockeria
and of Glyphe are parasitic on a MJicrogasler, which preys upon the
Army worm; and Chalcis albi fions, Walsh, was bred from  the
cocoons of Pezomachus, an Ichneumon parasite of the same caterpillar.
The genus Leucospis is of large size and known by having the
ovipositor laid upon the upper surface of the abdomen, and by its
resemblance to wasps.  Earyloma hordei (fig. 6,) is founlld in galllike swellings of wheat stalks.  The pupae of        FIG. 6.
this futmily have often the limbs and wings                 -"..
sollered together as in lepidooplera, and the      -......
larvia seldom spin a silken compact cocoon as.\ 
in the succeeding family.  We have probab y
in this country a thousand species of these
small parasites, nearly twelve hundred having
been named and described in Eigland alone.  They are generally
large enough to be pinned or stuck upon cards; some inldividuals
should be preserved in this way, others, as wet specimens.
[CIlo'eumoidce.  The Ichneumon-fly (Fig. 7,) represents the most
extensive family of the suborder as re-          FIG. 7.
gards lurnubers.  They are long and nar-       ~'
r)ow bodied, with long and straight an-             v
tennrl; the ovipositor is generally long
and protected by two sheath-pieces of <? -S
the same length.  In those genera that
ht;ive lthe ovipositor short, the eggs are
placed in exposed larve, while those
provided with longer ones, such as in the
figure, are adapted for penetrating into




160                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
holes under bark, or in crevices, &c., and for this purpose they
are often two or three times the length of the body. There are
scarcely any insects which do not suffer from the attacks of these
para;ites. They are the best friends of agriculturists. The eggs
are either laid on the surface of the larvm, when.they  eat their
way inwards; or the egg being placed within the body of the
victim, it hatches out and feeds on the fatty issues of the larvm,
gradually consuming its life until the parasite turns to pupa, when
it dies.  There may be onl large Ichneumon thus feedinlg within,
or numbers of them.  Thus. the caterpillarof Acronycta, found on
the alder in October, is often seen adhering to the leaf; preserving
the semblance of life, while the inside of the body is packed with
little cocoons placed vertically next to one another.
Of course Ichneumons abound most in summer when larvae are
most plenty, when they are found in great numbers on umbelliferous flowers.  But many species appear in April.  The species of
Ophion, with compressed arched yellow bodies, come to light in
summer. In Europe nearly 2000 species of this family have been
described.  Ecania, with its very short abdomen, Pelecinus, with
a very long one, which is abundant in summer, represent a small
family, the Evuaniidce, which lead to the
Cynipidce, or Gall-flies.  The species are of small size, with
short broad heads, a globular thorax, an'd short compressed abdomen.  With their long slender ovipositor they insert their eggs into
leaves, &c. which causes by the irritation a hollow swelling on the
leaves, buds or stalks of plants.  Those large swellings on oalks
imported from the East, known as galls, have given the name to these
productions.  Galls are of various borms and sizes, and differ with
the specties of gall-fly that produces them: They    FIG 8.
may contain one or several grubs, which are,
small, fleshy and footless, with tubercles in the
lower surface instead of feet, to move by.  The
eggs increase in size as the gall itself enlarges.
A wingless species in England makes its galls at  /?:
the foot of the oak, beach, &c. Cynip dichlocerus,    <
(Fig. 8,) forms long galls in the stem of rose bushes.
Uroceridcw, Boring-sawflies. These rather rare insects pass their
lives as borers in the trunks of trees.  Unlike the previous families
of hymenopters, their larvae are long, cylindrical, and furnished
with three pairs of true legs. The saw-flies are likewise cylundrical and long, and the sides of the body continuous, not being




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   161
insected as usual, while the abdomen is blunt, and a large saw-like
ovipositor projects from beneath. They are among the largest of
hymenoptera.  Tremex columba bores into beech trees.  Urocerus
albicornis and another species is found on pines.  Oryssus is a much
smaller genus with a slender ovipositor. There are but few species,
and they are found in August flying about with a loud buzz.
ernthredinidcc, Saw-flies.  We now come to a family whose affinities are closest to the Lepidoptera. In their bodies the three
divisions are less marked than usual, they only fly in the warmest
days, their larva have 18-22 legs, and closely resemble caterpillars,
and like them feed exposed on leaves. The flies are sluggish; their
heads are transversely oblong, and the antennae are simple, clubshaped or feathered. Their wings are folded at rest upon the
body, overlapping each other somewhat. Their ovipositors are
toothed like little saws, with which they bore into the stems and
leaves of plants to deposit their eggs. The larvqe spin compact
cylindrical oval cocoons. They are found in companies on the
leaves of the alder and birch, holding on by their true legs while
the rest of the body is suspended and curved curiously upwards;
or they occur as slimy slugs on the leaves of the pear and rose,
while others feed on the stems of plants, or construct cases of bits of
leaves to hide in, like Tineids, or roll up     FiG. 9.
a leaf like the Phyganidae.  The large
solitary larva of Cimbex Americana is
found partially rolled up, on the elm and                    -3
birch. Lophyrus abietis (Fig. 9, female,)
feeds on the fir.  Selandria vitis and           
rosce feed upon the vine and rose, and  
can be taken when those plants have leaved out.  Many can be
taken early in summer about alders and willows.
LEPIDOPTERA.
Butterflies are easily distinguished from the other groups by their
knobbed antenna; in the Sphinges and their allies the feelers are
thickened in the middle; in the Moths they are filiform and often
pectinated like feathers. Lepidoptera have also been divided into
three large groups, called Diurnal,. Crepuscular and Nocturnal,
since butterflies fly in the sunshine alone, most Sphinges in the
twilight, (many of them fly in the hottest sunshine,) and the moths
are generally night-fliers, though many of them fly in the day time,
thus showing that the distinctions are somewhat artificial.
21




162                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
In studying these'insects the best generic characters will be
found in the antenna, the shape of the head parts, the neuration
and proportions of the wings. Very slight changes in these parts
separate genera. Size and coloration, which are very constant,
afford good specific characters.
The caterpillars, chrysalids and perfect insects, besides being
preserved dry, should be collected largely in alcohol. In collecting
them to pin dry we must remember that the least touch will remove
some of the scales from the wings and bodies, thus injuring them
for study and spoiling their looks. The collector should have the
ring net, the beating net, plenty of pill boxes, a large box lined with
cork to pin his captures into, which should have pinned in the bottom a sponge saturated with benzine, (which is the cheapest poison,)
and though after frequent airing the box loses the strong odor, yet
there is enough left to keep the specimens from fluttering, until
more can be applied at home. This box should be small enough to
slip into the coat pocket, and with the cover made to open easily
with one hand. A bottle of alcohol is needed about the person for
the reception of duplicates, larva, &c. Pins of various sizes should
be carried in a cushion suspended from the neck or from a buttonhole. The best insect pin is that of German make. The different
sizes can be had of F. W. Christern, 763 Broadway, and Theodor
Schreckel, 14 North William street, New York. Two sizes, No. 2
and 5, which come done up in square packages of five hundred pins
each, will di for the majority of insects, the larger for butterflies
and Sphinges, Noctum and Geometrae, while for the micro-lepidoptera smaller pins are needed, which will be mentioned further on
when speaking of them more specially. The net most convenient
is a sugar-loaf-shaped bag of silken gauze (which can be bought
as cheaply as muslin or musquito-netting, and does much better,)
fastened to a margin of cloth sewed previously onto the ring. The
net should be made a foot and a half deep, attached to a frame of stout
brass wire twelve inches across, which should be soldered on to a
tube half an inch or so in diameter, into which a slender stick six feet
long can be thrust. A light net like this can be rapidly turned
upon the insect with one hand. The beating net is stouter and
made of thick muslin, and fastened on to a short stick. It is used
for beating bushes and herbage for moths and their larva. It can be
also used for collecting all other insects. In this connection should
be mentioned the water net, (Fig. 10,) which may be round, or of




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  163
the figure indicated. The ring should be of     FIG. 10.
btass, and the shallow net be made of grasscloth or coarse millinet. Small aquatic species can be fished up in mud which will strain
through the net, leaving them to be picked
up and pinned. When the insect is taken in the bag-net by a
dexterous twist of the handle, which throws the bottom over the
mouth, it should be confined with the other hand with great care',
and then pinned through the thorax, when in the net. The pin
can be drawn through the meshes upon opening the net. The pin
should be thrust through the thorax so that three-fourths of it
should be below the insect; care should be taken to preserve some
uniformity of height from the cork in the different specimens.
After being pinned the specimen should be handled with a pair of
curved pincers, whose jaws should be roughened to retain the pin,
and kept apart by their opposite ends being united, as in the surgeon's dissecting forceps; or the handles may be large, and a special spring introduced between to keep the branches apart. These
pincers are indispensable in handling specimens, especially those
on slender pins.
Some specimens should be preserved as they look when at rest.
To set specimens a number of setting-boards will be necessary. These
should be made of soft wood, with grooves or cracks of different
sizes, in the bottom of which strips of cork, or corn-stalk, or pasteboard should be fastened, into which the insect's body can be received, while the pins stick through beneath. The surface of the
board should incline a little towards the groove, as the wings often
fall down a little after the specimen is dry. The wings can be
arranged with a needle stuck into a handle of wood, the wings set
horizontally, and the front margin of the primaries drawn a little
forward of a line perpendicular to the body, so as to free the inner
margin of the secondaries from the abdomen, that their form may
be clearly seen, as in the figure (11.) When thus arranged they
can be confined by pieces of card, as indi-    FIG. 11
cated, or by square pieces of glass laid
upon them. Several days are requisite for
them to dry thoroughly. Several of these
setting-boards can be made to slide into a
frame covered with gauze-wire, to keep
them from devouring insects, while the air
may at the same time have constant access to them.




164                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
Rearing Caterpillars. The larva of butterflies are rare; those
of moths occur more frequently, while their imagines may be scarce.
In some years many larvm, usually rare, at other times occur in
abundance, when they should be reared in numbers. In hunting for
caterpillars bushes should be shaken and beaten over newspapers or
sheets, herbage should be swept carefully, and trees examined carefully for leaf-rollers and miners. The best specimens of moths and
butterflies are obtained by rearing them from the egg if possible, or
from the larvae or pupae. In confinement the food should be kept
fresh, and the box well ventilated. Tumblers covered with gauze,
pasteboard boxes, pierced with holes and fitted with glass in the
covers, or large glass jars, are very convenient to use as cages.
The bottom of such vessels may be covered with moist sand, in
which the food plant of the larva may be stuck and kept fresh for
several days. Larger and more airy boxes, a foot square, with the
sides of gauze, and fitted with a door, through which a bottle of water
may be introduced, serve well. The object is to keep the food plant
fresh, the air cool, the larva out of the sun, and in fact everything
in such a state of equilibrium that the larva would not feel the change
of circumstances when kept in confinement. Most caterpillars
change to pupse in the fall; then they should be covered with
earth, kept damp by wet moss, and placed in the cellar until the
following summer. The collector in seeking for larvam should carry
a good number of pill-boxes, and especially a close tin box, in which
the leaves may be kept fresh for a long time. The different forms
and markings of caterpillars should be noted especially, and they
should be drawn carefully, on a leaf of the food plant, and the
drawings and pupa skins, and perfect insect, be numbered in the
same way. Descriptions of caterpillars cannot be too carefully
made or too long. The relative size of the head, its ornamentation,
the stripes and spots of the body, and the position and number of
tubercles, and the hairs, or fascicles of hairs, or spines and spinules, which arise'from  them, should be noted, besides the general
form of the body. The lines along the body are called dorsal, if in
the'middle of the back, subdorsal if upon one side, lateral and
ventral when on the sides and under surface, or stigmatal if including the stigmata or breathing pores, which are generally parti-colored. Indeed, the whole biography of an insect should be ascertained
by every observer; the points to be noted are:1. Date, when and how the egg is laid; and number, size and
marking of the eggs.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  165
2. Date of hatching, the appearance, food-plant of larva, and
number of days between each moulting; the changes the larva
undergoes, which are often remarkable, especially before the last
moulting, with drawings illustrative of these; *the habits of the
larva, whether solitary or gregarious, whether a day or night
feeder: the Ichneumon parasites, and their mode of attack. Specimens of larvae in the different moultings should be preserved in
alcohol. The appearance of the larvae when full-fed, the date,
number of days before pupating, the formation and description of
the cocoon, the duration of larva in cocoon before pupation, their
appearance just before changing, their appearance while changing,
and alcoholic specimens of larvae in the act, and drawings illustrative-all these should be studied and noted.
3. Date of pupation; description of the pupa or chrysalis; duration of the pupa state, habits, &c.; together with alcoholic specimens, or pinned dry ones. Pupam should be looked for late in the
summer or in the fall and spring, about the roots of trees, and kept
moist in mould until the imago appears.
4. Date of the insect's escaping from the pupa, and method of
escape; duration of life of the imageo; and the number of broods in
a season. Labels for alcohol may be written in pencil on paper, or
in ink on parchment.
Papilionidc.  The Swallow tails are at once known as being our
largest butterfles, and by their having the hind wings produced into
a tail-like appendage. The yellow Papilio Tarnus flies in June
and July, through woods and about lilacs. Its larva feeds on the
apple, and wild thorn. It is green, with two eye-like spots on the
thorax. P. asterias, the Parsnip Papilio, flies in August about wild
parsnip, which grows by river sides; and is found upon the cultivated species. It is dark blue. The larva is yellow, striped and
spotted with black. When sailing free on their wings it is almost
impossible to capture them. The larva3 when irritated, push out a
V-shaped yellow organ from the head.
Pieridce.  (White or Sulphur Butterflies.) Pieris oleracea, is
white with rounded secondaries or hind wings. It feeds on cabbages and turnips. Its larva are hirsute, green, tapering towards
each end of the body, and feed on. grass. Those of Colias Philodice
are green and smooth. This is our common " Sulphur Yellow,"
abounding in roads.
Nymphalidce. Argynnis is known by the under side of the wings




166                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
being covered with silvery spots, while the larva are spined, as are
those of Vanessa and Grapta, whose species are the earliest to appear in spring.  V. antiope is the large purple species that flies from
March to October; its gregarious larvae feed on the willow and
elm. Grapta progne with notched red and brown wings, is common in May and September, in woods and about houses; its
solitary larvae feed on the currant.  G. comma inhabits the northern part of the State. All the species have silvery comma-or
semicolon-like markings on the under surface of the secondaries.
8atyrus has the wings broad and rounded, with eye-like spots
near the outer margins, and it is of a soft brown color. It is seen
as it flies, rising and falling gracefully over fields and through
woods. S. eurythris inhabits pine woods. It flies towards the
last of June, and is the first species of the genus to appear. The
others are August species. S. alope flies in fields about clumps of
golden rod, S. canthus by rivers and in low places. Neonympha
semidea is found only on the summit of Mt. Washington. It must
be looked for upon Mt. Katahdin. The larva are smooth green,
often striped, with forked tails, and feed on grass. They are rarely
found and should be especially sought for. By their larval forms
and skipping flight these wood Satyrs lead to the small sizedLycaenidce. Lycaena Americana is our common little copper butterfly. Its larva is green, oval, flattened, and feeds on sorrel. The
pupa is short and thick, and is fastened by a loop to the under
surface of stones.
The Azure butterflies Polyommatus pseudargiolus, and P. comyntas and P. lucia, are pretty species which occur frequently in May,
and sometimes in April, on sunny days.  Comyntas is an August
species and has not been found in Maine yet. Thecla contains
coppery brown species with a slight tail to the secondaries, which
fly early in forests.  1. mopsus and niphon are our two common
ones; they may be easily captured when alighted in paths. Our
largest one is T. falacer, which has an orange colored spot on the
inner angle of the secondaries, and two unequal tails. It is rare
and found in August.
We come now to butterflies with stout bodies, and large heads,
whese antennae have the knob as if untwisted and bent to one side,
approaching the form of the antennae of the Sphinges. Moreover
their flight is swift and strong, while they generally skip with a
jerking flight. Their colors are a soft rich brown, with yellow
square spots. Such are the



SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  167
Hesperiadce or Skippers. The green caterpillars have large
heads, and taper rapidly towards either end. They are solitary,
feeding within rolled up leaves, as the Tortrices, or exposed on the
surface. "Their chrysalis are generally conical, or tapering at
one end, and rounded, or more rarely pointed, at the other, never
angular or ornamented with golden spots, but most often covered
with a bluish white powder or bloom. They are mostly fastened
by the tail and a few transverse threads, within some folded
leaves, which are connected together by a loose internal web of
threads, forming a kind of imperfect cocoon."  Harris.
Eudamus bathyllus, is a very common species. It is of a darker
brown than usual, with a few small white spots. It is common
in June and July in paths, and easy to capture.
Sphingidae.  (Hawk moths, Humming-bird moths.)  These are
the largest bodied of the lepidoptera. They have narrow thick
wings which enable them to fly with great rapidity, as they frequent
flowers at dark or before sunrise in the morning, inserting their
long maxillae into the flowers like humming-birds, which they are
often mistaken for. They are found about Lilacs, pinks and honey
suckles in June and July. Sesia difinis and Thysbe are smaller clear
winged moths with flattened bodies and have spreading tufts like
the tails of humming-birds on the tip of their hind body; they fly
in the hottest sunshine, about the flowers of the orchard, of the
Rhodora, Kalmia, Lilac and Pink, &c. Our smallest and rarest
species is the Ellema Harrisii, which lives on pine trees, and is taken
in their vicinity at flowers. The large Macrosila carolina is not
found in Maine. Our largest species is S. cinerea; next to that the
S. drupiferarum which feeds on the plum; S. gordius is our most
common species in Maine, and feeds on the apple. The larvae are
large green  caterpillars               FIG. 12.
with a terminal horn, and
have the queer habit of
elevating the head and
front part of the body,  
(as in Figure 12,) in a                 >
Sphinx-like attitude.
Ceratomnia quadricornis has a larva with four short fleshy horns
on its thorax. It feeds on the elm. By thrusting a pin dipped
into oxalic acid into the body of the moths they can be quickly
killed, as also by the fumes of benzine. The larva are found crawl



168                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
ing about in September. They descend into the ground and make
a rough earthern cocoon before pupating. The chrysalis has the
tongue case detached.
Smerinthus has notched wings, and the secondaries are ocellated.
The larvae have triangular heads. S. geminatus feeds on the apple.
Deilephilca feeds on the Willow herb.
AEgeriadae. These are small species whose larvae are borers.
The moths have delicate transparent wings and slender bodies,
elegant and gaily colored.,Egeria cucuzrbitae feeds upon the
squash.,E. exitiosa bores in peach trees. These two species
have the sexes very distinct. The species bear a close resemblance to some hymenoptera.  Trochilium tipultforme is a slender
blue species.  It bores in the stems of the current, and by
splitting the stems open in the fall and spring, we shall find the
larvae. Towards the last of May they turn to pupae. In the
middle of July they appear, often abundantly, flying with great
rapidity about the leaves, like certain hymenopters. They are
easily caught with the net. The species are rarely met with.
Zygaenidae. The members of this family which contains but a
few New England species, fly in the middle of warm sunny days.
They are generally blue, with pectinated or nearly simple antennae, slender bodies, and rather narrow wings, and they are
covered with fine powdery scales. Procris americana is a slender
bodied species, of a deep blue color, and saffron-yellow collar, and
spreading anal tuft, which feeds on the vine or common woodbine
(Ampelopsis.)  Its larva is short and thick, yellow, with tufts
of short black hairs across the rings.  Those caterpillars of
genera which approach more to the Lithosians have the body more
elongated, and thickly covered with whorls of thick set hairs.
Ctenucha latreillana has a yellow larva of this description, which
is found early in summer feeding on grass. In June it makes a
thin cocoon of hairs, and in the last of July appears in fields,
flying in the hot sun. It is our largest species, of a dark blue
color, and with well pectinated antennae.  Glaucopis Pholus is a
smaller species, with serrated antennae, and the base of the wings
are yellow. It feeds as a larva on lichens, and flies about stone
walls.
Bombyces. Spinners. This handsome family comprises species
of the largest and most regal moths. Their thick heavy bodies
and small sunken heads, and often obsolete mouth parts, pectinated antennae, broad wings, and sluggish habits, notwithstanding




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   169
the numerous exceptions, afford good characters for distinguishing
them. Likewise the thick hairy larvae, which spin silken thick
cocoons, and change to short thick pupae, separate this family.
There are several well marked minor groups, of which the Lithosians, with their slender bodies and wings, simple antennae, and
slender verticillated larvae, head the group. They are also day
fliers. Most of the group have narrow  wings, such as Deiopeia
bella which has bands of white enclosing dark spots on the fore
wings, and scarlet hind wings, edged without irregularly with
black. The species of Crocota of uniform pale red, look like Geometrids, and lNudaria has broad, nearly transparent wings, with
square thinner spots.
The Arcgians have thick bodies, and simple or feathered antennae. Their larvae have whorls of long spinulose hairs, as in the
" yellow bears," the young of A. isabella, the buff brown species,
which is yellow and black, and curls up and lies on its side when
disturbed. The common yellow caterpillar is the young of Spilosoma virginica, a white species found in gardens, in August.
S. acraea has a partly buff body, its larva is the Salt Marsh Caterpillar. Halesidota has a short thick larva, with raised middle tufts.
The moths are yellowish with cross bands of spots, often partially
transparent. They lead to the Dasychirae or tussock caterpillars,
which have long pencils of hairs projecting before and behind the
body. The pretty larva of Orgyia is variously tufted and colored,
and feeds on garden vegetables. The moths fly in the sunshine in
September, and resemble Geometrids. The thick and wooly bodied,
pale yello'W crinkled-haired genus Lagoa, leads to the Cochlidice, a
most interesting and anomalous group, when we consider the sluglike, footless larvae, which are either hemispherical, boat-shaped,
or oblong with large fleshy spines. The moths are small, thick
bodied, and with antennae pectinated two thirds of their length,
or they are slender bodied with simple feelers, and resemble closely
some of the Tortrices. They are very difficult to raise, as they
generally die in confinement.
The ANotodontians have larva singularly humped, with naked or
slightly hairy bodies, having the last pair of prop-legs often prolonged and not often used in locomotion, being when at rest elevated
over the back. The moths resemble very closely Noctzce. They
may be distinguished by their small, sunken heads, feathered antennm, and often by the tufted inner margin of the primaries.
22




170                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
The Platypterycidce have broad falcated wings, closely resembling
the Geometrids, and the larvma have the last pair of prop-legs united
and greatly prolonged. The Bomycidae include the Bombyx mori
or the silk-worm. The Atticidae are the central group of the family.  The very large, eyed wings and broad doubly pectinated
antennae of this kingly assemblage of moths, and the large, thick,
fleshy larvae with angulated wings, surmounted by scattered
tubercles, giving rise to a few short hairs, are represented by
Samia cecropia and promethea, which have the discal spots triangular; Tropaea Luna is the immense, tailed, green species, while
Telea Polyphemus is brown and has large transparent eye-like discal
spots. The Ceratocampadae, include Citheronia regalis and Eacles
imperialis, which are of gigantic size, and the smaller Saturnia
Maia and Hyperchiria lo, which have triangular subfalcate primaries. The larvae are cylindrical and armed with hair bearing tubercles; or, as in Dryocampa, they have smooth bodies, with a pair of
slender horns just behind the head.,
The two species of Clisiocampa, of which Americana and its
larva are here figured, (13 and 14,) represent another small group.
The leaf caterpillars are most injurious to    FIG. 13.
orchards. The moths fly at light in July.
The Hepialidae have long, narrow wings,
with both pairs much alike. Their larvae
live in the roots and stems of plants. The
moths come to light in July and August,
and are rare.  Xyleutes robinice is         FIG. 14.
stout bodied, and bores in the locust
tree.                                           - -
Noctuidae, (Owletmoths.) There
is great uniformity in the genera of
this family, which are characterized by their thick bodies, stout and
well developed palpi, simple and sometimes slightly pectinated
antennae. The wings are small and narrow; they fly swiftly at
night, and are attracted by light. The primaries have almost invariably a dot and reniform spot on the middle of the wing, and
they are generally dark and dull colored. The larvae taper towards each end, and are striped and barred in different ways. They
make thin, earthen cocoons. The Acronyctae are light gray species, with haired larvae, and approach the Bombyces closely. The
Leucaniae are whitish yellow, with naked larvae, such as the Army



SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.       1.
worm. The Agrotes or Dart moths have broad tips to the palpi,
their antennae pectinated, and the spaces between the dot and
reniform spots dark and conspicuous. The larvae are the noxious
cuts worms. They lead to the Mamestrae, which usually have a
W in the middle of the outer line of the primaries; they have rather
broad wings, and are of large size. The larvae are long, cylindrical and naked. Gortyna, the spindle-worm and its allies, have
somewhat falcated wings. The Acontians are small, slender bodied,
often white species, which fly in the day time about flowers. Xylina
and (ucullia are large dart moths, with tufted fronts. Plusia is
marked with silver spots.
The previous groups of genera have stout, blunt palpi, and narrow
wings; but the Catocalae have broad wings, filiform antennae, and
long, slender palpi, which reach often beyond the top of the head.
Moreover, the larvae are elongated, and have fourteen legs, and a
semi-looping gait, approaching closely to Geometrids.  Catocala
is very large, with gray fore wings, and beautifully scarlet, vermillion, or black striped secondaries. -Erebus odora is a gigantic
species, dark as night and faintly banded. Homoptera lunata and
allies are similar but much smaller broad winged Noctuae.
Noctuae can be taken at dusk flying about flowers, and they enter
open windows in the evening and night in large numbers, attracted
by the light within. When lighted on the table under the lamp a
slight tap with a ruler will kill them without injuring the specimens. In warm, foggy evenings they come in in great numbers.
July and August are the best months for this family, but many
species occur only in autumn, while others hybernate and are taken
early in the spring. "Moths are extremely susceptible of any
keenness in the air; a north or east wind is very likely to keep
them from venturing abroad. Different species have different hours
of flight. Thus, on a mild and dark November evening Pcecilocampa populi will occupy from seven to ten o'clock, after which it
will make way for Petasia cassinea, which will fly till one or two
o'clock in the morning. I have, for experiment's sake, sat up in the
summer till three o'clock, when the whole heavens were bright with
the rising sun, and moths of various kinds have never ceased arriving in succession till that time. Some of these must come from a
considerable distance: Scotophila porphyrea, being a heath-moth,
must come nearly a mile." Bird.
"In April the willows come into bloom. In the day time they




172                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
are very attractive to bees, Bombi, Andraence, &c., and a few
beetles also. At and after dusk the flowers are the resort of several species of moths, (Noctuina,) some of which have hybernated,
and others have just left their pupa state. It is now some fifteen
years since the collectors first took moths in this way, that were
likely long to have remained deficient in the collections but for the
discovery, by Mr. H. Doubleday, of the attractive powers of the
sallow blossoms. I believe it was the same gentleman who found
out about the same time that a mixture of sugar and beer, [or rum
and sugar or molasses, &c.,] mixed to a consistence somewhat
thinner than treacle, is a most attractive bait to all the Noctuina.
The revolution wrought in our collections, and our knowledge of
species since its use, is wonderful."
"The mixture is taken to the woods, put upon the trunks of
trees in patches or stripes, just at dusk. Before it is dark some
moths arrive, and a succession of comers continues all night through,
until the first dawn of day warns the revellers to depart. The
collector goes, soon after dark, with a bull's-eye lantern, a ring
net, and a lot of large pill-boxes. He turns his light full on the
wetted place, at the same time placing his net underneath it, in
order to catch any moth that may fall.
" The sugar bait may be used from March to October with success, not only in woods, but in lanes, gardens, and whenever a
tree or post can be found to put it upon. The best nights will be
those that are warm, dark and wet; cold, moonlight, or bright, clear
and dry nights are always found to be unproductive. It is also of
no avail to use sugar in the vicinity of attractive flowers, such as
those of willow, lime or ivy. Sometimes one of the Geometrina or
Tineina comes, and occasionally a good beetle." The Virgins'
Bower, when in blossom, is a favorite resort of Noctuae. Many
can be taken by carrying a kerosene lamp into the woods and
watching for whatever is attracted by its light.
Geortetridce. (Geometers, Measuring-worms, Span-worms.)This is a large group of slender-bodied, broad winged moths, with
feathered antennae, which at rest have the wings nearly expanding, hardly overlapping each other. The larvae have but ten legs,
walking with a looping gait. At rest they often hold themselves
out straight and stiff by the muscles of the anal prolegs. Ennomos
and allies have stout, rather wooly bodies, and angulated wings.
They are generally yellow, dusted with ochreons, and the larvae




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   173
are large, tuberculated, and spin rather thick cocoons among leaves.
Boarmia has wings crossed by numerous bands of dark irregular
dots. The Macarice have falcated primaries, and are of smaller
size than the foregoing groups.. The allies of Abraxas have wings
rounded at the apex. A species that is pale buff with smoky spots,
inhabits the currant, whose larva is golden yellow with white and
dark spots.  Some genera have wingless females; such as llybernia
which appears in October, and whose wingless female is ornamented
with a double row  of square   FiG. 15.           FIG. 16.
black spots along the back;
and the canker-worm (Anisopteryx vernata Fig. 15, larva, Fig.   a                 /: 2
16, moth,)which is rarely found  ~
now in Maine, but will probably            i;
be abundant before many years.
Acidalia is a very delicate slender bodied genus, of large extent,
whose wings are banded much as in the Boarmie.  The genus
Geometra. which is large and green, we do not have here; but some
smaller species belonging to the genus bacheospila, whose abdomens are scarlet spotted above are frequent. The smallest speeies
are found in the Eupithicice, which have long triangular wings.
Nearly all the species can be taken in June and in July, in damp
shady woods, or in open fields. Larentia and Cidaria come at
light with Noctuids in July and August.
Pyralidce. (Delta moths.) The species have the habit of placing
the wings in the form of a triangle, when at rest, since they do not
overlap each other. Their bodies are slender, the antenna nearly
always simple, while the palpi are greatly enlarged, so as sometimes to be thrown back over the head. Hypena and its allies are
of large size; the fore legs are frequently curiously tufted. They
are found in company with Geometrids.  Hydrocampa, as a larva
feeds on aquatic plants, constructing a case like the Phryganeids,
whieh it carries about with it. Pyrausta is generally red, striped
with dark. Botys (Fig'. 17,) is of a pale straw    FIG. 17.
color with transparent spots, and long slender
body and legs.
Aglossa is found about houses, and feeds on  0
fatty substances.  Some of the larvae are halfloopers, while those of the smaller species are
naked, or with a few scattered hairs, slender and cylindrical. The
smaller species are nearly all taken in damp places, in meadows,




174             ~ BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
grass lanes, or by rivers and pools in summer. Some of the species are day fliers.
Tortricidue. (Leaf-rollers.) These are small, broad-winged moths,
which at rest fold their wings, roof-like, over their bodies, FIG. 18.
in the form of a triangle, (as in Fig. 18.) They are abundant in June and July, in low bushes, herbage, or on leaves
of trees, where they can be swept by the net. The larvae
are rather thick greenish caterpillars, which roll up leaves;
their work can thus be easily detected. When disturbed they wriggle out of the other end of their domicile, and let themselves down
by a silken thread. Others feed on buds and flowers, such as Loxotcenia; while another tortrix Carpocapsa pomonella, the " Codling
moth," lays its eggs in the plumage of the young apple, and in
the fall is found as a white fleshy grub in the core.
lineidc. These are the smallest of moths, and are known not
only by their minute size, but by their narrow wings, often falcate,
or pointed acutely in both pairs, and edged with a long fringe of
exceeding delicacy. The maxillary palpi are greatly developed,
while the labial palpi are of their usual size, and are sometimes
recurved as in the Pyralidae.
Crambus and its allies have long palpi and oblong wings, generally white and buff yellow, sometimes ornamented with golden
spots. They fly in grass in great abundance, resting on the spears
with their heads down. To this group belongs the Bee moth, ( Galleria cereana) which as a larva eats wax. There are two broods in
a season.
Hyponomeuta has long maxillary -palpi, and very long antennae,
closely resembling some of the smaller Phryganids. The Tineids,
generally, are moths of rare beauty. The family is one of great
extent, and the species are very destructive to vegetation, and
have innumerable modes of attack. Thus, Tinea vestianella, the
clothes-moth, and allied species, construct a case of the fibers they
eat, and bear it about for their protection. In June the moth
appears and lays its eggs. Tinea granella make a silken web of
the grains they devour. Another species,        FIG. 19.
still more destructive in granaries is the'Angoumois moth, (Anacampsis cerealella,
Fig. 19,) which secretes itself within the
grain, devouring the mealy substance.
Aluctae.'This is a family comprising a
few species whose wings are divided into numerous delicately




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  175
fringed branches. They are found in July and August, in herbage.
Pterophorus marginidactylus is a common species, and flies in at
light in July and August.
For collecting and preserving these minute and delicate moths,
which are called by collectors, micro-lepidoptera, especial instructions are necessary. When the moth is taken in the net, it can be
blown by the breath into the bottom. " Then by elevating the hand
through the ring, or on a level with it, a common cupping glass of
about two inches in diameter, or a wine glass carried in the pocket,
is placed on the top of the left hand over the constricted portion,
the grasp relaxed, and the insect permitted to escape through the
opening into its interior. The glass is then closed below by the
left hand on theoutside of the net, and may be transferred to the
top of the collecting box, when it can be quieted by chloroform."
Clemens.  Or the moth may be collected in pill boxes, and then
carried home and opened into a larger box filled with the fumes of
ether or benzine. In pinching any moths on the thorax, the form
of that region is invariably distorted, and many of the scales
removed.  In searching for " Micros" we must look carefully on
the lee side of trees, fences, hedges, and undulations in the ground,
for they avoid the wind.
In seeking for the larvae we must remember that most of them
are leaf miners, and their burrows are detected by the waved brown
withered lines on the surface of leaves and their "frass"' or excrement thrown out at one end. Some are found between united leaves,
of which the upper is curved. Others construct portable cases
which they draw about the trunks of trees, fences, &c. Others burrow in the stems of grass, or in fungi, toadstools, in the pith of
currant or raspberry bushes. Most are solitary, a few gregarious.
A bush stripped of leaves and covered with webs, if not done by
Clisiocampa, (the American Tent Caterpillar,) will witness the work
of a Tineid. Buds of unfolded herbs suffer from their attacks, such
as the heads of composite flowers which are drawn together and
consumed by their larem.
After some practice in rearing larva- it will be found easier and
more profitable to search for the leaf miners, and rear the perfect
fresh and uninjured moths from them. -In this way many species
never found in the perfect state can be secured.
In raising micro larvae it is essential that the leaf in which they
they mine be preserved fresh for a long time. Thus a glass jar,




176                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
tumbler or jam-pot, the top of which has been ground to receive
an air-tight glass cover, the bottom of which has been covered with
moist white sand, will keep a leaf fresh for a week, and thus a larva
in the summer will have to be fed but two or three times before it
changes; and the moth can be seen through the glass without
taking off the cover. Or a glass cylinder can be placed over a
plant placed'in wet sand, having the top covered with gauze. The
pupae easily dry up; they should be kept moist, in tubes of glass
closed at either end, through which the moth can be seen when
disclosed. Instead of benzine, powdered and crushed laurel or
kalmia leaves, which contain prussic acid, is often used instead of
ether, chloroform or benzine.
How to set micro-lepidoptera: " If the insect is very small I hold
it by its legs between the thumb and finger of the left hand, whilst
I pierce it with the pin held between the thumb and finger of the
right hand; if the insect is not very small I use a rough surface,
as a piece of blotting-paper, or piece of cloth, for it to lie upon
and prevent its slipping about, and then cautiously insert the point
of the pin in the middle of the thorax, as nearly as possible in a
vertical direction. As soon as the pin is fairly through the insect,
remove it to a piece of soft cork, and by pressing it in, push the
insect as far up the pin as is required.
"For setting the insects I find nothing answers as well as a
piece of soft cork, papered with smooth paper, and with grooves
cut to admit the bodies. The wings are placed in the required
position by the setting needle, and are then retained in their places
by a wedge-shaped thin paper brace, placed over them till a square
brace of smooth card-board is placed over the ends of the wings."
Stainton. Pieces of plate glass are often used instead of cardbraces. Small slender insects pins No. 19 and 20, are made by
Edleston & Williams, Crown Court, Cheapside, London.
DIPTERA.
North American flies have been but little studied, though so
interesting and numerous. The different parts of the body vary
greatly, and often give easy characters for discrimination. Thus
the parts of the head, the form and disposition of the nervures
and the intespaces of the wings, give good generie and specific
differences. Their habits are very variable. Fresh water aquaria,
consisting of glass jars with a few vegetables to oxygenate the




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 177
water, are necessary for the maintenance of aquatic larvae. If
quantities of swamp mud and moss with decaying matter is kept
in boxes and jars, multitudes of small flies will be hatched out.
Leaf mining species can be treated as micro-lepidoptera, and earth
inhabiting larvae, like ordinary caterpillars. Dung, mould in hollow trees, stems of plants and toad stools contain numerous larvae
or maggots, as the young of flies are called, which must be kept in
damp boxes.
Flies can be pinned alive, without killing them by pressure,
which destroys their form; and numbers may be killed at once by
moistening the bottom of the collecting box with creosote, benzine
or ether. Minute species can be pinned with minute No. 19 or 20
pins, or pieces of fine silver wire, and stuck into pieces of pith,
which can be placed high up on a large pin. In this way the
specimen can be handled without danger of breaking. Small
moths can be treated in this way. In pinning long legged, slender
species, run a piece of card or paper up under their bodies upon
which their legs may expand, and thus prevent their loss by
breakage.
Of these insects, as with all others, duplicates in all the stages
of growth, should be preserved in alcohol, as the minute species
often dry up unless put in homeopathic vials.
Culicidce. Jlosquitoes, Gnats, have the mouth parts produced
into a proboscis half as long as the insects themselves, which they
can push into the skin. The females lay their eggs in a boatshaped mass, which floats on the surface of the water, and in the
spring the larvae are seen in pools by thousands, jerking themselves up and down in the water, after protruding a star-like respiratory organ above the surface to obtain a supply of fresh air.
The pupae are club-shaped, with very large heads, to which two
respiratory feeler-like organs are -attached. There are several
generations in a season. AX large four-spotted species, (Anopheles
quadrimaculatus) is abundant very early in spring and late in the
fall. There are several genera and species of this family.
Tipulidoe. (Daddy-long-legs. Crane-flies.) The long palpi and
antennae, slender body and very long legs of the members of this
family, make them well known. The smaller species belong to
the genus Chironomus, which is musquito-like, with feathered
antennae, and abounds in swarms in early spring. Their larvae are
worm-like, of a blood-red color, and are found in the bottom of
ponds.
23




178                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE. 
Ceratopogon, like the musquito, is a blood-sucker, has the male
antennae partially feathered, and the larvae live in mushrooms,
or under the bark of decaying trees.
Cecidomyia. Gall flies have slender bodies and verticillate antennme, their wings have few nervures, and are placed roof-like
over the body. The female lays her eggs in the stalks of cereals,
and of stems and leaves, which produce galls inhabited by maggots.
The IHessian fly does not, however, produce an enlargement of the
stalk, as is usual. Those species injurious to wheat, &c., can be
collected by sweeping the fields in the spring, at evening, when
they are laying their eggs.
Psychoda is a minute genus, with white, broad, oval wings, which
is found flying about and into, little pools, and in great numbers on
windows. The larvae live in dung.
The lMycetophilidce are of small size, and very active, leaping little
flies, which are found in damp places. The larva are long, nearly
round, white or yellowish; they are gregarious, living in decaying
vegetable matter, fungi, or in dung, one specieA forming a gall.
Rhyphus is common on windows; it has rather broad, spotted
wings, and the larva lives in cow dung. The large Tipulce, which
fly all'the summer and form a numerous group, live as larvae in the
mould of gardens,'at the roots of willows, and in rotten wood. The
pupa have the margins of the rings spiny, to be able to push themselves along, as do many other Diptera. Other species are aquatic,
and should be raised in aquaria. Chionea, the snow-gnat, looks
like a spider, being wingless, and is found in March on the snow.
The Bibionidce comprise species very injurious from their feeding
on the roots of grass; the thorax is stout, and the legs are short.
B. albipennis flies in swarms in June and October, alighting slowly
on the passer-by. Simulium, the black fly, has a stout body and
short legs, often silvery in color. It is aquatic, its larva living on
the stems of plants.
Stratiomyidce. The insects of the following families have broad
bodies, and short, bristle-like antennae, the basal joints being enlarged. Those of this family are found among herbage in damp
places. The larvae live in the water, in decaying subtances or
dung.
Tabanidce, Horse-flies. The parts of the mouth are here again
converted into a proboscis. The horse-flies are of large size, and
troublesome from their formidable bite. Their eyes are very large,




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 179
and the thorax large and oblong-square. They abound in pastures
and woods. Their larvae live in the earth. The species of Chrysops,
the golden-eyed breeze fly, are very troublesome, as they fly about
one's head unceasingly, striving to alight and draw the blood. The
following genera represent families of small extent. Anthrax is
rather broad and flat bodied, with a round head, gaily colored with
yellow and black, the wings often partially black; it frequents
sunny paths, flying with great swiftness. Bombylius has the body
covered with long hairs, which gives the genus an oval outline,
with slender legs. They are exceedingly swift on the wing, and
are found in sunny paths and glades early in the spring, and can
only be taken when lighted on the ground.
Leptis has large palpi, a fleshy proboscis and elongated form.
Their bodies are often spotted, and the wings also spotted or banded.
They are found resting on flowers and shaded sides of trees. The
larvae are footless grubs, which widen gradually towards the terminal segment, which has two short appendages. The larva of an
European species entraps other insects in holes in the sand, like
the ant-lion, and is three years in coming to the perfect state.
Midas is a genus of large size, M. clavatus being banded with
orange, and expanding over two inches. It flies in July and August.
The larva, according to Harris, is white, cylindrical, tapering before
and almost rounded behind. Two breathing pores are situated in
the last ring but one. The pupa is brown, nearly cylindrical, and
provided with a forked tail. It lives in decayed logs and stumps.
Asilus comprises several species, which have long, slender bodies-,
a rather stout thorax, and are covered with short, stiff hairs, variously colored. They are rapacious, seizing other insects and flying
off with them like the sand-wasps. Proctacanthus philadelphicus is
a very large, dark species, which frequents sunny places. The
larva of A. sericeus lives on the roots of the rhubard plant. It is
three-quarters of an inch long, cylindrical nearly, and tapering at
either end. Their pupa cases, with forked tails, are found sticking
out of the ground and the roots.
Laphria is one of the same family, though the body is much
stouter and more densely covered with yellow and black hairs.
Indeed, in their loud buzz, swift flight and appearance they closely
resemble bumble bees. They are found in sunny places, preying
upon other insects.
Syrphidce. These gaily colored flies, so useful to agriculture




180                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
from their habit of feeding upon plant lice, are very like the hymenoptera in form and coloration, having hemispherical heads, rather
flattened bodies, ornamented with yellow bands and spots; they
hover in the hot'sun over and about flowers, resting upon'them to
feed upon their sweets. The eggs are laid among a group of plant lice,
which hatch out footless, eyeless,'flattened -grubs, having extensile
bodies to reach up and grasp the Aphis by       FIG. 20.
their jaws, which are peculiarly modified for
seizing their prey. They do great damage
among these enemies of vegetation. The
species of Eristalis which flies abundantly
in May about the blossoms of gooseberries
and currants, live in the'water during their larval state, and are
called rat-tailed maggots. The abdomen of Conops' is:pedunculated, whilethe thorax is globular like Eumenes, a genus of wasps.
Empis represents a small group of-species that are allied in form
to the Asilidae. They are active flies, and very rapacious, seizing
upon other insects and'sucking out their juices. They often assemble in swarms.
Dolichopus and allies have long legs, and are generally green
colored, and occur solitary in leaves or in damp situations, or in
numbers flying and running on the surface of pools and running
brooks, appearing very early in spring.
(Estridae, (Bot-flies.)  In these flies, which are of large size, the
mouth parts are nearly obsolete, the flies themselves having thick
bodies, covered thickly with hairs. The fly lays her eggs upon
that part of the animal from which the larvae as they hatch out
may find their way by some means to burrow in the back or
stomach of the animal which they infest. From thence, when full
grown, they escape and pass through their' remaining changes in
the earth. These grubs are very thick and soft, being broad oval,
with rows of minute spines along the wings of the body to aid in
locomotion. The Horse bot-fly larva is provided with hooks which
are modified maxillae, to enable it to maintain its position in the
stomach of that animal. The Sheep bot-fly larva lives in the frontal
sinus; and that of (Estrus bovis in the back of cattle, forming large
open tumors.
Muscidae. The common house fly, the blue bottle fly, and the
flesh fly, at once recall the appearace of this family, one of great
extent, and much subdivided by entomologists. "The larvae are




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   181
in general footless, soft vermiform, ringed grubs, of a cylindricalconic form, attenuated in front, and thickened and obtuse behind,
with a head of variable form, furnished with two retractile hooks;
the terminal segment of the body in many, and also that immediately succeeding the head, furnished with two spiracles, in some
species inserted upon horn-like appendages. The pupa, which is
very unmature in its form, with a swollen head, is enclosed within
the contracted and indurated skin of the larva, which sometimes
assumes the form of an oval, horny exasticulate mass, but in other
species retains more of its former appearance." Westwood.
Tachina is parasitic upon caterpillars, and destroys great numbers in the same way as Ichneumons. Some of them are parasitic
in the nests of bees. Sarcophaga, the flesh fly, is viviparous, the
larvae being placed upon the meat by the parent fly.
Musca Caesar, the blue bottle, and vomitoria, the flesh fly, lay
their eggs also upon meat and decaying animal matter, the larvae
developing with great rapidity. The larvae of the House fly live
in dung. Anthomyia raphani is the grub that attacks the radish
roots. Other species live in onions, turnips, and the pulpy parts
of leaves, and in rotten substances and dung. The species are very
numerous; they are rather small and fly feebly.
Ortalis and allies produce galls in plants, or lay their eggs in
fruit, such as raspberries, &c. They are found in shady places;
their wings are generally spotted. Tephritis asteris causes the
large swellings in the stems of tall asters. Oscinis, in Europe,
does great damage to cereals by laying its eggs in the flowers of
grain, the larva afterwards consuming the grain itself. Thus by
collecting heads of wheat and composite flowers and keeping them
in boxes, &c., these flies may be reared, and much light thrown
upon their history and modes of attack. Many of these small flies,
like the micro-lepidoptera, are leaf-miners, and can scarcely be distinguished from them when in the larva state.
Hippoboscidae, (Spider-flies.) These are small, flat-bodied flies,
of disgusting appearance and habits, which by their large clawed
legs run over the surface of quadrupeds and birds with great
agility, burying themselves in the fur or feathers.
Nycteribia, or Bat-tick, is a wingless genus, with long legs and
a spider-like body, and has similar habits to the Hippoboscidae.
Mellophagus ovis is the Sheep-tick.  "These singular creatures are
not produced from eggs, in the usual way among insects, but are




182                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
brought forth in the pupa state, enclosed in the egg-shaped skin
of the larva, which is nearly as large as the body of the parent insect. This egg-like body is soft and white at first, but soon becomes hard and brown. It is notched at one end, and out of this
notched part the enclosed insect makes its way, when it arrives at
maturity." This species is probably viviparous, and the larvae
are hatched within the body of the parent.
Pulicidae. Fleas are but wingless flies, with hard, compressed
bodies, a long, sucker-like arrangement of their mouth-parts, and
large hind legs, formed for leaping. Their metamorphosis is complete, the larvae hatched from eggs laid upon hairs, being wormlike, as in flies. They come to maturity in a few days; spin a sort
of cocoon, and change to pupae, when the perfect insects appear
in about ten days. Thus a generation may be produced in a
month. Different species inhabit man, cats, dogs, &c. Those infesting the lower animals do not pass from one species to another.
COLEOPTERA.
Beetles have been studied much more than other insects; in this
country there have been described some 8,000 species, but from
the difficulty of finding thieir larvae and carrying them through
their successive stages of growth, the immature forms of but few
native species are known. The family forms are easy to distinguish and characterize, the genera are based upon marked changes
in the different parts of the body, which vary greatly, and some
of the best characters lie in the relative size of the head pieces and
those pieces that make up the flanks of the three thoracic rings,
and the basal joints of the legs. The relative size and the sculpture
of the body and of the elytra; and lastly, the coloration, which
varies much among the individuals, afford good specific characters.
The most productive places for the occurrence of beetles are
alluvial loams, covered with woods, or with rank vegetation, where
at the roots of plants or upon their flowers, under leaves, logs and
stones, under the bark of decaying trees, and in ditches and by the
banks of streams, the species occur in greatest numbers. Grass
lands, mosses and fungi, the surfaces of trees and dead animals,
bones, chips,pieces of board and excrement, should be searched
diligently. Many are thrown ashore in sea-wrack, or occur under
the debris of freshets on river banks. Many Carabidae run on
sandy shore. Very early in spring, stones can be upturned, ants




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 183
nests searched, and the waters b.e sifted for species not met with
at other times of the year.
For beating bushes, a large strong ring-net should be made, with
a stout bag of cotton cloth fifteen inches deep. This is a very serviceable net for many purposes. Vials of alcohol, a few quills
stopped with cork, and close tin boxes for larvae and the fungi,
&c., in which they live, should be provided; indeed, the collector should never be without a vial and box. Beetles should be
collected largely in alcohol, and the colors do not change if pinned
soon after being taken. Coleoptera should be placed  FIG. 21.
high up on the pin, (Fig. 21, Curculio,) as indeed
all insects should. The pin should be stuck through
the right elytron so that it shall come out beneath or
between the middle and hind pair of legs. Small species
should be pinned with No. 19 and 20 pins, which can
be afterward mounted on high pins as described for /
flies. Many coleopterists gum small species, under a tenth of an
inch long, upon a small triangular bit of card, placing them crosswise with a cement of inspissated ox-gall, gum arabic and water,
or gum mixed with a little sugar. The first mentioned cement is
very convenient for mending broken specimens. Specimens thus,
gummed have some of the best generic characters often concealed,
and hence fine pins seem best to mount them upon.
The specimens should be neatly set, in their natural postures.
Some individuals should have their wings expanded to show the
neuration. Beetles are best arrayed in boxes lined with cork well
smoothed and neatly papered, 12 by 9 inches square, and an inch
and a half deep. These boxes can be put under cover.
Cicindelidce. The Tiger-beetle, has a large head, much broader
than the prothorax, very long jaws, like curved scissors, and long
slender legs. Their colors are green or darker, with purplish or
metallic reflection, marked with light dots and stripes. They abound
in sunny paths, and sandy shores of rivers, ponds, and of the ocean,
flying and running swiftly. Capture them by throwing the bag
net quickly over them after they are settled; when abundant remain still in one place, waiting for them to settle near you, thus
saving time and trouble. If without a net, throw a handful of
sand at one, and thus confuse and catch it in its endeavors to
escape. The larvae are hideous in aspect: the head is large, with
long jaws, the thoracic rings large and broad, and the 9th ring has a




184                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
tubercle and hook, by which the grub can climb up its hole, at the
entrance of which it lies in wait for weaker insects. These holes
are found in sandy banks frequented by the beetles. Either dig the
larvae out, or thrust in a straw; which they will seize and often
suffer themselves to be drawn out.
This and the four following families are carnivorous, benefiting
agriculture from the immense: numbers of insects they destroy.
Carabidce. In this group the head is narrower than the thorax,
which is throughout as broad as the abdomen. The powerful jaws
are shorter, and not curved as in the Cicindelidae. The body is
also flatter and more oblong. They are runners, the under wings
being often absent. Their color generally dull. They run in grass,
or lurk under stones and sticks, are under bark of trees, and under
the debris of freshets, in the greatest numbers in spring. Lebia
is found in Autumn on trees and tops of composite plants. Amara
feeds on pith and stems of grasses. Others feed on wheat. They
are often attracted by light. Elaphus, which is flat, and covered
with coarse metallic punctures, runs on the mud flats of rivers, &c.
The larvae are found in much the same situations as the beetle
and are oblong, broad, with the terminal ring armed with two horney appendages, and beneath a single tube-like false leg. They
are black in color. The larva of Calosoma ascends trees to feed
on caterpillars.
C. scrutator, (Fig. 22,) is our most     FIG. 22.
splendid New England beetle of this
family. It has not yet been found
in Maine. C. calidum, our common
golden spotted purple species, digs
holes in fields where it lies in wait
for its prey.
Dysticidce, or Diving beetles, are,
by their carnivorous habits closely
allied to the Carabidae. They are
aquatic, flattened elliptical beetles,
with their hind legs ciliated, forming
a broad surface for swimming. In
night time they leave the water and fly about. Their larvae are
ferocious looking objects, and from their long curved jaws, and
agile and stealthy habits, called Water Tigers. They prey on tadpoles and large insects. The beetles are most commonly found in




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 185
spring and fall. They can be raised, and their habits observed in
Aquaria.
Gyrinidce, Whirl-gigs, are easily distinguished by their form and
habits, being always seen in groups, gyrating and circling about
on the surface of pools, and when caught giving out a disagreeable
milky fluid. Their short antennae, short mandibles and two pair
of ocelli, and bluish black colors, distinguish them from other
aquatic beetles. Like the previous family, upon being disturbed,
they suddenly dive to the bottom, holding on by their claws to
submerged objects. They carry a bubble of air on the tip of their
abdomen, and when the supply is exhausted, they rise for more.
The larvae resemble a small centipede, with lateral ciliated filaments, serving as organs of respiration.
]Lydrophilce. Carnivorous as larvae, but when beetles, vegetable
eaters, and living on refuse and decaying matter; this family unite
the habits of the previous mentioned families, with those of the
scavenger silphidae, &c. They are aquatic, small, convex oval,
or hemispherical beetles. Their antennae are short, and their palpi
are long and slender. The allies of the genus Sphceriunm, live in
excrements of herbivorous animals.
Silphidce, Carrion or Sexton beetles, are useful in burying
decaying bodies in which they lay their eggs. Smaller species
live in fungi, &c.; other genera live only in caves; Catops inhabits ants' nests. Another genus Brathinus, has been found from
Lake Superior to Nova Scotia, about grass roots in wet places, and
are small shiny insects of graceful form, according to Le Conte.
The group is distinguished by the knobbed antennae. Their
larvae are crustaceous, flattened, the sides of the body often serrated,
black and of a foetid smell; or those immersed in the midst of their
food have weak limbs and soft bodies. The beetles can be caught
on the wing in warm spring days, or taken at light in summer.
By placing dead birds and small mammals, &c. in favorable places,
they are allured in considerable numbers.
By the Scydmaenidae which are minute oval shiny brown insects
found under stones near water, in ants nests and under bark, we
pass to the Pselaphidae, with short elytra, much broader than the
prothorax and head, with clavate antennae, and palpi nearly as
long, which are found in spring in moss, or swept from herbage or
taken while on the wing, we come to the Staphylinidee or Rove
beetles, which are long, linear, black, with remarkably short elytra,
24




186                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
the abdomen beyond having 7 to 8 visible rings. Though sometimes an inch in length, they are more commonly minute, inhabiting
wet places under stones, manure heaps, fungi, moss, under the
surface of bark, or leaves of trees. Some burrow in sand, others
form galleries under bark; Stenus is found running on mud, near
water; Micrailymna is found at low water mark in sea weeds in the
larva state. Many species inhabit ants' nests, and should be carefully sought for on dewy mornings, under stones and pieces of
wood, which should be taken up and shaken over a white cloth or
paper; or the whole nest should be sifted through a rather coarse
sieve, when the small beetles will fall through the meshes.
The larvae resemble the beetles, and are difficult to rear.
Histeridce. These beetles are square or oblong, hard, solid, shiny
insects, black, with the prothorax hollowed out to receive the
head, which has long prominent jaws. The elytra are usually
striated. The antennae are elbowed, club shaped, and the legs are
broad and thin. Others are oval and spotted. They are found in
excrement and under bark of trees.
Nitidulidce. Broad oval or elliptical, depressed, the head also
received into the excavated prothorax. The three last joints of the
antennae are gathered into a broad club. Insects of small size,
and found about rubbish, bones, &c. Ips has bright colors, often
red, is one of the larger genera, and is found under bark and on the
sour sap of stumps and trees in the spring. Others are found in
fungi and in flowers. The larvae inhabit similar places. They
are flattened oblong whitish grubs, the end of the abdomen has four
horny conical upturned appendages. The pupae are found loose
in rubbish and decaying wood, saw dust, &c.
Of similar form and habits is Mycetophagus, and other genera,
representing families of small extent.
Dermestidoe. Every entomologist dreads the ravages of Dermestes and Anthrenus in his cabinet. The ugly bristly insidious
larvae which so skilfully hide in the body whose interior it consumes, leaving only the shell ready to fall to pieces at any jar,
can be kept out only with great precautions. Dermestes lardarius is oblong oval, legs short, black, with the base of the elytra
gray buff, covered by two broad lines. It is timid and slow in its
movements, when disturbed seeking a shelter, or mimicking death.
Anthrenus musaearum is round oval, with transverse waved lines.
Its larva is thick, with long bristles, which are largest on the end




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  187
of the body. They eat also the integuments of stuffed specimens,
doing great injury. Boxes and drawers should be tight enough to
keep them out, or it may be done with camphor or benzine in a
sponge or in cotton. Collections which are much infected should
be baked.
Byrrhus, which is short, thick convex, is found under stems and
on leaves. When disturbed it counterfeits death. Larva long,
narrow, oblong. By the small group of Byrrhidae we pass to one
of immense extent, and of great importance to agriculturists from
the great injury they do as leaf-eaters.
Scarabeide, or Lamellicornes, are distinguished by their lamellated antennae, short broad, thick convex form; their legs are
flattened, and toothed for the purpose of digging. The tip of the
abdomen is generally exposed. The males are often armed with
horns on the clypeus. Colors black, dull or shiny, coppery or gaily
ornamented. Among them occur tropical insects, such as the Goliath beetles, which are the largest of insects. Lucanus has immense
jaws; in the males they are like deer's horns. The larva forms a
cocoon of the chips it has made in boring into decaying trees. The
larvae are thick, cylindrical, soft fleshy grubs, the abdomen incurved, so that the grub lays on its side, the legs being short and
weak. They live several years.
Aphodius is a small semicylindrical genus, flying about ordure in
spring; of similar habits is Geotrupes, a large green or purplish
colored genus.  Copris, called Tumble Dungs, enclose their eggs
in pellets of excrement.
Melolontha and allies are leaf eaters, which have long-clawed
legs to cling on to leaves, where they are found early in summer.
Their larvae eat the roots of grass, and before transforming, form
oval earthern cocoons. Macrodactylus, the Rose beetle, is found
on roses and rhubarb blossoms in-gardens.
Lachnosterna, the June bug, does much injury to apple and
cherry trees. The males fly in evening in search of the other sex.
The large grubs are turned up abundantly in spring, in gardens.
Skunks feed upon them, and smaller species are eaten by toads,
indeed many rare species of beetles have been found in the stomach of toads and insectivorous birds.
Buprestidce. Beetles, with elongate, flattened, very solid bodies,
often angulated, the antennae slender and serrated, legs short.
The head is received into the excavated prothorax. Colors bril



188                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
liant, often metallic. On being disturbed, the insects draw up their
legs and feign death, They creep slowly, flying in the hot sun,
and feed on wood, flowers and sap; being found especially on fir
trees. They should be sought for while sunning thcmselves on
trunks of trees, where they lay their eggs.
The larvae are also elongated, the thorax is broad, while the
abdomen may be equally broad, or narrow and cylindrical. They
are wood borers, and live in this state several years.
Chalcophora virginica is common in May and June. Dicerca
has the tip of abdomen divided. Chrysobothris lives in the apple
tree.
Elateridae, or Snapping beetles, are known to many by their
power of righting themselves when turned on their backs, by
jerking themselves up into the air, since their legs are too short
to catch hold of the surface they are upon. They are of a very
uniform elongate ellipsoid form, somewhat flattened, the head and
prothorax rendered very distinct by a depression of the base of the
elytra. Colors are obscure brown, sometimes green with metallic
reflections.
They frequent- the flowers of Viburnum, of rhubarb in gardens,
and are found under bark. The Eucnemidce are rare, being found
under bark or on leaves. Alaus oculatus, is the larger ocellated
species. The larvae are called wire-worms from their long cylindrical form. They feed on the roots of grass, grain, &c., often
devour turnips, salad, cabbages and pinks, living in the interior
of these stems. Moles devour great quantities of them. Other
species inhabit rotten stumps. They live several years in this
state.
We pass over several smaller groups to the
Lampyridce, or Glow worm. They resemble the Elaters, but are
shorter and broader, and of softer consistence.
The species of Ellychnia are found early in spring and fall, on
trunks of trees, and they winter under the bark.
The female glow worm is apterous, and resembles the larvae; the
end of the abdomen is light colored, and at night this portion
sheds a brilliant light at its will. Winged females of other genera
emitting a bright light, appear on low grounds in the evenings, at
the middle of June. Drilus is distinguished by the plumose antennae. The larvae are flatted, the margin of their bodies is serrated, and they are soft and black in color. They are carnivorous




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  189
and feed on snails, and are found in places frequented by these
mollusks, as at the roots of alders and willows, under the bog
moss.
Eurypalpus Le Contei is an anomaly, since it lives under stones in
rivers and brooks, being oval hemispherical as a larva, the sides of
the body greatly extended, resembling some species of crustacea.
The beetles are narrow and rather short. The species of Telephorus
live on leaves of plants, especially the birch. They are carnivorous, often feeding upon:each other.
We pass by the Malachidce to the
Cleridce, which are beetles whose larvae are carnivorous. They
are cylindrical, the prothorax narrower than the head. They are
fast runners, and run like ants, which they much resemble, over
flowers and trees, to feed on the sweets and sap. Trichodes nuttallii is blue and red, and found on the flowers of'Golden rods and
Spiraea. The narrow long pink-colored larvae of Thanasimus can
be found under the bark of dead pine trees, where it devours the
larvae of Hylurgus and Hylobius; Clerus and allies are found in
bumble bees' nests. In Europe they have been found infesting the
nests of mason bees ( Osmia and Megachile.)
Ptinidce. They also infest herbariums and museums. They are
small beetles, of an obscure brown color, somewhat oval, behind
truncated, the prothorax slender and receiving the head. The antennae are long and filiform, and in constant motion when the
insect walks. Upon being disturbed it feigns death. They are
found about out-houses. Ptinus fur has done great mischief in
eating wheat. -Anobius is the Death-tick; the females strike their
jaws on the surface of walls, to attract the other sex in the pairing
season. The larva are also supposed to make the same noise.
When about to change to pupae, they construct silken cocoons.
Bostrichus, lives in fungi and under bark; Cis in toadstools; the
larvae are fleshy white grubs.
The Tenebrionidce, are apt to be confounded, by beginners, with
Carabids, but the prothorax is much narrower than the abdomen,
and the head is narrower still. Antennae clavate, feet short, of
black or brown colors. The surface is smooth, in Tenebrio, or
roughly corrugated in Upis. They are generally found under
stones, logs, and in toad-stools. T. molitor, the meal worm, inhabits granaries. Ship bread is eaten by the larvae, which are
"about an inch long, of cylindrical and lineal form, very smooth




190                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
and glossy, of a fulvous color." Blaps is found in moist places;
other genera, under bark; Phaleria, on the sea shore. Boletophagus, as the name suggests, lives in fungi.
Passing over several small groups we come to the
Mordellidae, which are wedge-shaped, small, glistening pubescent black beetles, which occur in abundance on the flowers of
golden rod and asters, and when disturbed leap like fleas. The
larvae of Miordella are found in the pith of plants in autumn, and are
long, subcylindrical, the sides of the rings furnished with fleshy
tubercles.
Meloidae. This and the following family are most interesting,
from their parasitic habits, and demand careful study and observation. Meloe augusticollis, is an, inch long, thorax very small, square;
abdomen large and swollen; the elytra are small and oval. The
antennae of the male are crooked in the middle. It is of a deep
Prussian blue. It feeds on grass in the spring, in the summer it is
found in the White Mountains, feeding on Clintonia borealis. The
larva is very different from the beetle, and as found parasitic on
wild bees, resembles larvae of some Staphylinidae, being oblong,
flattened; the three thoracic rings above, of nearly equal size,
transversely oblong, the head nearly of the same size, with short
antennae; the legs have very long claws, with an intermediate
long pad. From the tip of the abdomen proceed two pairs of
setae of unequal length. They are found living upon bees between
the joints of the head and thorax, their heads immersed in the dense
scales of the bee. In Europe this genus has been found parasitic
on Cetonia. Our Cetonia Inda, and other related beetles should be
searched for them. The eggs are laid on the ground, and the active
larvae attach themselves soon after hatching, to bees, and to the
Syrphus flies, and Muscae.
Cantharis and our Epicauta, secrete cantharidine, of use in pharmacy. E. atrata, is found in abundance on golden rod, and it is perfectly black, with long elytra. Rhipiphorus, is parasitic on the
wasp; Ripidia on Blatta americana, the cockroach.
Stylopidae. The larvae of this most anomalous family are much
like that of Melve. They are oval in form. The perfect insects
are not a quarter of an inch long. The elytra are pad-like, while
the hind wings are greatly developed, expanding broadly, folding
when the insect is at rest, along the body. They live but a short
time in the perfect state. "They are parasitic in the bodies of




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  191
species belonging to various genera of aculeate Hymenoptera ~ the
comparatively large size of these parasites, causes a distension of
the abdomen of the Hymenopteron affected, and, on close observation, the heads of the pupa cases may be seen emerging between
the segments. The head of the pupa case of the male is convex,
that of the female is flat; specimens containing male pupae can be
kept confined with proper food, until the parasite is hatched.
Stylops inhabits bees, of the genus Andraena. I have never met
with specimens. Xenon Peckii, lives in our common wasp Polistes
fuseata. I have seen stylopized individuals of Odynerus quadricornis, and of a large species of Sphex."-Le Conte. Stylops has
four joints, Xenos, six joints to the antennae. There is a species of Xenos, only found, thus far, in Nova Scotia, which must
likewise occur in Maine. They are found at different seasons of
the year, but mostly in April and May. They have been taken by
sweeping grass in August.
The three following families are of great extent, and do great
mischief to agriculturists, by the great variety in their modes of
attack upon plants.
Curculionidae-(See Fig. 21.) This group is at once recognized, by having the head lengthened into a long snout, near the
middle of which are situated the elbowed antennae. Their bodies
are hard and round, and often very minute in size. The beetles are
very timid, and quickly feign death. The larvae are white, thick,
fleshy, legless grubs, with tubercles, instead of limbs, and armed
with thick, arched, strong jaws. They feed on nuts, seeds, the pith
of plants, leaves or flowers; while some are leaf miners, and others
make galls. Before they transform they spin a silky cocoon.
Bruchus pisi is short and oblong, it lays its eggs on the pea,
when in flower, and lives in the pea till the following spring.
Anthribus is parasitic in the body of Coccus. Brenthus inhabits
the solid trunks of oaks. Apion inhabits the seeds of clover. Hylobius pales is found under the bark of the pine, where Pissodes strobi
in all its stages occurs. Rhynchaenus nenuphar infests the plum.
Calandrla granaria, the grain weevil, is an eighth of an inch long,
and consumes the interior of wheat. Balaninus forms galls on the
willow. Scolytus, Xyloteres and lomicus are cylindrical bark borers; " they form galleries in the bark, or sap wood, often causing
the disease called fire blight."
Cerambycidae. The Longicorns are insects with long bodies,




192                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
tapering behind; the elytra broader than the prothorax, the antennae and legs very long, and are large handsome beetles, often gaily
ornamented. They fly in hot days about woods and timber.
Orthosoma cylindricum  flies into houses at light in the evening.
Prtonus, and allies, are large, dull colored, flattened beetles, which
fly in the evening. The larva is broad and flattened, the head can
be drawn in the prothorax farther than usual. It.forms cocoons of
the chips it makes. Asemum flies in hot days, often in great
numbers.
Cerambyx, and allies, have the antennae very    FIG. 23.
long, and are highly colored. They are found
in trunks of trees, or flying clumsily among the
leaves.  Clytus speciosus, bores in the locust.
Saperda candida, (Fig. 23.) is the apple tree borer.
A species of Staphylinus is, in Europe, parasitic
upon one of this genus. Stenocorus putator, the
oak pruner, severs the twigs of that tree, by eat- ~ ~
ing the wood under the bark, which the wind:Y.,
breaks off.
Leptura and the neighboring genera, narrow rapidly at the hinder
portion of their bodies, the antennae are rather short, and they
occur on flowers, such as Spiraea, &c. Rhagium lineatum has a
flatted larva which can be found under the bark of pines, in large
cells formed of its chips. Desmoceres palliatus, the "Purple cloak,"
is found boring in the pith of elders.
Chrysomelidce. The insects of this family have hemispherical or
oval convex bodies, with small heads sunken in the thorax, and
live in all their stages on the leaves of plants. The larvam have
thick bodies, the rings composing it are very convex, and above
marked with tubercles and thickened deposits; they are often gaily
colored.
Donacia, which approaches the Cerambycidme in its elongated
body and long antennae, lives as a larva in the stems of aquatic
plants; the pupa is found in silken cocoons attached to the roots
of the submerged plants. Lena trilineata, which closely resembles
the squash beetle, devours the leaves of the potato.  Cassida, or the
Tortoise beetle, is round, depressed, and yellow. Its larva is broad
and flattened, with lateral ciliated filiaments, and its abdomen is
produced into a tail which it holds loaded with its excrement, over
its back for purposes of concealment and defence. Hispa is a leaf




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  193
miner, its minute larva making galleries in the leaves of the apple
tree, and wild cherry.  Galeruca vittata, the squash beetle, is yellow with black stripes. The different species of Haltica or flea
beetles, are little, black colored, most hurtful insects, which destroy
young tomatoes, turnips, &c. Several species of Calligrapha are
found on alders, they are oval and richly ornamented with dots
and curved lines:
Chlamys, which is an oblong square beetle, has its convex surface most curiously corrugated; as a larva it lives in a cylindrical
case, on the sweet fern.
Coccinellidae (Lady bugs.)  They are hemispherical, generally
red or yellow, with round or lunate black spots. Chilocorus is
black with yellow dots. The eggs are laid, often, in a group of
plant lice, or Aphides; as soon as hatched the larvae devour them.
When about to turn to pupae, they attach themselves by  FiG. 24.
their terminal rings to the leaf they are upon. The beetle
is as voracious as the larva. In Europe gardeners take
pains to collect and put them on trees infested by lice,,
which they will soon remove. Coccinella novemnzotata, (Fig. 24,)
is a common species in gardens.
ORTHOPTERA.
In studying these insects, the proportion of the head, of the prothorax, of the wings, of the hind legs, and the external genital
parts, should especially be taken into account. The ornamentation varies greatly even in the same species, and therefore large
numbers of individuals are necessary to ensure a proper knowledge of any species.
The transformation of grasshoppers need careful study.  For
this purpose their eggs should be sought for, and the development
of the embryo in the egg be noted; also the following facts should
be ascertained: the date of deposition of the eggs; the manner of
laying them; how long before the embryo is hatched; the date of
hatching; how many days the pupa lives; also so of the pupa
and of the imago, while the intervening changes should be carefully observed. Crows and blackbirds feed on their eggs and
larvae, and hens and turkeys feed greedily upon young and old.
Ichneumon parasites prey upon them, and also the lower worms,
such as Filaria, Gregarina and Gordius and red mites, attack them.
Mud wasps provision their nests with their young.
25




194               BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
Orthoptera can be easily preserved in strong alcohol, and can
afterwards be taken out and pinned and set at leisure. They can
be killed with ether or benzine, as coleoptera, without losing their
colors, as they would do, after remaining long in alcohol. They
should be pinned through a little triangular spot between the bases of
the elytra or fore wings, when the wings can be spread to advanage. They are also often pinned through the prothorax, or through
the right elytia, as in coleoptera. In pinning these insects for
transportation; care should be taken to put in additional pins on
each side of the abdomen, and in like manner to steady the hind
legs, which are very apt to fall off if too much jarred.
The different sounds produced by Orthoptera should be carefully
studied; every species can be distinguished by its peculiar note,
and as in different families the musical apparatus varies, so each
family has a characteristic chirrup, or shrilling, or harsh, grating,
rasping noise.
Forficulidae, Earwigs. Narrow, flattened insects, very unlike
other Orthoptera, with short wing covers, like the Staphylinids
among beetles; terminal ring armed with a pair of very long
incurved forceps-like horny pieces; nocturnal insects, hiding in
the daytime between leaves and in flowers, flying about at dark.
They feed on the corollas of flowers and on fruit; they will eat bread
and meat, &c., and are very troublesome in Europe. Our species
has not yet been found in Maine, though inhabiting other parts of
New England. An Alpine species lives under stones in Europe.
Blattariae, Cockroaches. Also nocturnal, hiding by day, or as
in the wild species, under stones, &c. They are fond of heat.
While troublesome from eating garments, &c., they do great service in clearing houses and vessels of bed-bugs, which they prey
upon. We have several species in New England which should be
carefully sought after. They are found.under stones, and are
smaller than the house cockroach. They are oval, the head rounded and partially concealed, with long antennae. The fore wings
are thickened, the anal stylets short. Color almost invariably a
reddish brown. The eggs are laid in large bean-shaped capsules,
which are divided into two apartments, each containing a row of
separate chambers, about thirty in number, and each enclosing an
egg. Many days are required for oviposition. An English writer
has stated that in Biatta and a species of Phasma the larva and pupa
state are undergone before leaving the eggs, so that the changes




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  195
of the hatching belong to the imago state. Future observation
must show whether this be generally the case in this suborder.
Various Ichneumons feed on the eggs.
Phasmidae, Walkling sticks. Our New  England Diaphomera
femorata is four inches long; linear, wings minute, legs very long
and linear, and is found in trees, rose bushes, &c. It is very sluggish and not easily distinguished from the twigs it may be resting
upon. The eggs of this group are bean-shaped with scattered dots.
Gryllodea. Crickets are known by their dark colors, depressed
oblong form, and long anal stylets, and by their long antennae.
The female has an ovipositor nearly as long as her body. They are
ground insects and fast runners. The male chirrups to attract the
other sex; the apparatus being a specialization of the membrane
and nervures at the base of the wings, so that the rubbing of the
wings one upon the other produces a rasping-like noise. The eggs
are laid in cases, and the insects come to maturity in the fall. Our
common black species is the Gryllus neglectus.
Gilbert White says of the English cricket:  "When the males
meet they will fight fiercely, as I found by some which I put into
the crevices of a dry stone wall, where I should have been glad to
have made them settle; for though they seemed distressed by
being taken out of their knowledge, ye't the first that got possession
of the chinks, would seize upon any that were obtruded upon them
with a vast row of serrated fangs. With their strong jaws, toothed
like the shears of a lobster's claws, they perforate and round their
curious regular cells, having no fore-claws to dig, like the molecricket. Of such herbs as grow before the mouth of their burrow
they eat indiscriminately; and on a little platform which they make
just by, they drop -their dung; and never, in the daytime, stir
more than two or three inches from home."
The mole cricket, Gryllotalpa, live in wet, swampy soil, by ponds
and streams, where they raise ridges, as they make their subterranean galleries in search of insects. Their fore legs are adapted
like those of the mole for digging, and are stout and short, much
flattened, and armed with solid, tooth-like projections. Their eggs
are in a tough sack, containing two to four hundred, it is stated.
" As mole crickets often infest gardens by the sides of canals,
they are unwelcome guests to the gardener, raising up ridges in
their subterraneous progress, and rendering the walks unsightly.
If they take to the kitchen quarters, they occasion great damage




196                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
among the plants and roots, by destroying whole beds of cabbages,
young legumes and flowers. When dug out, they seem very slow
and helpless, and make no use of their wings by day; but at night
they come abroad and make long excursions, as I have been convinced by finding stragglers, in a morning, in improbable places.
In fine weather, about the middle of April, and just at the close of
the day, they begin to solace themselves with a low, dull, jarring
note, continued for a long time without interruption, and not unlike the chattering of the fern owl or goat-sucker, but more inward.
" About the beginning of May they lay their eggs, as I was once
an eye-witness; for a gardener at a house where I was on a visit,
happening to be mowing on the sixth of that month, by the side of
a canal, his scythe struck too deep, pared off a large piece of tuft,
and laid open to view a curious scene of domestic economy. There
were many cavern and winding passages leading to a kind of
chamber, neatly smoothed and rounded, and about the size of a
moderate snuff box. Within this secret nursery were deposited
nearly an hundred eggs, of a dirty yellow color, and enveloped in
a tough skin; but too lately excluded to contain any rudiments of
young, being full of a viscid substance. The eggs lay but shallow,
and within the influence of the sun, just under a little heap of fresh
moved mould, like that which is raised by ants.
"When mole-crickets fly, they move cursu undoso, rising and
falling in curves." White.
Nothing is known about our New England species, of which we
have more than in Enrope.
(Ecanthus niveus, is very flat and broad behind, with long'legs,
and white, colored with yellow; the female is narrower.and tinged
with green. They live on grape vines, and art easily detected by
their loud shrilling. They lay their eggs in the stems of plants,
by perforating the stalks with their ovipositor, and they have been
found thus perforating the branches of peach trees; they also feed
upon the tobacco leaves. It has not yet been observed in Maine.
Locustariae, are large, generally broad-winged grasshoppers,
with long, slender legs. The Katydid belongs to this family. It
has not yet been found in Maine. But its allies which live in
bushes and on trees, such as the large Phaneroptera augustifolia,
and which make a loud, shrilling noise, are common.
Ceuthophilus maculatus, a wingless species, of a dark brown color,
is common under stones; in other parts of the country they are




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  1.97
found in caves. A different species from the maculatus inhabits
the island of Grand Manan.
Acrydii. The common grasshoppers have large heads, rather
short and thick antennae, thick, compressed bodies, and the prothorax projects backward conspicuously, and is often divided by
crosswise impressions. The hind legs are stout and thick, adapted
to the leaping habits of the insects.
Locusta corallina appears for about two weeks in May in dry
fields.  L. sulphurea and carolina, the " quakers," are fall insects;
so are the different species of Chloegiltis, which survive the frosts
till late into November. They produce their chirrping noise by
rubbing their thighs on the wing covers. Red mites are frequently
found sucking the juices beneath the wings. The species of
Telttix are small, but prodigious leapers, and are characterized by
having the prothorax carried out to the end of the abdomen.
Toads and frogs devour large numbers of grasshoppers.
HIEMIPTERA.
This suborder has been greatly neglected; these insects are not
the favorites of entomologists. In studying the different groups
the investigator is aided by the great variation in the general proportions of the body; in the shape and relative size of the head
and its appendages. The species are subject to great individual
variation, which should caution the student in drawing the limits
between them.
Aquatic species should be taken out by the water-net by thrusting it under swiming species, or pushing it among submerged grass
or weeds where small species are lurking. Several species of
small size are found under logs, &c., in the water. By sweeping
grass and herbage as for coleoptera in the last part of the summer,
large numbers occur which can only be obtained in this way. ilybernating species are found under leaves in hard wood forests.
The large carnivorous kinds are found on bushes frequently with
lepidopterous larvae transfixed on their jaws.
The soft bodied species of Aphis and allies should be preserved
in alcohol. These species should be carefully watched for their
parasites, and can be easily kept in slender glass vials through
which the insects can be watched. All hemiptera should be pinned
through the distinct triangular scutellum in the middle at the base
of the wings. -The minute hard species of Tettigoniae, Thrips and




198                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
small Capsidac, may be stuck upon cards as in the coleoptera.
When on a collecting tour they can all be thrown into alcohol,
and taken out afterwards and pinned and set.
Ihripadae.  This family has by some authors been considto form a distinct order called Thysanoptera. They are minute,
narrow and flattened insects, very active in their habits, are
found in flowers, especially composite plants, such as the Whiteweed, and when running over the hand cause a severe itching.
There are two pairs of long narrow wings without any nervures, which are delicately fringed on the margin, and are laid
one above the other over the body. The mouth parts are free,
but the mandibles are like two bristles, the maxillae are flat triangular, bearing a pair of palpi. These parts are partially united
into a conicle sucker which is folded upon the breast. The prothorax is largely developed; the legs are short, and the elongated
abdomen terminates in several long bristles which are closely
united together.
Some species are wingless, being found under the bark of FIm. 25.
trees. They closely resemble their larvae (Fig. 25), which
are found in the same situations as the perfect insects, and
are distingushed from them by the uniformity of the three
thoracic rings, and their similarity to those of the abdomen;
by their softer body, and shorter antennae and legs, and the
want of simple eyes. They are often pale yellow, blood red and
flesh color. The pupae have "the limbs obscured by a film, and
the wings enclosed in a short fixed sheath. The antennae are
turned back on the head, and the insect, though it moves about,
is much more sluggish than in the other states."
The species are very injurious to flowers, eating holes in the corollas, and sucking the sap from the flowers of wheat, in the bottom of which they hide.
Cicadidae, commonly called "locusts," are large wedge-shaped
insects, with a large broad head, prominent eyes, their ocelli on
top; wings transparent with thick veins. The males have a musical apparatus beneath the wings on the hinder ring of the thorax,
which acts like a kettle drum, producing the loud, penetrating,
shrill sound issuing apparently from trees.  Cicada rimosa, our
smallest species in Maine, begins to be heard a little before the
middle of June. The C. canicularis is larger and comes later, being
an autumnal species. Mr. Verrill has observedithis species in




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 199
Norway laying its eggs in the stems of Solidago or Golden Rod.
It made a longitudinal incision with ragged edges into the pith of
the plant, then with its ovipositor forced its eggs some distance
down in the pith below the outer opening; there were two rows of
eggs succeeding the first single one, each pair diverging outwards,
the lower ends of each pair nearly touching each other, and all the
pairs were placed very near together. The habits of the seventeen
year locust which does not inhabit Northern New England, are
well described by Dr. Harris in his Treatise. The young larvae
feed on the roots of the oak and apple, clustering upon the roots,
and sucking the sap with their beak-like mouth.
Membranicidae. Antennae three-jointed; head broad, with two
ocelli. The insects of this family assume the most grotesque forms.
They are great leapers. Ceresa is broad, wedge shaped, green or
brown color, and two species are found in great profusion in bushes
in August and September. Different species of Eutilia, which are
often notched upon the back, are found upon the stems of golden
rods and birches, and closely resemble the surface they are upon.
They lay masses of white eggs on the plants they frequent. Clastoptera proteus, convex above and in front and highly colored, is
injurious to the cranberry in Massachusetts. It is a common Maine
insect.
Tettigonidae.-Leaf-hoppers. They pass all their lives on the
leaves of plants, inserting their beaks into the leaves and sucking
the sap, thus causing the leaves to wither and also the twigs, producing what is called " Fire-blight," having much the same effect
that the Scolytus produces.
The species of this family are very numerous, and are found
hopping on leaves and herbage late in the summer, though a few
species are among the earliest spring insects. There are some
yellowish species found in moss and grass by the side of pools and
puddles in woods just as the snow is going off. The eggs are laid
in autumn to be hatched in the spring. A very abundant species
on grass, producing what is called " frog spittle," can easily be
traced through all its changes by frequently examining the froth
which surrounds them. T'ettigonia vitis is a tenth of an inch long,
straw yellow striped with red; it lays its eggs in summer and
hides among the dead leaves during the winter. T. rosae, a still
smaller species, is found on the rose. As a family these insects
are characterized generally by their oblong outline, being convex




200               BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
above, the head somewhat triangular or crescent shaped, the prothorax is large and of the same width as the body, and the legs are
thickly spined.
Aphidae. Every thing. about this extensive group is of the
greatest interest, whether it be their structure, mode of growth
or habits and relations to other insects. They have soft oval
bodies, with two slender tubercles behind, with somewhat square
heads and long slender seven-jointed antennae. The beak is often
half as long as the body. They are generally colored green, and
often have a soft bloom upon the surface.  "The brief history of
the general conditions of the development of these insects is as
follows: —n the early autumn the colonies of plant-lice are composed of both male and female individuals; these pair, the males
then die, and the females begin to deposit their eggs, after which
they die also. Early in the spring, as. soon as the sap begins to
flow, these eggs are hatched, and the young lice immediately begin
to pump up sap from the tender leaves and shoots, increase rapidly
in size, and in a short time come to maturity. In this state it is
found that the whole brood, without a single exception, consists
solely of females, or rather, and more properly, of individuals
which are capable of reproducing their kind. This reproduction
takes place by a viviparous generation, there being found in the
individuals in question, young lice, which, when capable of entering upon individual life, escape from their progenitors, and form
a new and greatly increased colony. This second generation persues the same course as the first, the individuals of which it is'
composed being, like those of the first, sexless, or at least without
any trace of the male sex throughout. These same conditions are
then repeated, and so on almost indefinitely, experiments having
shown that the power of reproduction under such circumstances
may be exercised, according to Bonnet, at least through nine generations, while Duvau obtained thus eleven generations in seven
months, his. generations being curtailed at this stage not by a
failure of the reproductive power, but by the approach of winter;
which killed his specimens; and Kyler even observed that a colony
of Aphis Dianthi, which had been brought into a constantly heated
room, continued to propagate for four years in this manner, without
the intervention of males, and even in this instance it remains to
be proved how much longer these phenomena might have been
continued.'" Dr. Burnett, from whom we quote, considers this




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  201
anomalous way of increase of individuals as a process of budding, and that the whole series, like the leaves of a tree, constitutes but a single generation, which results from the union
of the sexes in the previous fall. It has always been supposed
that the final autumnal set of individuals were males and females
alone. Hear Dr. Burnett again: " The terminal brood has hitherto been considered, as far as I am aware, to be composed exclusively of males and females, or, in other words, of perfect insects
of both sexes. I was surprised therefore on examining the internal organs of the non-winged individuals, to find that many of
these last were not females proper, but simply the ordinary gemmiperous form. Moreover so great was the similarity of appearance between these two forms-true females and gemmiperous
individuals-that they could be distinguished only by an examination of their internal genitalia."
Aphides, (Fig. 26,) are found upon every part of  FiG. 26.
plants.  Some species which are wingless, are
found on the roots of plants, others on the stems
or twigs, others roll up leaves, or form gall-like swellings on
leaves; the grain aphis sucks the sap of the kernel. Ants are
fond of the sweet excretions from the abdominal stylets, and
often keep them captives in their nests like herds of cattle. Syrphus
flies, and Coccinellae, keep them within proper limits in nature;.
Minute species of Aphidius, small Ichneumons, kill larger numbers
than we imagine. "When an aphis has received an egg from one
of these parasites, it quits its companions and fastens itself by its
ungues to the under side of a leaf, when it swells into a globular
form, its skin stretched out and dried up, and in a short time the
perfect parasite escapes by a circular hole, the mouth of which
sometimes remains like a trap door,"
Eriosoma lanigerum, the American blight, a wooly or cottony covered species, feed on the sap wood of the apple.
Coccidae, or bark lice, are scale-like in form like miniature oyster
shells, and live on the bark of trees, or upon the roots. The males
alone are winged and pass through the usual changes, while the female only increases in size, preserving its scale like form. "Early in
spring the bark lice are found apparently torpid, situated longitudinally in regard to the branch, the head upwards, and sticking by
their flattened inferior surface closely to the bark. On attempting
to remove them they are generally crushed, and there issues from
26




202                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
the body a dark colored fluid. By pricking them with a pin, they
can be made to quit their hold, as I have often seen in the
common species, Coccus Hesperidurn, infesting the myrtle. A little later the body is more swelled, and, on carefully raising it with
a knife, numerous oblong eggs will be discovered beneath it, and
the insect appears dried up and dead, and only its outer skin
remains, which forms a convex cover to its future progeny. Under this protecting shield the young are hatched, and, on the
approach of warm weather, make their escape at the lower end of
the shell, which is either slightly elevated or notched at this part.
They then move with considerable activity, and disperse themselves over the young shoots or leav'es." Harris.
The cochinealis prepared from the coccus that lives upon the cactus. In Canada a dye of equal value has been prepared to some
extent from a native species of this genus. The minute scales
secreting wax that cover certain species in the East Indies, enable
the natives to prepare the different varieties of shellac.
The preceding families belong to the order Hemoptera of many
writers, but it is difficult to draw the line between the two groups
of families. As a general thing the following families have the
head smaller, the antennae long, and the base of the fore wings
thickened; the beak is longer; many of the species are carnivorous.
These have by one author been divided into flower-suckers and
blood-suckers.'  When disturbed they emit a disagreeable odor,
and small species are often eaten with fruit, producing a particularly offensive and lasting taste. Various genera, such as Velia,
Gerris and the bed-bug, often have no wings when merely perfect
insects but pads instead, as all hemipters have when in the pupa
state; but as the functions of reproduction are carried on, they have
by some writers been called different species from the fully winged
individuals.
Notonectidae, or water-boatmen, are like Tettigoniae, but their legs
are ciliated and formed for swimming. The different species of
Corixa are common in every pool. Their motions are rapid, diving suddenly to the bottom and holding on to submerged objects
when disturbed. They fly well, but walk with difficulty.
Nepidae. This group comprises, among others, two singular
genera. Belostorma, containing the largest species in the suborder,
often measuring three inches in length. They may be seen in
winter swimming beneath the ice of ponds. Nanatrca is long linear,




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   203
a water walking-stick. The head is small, the forelegs enlarged
and adapted for seizing insects, as they creep about the roots of
aquatic plants.
Hydrometridae. The genus Gerris which represents this family
in Maine, is long, narrowing alike towards both ends, being shaped
like a wherry, and with their long legs they run over the surface
of ponds and streams, moving backwards and forwards with great
facility. They are among the earliest spring insects.
The following families are terrestial, living for the most part on
plants:
Reduviidae. Insects with rather long, somewhat flattened bodies;
the beak is much curved; the head is narrowed behind; the eyes
are very prominent, and the prothorax is much raised in the middle, with a thin, often serrated ridge. The European Reduvius
personatus feeds on bed-bugs, its larva and pupa concealed in a
case of dust, the better to approach their prey.  Ploiaria is very
narrow, with very long legs; it is common in gardens, and is found
as late as the middle of November. Nabis ferus is stouter, and
very common in gardens.
Pentatomidae.  This is a large family of insects, of bright colors,
and often of large size. The head is received into the large, broad,
short prothorax, and the scutellum or the triangular piece at the
base of the wings is large and distinct; they are generally oval in
form. They are found in shrubs, sucking the leaves, or often seizing some caterpillar with their hooks. De Geer describes the eggs
as being generally of an oval form, attached to leaves at one end
by a glutinous secretion, the other being furnished with a cap,
which the larva busts off when it hatches out. The larvae are
rounded oval.
Coreidae. These insects are narrower than the preceding group;
they are flat above, and beneath convex. They run and fly well,
their habits being generally very active. They are the most gaily
colored, perhaps, of hemiptera. The larvae differ    FIG. 27.
very little from the perfect insects. They are found
on plants, or at their roots. Phytocoris lineolaris is
is our most abundant and injurious insect.  It appears early in spring-  Coreus tristis, the squashbug, (Fig. 27,) collects in numbers around the
stems of squash vines next to the roots.
lingis hyalina represents another family of broad, flattened semi



204                BOARD OF AGRICULTVRE.
transparent hemipters. The hyalina is very abundant on the willow early in summer.
Capsus is the type of another family, which consist of small
species, with soft, rather narrow bodies, and long beaks and legs.
They are very active, flying readily. They are found in flowers,
and on fruit, such as raspberries.
Cirnicidae. The bed-bug, (Cimex lectularius,) has a small, somewhat triangular head, orbicular thorax, and large, round flattened
abdomen. It is generally wingless, having only two small wingpads instead. The eggs are oval, white; the young escape by
pushing off a lid at one end of the shell. They are white, transparent, differing from the perfect insect, in having a broad, triangular
head, and short and thick antennae. Indeed, this is the general form
of lice, to which the larva of Cimex has the closest affinity. Some
Cimices are parasites, infesting pigeons, swallows, &c., in this way
also showing their near location to lice. The cockroach is the
natural enemy of the bed-bug, and destroys large numbers. Houses
have been cleared of them after being thoroughly fumigated with
brimstone.
Pediculi, Lice. These degraded, wingless forms of Hemiptera,
still preserve the mouth parts in the form of a sucker, but it is
fieshy and retractile. The triangular head has two simple eyes.
The body is rather long, the abdomen oval. They are generally
white, and of minute size. The metamorphosis is very incomplete
-that is, there are but slight differences between the larva and
the imago. The species of Pediculus are blood-suckers, and parasitic upon AMan and some of the Mammalia; different species being
found upon different regions of the body. Different varieties are
found living upon the bodies of different races of men.
Mallophaga, bird-lice, live on hair of mammalia and feathers of
birds. In this group there are distinct jaws. Nearly every bird
and mammal has its parasite, so that the number of species is
actually very large.
NEUROPTERA.
As a suborder these insects are the most aquatic of any other
similar group, and it is swampy low grounds, the banks of pools
and rivers, the thick dense damp forests, that the collector must
frequent to find them. The large Dragon-flies when taken by the
net must be killed by brushing with alcohol or benzine carried in a




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   205
vial, and then the wings can be folded together and the insects be
placed in bags, or pieces of paper, as directed for putting up Lepidoptera. The smaller, more slender and delicate species should
be pinned directly in the collecting box, &c. Many species are
caught at light in the night time, such as Polystoechotes nebulosus
and the Phryganeidae; and a bright light placed in damp situations by streams, &c., will attract large numbers. Like moths the
smaller species are attracted a great distance by light. Other
species of this family so numerous in New England, are found in
great numbers floating in the lakes and ponds.of the wild lands of
Maine that are rare elsewhere. For the proper study of the genera
of these insects, and often of the species, they should be collected
in alcohol, so as to be studied in a flexible state.
The aquatic larvae and pupae can easily be reared in aquaria in
jars and tumblers, taking care that the weaker species are separated from those more powerful and bloodthirsty. The little entomostraca or water-fleas serve as food for the smaller species.
With very little care many species can be raised in this way, and
so little is known of their transformation that figures and descriptions would be of great value. The interesting and varied habits
of the different families can also easily be noted. They can be
called summer insects, since few are found late in the fall or early
in the spring. Hemerobius and several species of Phryganeids
are. found ere the snow has gone in the spring,-a few species of
the latter family are found in November.
Iermitidae.  White ants, so called, from their resemblance to
ants, and the snowy whiteness of their wings, and the pale colored
female, like the true ants, are social, living in communities; while
the majority are wingless males, often called neuters. In the
winged individuals the wings are much larger than the body, being
folded, when at rest, one upon the other. The wingless individuals have an enormous head with scissor-like mandibles. The
American white ant, Termes frontalis, has been found in Massachusetts ruining the roots and stems of the grape vine. The insect is
careful to conceal its work by leaving the outer crust intact.  It
feeds on dead wood, eating the inside of the sill of the house next
to the grape vine.
Psocidae. These little insects when winged, as most usual, and
flying about in August, have a remarkable resemblance to Aphides.
-The body is soft and short; the head is broader than the thorax;




206                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
the wings are broad, the second pair much smaller than the first,
both having raised nervures; the prothorax is very short.
Atropos divinatorius is the little wingless louse-like insect always
running over the leaves of books, and about dusty places, and they
feed on cabinet specimens, sometimes doing considerable injury.
These little soft insects should be gummed on pieces of cards, or
put into alcohol; while the winged species can be pinned with
small pins.
Phryganeidae. (Caddice-flies, Case-worms.) The imago has a
rounded body, with moderately broad, parallel veined wings, which
are folded on the sides of the body, and the head is provided with
long antennae and palpi. Both larvae and pupae are active. The
smaller species are often hardly distinguishable from many simall
moths. The female lay their eggs in gelatinous masses on aquatic
plants, above or beneath the surface of the water. The larvae are
found abundantly in the bottom of ponds, in cylindrical cases of
grass or stems of reeds, or bits of sticks, sand, minute shells, &c.
They assume different forms, sometimes a long, conical shape, or
imitating snail shells. The larva lines the interior with silk, and
by bristles on the side of the body and a pair of anal hooks keeps
its body adhering to the sides of the case while it drags it over the
bottom. They eat large quantities of minute water fleas (entomostraca) and small insects, while many are herbivorous, the larger
ones eating whole leaves that have been submerged, while the
smaller ones leave the veins entire. When about to change to
pupae, the larva closes up the mouth of its case with a net-work
like a grate for the passage of the water for respiration. When
about to leave the pupa state they crawl up stems of plants, or
the smaller species use their light cases as rafts to rest upon as
their wings are drying.
Neuronia semifasciata, (Fig. 28,) is       FIG. 28.
our largest species, and is taken away
from  damp places; but the smaller
species are only taken on leaves of        <bushes and herbage by streams and    -_ponds. They run swiftly, but fly with
some difficulty. The species are numerous. They should be pinned as moths, and their wings set
carefully.
Perlidae. Long, flat neuroptera, whose hind wings are largest,




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  207
the abdomen with two terminal long filiform appendages. The
females of Perla are shorter and have much smaller wings than the
males. The pupae are active, with prominent wing-pads, they are
found in rivers under stones, while the imagines fly on the bank,
or are found resting on leaves, always in damp low situations.
Pteronarcys is distinguished from other genera by its large size,
and possession of several pairs of outer tufts of filaments serving
as organs for respiration.
Myrnneleon, the Ant-lion is the type of another family, very carnivorous in their habits. They resemble the Libellulidae very much
except in having long antennae. The larvae, on the contrary, bear
a close resemblance to that of Chrysopa figured below. It makes
a pitfall in sand in which it hides, only showing its large jaws open
to seize any insect that may fall into them. These insects have
not been found in Maine.
fHemerobiidae. Aphis-lions, Lace-winged flies.  Chrysopa, here
figured, has a slender body, delicate,         FIG. 29.
gauze-like wings, and is generally green,
with golden eyes.  When disturbed it
throws out a fetid smell. They are very
abundant in summer wherever plant lice    -— I
are found, laying their eggs placed on
long pedicils on leaves. The larvae (Fig. 30) feed ravenously on.the lice, and when other food is wanting, on each    FiG. 30.
other. They turn to pupa late in summer and pass
the winter in that state.   Gardeners in Europe.i
search for these Aphis-lions and put a pair or two
on trees overrun with lice which they soon depopulate.  HTemerobius' proper, has broad pale rings, I
and is of smaller size than Chrysopa.
Sialidae. This group comprises aquatic, sluggish    <
insects of moderate or of immense size. They have large heads
with large jaws, square thoracic rings; and the abdomen in
Corydalis cornuta has long anal filaments. This genus expands
five or six inches, and the head is armed with immense horns, besides the long antennae, while the long wings are folded horizontally. In Sialis americana, an insect not an inch long and found
resting on leaves of trees in their perfect state, the wings are deflexed on the sides, as in Chrysopa.
Panorpa represents another family, which have the head long and
narrow, wings narrow and banded, and the tail armed with a for



208                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
ceps-like apparatus. It is common in woods and feeds upon other
insects.
Libellulidae. Dragon-flies. Devil's-darning-needle. Musquitoehawks. Demoiselles in France. The head is large and globular,
eyes immense, encircling the head; thorax square, wings large
net-veined, equal; abdomen long linear, cylindrical.  They are
continually flying over pools, hawking for smaller insects in hot
summer days, flying often till dusk. Though dreaded by most
persons, they are perfectly harmless, though giving a sharp bite
with their powerful jaws when held in the hand. They are difficult
to kill, and should'be brushed with alcohol or benzine, or killed
by ether. The Agrionidae are small slender species of graceful
form, and blue, green or bronze or red colored, flying away and
alighting upon rushes in the water, and are easy to catch; they
must be pinned caefully, and are very brittle when dry. The
large species are hard to catch; patience and swiftness in the use
of the net will soon render the beginner dexterous. These insects
have also their subimago state. They should be described in life,
as the colors fade rapidly after death. The larvae (Fig. 31) are
interesting. They have large jaws, marked by an    FIG. 31.
immense labium, otherwise the mouth parts are
much like grasshoppers, &c. The larva of Agrion
is slender and long, with thin caudal lanceolate
plates. They all walk over the bottom in search of
other insects, and propel themselves more rapidly
by ejecting behind them, with considerable force, a
stream of the water that has been used for respiration.
Ephemeridae or May flies, as their name implies, are very short
lived insects. They have weak slender bodies, obsolete mouthparts as they take no food in the perfect state, minute antennae,
the wings are very unequal in size, and the abdomen has two or
three long appendages. The May flies soon after leaving the pupa
case with their wings of full size, cast off a thin pellicle. This
moulting is attended by a change of color and of increase of length
of the tail-like appendages, and this period is called the subimago
state. They fly towards evening in large numbers. The larvae
while resembling the imagines, have long antennae, mandibles for
chewing, lateral ciliated filaments along the sides of the body for
breathing organs, and three:caudal filaments.  They live, it is
stated, two or three years. They either live in burrows, under




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 209
stones, or among grass and weeds, when they may be taken with
the water net in great abundance, and are beautiful objects for
aquaria. The perfect insects should be preserved in alcohol for
study, as they shrivel up when pinned. They should be described
when alive if possible.
Tlh'ysanura.-Spring-tails. These interesting, minute, wingless
forms, which seem to afford a passage into the Myriapods by the
uniform size of their ings, which form a continuous series, from
their head to the extremity, without showing the usual divisions
into three divisions of the body, seem to be but a degraded form
of neuroptera by their resemblance to the larvae of Perla and
Ephemera; for like them they have long antennae, distinct jaws
and maxillae, and also caudal setae or bristles on the terminal ring
of the body. Their limbs also strongly resemble those of Perla.
Moleover they undergo no metamorphosis, the larva gradually
assuming the adult form by successive changes of their skin. The
species are found abundantly in moist, dark places, under sticks,
stones, among fallen leaves, or under bark of trees, while some
occur in great profusion about manure heaps and hot beds in early
spring.
Podura. This genus is rather broad, the body is hairy   FI. 32.
with a few scales, antennae short and few jointed; the
head is separate from the thorax, and the abdomen is
provided with setae converted into a forked tail bent'
beneath the body, used for leaping to a great distance.
They are found in gardens, hot beds, or leaping on the
surface of the water in quiet pools.
Lepisma, (Fig. 32,) is long, and covered with minute
silvery scales; the antennae are rather short, and the
abdomen has three long bristles.  The species run
rapidly and are found in old books, in woolen cloths
which they eat, in mould and under bark, &c.
ARACHNIDA.
Spiders have no antennae. Their legs present seven distinct
joints, and the tarsi are two jointed. At the base of the mandibles
is a vesicle filled with poison, which can be poured into the tips of
the jaw, and thus poison the insects bitten by the spider. This
bite, except in rare instances, is harmless to man. "Scorpions
are viviparous. With the egg-laying spiders, the egg, under the




210                BOARD OF AGEICULTURE.
changes of development, slowly loses its previous form, and almost
assumes that of a spider, indicating all the external parts of the
enclosed animal. At length the shell bursts on the thorax, and
the spider, first with the head, and afterwards with the thorax,
comes to view; then -follows the abdomen, to which, however, the
egg-membrane, like a scale, continues attached for a time; then
comes the feelers and feet. The young spider, through whose integument the granules of the yolk may be clearly distingished, is
not yet in a state to weave a web and catch its prey; for the spinning organs are still concealed beneath the common integument.
After the lapse of a week, or, in some species, a longer time, during which the spider takes no food, it casts its skin for the first
time, and is, as it were, born for the second time. The young
spiders now quit, on some mild day in May or June, the web in
which the mother had hidden her eggs; they allow themselves to
fall on the grlound by a thread, and begin at once to weave their
nets, or in some other way, according to the instinct of their kind,
to watch for small insects corresponding to their age and powers.
" Most arachnids feed on other animals, which they either swallow alive, or whose blood and fluids they suck. Usually after
their escape from the egg, they undergo no metamorphosis. They
cast, however, their skin more than once, and are commonly after
the fourth or fifth moult, in a state for pairing."  Van der Hceven.
In studying spiders, of which we have in New England over two
hundred species, the number and relative situation of the eyes,
and the relative length of the different pairs of legs should be
noticed. Their web and the manner of constructing them; their
habitats, whether spreading their webs upon or in the ground, or in
trees, or on herbage, or whether the species is aquatic, or whether
the species is erratic, and pursue their prey without building webs
to entrap them, should be observed. So, also, how they deposit
their eggs, and the form and appearance of the silken nidus, and
whether the female bears her eggs about her, and how this is done,
whether holding on to the egg-sac by her fore or hind legs, should
all be carefully noticed. Care must be taken not to mistake the
young for full-grown, mature species, and describe them as such.
Spiders can reared in boxes as insects. The only way to preserve
them is to throw them into alcohol; when pinned, they shrivel up
and lose their colors, which keep well in spirits.
The colors of spiders vary much at different seasons of the year,




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  211
especially during the frosts of autumn, when the changes produced
are greatest. All spiders are directly beneficial to agriculture by
their carnivorous habits, as they all prey upon insects, and do no
harm to vegetation. Their instincts are wonderful, and their habits
and organization worthy of more study than has yet been paid
them. We have no species poisonous to man, except when the
state of health renders the constitution open to receive injury from
their bite, just as musquitoes and black flies often cause serious
harm to some persons.
The Arachnids are divided into two groups of families: First,
PULMONARIA,
which have pulmonary sacs for respiration, and six to twelve ocelli.
This group includes two families, one consisting of the true Spiders,
the other of the Scorpions.
Araneidae. Spiders. Palpi simple pediform; mandibulae armed
with a moveable and perforated claw, emitting a poisonous liquid.
The genera have been divided by Walckenaer:
1. Into those that incessantly run or leap about the vicinity of
their abode to chase and catch their prey. Mygale hides in holes
in the ground or among stones. The largest spiders are found in
this genus. Filistata forms white silk tubes in walls and crevices
of rocks. Dysdera is found in silken tubes under ground. Segestria
makes silken tubes under the bark of trees. Lycosa is found under
stones, in holes, &c., bearing their cocoons attached to their anus,
and carrying their young on their back. The Tarantula of Italy
belongs to this genus. L. fatifera lives in holes nearly a foot deep.
These holes seem to be dug by the spider, and to be increased
gradually, as its size may require; the opening has a ring of filaments woven by the spider to prevent the filling up of the cavity
by rain. In Dolomedes the female of one species constructs a
web not unlike that of Tegenoria. They wander near streams or
ponds, often hiding under the surface of the water, or rambling on
trees. Sphasus makes no web, except when the female makes her
cocoon. The species wander in quest of prey about the trunks of
small trees, or upright trees, and when at rest, spread their feet
like many species of Thomisus. I have reason to think that the
young are carried on the back of the mother as in Lycosa. (Hentz,
in whose words most of these remarks are given.) Attus leaps
prodigiously after its prey. Some species closely resemble ants.
2. Into those species which wander abroad and are incessantly




212                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
spying out for prey. No fixed residence except at the period of
oviposition. They also walk and run sideways or backwards;
occasionally throwing out threads to entrap their prey. Thomnisus
wanders after its prey on flowers, rails, trees, &c.
3. Into those that prowl about the neighborhood of their nests,
or near the threads which they throw out to catch their prey.
Clubiona forms silken tubes in leaves which they twist, or under
the bark of trees. Most species fly about in the air, by means of
a long thread, at the end of which they suspend themselves, and
which is borne by the wind, sometimes raising them to a great
height. Herpyltus makes no web or tube for its dwelling, but wanders for its prey, and runs with great velocity.  H. atec is a small
black species found under stones in highways; E. ecclesiasticus is
blackish with a white band on the head-thorax, a band on the abdomen, beginning at base and reaching the middle, and a spot near
the apex white. This one attains to a great size, and is found in
houses, under stones, planks, the bark of decaying trees, &c.
4. Into those which spin large webs to entrap their prey, lying
in wait in the middle or at the side. Agelena makes in the fields a
web which is spread horizontally, and at the upper part of which
is a tube for the retreat of the spider. Theridium makes a web
formed of threads crossed irregularly in every direction. Most
species of this genus are the common prey of the several species
of Sphex, called sand-daubers. Pholcus inhabits the ceiling of
houses. Tegenaria makes in houses, cellars and other dark places
the common webs, which are spread horizontally, and have a tube,
usually concealed in a hole or crevice, for the reception of the
spider. This is the common house spider, the web of which is
narcotic and has been administered internally in some cases of fever
with success. Epeira is the common large grey species with a full
round abdomen which makes its large circular web in corners, &c.
5. Into those which swim in water, and then spread their filaments to entrap their prey. Argyroneta lives in fresh water.
"One species spins a bell-shaped, water-proof web that is filled
with air, and open below; this it attaches to water plants by
threads." We have a species perhaps of this genus that collects
on the leaves of water plants, and when disturbed plunges to the
bottom, carrying with it a bubble of water.  We have one
species of spider which makes a noise somewhat resembling the
purring of a cat; during the production of the sound the body
makes a tremulous motion it is said.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 213
The second group of families, which is called
TRACHEARIA,
embraces those arachnids which breathe by means of tracheae, or
air tubes and do not have more than four ocelli.
Pseudo-scorpionidae.  This family includes Chelifer, a small
scorpion-like animal, which has a large, broad, flattened abdomen,
distinctly ringed; and the palpi are much enlarged, bearing a claw
at the extremity much like that of a lobster. A species is very
common in books and dusty boxes, drawers, &c.
Phalangidae. Harvest-men, Daddy long-legs.  The common
long, slender legged, round, oval-bodied spiders, so abundant
everywhere out of doors in corners and damp places, and often
called by the names above given, are known to every one. The
legs come off easily, and when separated from the body for some
time show considerable irritability.
Acarina. Mites have the head-thorax joined in a mass with the
abdomen, and not divided apparently into rings. They are all of
small size, some very minute. Trombidium has two horny mandibles, which are clawed at the end, included in the labium, which
in the mites surrounds the mouth parts, thus forming a tube-like
organ. This genus includes the little square velvet red mite, seen
generally in the spring in flower beds, or in moss, &e. Another
similar kind of red mite is common about decaying matter under
stones and sea weed between tide marks on the sea shore. They
are mostly parasitic, such as the itch mite. Ixodes, the tick, lives
in woods and attaches itself to animals.  Many species (Gamasus) are found on insects, especially beetles. The species of
Hydrachna live on water-bugs, &c. In coming to maturity it
passes through forms which have been described as distinct genera
by authors. They should be preserved in small vials of alcohol, or
mounted for the microscope.
MYRIAPODA.
All the species, of which we have but a few in New England,
live hidden under stones and sticks, leaves, &c., The larvae when
hatched have generally nine rings which afterwards increase in
some cases to eighf times that number.
The families are divided into two suborders, of which the first,
the Chilopoda, comprises those myriapods which have the body
flattened, with a limited number of rings, each Qf which has a




214                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
single pair of legs articulated to the sides, of which the last pair
is largest and extended backwards. The antennae are long and
with numerous joints.
Lithobiidae.  Lithobius, (Fig. 33,) called in this  FIG. 33.
country Ear-wig, is our most common genus, and is
found every where, under sticks and about manure
heaps, where they feed upon insects and earth worms,
and are in turn devoured by the red back salamander.
The head is large orbicular, antehnae forty-jointed, long
and filiform, and there are sixteen rings in all. They
are fast runners.
Scolopendridae.  Scolopendra, the Centipede, has
twenty rings besides the two that form the head; antennae 17-20 jointed.  A rather slender species about
three inches in length, is found in Maine, under dead
leaves.
Geophilidae. Geophilus is greatly elongated and slender, with
many rings, from thirty to two hundred. A small, slender species,
is common under leaves, and debris of freshets, where so many
varieties can be found.
Those Myriapods included in the second suborder, Chilognatha,
have a greater number of rings, each of which bears fwo pairs of
legs, and few jointed short antennae. In Polydesmus the body is
still flattened and the legs articulated upon the sides of the body.
A species occurring in considerable abundance with the myriapods
is about an inch long and of a pale brown color.
Julidae. (Thousand-legs.) Julus is found commonly under sticks,
&c. It is long, cylindrical, hard, with numerous feet, short and
weak, attached to the under surface of the body nearly in the
middle pf the abdomen. The antennae are short and filiform.
They crawl rather slowly, and at rest curve the body into a ring.
They live on vegetable substances, or eat dead earth worms or
snails. " In the spring the female deposits her eggs in masses of
sixty or seventy, in a hole excavated for the purpose under the
ground; after three weeks or more the young make their appearance, but still continue to adhere for some days by a string to the
shell, which has burst longitudinally without motion, and surrounded with a proper membrane; at that period they have no
legs at all; as soon as they have got three pairs of feet, they separate themselves from the shell; they have now a great resemblance to the larvae of some Coleoptera; soon the number of rings




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 215
and feet begins to be [periodically] increased in that part of the
body which is seated in front of the penultimate ring." Van der
Hoeven.
ENTOMOLOGICAL JOURNAL. Every collector should keep a daily
diary of his captures and observations, noting down every fact and
hint that falls under his notice. In this book, commenced as soon
as the season opens in early spring, can be placed on record the
earliest appearance, the time of greatest abundance, and the disappearance, of every insect in any of its stages. Also the descriptions of larvae and observations upon their habits, with sketches
of them; though drawings had better be kept upon separate pieces
of paper for easier reference. The insects when captured and unnamed, should be numbered and refer to corresponding numbers in
the note book. At the close of the season one will be surprised
to see how much material of the kind has accumulated. Ile can
then make a calendar of appearances of perfect insects and larvae,
so as to have the work of the next season portioned out to him;
he will thus know when and where to look for any particular insect
or caterpillar.
Cabinet. After the insects have been thoroughly dried they
may be transferred to a chest of drawers of a convenient size, say
eighteen by twenty inches and two and one-half inches deep,
corked upon the bottom and glazed above, and thus rendered as
nearly air tight as possible to keep out Dermestes, mites and
moths. The insects should be arranged neatly in rows, labelled or
numbered with small pieces of paper attached to the pin. Enough
individuals should be selected to illustrate the sexes and variations
of the species. Boxes three inches or more deep and twelve by
eighteen inches square, rabbetted around the edges rather broadly,
are very convenient. Cork in sheets can be had of R. Beeching &
Co., Commercial St., Boston. It can be cut in strips or the whole
surface covered and fastened down with glue, or better still with
tacks. The pith of elder, corn stalk, *or felt or palm wood, are
substitutes for cork. For transporting specimens for exchanges,
they should be pinned securely in boxes, lined with compact
cork, and the boxes wrapped in cotton, covered thickly with paper,
and then placed in a larger box.
For guarding with some success against the attacks of insects,
the drawers should be provided with camphor or little bottles containing spirits of turpentine or benzine, to be kept always full.




216                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
Specimens can be relaxed by exposing them to steam or hot
water. Lepidoptera can be softened and their wings expanded,
after having been laid on moist sand for a few days, or confined in
a vessel of warm water on the surface of which they can be floated
on bits of cork.
The strongest alcohol is necessary for preserving insects; and
when a bottle has been filled, the old alcohol should be poured out
and kept for other collections, and its place filled by fresh alcohol.
When the collector has no box with him his captures can be
wrapped in papers or stuck on his hat, or in the lining within.
Lepidoptera can be very easily laid in papers a little longer than
broad, which should be so folded that the opposite corners can be
laid one upon the other, leaving a margin on the under side which
can be folded upon the upper side, thus making a triangular paper
case, in which the insect soon dries. In this way many specimens
can be easily transported.
ENTOMOLOGICAL WORKS.
The best introduction to American Entomology is the new
edition of Dr. Harris's Treatise on Insects. It not only classifies
and describes many of our New England insects, illustrating them
with colored engravings and wood cuts in great profusion, but is
of special value to farmers, from the great amount of information
about the habits of noxious insects. Dr. Fitch's Reports on the
Noxious and Beneficial Insects of New York, with some illustrations, and accounts of the habits of many insects not especially
noticed in the former work, is a very necessary book to have.
Kirby and Spence's Introduction to Entomology, and Westwood's
Introduction to the Modern Classification of Insects, are still more
general works, almost indispensable to the beginner.
Very many of our American insects have been collected by Europeans, and described by their entomologists in the transactions and
proceedings of learned societies, which are to be found only in our
large libraries. There are also many large and expensive general
works, including those of Linneus, Fabricius, Count De Geer,
Palisot de Beauvois, Drury, Bosc and Coquebert, which include
many North American species.
St. Fargeau, Newman and Hlaliday, in the Entomological Magazine; Smith in the British Museum Catalogues of Hlymenoptera,
and M. De Saussure in his Monographs of the Vespidae, have




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  217
described many of our hymenopters. Hiibner, Cramer, Madam
Merian, and more lately Herrich-Schamffer, Doubleday and Westwood, have published large illustrated works, containing many of
our Lepidoptera.  Guenee has published five illustrated volumes
where hundreds of our moths are first described. Likewise, for
the Diptera, the special works of Desvoidy, Macquart, MIeigen,
Wiedemann, Zetterstett and Loew, are necessary to identify North
American flies.
For Coleoptera, which have been largely described abroad, the
standard authors are still more numerous. The names of Aube,
Bonelli, Erichson, Dalman, Dejean, Illiger, Klug, Knoch, Eschscholtz, Forster, Germar, Gravenhorst, Guerin, Hope, Lacordaire,
Newman, Paykull and Schbnherr, can only be mentioned. Burmeister in his Hand-book of Entomology has described many of
our beetles, Orthoptera, Neuroptera and some Hemiptera. Stoll,
Herrich-Schaeffer, Hahn and IIaliday have also described more
Hemiptera.  Serville, in his Natural History of Orthoptera, mentions many American grasshoppers. There is also the general
work of Rambur published like those of St. Fargeau, Macquart,
Guenee and Serville, in the Suite "a Buffon in Paris, with those of
De Selys Longcamp on Libellulidae. Pictet has written on the
Perlidae and Ephemeridae, while several papers of Hagen treat of
the Neuroptera.  The British Museum  is publishing catalogues
of the various suborders containing great numbers of American
insects.
Of those works treating of American insects exclusively, the
rare and costly work of Smith and Abbot on the Rarer Lepidopterous Insects of Georgia, delineates the metamorphosis of many
southern butterflies and moths. More lately Boisduval and Le
Conte issued an Iconography of North American butterflies,
giving drawings of the metamorphosis of many species. This
important work leaves the Hesperidae unfinished. In 1817-18,
Thomas Say published his American Entomology, which includes
insects of all the suborders, in three finely illustrated 8vo. volumes, accompanied with a glossary. This, with Say's miscellaneous papers, which chiefly appeared in the Journal of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, have been re-printed under the
care of Dr. Le Conte. Through the Transactions of the American
Philosophical Society, the Journal and Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, the Annals of the New York
28




218                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
Lyceum of Natural History, the Proceedings and Journal of the
Boston Society of Natural History, and the Proceedings of the Philadelphia Entomological Society which has lately been established,
are scattered memoirs and tracts by Melsheimer, Ziegler, Hentz,
Harris, Haldeman, and the two Le Contes, which are mostly up6n
Coleoptera. Dr. Randall published a paper describing many new
beetles from Maine in the Boston Journal. Dr. Clemens has published in the Philadelphia Journal a synopsis of North American
Sphingidae; and in the Proceedings of the same Society descriptions and notes of the habits of the small moths. Mr. Scudder has
printed in the Boston Journal "Materials for a monograph of
North American Orthoptera;" and Messrs. Uhler and Walsh have
writen upon the Neuroptera of the United States. Mr. Norton
has described in the Proceedings of the Boston Society descriptions of new Hymenoptera. Baron Osten-Sacken has printed in
the Phil. Proceedings an elaborate paper on the Limnobiae, a
group of Tipulidae, and also his researches on Gall-flies and their
products.
The insects of British America have been treated of in Kirby's
Fauna Boreali-Americana. This well illustrated quarto volume is
of special value, since it describes so many insects which are found
in Maine. In the New York State Natural History Reports, is a
quarto volume, with many plates illustrating the injurious and
beneficial insects of that State, by Dr. Emmons. Mention should
also be made of the writings of Mr. Townsend Glover on. the Cotton
and Orange insects of the Southern States, which appeared in
several volumes of the Patent Office Reports, and of several papers
by Le Conte, in the Reports of the Pacific R. R. Exploration, and
Stansbury's Report on the Salt Lake.
There is still needed a general work to combine these scattered materials, and the results of further investigations. The
Smithsonian Institution is in a great measure supplying this deficiency, and promoting a zeal for these studies that is being
manifested throughout the country. Catalogues of the Lepidoptera, and also a compilation of all the descriptions of the Lepidoptera of North America as far as the Bombyces, by Dr. Morris;
of the Diptera by Baron Osten-Sacken, with a treatise on the
Cecidomyce and their galls; together with Monographs of several
Dipterous families by an eminent European l)ipterist, M. Loew;
and of the Coleoptera by Dr. Melsheimer, revised by Le Conte and




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                     219
Haldeman, and also a work entitled the Classification of the Coleoptera of North America, (Part I,) by Dr. Le Conte, together with a
synopsis of the Neuroptera of North America, by H. Hagen, an
accomplished Neuropterist of Belgium, have been issued under the
auspices of that Institution. Similar works on Hymenoptera by
M'. De Saussure of Geneva; and on the Hlemiptera by Mr. Uhler of
Baltimore, are in course of preparation for the Smithsonian Collections. A list of described North American Hymenoptera by Mr.
Cresson, is now appearing in the Proceedings of the Entomological
Society of Philadelphia. H. C. Wood, Jr., has written in the Philadelphia Journal, an account of the Chilopodous Myriapods of the
United States. The Spiders of the Southern States more especially,
have been described and beautifully illustrated by Prof. Hentz, in
the Boston Journal of Natural History.
AD)DENDUM. —Add the following to the catalogue of Amphibians of Maine, upon
page 142. The specimen upon which our authority for this addition is based is in
the Cabinet of Amherst College, and was obtained by C. B. Adams:
Amblystoma Jeffersoniana. Rare.








PART  II.
REPORTS UPON THE GEOLOGY OF MAINE.








GEOLOGY OF MAINE.
BY C. I. HITCHCOCK.
PRELIMINARY REMARKS.
The Second Annual Report of the Geology of Maine will differ
considerably in character from the General Report published last
year. Certain elementary remarks were there introduced, and the
geology of the whole State was treated of in a strictly systematic
form. Consequently it is not necessary now to present elementary
principles7for the proper understanding of the details, nor would
their repetition be judicious. It is impossible to present anything
like a system of the geology of the State for similar reasons. We
shall not be able either to draw upon other sources than our own
explorations for material, as we did last year; hence the present
report cannot be so lengthy as the previous one, and we fear that
the multiplicity of scientific details will not be interesting to many.
Our only apology is to be found in necessity.
We have found it quite difficult to settle upon a satisfactory
mode of arranging our materials. Reports are in hand from every
quarter of the State, and the nature of the rocks treated of is very
diverse; still no exhaustive classification is possible. The best
method we can devise is the following, which we shall attempt to
follow strictly; although we are reminded by its heterogeneous
combination, of the distorted, elongated and flattened pebles composing a singular conglomerate rock in the State, presently to be
described.
A. Geology of the more southern and settled portions of the
State. This will include the results of anr unusually protracted
examination of the rocks on the west side of Penobscot bay, particularly about Rockland, Thomaston and Camden, illustrated by a
geological map. We shall endeavor to give in this sketch some
idea of what a Final Report upon the Geology of the State should
be; that is, of the particularity with which descriptions of every




224                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
formation should be given. Annexed to this sketch will be a notice
of the rocks of Vinalhaven, by George L. Goodale. Then will follow
a detailed account of the measurement of a geological section by us
the past summer between Mount Desert and the Canada line, by the
way of Bangor and the Forks of the Kennebec river. This is
really one of the most valuable results of our summer's work.
Under this head Dr. Holmes will give some account of the
geology of Oxford, Franklin and Kennebec counties; being the
results of many years observation. Possibly we may add a few
words to it.
B. Reports upon the geology of the Schoodic waters, near the
eastern boundary. These include the eastern Schoodic lakes, the
western Schoodic lakes, and a portion of the St. Croix river, and
consequently pertain chiefly to an unsettled region. Perhaps we
may make a few remarks upon the geology of a portion of New
Brunswick in this connection.
C. Reports upon the more northern and unsettled portions of
the State. These are upon the region of the great lakes in northern Oxford and Franklin counties; upon the vicinity of Moosehead
lake; upon the country watered by the upper portions of the west
branch of the Penobscot and St John rivers; upon the Alleguash
lakes; upon some portions of northern Aroostook county, particularly the results of Dr. Iolmes' explorations among the Lower
Helderberg limestones in search of the marble layer.
D. Surface geology in general; or a summary of our observations upon the geology of the Alluvial Period, in addition to what
was said respecting it last year. We shall be able also to present something respecting the microscopic animals and plants of
the infusorial deposits found sparingly beneath some of our ponds.
E. Descriptions of new species of Devonian and Silurian fossil plants and animals, by Dr. Dawson and Mr. Billings.
F. Mineralogical Notes.
G. Economical Geology.
After having travelled over the State the second time, we were
surprised and gratified to learn how few errors of statement and
generalization are to be found in our preliminary report. Where
one is obliged to infer from the observation of others so much as
was done in that, there is great danger of misstatement. Wherever errors of any consequence occur, we feel bound to correct
them; for we are striving to attain a knowledge of the true distri



SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  225
bution and relation of the rocks, and the exhibition of an error is
often as important as the discovery of a: new fact. Errors in the
premise lead to false conclusions, therefore great care must be
taken to present the facts without obscurity, prejudice or ignorance. Hence, in accordance with these remarks, we will proceed
to point out the. most important corections that are needed in the
Preliminary Geological Report.
Our later explorations go to show that a large portion of those
rocks called Talcose schist in the last report, belong rather to the
Mica schist; for example, the great belt upon the river St. John.
Likewise a considerable portion of the immense Clay Slate region
in the central portions of the State proves to be micaceous. These
rocks are very obscure, and we shall say more about them further on.
The carefully-measured regions in Machiasport, described on
pages 186-8, 235 and 216, have been re-published in the Proceedings of the Portland Society of Natural History, with some additions, more particularly references to the catalogue of the collection where the specimens illustrating each stratum may be found.
Upon page 221, line 25, 1785 should be inserted in the place of,
1857, as the freshet there mentioned belonged to the past instead
of the present century.
We find, too, that we gave unintentionally a false impression
respecting the character of the rocks composing the Quebec Group.
The inference from the language on page 227 is, that the fossils
near Quebec were obtained from sandstones. This is not true.
They were derived from limestones chiefly-as we have been privileged to know the past season by actual inspection of the localities
in company with Professor T. S. Hunt, who very kindly pointed
them out to us. These limestones contain some of the forms of
life which are found in the typical sandstones further west, although
Mr. Billings suggests that the Quebec fauna presents some resemblance to the fauna of the calciferous sandrock.
A re-examination of the section from Charlotte to Presque Isle,
figured upon page 381, shows us that the amount of clay slate there
represented is nearly twice what it ought to be, and that none of
it has the south-easterly dip there represented. The error arose
from a too hasty examination at the first.
Dr. Holmes informs me that he was unable to find a large bed
of limestone described by me as occurring near the First Seboois
Lake, in No. 7, R. 7, upon page 413. Nor were gentlemen familiar
29




226                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
with that vicinity able to point out the locality. We can only
refer to our authority for the statement: viz., to Jackson's Second
Annual Report on the Geology of the Public Lands, pages 29, 30,
where he says, " This bed is no less than 90 feet wide, and large
masses project above the soil. It is situated near the mouth of the
first Seboois Lake, upon township No. 7, 7th range," etc.
Last year we prepared a Geological Map of Maine upon an uncolored copy of Chace's map, thus exhibiting at a glance all that
was known respecting the geology of the whole State, and presented it, with the Report, to the Legislature. We shall do the
same thing this year, and shall be able to color many spaces that
were left blank before. It will be upon exhibition in some portion
of the State House, while the Legislature are in session.
We shall also exhibit at the State House an enlarged colored
copy of the section we measured through the widest portion of the
State, viz., between Eden and the Canada Line. It will be suspended very near a set of the specimens which were collected
along the route. It is designed both to show the character of the
rocks as they appear at the surface along a given line, and to represent the supposed relation to one another which the respective
formations have beneath the soil.
It is possible that persons in different parts of the State have
been expecting to see us in their towns during one of the past two
seasons, and not having seen us, may have thought we have not
appreciated the importance of their rocks. We can only say, if
such be the fact, that we have been as expeditious as possible in
our field-work, and that our apparent neglect has arisen from the
impossibility of being in two places at the same time. If any persons are very anxious to have the rocks of their neighborhood examined in the future, we would suggest to them the desirableness of informing us of their wishes, so that our plans of action
may be made to coincide with their wishes.








),,M  O N T      1.'.~:::'
A    I B                        R.''''oi.'., I J,`~L~4   ELtNT 4 *iN;'< r                                      \,i:         t.'"':"':
Sclote.,.>' ~ c                   /2-                    R,     J.a::,,,,,,..'     t.:..-.:1cl'.   >
)'-:.,,         3'' }AZ'S "7t                                                            |.,
l"
-ft..A!?                                  6.  N t,'-            i P                                    - /                 /lw wt6 P.::?..
~?.....,', -P!
M-r/~L,':,,{':r!::~'&,'NAN 
iV2>~~~~~~~~~';,   U-:.>-:;7.-" SC2tcE AFAI&. fo IoV.e, d                    et.i.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 227
A. GEOLOGY OF THE MORE SOUTHERN AND SETTLED
PORTIONS OF THE STATE.
According to the plan proposed on a previous page, the description of the Geology of the more southern and settled portions of
the State will embrace three districts; first, the country adjacent
to Rockland and Camden; second, the section from Eden to the
Canada Line, in Sandy Bay; and third, a large region west of the
Kennebec River. The Geology of the first district is interesting because the relations of the (so-called) Taconic limestones, quartzites
and schists are discussed, both in a scientific and practical manner.
The second subdivision is occupied entirely with the description of
a Geological Section, the longest and perhaps the most important
one that could be measured anywhere in the State.
I. REGION OF ROCKLAND, CAMDEN AND VICINITY.
Perhaps it will be well at the outset to give the geographical
limits of this region. The accompanying Geological Map specifies
them very definitely. Beginning in St. George and Cushing, the
portion explored widens in looking northwards, including Rockland
and Warren; grows still wider where it includes Appleton, Hope
and Lincolnville, when it begins to diminish, and comes to a point
in Waldo. In brief language, it is a strip of country from five to
twenty miles in width, on the west side of Penobscot Bay, between
Belfast and St. George. The geology of Vinalhaven will also be
described briefly, although not delineated upon the map.
This region was explored by C. HI. Hitchcock and G. L. Goodale
during the first twenty days in July last. We were greatly assisted
a portion of the time by J. O. Robinson, Esq., of Thomaston, who
often travelled with us to point out localities, and to communicate
facts respecting the quarries of limestone. A great deal of our
time was spent among the limestone deposits of Thomaston, Rockland and Camden,.since the most difficult stratigraphical problems
to be solved were connected with them. I may say truly that I
never before found a region where it was more difficult to ascertain
the true position of the strata than here.




228               BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
I have worked for a long time among the same rocks in Western
Vermont, and though I did not profess to have arrived at defipite
conclusions there respecting the time, age and position of the
strata, I found it much easier to be satisfied with my explorations.
Evidences of disturbance are much more prominent among the,
limestones of Penobscot Bay, and they are far more abundant.
We had the maps of the Vermont rocks given us by our predecessors to correct, and the writings of eminent geologists to place
distinctly before us the salient points to be examined. But here
the field is a new one. None who have gone before us in Thomaston ever attempted a section: of the strata, or described the rocks
with any precision. We had, however, a poor section of the
Camden rocks, which was of a little value to us.
For two reasons we undertook the exploration of this region;
first, we wished to explore some limited portion of the State more
carefully than ordinarily, that the authorities and citizens might
know by the inspection of its results, how we wish to examine and
describe the rocks of every portion of the State in a Final Report;
second, we wished to "take the bull by its horns," as it werethat is, to grapple with one of the most difficult and at the same
time interesting geological problems to be solved in Maine. To a
large proportion of scientific men the description of the Taconic
rocks will be the most interesting part of the Report.
Like the discussion of certain important theological doctrines,
the discussion of the age of the Taconic rocks of North America
bids fair to be continued from one generation to another. Those
who first debated the question are now well advanced in life, while
the discussion is mainly carried on by those who were either
too young to appreciate it in 1840, or have but recently taken up
the subject. The rocks of similar apppearance, and nearly the
same age in England, the Cambrian strata, have excited the attention of their geologists for thirty years; and the history of the discussion shows that the question of their age and position has
apparently been decided several times; but they are not yet all of
them agreed as to their nomenclature. We anticipate a longer period of discussion upon this subject in America than in England. We
cannot see that the debate has yet more than fairly commenced
among us.
It is unnecessary for us to go into a detailed history of the Taconic controversy, for it has already been given, so far as is need



SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  229
ful for our present purposes, in the Preliminary Report, (page 225,
etc.) The Taconic rocks recognized in Maine on Penobscot Bay,
are the Quartz Rock, Eolian (Stockbridge) Limestone, and the pecular Argillo-micaceous and Argillo-talcose schist, erroneously denominated "M ]agnesian Slate." None of them, in this region, are
fossiliferous in the slightest degree, so far as is now known.
The rocks in this district, according to our conclusions, are the
following:  1, Granite and Syenite; 2, Gneiss and Mica Schist,
older than the Taconic group; 3, Saccharoid Azoic Limestone;
4, Taconic Quartz Rock; 5, Eolian Limestone; 6, Taconic Schists,
mostly Argillo-micaceous; 7, Alluvium. This is the arrangement
adopted in the map, only that Alluvium is not there represented.
We will now proceed to describe these rocks in order.
1.  Granite and Syenite.
Five patches of granite and syenite are represented upon the
map. The first occupies the greater portion of St. George, with
a part of South Thomaston. The second is really a part of the
same mass, although separated from it by the St. George river.
It is in the central part of Cushing. The third patch is in Warren,
forming Congress mountain. The fourth is a small development of
granite constituting the backbone of a ridge of hills in the northwest corner of Hope. The fifth patch lies chiefly in Camden, and
runs under Megunticook mountain, the highest eminence in this
district.
At Ash Point the granite crops out at the ocean's edge, while
the greater part of the point away from the shore line is covered
by drift. The island off the point is also granite. Upon Spaulding's Point, to the south-west, the granite changes its mica for
hornblende, and hence becomes syenite. The rocks on these two
points would make an enduring building material. The constituent
crystals are often quite large.
At the village of South Thomaston one may see the boundary
line between the poorly characterized mica schist and the granite.
This line runs north-westerly for two or three miles towards Thomaston village, and then continues to the St. George river in a
south-westerly direction, crossing over to the middle of Cushing.
The western border of this granitic mass is composed of hornblende
rock and granite. Passing to the middle of the granitic expanse,
we find the rock sometimes porphyritic-i. e., containing large




230                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
crystals of feldspar-but more commonly an ordinary granite. At
the " Landing" in South Thomaston the rock is extensively quarried, and its quality can safely be recommended. Perpendicular
seams or joints running N. 800 E. are quite numerous here, and
remind one of strata very much. Jointed seams of this character which have been superinduced after the formation of the
rock, as here, are commonly as true and evenly parallel as if elaborately chiseled out and smoothed by the hand of skillful lapidaries. The greater part of St. George is underlaid with granite,
as the map and some future remarks will show.
The islands off the coast of St. George are chiefly of granite,
and yield much fine stone for the market. Dix island, Seal Harbor
islands, White Head islands, Clarke's island and High island, are
certainly granitic. We are not informed as to the rock upon the
islands adjacent to the Muscle Ridge, but suppose them to be composed of granite.
In Cushing the granitic rocks are chiefly confined to a narrow
belt crossing the town a little below its geographical centre. Going south from MIaple Juice Cove we come to syenite at a saw
mill not far from the Cushing church, and this soon is replaced
by granite, the syenite being upon its western border. The granitic belt is nearly two miles wide and extends into Friendship,
where its extent is unknown to us. But the mica schist south of
the granitic belt, and the gneiss in the north part of Cushing,
abound with immense veins of granite, almost of sufficient importance, to be delineated upon the map. One in particular, of considerable width, extends from the village of Cushing to South pond
in Warren, and is beautifully porphyritic.  Other large veins
of granite occur in the gneiss west and north of South pond in
Warren.
At the corners in the road beyond the south-east end of South
pond, is a large ledge of granite, and in the whole town of Warren
are many similar ones, not represented upon the map, still of considerable dimensions. The second patch of granite, composing
Congress hill and vicinity, in Warren, is prlobably a patch of this
general description, only that is much larger.  According to the
views presented in the Preliminary Report, (page 204,) concerning the origin of granite, we should expect frequently in a gneiss
region to find large veins of granite. Congress mountain must be
about 900 feet high, and is in the north part of Warren. The




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  231
granite is not beautiful, and the constituents are coarse. My impression is that this granite extends a greater distance than is
represented, or into the valley of St. George river towards the village of Warren.
Another limited patch is exhibited in the north-west part of
Hope, and its stratigraphical relations appear in Fig. 35. We noticed
it upon the road crossing Muddy mountain. It is a coarse variety,
generally possessing inferior economical qualities. It appears to
be an immense bed in gneissic strata.
The last development of granite to be noticed lies mostly in
Camden, forming the base of Megunticook mountain. Part of it
occurs on the west side of Lincolnville or Canaan pond, part lies
on the promontory running into the pond, but the greatest portion
is about the mountain in Camden. It is a beautifully white variety, extensively quarried from the large fragments that have fallen
down the steep side of the mountain. A portion of it is represented in a section in Fig. 35, where it seems to form a syn6linal
axis with the granite of Muddy mountain. The precise extent of
this granite into Megunticook mountain is unknown to us, as we
had not- time to ascend it. It is a fact worthy of remembrance
that the granite of Knox county is disposed to arrange itself into
mountains and mountain ranges. The scenery about Megunticook
mountain is quite wild and interesting.
The gneiss, (mica schist often,) of Lincolnville and Northport,
contains many beds of granite. One of them near the Witherby
House in Northport, is a beautiful variety of tabular granite, and
is comparatively quite large. As we explored these towns very
little, larger masses of granite may exist there, which escaped our
notice.
2.  Gneiss and Mica Schist.
The greater portion of the rocks of the region now being described
are obscure gneiss and mica schist. So much of the schist prevails
that it is difficult to avoid calling the whole deposit by that name.
The micaceous rocks which are evidently connected with the Taconic series are excluded.from this designation. It is doubtless
the case that in our anxiety not to detract from the limits of
the Taconic series, we have included some of the older mica
schists among them. It cannot be doubted that the strata described
under this head are older than the Taconic rocks, whatever age
may be assigned to the latter.




2ia2               BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
The general character of these older schistose rocks may be
briefly summed up by describing the three most common varieties. These are, first, an obscure gneiss, generally of an extremely
uncouth and ugly appearance, rarely appearing in beautiful ledges,
but more commonly protruding a short distance above the surface
with a weather worn and dilapidated aspect; second, mica schist,
generally showing scattered crystals of feldspar upon its edges,
though not readily seen when the specimens are viewed with the
flat surface up: this rock is often beautifully foliated and handsome in appearance; third, beds of granite, sometimes tabular,
sometimes finely grained, rarely porphyritic, but commonly an
easily decomposing, very plain, rusty looking variety, fit only to
disintegrate and form new soil for vegetation.
Four deposits of mica schist and gneiss in this region deserve
our notice. The first is gneiss, in the south part of St. George. The
second is mica schist, in the south part of Cushing. The third is
the greatest of all, extending from Cushing to the corner of Belfast,
occupying the principal parts of Cushing, Warren, Union, Hope,
Camden, Lincolnville and Northport. The fourth is sparingly represented upon the map in Waldo and Morrill, but belongs to a
gneissic area much larger than the one just described. If we should
speak of the geology of the whole country between Kennebec and
Penobscot rivers, we should call the last the great deposit, of which
the third was only a spur. The third and fourth deposits are
probably connected together by a synclinal axis, upon which the
Taconic schists running south-west from Belfast are superimposed.
Having seen it stated that the whole of St. George was composed of granite, we were quite surprised last July to find the
whole of the south part of the town composed of gneiss, although
the strata were often very much contorted and the rock uninteresting. In leaving the granite of St. George, one first sees the
feldspathic mica.schist near Tennant's Harbor, where it dips 850
N. 800 W., or nearly perpendicular. At Mosquito Harbor the
gneissic type is predominant, and of an unusually clean appearance. It is full of what we regard as pebbles altered and distorted
by metamorphic action and pressure, as discussed in our Preliminary Report, page 178. The work, however, is carried to an extreme here. The strata dip 50~ N. 70~ W.
Outcrops of gneiss are common all the way to the Light House
at Herring Gut. Here are several trap dikes, running N. 70~ E.,




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  233
being vertical. The strata of gneiss are wonderfully convoluted,
and very fine specimens to illustrate them in Cabinets might be
obtained here. A few layers of hornblende schist of a handsome
variety are interstratified with the gneiss. The strata have an
average dip of 40~ south-easterly, and thus we have the evidence of
an anticlinal axis running through this patch of gneiss in the south
part of St. George. Curious veins of syenite abound in the trap near
the Light House, the syenite appearing conglomerated. It is very
rare elsewhere to find syenitic veins in trap rock. The trap dikes
are only a few feet wide, and the syenitic veins as many inches.
In the south part of Cushing we regard the mica schist as predominating, insomuch that upon the large map of the Sate it is not
embraced in the same formation with the gneiss of this region.
The texture of the rock is very fine and the strata very thin, as if
coinciding with planes of cleavage, and the rock altered from clay
slate. Veins of granite are remarkably abundant, and many of
them are very tortuous. Most of the granite in the veins is very
coarse-grained. Fig. 34 represents a portion of a tortuous granite
vein from this vicinity, the block being twenty-six inches long,
and the vein varies from half to three-quarters of an inch in width.
The straight lines represent the strata of schist, and the crooked
ones the vein. The strata appear not to have been at all affected
FIG. 34.......11. HIlll /  
Granite veins in mica schist.
by the protrusion of the granite. It is difficult to conceive how
such a crooked fissure could have been formed at the outset; and
then to imagine how the crevice was filled so compactly and apparently quietly. The whole vein as measured is thirty feet long,
and it divides into branches, tapering finally to a point. It is
wonderful how numerous these contorted veins are at the extreme
south point of the promontory.
MIuch of the mica schist in Cushing is rapidly decomposing.
The dip of the strata varies from 75~ to 80~ south-east. At the
end of the promontory we noticed an interesting band of conglomerate twenty feet wide. The cement is mica schist, while most of
30




234                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
the pebbles are elongated and flattened, and entirely siliceous.
They illustrate the different phases of conglomerate metamorphism
more finely than the example in Washington county adduced last
year. Gay's Island, which is a large island connected with the
main land during low tide, is also composed of mica schist.
Whether the St. George's Islands or any in Muscongus bay have
a similar basis, we have no means of ascertaining. To learn the
geological character of these and all the islands scattered along
the coast of Maine will require a considerable time with a sail boat.
Adjacent to the granite in St. George and South Thomaston is a
narrow belt of obscure mica schist, which really belongs to the
deposits of this age, although the paucity of our observations there
and the concealment of the ledges by drift makes our knowledge of
them very limited. It is at least a mile in width where we crossed
it after leaving the quartz rock on West Keag river. Its relations
to the adjacent rocks are given in Fig. 37.
We cannot find much that will interest in the details of the distribution of the gneissic rocks of the third area specified, or that
including the north part of Cushing, Warren, etc., to Belfast. The
rocks in Caushing are mostly distinct gneiss but of uninteresting
appearance. Where the rocks of this group first show themselves
on the road to Cushing from Thomaston, they consist of gneiss and
hornblende rock with a little granite. The strata are very much
plicated. A synclinal axis runs along near the eastern shore as
far south as the rock extends. In the north-west part of CGushing
and the north part of Friendship, the dip is uniform, and the
gneissic character of the rock prevalent, interspersed with numerous granite veins.
In the south part of Warren, Mr. Peter Wallace's house stands
upon the eastern border of the gneiss. About South pond the dip
is variable, and the gneiss alternates with granite, often very beautiful. The uniformity of the gneissic rocks in the other parts of
Warren is relieved by the occurrence of occasional beds of saccaroid azoic limestone.
In Camden there is greater variety. Between Simonton's Corners and the Harbor the rock is a handsome variety of the mica
schist, sometimes suitable for paving stones. On Roach hill and
westwardly the gneissic type predominates. A section from Ingraham's Corner to Union shows both mica schist and gneiss with
several folds in the strata. This road passes by a pond, on the




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  235
opposite side of which interesting white rocks crop out on the
sides of steep mountains. These are probably granite, though
they resemble beds of limestone showing their edges in true sedimentary style. In the north-west part of Camden the mica schist
~occasionally appears with the gneiss-also a single ledge of hornblende-schist with a small northerly dip. A range of high mountains in the west part of the town are gneissic, running north-easterly from Congress mountain in Warren. The names of several
peaks are Spruce mountain, Ragged mountain and Bald mountain.
The last two are appropriately named. Immense disturbances
must have accompanied the elevation of these mountains, for at
the base of Bald mountain, east of Hosmer pond, the strata run
at right angles with their course at the summit of the ridge; and
neither of the two courses are the common ones in this region; for
the one is east and west, and the other north and south, while the
common strike is a north-east and south-west course.
In Union we find more regularity in the position, although folds
are more common. Cobb's hill, in the village, is an anticlinal
knob of highly ferruginous mica schist. Near the north line of
Union, on the east side of Sennebec Pond, the rock is largely
quartz-particularly in the vicinity of the iron ore. Near the
quartz the strata are mostly of mica schist. Inqother parts of the
town we saw only the gneissic variety.
This formation, as it runs into Appleton, is mostly mica schist.
In HIope, the gneiss predominates. Near Hobbs' pond there is
pyritiferous mica schist, and mica schist with granite is developed
adjacent to Bartlett's limestone.
East of Megunticook and Battie Mountains in Camden, a sort of
spur of an imperfect gneiss may be seen. Following up the, coast to
the "Beach" in Lincolnville, a siliceous slate is found, which we
suppose to constitute a portion of the gneiss formation. In the
south part of Northport feldspathic mica schist appears; and to
the north some talcose rocks are interstratified with the gneiss.
In the principal portions of Lincolnville and Northport gneiss
abounds.
The last belt of gneiss represented on the map is in. Waldo. All
that we saw was of an inferior quality. Some large veins of granite appear in it. Ten miles west of Belfast there is a coarse mica
schist containing garnet; tourmaline, hornblende, and large masses
of feldspar.




236                     BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
For the convenience of those who are interested in tracing out
the stratigraphical relations of this deposit of gneiss, we give here
in a table all the observations of the position of the  strata which
we have. To ascertain the strike, it is necessary to calculate it
from the dip; remembering that the course of the strata is always
at right angles to the dip:
LOCALITY.                    DIP.                REMARKS.
Cushing, north-east part,       800 S. 600 E.,      Strata plicated.
Cushing, Maple Juice Cove,      750 S. 750 W.,      Anticlinal  with previous
Cushing, west border,           South-easterly.                  [observation,
Friendship, east part,          Strike N. 10~ E.
Warren, south-east of South pond, 65~ S. 68~ E.,    Near Peter Wallace's.
Warren, south of South pond,    500-650 S. 780 E.
Warren, west of South pond,     850 N. 780 W.,      Interstratified with granite.
Warren, west part,              75~ S. 12 E., and 850
S. 12~ E.
Warren, do.,                    40~ S. 750 E., and 65~
S. 120 E.
Warren, near the village,       65~ S. 60~ E.,      Much contorted.
Warren, east from the village,    55~0 S. 700 E.,   At a limestone bed.
Warren, at saw mill on Oyster river, 750 S. 300 E.,  Near Thomaston line.
E. Union,                       S. 70~ E.
E. Union,                       Both east'ly & west'ly, An anticlinal.
Union,                          80~ NW.,            At Bullen's limestone bed.
Union common,                   600 S. 700 E.,      AtBatchelder's"       "
Union common,                   An anticlinal,      On Cobb's Hill.
Union,                          High to S. 600 E,   At Miller's quarry.
Union, north part,              750 westerly,       At Iron Ore Bed.
Camden, Ingraham's corner,      Perpendicular,      Strike E. and W.
Camden, do., one mile west,     550 S. 200 E.,      On top of mountain ridge.
Camden, Roach hill,             48~ S. 700 E.
Camden, south-west part,        750 S. 20~ E.
Camden, Simonton's corner,      600 N. 300 E.,       Mica schist.
Camden, north of do.,           N. 30~ W.
Camden, west part,              Westerly.
Camden, north-east part,        430 easterly, 70~ S.
20~ E., and 30~ N.
70~ W.,          East of Mount Battie.
Camden, Hosmer pond, north side, 450 S. 30~ E.
Camden, south of Hosmer pond,         -             Strike E. and W.
Camden, top of ridge,           450 E.,             West of Hosmer pond.
Camden, head of Megunticook river, 25~ N.,          Hornblendic rock.
Camden, north-east part,        27~ S. 60~ E.,      Anticlinal with previous
Hope, Hobbs' pond,              40~ S. 80~ E.                    [observation.
Hope, west part,                South-easterly.
Appleton, south-east part,      High to S. E.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                     237
LOCALITY.                DIP.              REMARKS.
Appleton, north-east part,  80~ S E., and 600~ S. E.
Lincolnville pond,          500 N. 20~ W.,       In Camden.
Lincolnville, Beach,       Dip easterly.
Northport, south part,      70~ S. 360 E.
Northport,                  750 N.
Northport, north part,      80~ S. E.
The following results flow from  this table:  1. The most common dip in the whole gneiss district is to the south-east. 2. A
short anticlinal axis occurs in the north-east part of Cushing, and
of course a synclinal of equal length on the west side of the anticlinal.  3. There is a very important synclinal between Megunticook mountain and the Taconic schists in Appleton; and the granite
of the mountain itself appears to be in the ridge of an anticlinal.
4. There are two anticlinals and two synclinals between Ingraham's corner in Camden and Union common, as seen along the
road passing through E. Union.  5. The variations of the dip in
the west part of Camden among the high mountains, result from
displacement, rather than the usual plicating forces. 6. The other
exceptions to the usual dip are either local matters, or their relations have not yet been traced out.
FIG. 35.
a 7,r)    ~...~  C"   e
X.: W~t.  An c-S. E.
Section from  lippleton to Camden.
aa. Argillo-mica schist, (Taconic.)
b. Azoic limestone, Smith's Mills.
c. Azoic limestone, Hope Corners.
dd. Gneiss.
ee. Granite.
f.  Camden Harbor..VN. W. North-west.
S. E. South-east.
Fig. 35 illustrates the relative position of the gneiss strata with the
adjacent rocks on a section from Camden harbor to the north part
of Appleton, exemplifying the third conclusion derived from  the
Table of Dips. At the northwest end of the section are the
Taconic schists, a, with a high north-westerly dip of 65~, often
leaning slightly to the northwest. Passing into the valley, we find
near Smith's mills a very wide bed of Azoic limestone, b, supposed




238                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
by us to be imbedded in gneiss. But it seems to dip north-westerly, averaging 75~, and hence under the schists, just as if it belonged to the Taconic series. It is also of great longitudinal
extent. The gneiss, d, dips south-easterly at first 806 and then 60~.
Passing to the top of the hill or Muddy mountain, in Hope, we
find granite, e, at its summit. The gneiss appears again in HIope.
East of the Corners appears another bed of Azoic limestone, c, dipping N. 10~ W., so that we have a synclinal axis. We have not
seen the westerly outcrop of this limestone, as represented in the
Figure, but cannot doubt its existence, though it may be concealed
by drift deposits. East of the limestone more gneiss and granite,
e, appear, apparently the same layers repeated that were just
passed over. They continue into Camden, until we come to the
Taconic rocks again, a, which appear to be disposed in an anticlinal form. These Taconic rocks here often perplexed us by their
similarity to the older schists.
Under Economical Geology we will describe a valuable vein of
iron ore in the gneiss in the north part of Union.
3. Saccharoid Azoic Limestone.
We draw a distinction this year, which was barely hinted' at last
year, between the Saccharoid Azoic Limestones and the Taconic
Limestones. As far as lithological appearances go, it would be
impossible often to distinguish between the two, but when the
question of geological age is taken into consideration, the distinction becomes plain. In the first group we include all the beds of
limestone which occur in the older gneiss and mica schist. The
Taconic (Eolian) Limestones are connected with quartz rock and
argillo-micaceous schists, and are generally of greater width and
length.
The Azoic Limestones are found in Warren, Union, HIope, Camden and Lincolnville. We shall describe only those of which we
have positive knowledge. The beds in many of these towns are
so large, and the stone so firm, that blocks of marble have frequently been taken from them. Some of them are now being quarried
for the kiln, but at others these operations have ceased to be carried on profitably. We had time to examine only two beds of
limestone in Warren, although others more valuable exist in the
town. One is about a mile north-east from the village, and the
rock is inclined 55~ S. 700 E. It is white, of good quality, of




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   239
great amount, and quarried. The other bed noticed was not as
good, and is in the north part of the town near Congress mountain.
The other beds in town have been thus described: "On the western side of the St. George river on Mr. A. Starrett's estate, there
are two beds of limestone, the largest of which is twenty feet wide,
dipping 78~ south-easterly. They are dolomitic, and contain crystals of galena and zinc blende. On the eastern side of this river
upon Mr. A. Starrett's land, there is a similar bed of limestone,
99 feet wide, and 150 feet long, as exposed. Another bed belonging to John Starrett, is 122 feet wide, and has been uncovered for
220 feet. It is inclined 55~ S. E. On Benjamin Starrett's land
there are two beds of limestone, one of which is 30 feet wide, dipping about 55~ S. E. On a high bank of St. George river a cliff of
limestone is exposed, 26 feet high, and traceable laterally half a
mile. It is half a mile north-west from A. Starrett's bed."  All
these beds of limestone are white, and often highly crystalline.
One would think that a better quality of lime could be manufactured from such pure material, than from the darker-colored and
coarser-looking limestones of Thomaston, etc., which are so celebrated in the market. Experience, however, is the only reliable
test of the best quality of rock for the manufacture of quick-lime.
Quite a number of excellent beds of limestone are found in
Union. Large beds are found upon IHarding's point at the southwest side of Crawford's pond, in the south part of the town, one
of which is nearly a hundred feet wide and over three hundred feet
long. Near Union Common, upon Capt. N. Batchelder's estate, is
a large bed thirty feet wide and nine hundred and twenty-four feet
long. It has a bluish tint, and is very saccharoidal. In the southeast part of the town, near Mr. Mliller's, are two large beds of
limestone, both being in the same range. It has been dug into in
several places. The dip common to all the outcrops is about 65~ S.
600 E. A large granite vein crosses the limestone, the first instance of the kind we have ever seen. The limestone is a finegrained light gray rock, and the width of the bed varies from ten
to thirty feet. It must be twenty rods long. Near it are scattered
smaller beds, often of no value. Upon the Bullen farm, to the
north-west, is a bed of limestone ifty feet wide, quite firm, and
might be wrought to a limited extent as a marble. It has been
traced over a thousand feet. It dips 800 N. W., and has been
quarried in three places. Another bed appears on the north side




240                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
of Hope lake. This is in the town of Hope. Upon Ephraim
Bartlett's farm, near Hope Corners, is a very large bed of limestone,
dipping from 12~-20~ N. 10~ W. Granite and mica schist are the
wall rocks. It has been quarried at two different places.
Near Ingraham's Corners in Camden, there is a large bed of
limestone, if not two, side by side, which closely resemble the
Taconic limestone, and indeed it is barely separated from the west
end of the Camden belt of Eolian limestone. It is not impossible
that the two belts once joined each other, and have been separated
by the forces which elevated Bald mountain and Ragged mountain,
although their strikes are at right angles to each other. The bed
is in mica schist, about three-quarters of a mile south of the Corners, and dips southerly about 75~. Itis quarried very extensively,
and burnt.
At least four large quarries of limestone are wrought in the
south part of Lincolnville, viz: Young's, Coleman's, Heal's and
Ball's. We suppose them all to belong to the same belt of rock.
They dip 38~ S. E. They are inexhaustible. We heard of limestone also at Brown's Neck, and on Jonathan Moody's land, but
had not time to visit the localities.
A very large bed of limestone runs from Appleton into Searsmont. It is on the east side of the St. George river, and is quarried at several openings at Smith's Mills and in Searsmont. It is
several miles long, and the belt is upwards of a quarter of a mile in
width. Its dip is 75~ N. 50~ W., or apparently beneath the Taconic
schist upon the hill west. We found no rock between it and the
first Taconic outcrop on the hill, and do not know but that it may
possibly prove to be of Taconic age.
All the beds of Azoic limestone now described, either have been,
are now or are capable of being quarried extensively for the manufacture of quicklime. The manufactured lime must be equal if
not superior, as a general thing, to that made in Rockland. Being
at a distance from the sea-shore it cannot be furnished to the market so cheaply, and hence the inland quarries are not worked with
so much vigor as those in Thomaston and Camden.
A slight examination of the map shows us that there are three
if not four belts of the azoic linmstone, yet the inclinations are such
as to suggest whether they may not be repetitions of the same belt.
One range is in the St. George valley in Hope, Appleton and Searsmont. Another runs from Ingraham's corner to Warren. The




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 241
third extends from south of Crawford's pond to north of Hope
Lake. If there is a fourth it embraces the Hope and Lincolnville
beds. It is curious that the dip of the different beds in all these
lines is different. That in the valley of the St. George river dips
in opposite directions away from each other, making an anticlinal;
so do those on the Crawford pond range; while the Lincolnville
and Hope beds dip towards each other, and the Ingraham corner
and Warren beds dip in the same direction essentially. Fig. 35
shows that the Hope and Appleton beds are distinct from each
other. The Crawford pond and St. George river ranges may make
a great synclinal axis with each other; and if the former is connected at all with the Ingraham corner range the connection is'not
obvious. The study of the connection between different beds of
limestone may not only indicate the number of folds in the older
strata, but may also lead to the discovery of more limestone now
concealed from view by the soil. We hope that these glimpses of
connection between the various limestone beds of this vicinity may.
lead some resident to work out the relations more fully.
4.  Quartz Rock, (Taconic.)
Three belts of this Quartz Rock are represented upon our map.
One is between the two belts of Eolian limestone in Rockland and
Thomaston; another extends from South Thomaston, generally
along the shore of Penobscot bay, with an occasional submergence
beneath the salt water, to Rockport; and the third is an isolated
outlier in Camden, forming Mount Battie. In the west part of
Thomaston is a considerable thickness of quartz rock not represented.
The best characterized locality of quartz rock is near the south
end of the first belt, near West Keag river in South Thomaston.
The hill south and west from the dolomite quarry, (Marsh quarry,)
is the place where it crops out so finely. The rock is a sandstone, very much like the white purely silicious Potsdam  sandstone about Lake Champlain. It has numerous minute crystals
of magnetite scattered through it. It dips 75~ N. 600 W., and its
relations to the adjacent strata are given in Fig. 37. It appears to
overlie some of the older mica schist, and to underlie the Taconic
schist and dolomitic limestone. This locality is the most promising place we have seen in this rock for the occurrence of fossils.
31




242                   BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
In the very south-east corner of Thomaston, we see more of this
quartz rock, dipping 55~ N. 40~ W., and in the south part of the
city limits of Rockland the dip is 60~ N. 70~ W., and 400 S. 70~ E.
The latter example is the furthest south. Much mica is associated
with the quartz here, and all along through Rockland. The city
is situated upon this rock, and'we find indications of an anticlinal
axis there from our notes-one observation of the dip being 600 N.
600 W., andlthe other 60~ southeasterly. It is exhibited in Fig. 38.
The quartz rock beyond Rockland passes beneath the bay till it
rises again at Jameson's point. It is supposed to occupy the
whole of this projection of land, and to be cut off again at Clam
cove in Camden. Figs. 39 and 40 show its relation to the schists.
North of Clam cove the quartz layers dip 700 N. W. Where this
rock appears still further north, to its utmost limit, it is a hyaline
or glassy. variety, precisely like the typical "granular quartz"
of Emmons. A great boss of it a mile south of Rockport dips apparently 300 S. E.  It may be traced along the whole shore to the
inmost corner of Rockport harbor, and would make at almost any
portion of its course, an excellent material for the manufacture of
glass.
FIG. 36.
Explanation of, the..          -..
The scale of this map is 
the same as that of the 
Map of Waldo  County.
The space  covered by.t.
crosses represents gnciss;          X 
the perpendicular or N. &.'                         |
S. lines represent quartz                   
rock; the horizontal lines.....
represent Eolian  lime- 
stone; the checked sur-:'-:~        2
face represents silicious                 K.;
slates and slaty quartz;
the lines inclining to the
right represent a micace- -
ous quartzite or schist;   +':....
the lines inclining to the
left are Taconic schists.,-'
The oval space in the cen-  1.)! 
tre represents Lily pond.   ~p
Geology of Rockcport and vicinity.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   243
About Rockport the details of its distribution are more interesting. In general the shape of the formation may-be seen in Fig. 36.
Just south of the village its width quadruples; and in less than
two miles to the west it has thinned out entirely. It is an important fact, as learned from this map, that the formation makes a
bend of a right angle, running westerly instead of northerly. Another interesting fact is illustrated by a small patch of quartz rock
on the east side of the harbor. It is triangular in shape, and not
more than half a dozen rods wide, but it has been elevated so as to
stand side by side with a newer rock-a mass of strata that has
been elevated vertically. Consequently there is what is called a
fault between the two rocks, and we can see here the smoothed
vertical surfaces of both rocks where they rubbed against each
other during this vertical motion.  Another fault is also shown
upon both sides of the harbor in connection with the quartz, where
the argillo-micaceous schist is displaced. Here too it is the quartz
that appears to have been elevated.
In the first case the course of the fault is N. 10~ E.; the quartz
rock dips 300 S. E., while the adjacent wrinkled slaty rock dips
20~ N. 800 E. In the second example the dip of the two rocks is
equally variable, the former dipping 60~ S. 700 E., and the latter
50~ N. 200 W. It is probable that the cause of these dislocations
is to be found in the bending of the course of the formation westwardly. Perhaps its original course was more to the northward.
The characters of this rock show finely south of Goose river, on
the road to Rockland. Adjacent to the river the quartz is very
thin bedded, and dips northerly about 12~. A few rods south the
massive hyaline quartz dips 40~ northerly. This rock appears in
numerous bosses among the houses and gardens in this part of the
village. The position a mile west of Rockport is similar to that
just noticed.
The more slaty portion of the quartz is above the rest; and
upon the north side of the harbor, it is more largely developed,
often a real silicidus slate. Upon Fig. 36 it is distinguished from
the rest of the formation, and is somewhat disturbed by faults,
as already indicated.  Many of the layers are calcareous, and
exceedingly contorted. In order from south-east to north-west
are the following dips: 40~ N. 80~ E., 550 S. E., 200 N. 100 E.,
400 N. 700 W., and 78~ easterly.  As the distance passed over is
less than half a mile, these various dips indicate disturbances. Be



244                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
tween Lily pond and a small church this rock occurs, and has
interstratified withr it a few layers of conglomerate, some of whose
constituent pebbles have been flattened and elongated in the direction of the strike. Thley dip 45' N. 70~ E. That part of this rock
which is situated nearest the river, in the central portions of the
village, merges into a greenish schist, having a small easterly dip;
while the more northern portions, as on the road to Camden, are
dark silicious slates and black slaty quartz rock, dipping 45~ N.
40~ E. West of the bridge in Rockport the dip of this slaty quartz
is northerly.
Two islands off Beauchamp's point are represented upon our
map in Fig. 36, the lowest one, Lowell's rock, being entirely
composed of quartz rock; and the other, Indian island, having a
micaceous schist with the quartz.
Concerning the felt of quartz rock in Rockland which lies between two belts of limestone but little need be said. A reference
to the map will show its situation, and Fig. 39 will show its stratigraphical relations. It appears to constitute an anticlinal axis,
underlying both bands of limestone. This rock constitutes the
foundation of the highest hill north-west from Rockland, or where
the Fourth Regiment M. V. M. was encamped last summer.
Mount Battie is an immense pile of consolidated distorted pebbles, and belongs to this formation, since the rock is pure silica,
and seems to be of the same age. Last year we said something
about this mountain under the erroneous name of Megunticook
mountain. The latter name belongs to the granitic pile behind'Battie, of still grander proportions. Mount Battie is exceedingly
-precipitous-it being impossible to ascend it on the east and south
sides. The strata are very obscure, although at almost every step
[the pebbles composing them are obvious. Upon the south and east
sides of the mountain the strata appear to dip southerly and east-.erly at a small angle, and they are thus represented in the section,
Fig. 41. Professor Emmons estimates the dip at 250 S. E.
Those who are interested in the exhibition of distorted pebbles
in conglomerate may find examples upon Mount Battie. We
would not represent this case as a typical one; i. e., one where the
phenomena are in the greatest perfection. Still the proximity of
this locality to frequented routes of travel makes it a good one to
visit. The finest examples of these distortions occur in the less
frequented parts of. the State, as in Rangely. These pebbles on




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  245
Mt. Battie are all small, and are not always elongated or flattened.
But the localities of the altered ones are. so'common that we
think no one could fail to discover them. Good examples were
seen on the top of the mountain, both at the south and northern
ends. Two sets of joints cross the strata-one running N. 75~ W.,
and the other N. 10~ E.-which sometimes cut the pebbles in two.
Our last year's estimate of the thickness of the strata of this
mountain at 500 feet we will not change. The height of the mountain is about 1,000 feet above the bay at its base. One can hardly
resist the conviction that Mounts Battie and Megunticook have
been elevated to their present height by a "convulsion of nature,"
rather than the quiet. and gradual way in which ranges of mountains are normally elevated. The section in Fig. 41 confirms this
view; for what is more likely than that the quartz rock in Rockport, bb, forms a great synclinal axis with 1, the conglomerate of
Mt. Battie? The fault then must be found, if anywhere, between
k and 1.
In Fig. 38 a narrow band of quartz rock is exhibited west of the
Meadow's quarries in Thomaston. Whether this is to be considered a part of the formation we have been describing, or as a member of the Taconic schists, we know not. We had not time to
trace it through its whole extent, still we think it quite limited.
It dips 50~ N. 50~ W., or away from the limestone. Still it may
be repeated by an anticlinal, which we suppose to exist, although
the rocks cannot be seen, before the limestone is reached, and thus
underlie it in the normal way. Some of these quartz layers are
calcareous, and resemble dark siliceous slate.  Others are bright
colored; and some show the constituent grains of silica distinctly.
The mica schist to the west has a still higher dip in the same
direction. The belt is a dozen rods wide.
5. Eolian Limestone.
The name suggested by Professor Emmons for the principal belt
of Taconic Limestone, was Stockbridge Limestone, from the town of
Stockbridge, in western Massachusetts, where are large quarries
of marble. For geological reasons any father suggested* a change
*See Final Report upon the Geology of Vermont, Vol. 1, page 395.




246           BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
in the name of. the  
group to Eolian Lime-  
stone, and we adopt it                                     ~
here. The name is derived from Mount Eolus   
in Dorset, Vt. Emmons                              -'
applied the name Stock-      \
bridge  Limestone  to
the limestones in Thom-.
aston and Camden twen-              O  
ty years ago. There             mK'
are three large belts of
Eolian limestone in this   
region of country to be       - Oc. f
described —and, indeed,  
we know of no others,  
in the whole State. The e
largest extends from h      _                           F.
the State's Prison in     l                             w
Thomaston nearly to'              C       
Chickawakie pond in,    ~         ~  
Camden.  Another is        s 
in Rockland. A third
is in Camden. Besides.                       -;.S
these, in  Thomaston           1                        O: k
and South Thomaston.  
are several large and
small beds of limestone             C a -             ~ o
and  dolomite in  the'...
schists.                                       t
We present here four      (. 
sections, (Figs. 37, 38,    4i * -    
39 and 40,) crossing all
the limestone belts and beds in Thomaston.
and Rockland.  They will give the relations of the different rocks to one another
much better than detailed descriptions.. 
These sections are very important, as they    - -
show the relations of all the beds of lime-                O
stone in Rockland, Thomaston and South                     H
Thomaston, to all the rocks in the vicinity.'  
They are all drawn parallel to one another,, 




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                     247
FIG. 39.
~r\-C        ed:
Section through Ingraham's and Rankin's Quarries.
aa. Taconic argillo-micaceous schist.
c. Ingraham's limestone quarry.
d. Limestone-north end of the Meadows quarries.
e. Rankin's limestone quarry.
f. Quartz rock.
FIG. 40.
-a                   a  _.
Section across Chickawakie Pond.
aaaa. Taconic argillo-micaceous schist.
b.   Limestone.
c.   Quartz rock.
d.   Chickawakie pond.
e.   Jameson's point.
and not at great distances apart.  Fig. 37 extends through the
Beechwoods quarry, from Ash point in South Thomaston to a saw
mill on Oyster river, just in the edge of Warren. At the two ends
we have the Azoic rocks, gneiss on one side, and mica schist with
granite on the other. Then what we suppose to be the oldest
Taconic rock appears-the quartz rock, near the West Keag river,
underlying the Marsh quarry of dolomite. This rock may possibly
be repeated at the west end of the Taconic schists adjacent to the
gneiss.  The rocks being concealed we could not determine this
point. The rocks appear to have a synclinal structure, the quartz
running beneath both the Eolian limestone and the schists. It is
possible that the most western of the schists are synchronous with
the quartz; or may have been changed into the latter by metamorphic action upon one side of the axis and not upon the other. It
is not uncommon to find interstratified with the Taconic quartz
rock, in other parts of the country, schists very similar to those of
the upper part of the series.  Above the quartz rock, and to the
left hand in the figure, occurs a large bed of dolomite; then succeeds the Taconic schists with at least two beds of limestone,




248                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
owned by Charles E. Butler. At length we cross the largest belt
of limestone in this region. At first the dip is quite large, then it
becomes smaller, and finally becomes large again. The most western exposure on the section is at the Beechwoods quarry; where
the dip is smaller, the exposure is at the Fulling Mill'quarry.
Succeeding the limestone are Taconic schists dipping south-easterly, and towards the limestone.
Fig. 38 presents a section of the rocks from the extreme southwest angle of Owl's Head Harbor in South Thomaston through the
Meadow's quarries to the north-west part of the town of Thomaston. Only Taconic rocks appear upon this section, as well as in
Figs. 39 and 40. At the south-east end there is an anticlinal axis
of quartz rock. Next is a thin band of Taconic schist over thea
quartz and underlying the Eolian Limestone. The dip of the limestone is here more irregular but seems to form a synclinal axis.
Taconic schists and a little quartz rock succeed on the west;
probably in an anticlinal form. The westerly part of the dip is
certain, the eastern conjectural.
Fig. 39 presents a section of the rocks from the bay in the north
part of Rockland city to the town line between Rockland and
Thomaston immediately west of the west branch of Mill river.
Quartz rock at the east end of this section forms a synclinal. Next
appears the eastern belt of limestone, particularly in the latitude of
Rankin's quarry. It dips east. Next succeeds an anticlinal of
quartz rock, followed by the second band of Eolian limestone, at
the north end of the Meadows quarries.  West of this to the
end of the section the schists prevail, interrupted at Ingraham's
quarry by an outbulrst-this word seems to express the physical
appearance of the rock-of limestone. Hence we have two anticlinal and one synclinal axis at this end of the section.
Fig. 40 gives a section of the rocks from Jameson's point across
Chickawakie pond in Camden. We have at the east end quartz
rock dipping north-westerly, then a synclinal of Taconic schists
before coming to the pond south. West of the pond occurs an
inverted anticlinal of limestone, almost concealed, wrapped in the
Taconic schists.
Having now described the sections in general, we will proceed
to give all the particulars needful respecting the character and position of the Eolian limestone at all its exposures.
The most southern exposure of the largest belt is at the State's




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  249
Prison quarry in Thomaston with the strata inclined 800 S. E. If
the rock extended further, the valley of the St. George river would
be ibe place to find it. Northeasterly from the prison the limestone extends into Miller's and the'Beechwoods quarries. At
Miller's the rock is whiter than is common in this vicinity, dipping
from 650-70~ N. 40~ W. Further on the dip is ten degrees greater.
It now begins to curve to the east. At the south end of the
Beechwoods it runs N. 800 E.; southeast from here it runs N. 75~
E., and finally at the Fulling Mill quarry, not far from the east end
of Thomaston street it dips 400 N. Then it bends back again to
its former course, and passes into the Meadows quarries, unless
there is a break, which is improbable.
At the Fulling Mill quarry the rock is unusually dark. At the
mill itself it is yet darker and makes a good marble, slabs of which
have been sawed out in times past, some of which remain here
showing their excellent character. Below the Fulling Mill quarry
on Mill river is an old quarry of white marble of excellent quality,
dipping 200 N. 300 W. This is in Mr. Jacob's pasture. Above
the marble is a bed of schist thirty feet wide in the limestone, with
a greater dip, viz., 60~. In returning to the village from the marble quarry one passes by several exposures of limestone. At a
quarry where a siliceous limestone was being blasted for paving
and building material the dip is 600 N. W., and again 500 N. W.
The nearest exposure of the limestone to the mass of schist at the
east end of Main street, is near Elm street, and the strata are
inclined 250 N. 300 W. These details are of practical interest, aiding in the development of the rock suitable for the manufacture of
quicklime.
Both a north-westerly and a south-easterly dip may be found in
the different openings of the Meadows quarries. Along the line
of the section in Fig. 38, we found the following positions. At the
south-east side of the limestone, the dip is 750 N. W. At the
calcite locality the dip is 800 S. E. Between this opening and the
one on the west side of the north and south road where a variety
of white talc occurs, the dip is north-westerly, but- variable, from
200-80~. Several slips are noticeable, and we have attempted to
give an idea of the irregular dip and the slips in our section. On
the west side of the road the strata dip 75~ S. E., becoming steeper
according to the depth in the quarry. But no particular dip is
constant through all these openings.  The total length of this
32




250                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
large bed of limestone is six and one-half miles. Its northern limit
is near Chickawakie pond.
The section in Fig. 39 shows us a'limestone anticlinal welt of
this principal range at Ingraham's quarry. A similar mass is
exhibited on the hill west of Chickawakie pond, Holmes' quarry,
in Fig. 40. The two masses must have been elevated by the same
agency, and are in the same line of strike, three miles apart. Ingraham's quarry is on the east slope of Marsh's mountain, and west of
Mill river. The strata are almost perpendicular, but show an anticlinal structure. Between two openings in the quarry there is an
interesting bending of the strata, too small to be represented upon
the Figure. On this hummock the strata dip south-easterly about
twenty-five degrees; while beneath them a few feet the layers are,
nearly perpendicular. We suppose this is not an example of mere
bending, but of slipping for a short distance also. At first we
were inclined to believe that the bending was the result of the drift
force; but the dip forbids this supposition. The drift agency
would have bent it in the opposite direction, had it operated upon
the ledge. Of course this hummock is rendered of inferior quality
for the kiln. An interesting black mineral occurs in a portion of
this limestone very abundantly, giving it a different character.
And a few rods east of the quarry may be seen a narrow band of
dolomrite, just as there is east of the Beechwoods quarry. This
limestone, as well as that at Holmes' quarry, differs in no respect
from the common Eolian limestone of this region.
At Holmes' quarry in Canlden, the amount of limestone is
smaller. It is situated on the side of the hill directly west of
C(hickawakie pond. No one would suspect its existence from the
adjacent rocks-and we only stumbled upon it accidentally. It
could hardly have shown itself at the surface before it was quarried;
but now that it has been opened, it is found to increase in width in
descending. The limestone is perpendicular. A few strata of
schist are folded around the calcareous mass, and dip sixty degrees
away from it on both sides. But on the west side the dip very
soon changes to correspond with the easterly dip on the other side.
No other mass of limestone appears upon either side of Holmes'
quarry on the line of strike.
We suppose the curious position of these two quarries of limestone must be explained in this manner. The schists naturally
overlie the limestone, and had no plicating forces ever operated




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 251
in Maine, these beds would have forever remained concealed. The
force in this region seems to have been exerted more powerfully
than in some other parts of the State. Now when this force began to act-supposing it to operate slowly and gradually-these
two kinds of rock were pushed up so as to form a very pretty an-.
ticlinal curve of considerable width. As this agency continued
to crowd the sides of the anticlinal from the south-east, the dips
became greater and greater, until they become perpendicular,
standing side by side. The pressure at Ingraham's quarry seems
to have elevated the strata to this pitch; while at Holmes' quarry
the force operated still further and inverted the fold, so that the
strata of schist all dip in the same direction, while the limestone
has not been inverted. Were it not for these masses of limestone
there would be no indication remaining of this anticlinal fold.
How many more such inverted folds may exist in this region we
have no means of ascertaining in the absence of such protuberant
masses as this limestone.
An important practical inference results. from this theory. If
these two projections of limestone indicate an anticlinal ridge,
then all along the line connecting these two quarries we may expect to find more of the limestone. These quarries have been
opened on the very crest of the fold; and there must be some approximation towards horizontality in the top of the ridge, and consequently if not at the surface certainly at a short distance below
it, the limestone may be found.
Several beds of Taconic limestone east of the principal Eolian
belt should be noticed. One of considerable importance is near
the east end of the principal street of Thomaston, to the south,
and was formerly worked as a quarry. The rock is whiter than
the common limestone to the north. It dips 25~ N. 200 W. Its
limits are not known; but it may ultimately be found to be a spur
from the grand deposit.
Two beds are found upon Charles E. Butler's farm, upon the
north and south of his house, in the south-east corner of Thomaston. The northern one is located on a bluff facing the Meadowsf
quarries; an immense tract of lowland occupying the country between. An old quarry here was in a blue limestone similar to the
common rock of the other quarries; while underlying it is a white
dolomite dipping 500.N. W. and resting upon the Taconic micaceous schists and quartzitet -The other bed is of the blue variety




252                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
and is of less importance. It is several feet thick, enclosed in
schists.
Brenton Butler owns a quarry of dolomitic limestone near a large
marshy bog on West Keag river in South Thomaston, hence it has
been called the Marsh quarry. It was not being worked when
we visited it in July. Dr. Jackson pronounced this bed to be two
hundred and fifty feet wide, and its outcrop forty or fifty rods long.
It is white, granular and compact, producing a lime containing
much magnesia which does not injure the quality to any important
extent. The dip is about 60~ N. W. At the quarry we observed
some peculiarity in the stratification, perhaps of the nature of a
slide and consequent dislocation of the strata, but had not time
to investigate it. Another body of limestone is said to exist northeast of the dolomite, which we did not examine.
Another extensive deposit of Eolian limestone over two miles
in length, and upon which important quarries are located, occurs in Rockland. The most southern exposure of this belt is
at Rankins' quarry. The rock is the same as that in the main belt,
as is all the rock of this belt. It is traversed by an immense number of small veins of calcite running about north and south. The
limestone dips 700 S. 750E. At Blackington Corners a number of
quarries have been wrought in.the Jimestone, so that very large
holes have been excavated.  Different observations here show
that there is an anticlinal axis in this belt, although the inclinations
in both directions are very steep. There is a very large boulder
in one of these quarries underlying the road to Rockland. It is
thirty-five feet in length and rather ovate shaped. It is a fact to
be remembered that the southern end of this belt of limestone as
far as it is worked, corresponds very nearly in latitude with the
northern end of the Meadows quarries in the principal belt. The
limestone has not been traced a great distance north of Blackington Corners. What if a transverse fault should be indicated
here I
We had intended to prepare detailed, historical and statistical
notices of all the quarries in Rockland and Thomaston, but owing
to unforeseen circumstances have been prevented from obtaining
the desired information. Such as we have will be presented under
Economical Geology. The following are the names of the principal quarries and their locations. In Thomaston, on the principal
belt are the State's Prison quarry, in;the yard of the State's Prison,




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  253
near the west. end of the main street; Miller's quarry, north-east
from the State's Prison; the Beechwoods quarries, which are still
further north-east; the Fulling Mfill or Mill River quarries, just
north of the east end of the street; a large number of small openings between and in the vicinity of the last two quarries; and the
southern part of the Meadows quarries, which lie partly in Rockland to the east of Mill river.. These are worked the most. In
Rockland there is Ingraham's quarry on Marsh's mountain, with
Rankins' and the Blackington Corners quarries on the eastern belt.
In South Thomaston is the Marsh quarry.  The history of all
these quarries would be extremely interesting.
The limestone common to this group is of a bluish or bluish gray
cast generally, coarse in its appearance, but nearly pure carbonate
of lime, having about two per cent. of impurities. Several different qualities are known among the quarrymen, such as the "birdseye" and the "lump.".
We regret very much not having prepared in season a wood cut to
illustrate the geographical distribution of those bands of the limestone which are the most highly esteemed.for the manufacture of
lime; since we think the study of them would show all interested
parties in what direction to look for further discoveries of the most
valuable portions. Such a chart was prepared for private study
with the assistance of J. 0. Robinson, Esq., of Thomaston, and
from it we glean an important suggestion. From the State's Prison
quarry a belt of the most valuable layers extends in a straight line
to the Beechwoods quarries, and then turns.easterly to the Fulling
Mill. Thus far the quarries and openings are numerous. But
from this point to the south end of the Meadows quarries, nearly a
mile in distance, we could not ascertain that a single opening had
ever been made. To be sure the ledges are concealed. But let
any one consider the relations of these two lines of quarries, and
we think he will begin to see the probability of the existence of
other beds of limestone over this space of equal value with those
now being wrought. A reference to the geological map will show
that the belt of limestone, at this gap in the line of quarries, is
wider than anywhere else in its whole extent.
A glance at this chart shows us also that there are really two
lines of quarries in the Meadows; while often between them the
rock is of an inferior quality. This may be due to folding, probably a synclinal. It is of course implied in these remarks that it is




254                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
only a portion of these Eolian limestones which can produce the
best quality of quick lime; and also that the space occupied on
the map by the marking for this rock includes the formation, not
the lime belt merely. The relations of the better to the poorer
qualities, however, has not yet been made out. We trust that
the results of our explorations now set forth, will be a contribution
to so desirable a result.
Camden Belt. The large geological map, and also Fig. 36, show
the distribution of another important belt of Eolian limestone in
Camden, whose lithological and geological character ally it to those
just described in Rockland and Thomaston. The belt commences
in Rockpdrt harbor, passes northerly beyond Lily pond, and then
turns west, terminating finally near I-Iosmer pond in the west part
of the town.
As we first see this limestone on the coast, it is whitish and
rather friable, but of good quality. Its connection with an overlying slaty rock is very plain. Kilns of it have been burnt here.
As all the rocks upon this promontory have been much disturbed,
so the dip of this limestone is variable. The following are the
dips observed in order from right to left: 75~ S. E.; 80~ S. 80~ E.;
65~ N. 20~ W.; 80~ N.; 450 N. 100 E. This variation is rather
from dislocation than folds. A part of this belt seems to have been
torn from it by a fault, and is displayed in the village of Rockport
and on the shore to the west of the principal belt, (See Fig. 36.)
This indicates the existence of a lateral fault, which we have represented imperfectly.
Passing up to the carriage road south of Lily pond, we find the
limestone dipping 60~ N. 300 E. It is exposed in large coarselooking hummocks on both sides of the road. The quarries now
worked in Rockport, are chiefly upon the south-west side of Lily
pond, in a high bluff. The rock is really a conglomerate of limestone
pebbles; yet the stratification is extremely obscure. The dip appears to be about 500 N. E. It is chiefly the lower part of the
limestone that is conglomeratic. It is possible that these supposed pebbles are concretionary. We now come to the curve in
the formation, and the numerous observations all show the gradual
change of the strike. The formation is twice as wide here as in
any other part of its course. To the northlof the pond are several
quarries, and also to the north-west, whose quality is precisely
similar to the Thomaston stone. The angle of inclination varies




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                          255
from 35~ ro 80~, and essentially in the same direction. With the
names of the different quarries we are unacquainted.
More exposures of limestone appear on the roads west of Rockport, some of which are quarried.  We find the conglomerate west
of the village dipping 600 N. 10~ E.; and north-west of the village,
on the west road to Camden, there are quarries.  The layers appear to be vertical, with the strike of N. 65~ W.  Some slaty layers adjacent dip 600 N. 700 E.  At the quarries still further west,
near Simonton's Corners, the dip is 70~ N. 10~ E.  Beyond these,
which are very extensively worked, we measured strata dipping
750 N. 60~ E., and N. 750 E.  The rock has been traced to within
a short distance of Hosmer pond. As the strata are thrown about
in large masses near HI-osmer pond, we conclude that the limestone
terminates, here, because of a dislocation, rather than on account
of the gradual thinning out of the strata.
We introduce here a table of the dips of the Eolian limestone
in all the localities where they have been observed, whether already
noticed or not:
The Large Belt in Thomaston and Rockland.
LOCALITY.                   DIP.               REMIARKS.
State's Prison quarry,         800 S. E.
Miller's quarry,               650-700 N. 500 E.
North of do.,                  75~ N. 40~ W.
Beechwoods quarry,             N. 30~ W.,          South-west end.
Beechwoods quarry,             750 north-westerly.
Beechwoods quarry,             N. 1 "O W.,         A few rods east.
Fulling Mill quarry,           620 N. 100 W.
North of do.,                  20~ N. 200 E.,      At the old dram.
Below Fulling Mill quarry,     200 N. 830 W.,      Marble quarry.
Near the marble,               600 north-westerly,  Pavement quarry.
Near Thomaston village,        50~ N. W.,          Near do.
Near Elm street, Thomaston,    25~0 N. 300 W.,     On Mr. Jacob's land.
Meadows quarries, Talc locality,  750 S. E.,       And grows steeper.
do.     east of do.,   20~-800 N. westerly, In a section.
do.     Calcite locality, 800-820 S. E.
do.     S. E. part,    75~ N. W.
Day's ledge,                   740 S. 350 E.
Other Belts.
C. E. Butler's two ledges,     500 N. W.
Brenton Butler's, S. Thomaston, About 60~ N. W.,   The Marsh quarry.
S. E. from Thomaston village,    250 N. 200 W.,    An old quarry.
Ingraham's quarry,             820 N. W., and 20~70~ S. E.




256                   BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
Rankin's quarry,              70~ S. 750 E.
Blackington Corners' quarries,   N. Westerly 65~, and
55o-60~ S. 700 E.
Camden Belt.
On Vauchamp Point,,.         70~ S. E.,        Near "Last House."
do. further west,          800 S. 80~ E.
Half a mile west of last,    650 N. 20~ W.
Near the last,               800 N., & 450 N.700 E., Slaty.
South of Lily pond,          60~ N. 300 E.,     On road to Camden harbor.
West shore of Lily pond,      50~ N. E.,        At quarries.
Between Lily pond and the road
west,.                    35~ N. E.,          Conglomerate limestone.
Quarry north'of Lily pond,  550 N. E.
Quarry west of the last,     700 easterly.
Smart's quarry,               70~ to 80~ N.                  [cious slate.
Near Rockport,               450 N. 40~ E.,     At the junction with silido. west,                  60~ N. 100 E.,     Conglomerate.
North-west of Rockport,       Str. N. 650 W., 900.
do. further on,            600 N. 700 E.,     Slaty layers.
Simonton's Corners' quarries,    700 N. 10~ E.
West of do.,                  750 N. 600-750 E.
A highly important section is illustrated in Fig. 41. It extends
from Mount Battie southerly beyond Rockport, a distance of four
miles, but it crosses every member of the Taconic series in Camden.
At the bottom we find the older mica schist, in Rockport. Above
it in nearly regular succession are the successive members of the
Taconic system. They are in the ascending order, IHyaline quartz,
dark colored quartz rock, dark colored silicious slate, quartz rock
and conglomerate, limestone conglomerate, thick-bedded limestone,
(the last two members are Eolian,) micaceous quartz rock, wrinkled
clay slate, argillo-micaceous schist. The four first members are
properly parts of the formation quartz rock, and the last three are
parts of the Taconic schists. Estimating the thickness trigonometrically, we should say the quartz rock is at least 1,084 feet thick,
the Eolian limestone 630 feet, and the schists 1,690 feet thick.
The conglomerate upon Mount Battie is supposed to be the equivalent of the quartz, and is 500 feet thick, which is very nearly that of
the lowest member of the formation in Rockport.  Hence the total
thickness of the series in Camden is at least 3,404 feet.  We have
taken care not to over-estimate.
This section illustrates the fact that none of these rocks are
repeated by axes, save some unimportant flexures in the upper




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   257
schists. As elsewhere explained, a fault undoubtedly exists between k and 1; and the upheaval of the mountain may have been
the reason why the schists are more elevated and disturbed than
the underlying members. This may be styled a classic section for
the Taconic rocks on Penobscot bay, since it is the best one for
showing the natural order that can be found in this region, and it
will be prized as such.
~ o.'  ~.     X'  eDe
(0 _o  ~   ~-z0    I
o         Q Z
02
o
0            2
terminate in the bay.  We have no doubt it continues for consid(0',
o'b, O'1




258                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
haps very much in the same way that we thought a connection
existed between the limestones exposed at Holmes' and Ingraham's
quarries.
Trap Dikes. In the principal quarries of limestone in Rockland
and Thomaston interesting dikes of trap occur. To the workmen
they are a nuisance, but to the geologist are full of interest, as
indications of ancient molten masses like lava, in this vicinity.
When the rocks about here were being tilted up at various angles,
folds were formed and many large masses were broken apart.
Molten matter from beneath then crowded up and filled many of the
crevices. When this lava had cooled, probably quite slowly, these
dikes were found to be the result. These dikes we have seen in
the Beechwoods, several of the Meadows, near Rockport, and in
the Blackington Corners quarries. They are seen now as walls
upon the sides, in the middle or crossing the quarries, being composed of a dark, tough, very fine grained rock. Occasionally a
row of trap nodules seems to take the place of a dike.
FIG. 42.
Trap Dike in the Beechwoods Quarry.
An interesting example of a trap dike at the Beechwoods quarry
is represented in Fig. 42. It is in the sketch seen to form a wall,
which curves, and at the right hand side passes round a pillar of
limestone facing the observer. It then crosses to the other side
of the quarry, and continues on in a course parallel to its first appearance. That part seen in the sketch resting against the framework of limestone, is composed of numerous small columns, piled
up with great regularity, as if done by hand, just as many sticks
of wood are laid up with the sawed ends in front. At another
quarry the limestone has been excavated from both sides of the




.SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 259
trap, leaving the dike as a high wall in the centre of the excavation.
A few other dikes were noticed in this region in other rocks.
Near Owl's Head Light House we saw a dike of quartz eight feet
wide, not perpendicular like those in the Eolian limestone, but inclined 70~ S. 200 E. Pieces of the wall rock are found in it, as if
torn off and mixed in the fluid mass at the time of its injection.
Several quite large dikes of trap traverse the gneiss at Herring
Gut Light House in St. George. They run N. 70~ E., the same as
the strike of the quartz dike. A small dike of white quartz,
running N. W. and S. E., cuts across the Taconic schists on
Negro Island in Camden harbor. Several dikes (or almost beds)
of trap occur in the Taconic schists and quartz rock in Belfast
harbor.
6. Taconic Schists.
We now come to the consideration of the last solid formation of
this region west of the Penobscot bay, the schists belonging
to the Taconic system. In Emmons' scheme these were called
"Magnesian slate," an inappropriate term, since both the term
slate is improper, and they contain no magnesia. In Vermont we
styled them Talcoid schists. But in Maine the Talcoid character
is very obscure, and in its stead we find the mineral mica abundant. We do not suppose that it is essential to theory, that these
schists should every where be talcose in their appearance, because
they are so in Massachusetts and Vermont. At all events in Maine
so much mica is present frequently that they cannot be distinguished from the older mica schists, and on account of this difficulty it will not be strange if we have improperly distinguished
between them  in our geological maps, particularly in South
Thomaston.
Three general deposits of these schists occur on the west side of
Penobscot bay; first, those associated with the Eolian limestones
of Thomaston and Rockland; second, a deposit in Camden; and
third, a still larger deposit of interstratified schists and quartz rock
running south-westerly from Belfast. To expedite the description
of these deposits we will give a table of all the observal dips:




260                     BOARD OF AGRICULTUi~E.
Rockland Deposit of Schists.
LOCALITY.                   DIP.                REMARKS.
Owl's Head,                    750 N. 10~-40~ E.,   Quartz rock.
Owl's Head promontory,          750 S. 400 E.,      At west end.
Thomaston,                     340 N. 40~ W.,       East end of village.
Thomaston, toll bridge to Cushing, 60~ N. 20~ W.,   East side.
do.                      12~-300 N. 20~ W.,  A local curve.
do.                      750 N. 400 W.,      West side.
Thomaston, south ofSt. George riv., 530 N. 40~ W.,  Half mile south.
do.                      900 N. 40~ W.,      Still further south.
Thomaston village,              70~ N. 40~ W.,      At Mr. Jacob's garden.
Thomaston,                     600 N. 30~ W.,       Near Fulling Mill quarry.
Thomaston,                     750 S. 200 E.,       West ofBeachwoods quarry.
Thomaston,                     750 N. W.,           East of Meadow's quarries.
Thomaston,                      500 N. W.,          At Chas. E. Butler's.
Thomaston, west part,           65~ N. 50~ W.,      Near bed of quartz.
Thomaston, on Rockland line,    Anticlinal axis,    North of last observation.
Marsh's Mountain,               Perpendicular.
North of Blackington's Corners,  450-500 S. 60~ E.,   Quite argillaceous.
Rockland, N. E. part,          790 N. W.
Camden, near Clam Cove,        40~ S. E.,          At fork in road.
Camden, Clam Cove,             700 N. 20~ W.
Camden, north of Clam Cove,    480 N. 70~ E.
Chickawakie Pond, S. W. part,   500-60~ S. 70~ E.,   See Fig. 40.
Chickawakie Pond, N. W. part,  48~ N. 30~ W.
Chickawakie Pond, north of,    30~ northerly.
do.            do. a mile,  50~ northerly.
Camden Deposit.
Simonton's Corner, north of,   High dip to N. 30~ W.
Simonton's Corner,             60~ N. 300 E.,       West of kilns.
Between Camden and Rockport,  500 N. 200 W.,        On the west road.
do. at last house in Camden,  750 N. 12~ W.,      On the middle road.
Rockport, south of Goose river,   500 N. 70~ E.,    Brought up by fault.
Rockport, on north shore of harbor, 300 N. 200 E.,    "       "    "
Indian Island lighthouse,       30~ northerly.
At junction with Eolian Limestone
on Beaucamp's Point,         50~ S. 80~ E.
do. 20 rods south-easterly, 400 S. 70~ E.
Deadman's Point,                350-70~ N. 60~ W.
do. further east,            40~ S. 60~ E.,       Anticlinal.
Above Deadman's Point,          550 S. 60~ E.
Lily Pond, east side,          500 N. 300 E.
Lily Pond, north of,           500 N. 400 W.,       Near quarries.
One-eighth mile north-east of last, 400-70~ S. 80~ E.,   Argillo-micaceous.
Hill south of the harbor,      40~ N. 60~ E.,       On east road to Rockport.
Negro Island,                  450 N. 70~ E.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                        261
Mouth of Megunticook river,    60~ N. 700-80~ E.
At Methodist Church, Camden,  700 northerly.
Camden Village, foot of Mt. Battie, 750 S. 700 E.
Camden, west base of Mt. Battie, 80-1 00 south-westerly.
Belfast Deposit.
Belfast, Steamboat Wharf,     63~ N. 40~ W.
do.                    28~N.200W.& 450N.W.
Belfast city, S. W. part,     75~ N. 30~ W.
Belfast, mouth of Little river,    60~ N. 20~ W.
Belfast, west of city,        High to S. E.,     Quartz rock.
Belfast, south-west line,     High to N. W.
Waldo, east edge of,          70~ N. 10~ W.,     Quartz rock.
Waldo, east part,             450 S. W.
Waldo, middle,                750 southerly.
Belmont Corners,              60~ S. E.,         One and a half miles north.
Appleton, west of Smith's Mills,  750 north-westerly.
Appleton, near McLain's Mills,  650 N. 30~ W.,   On top of hill.
Stockton, N. E. part,        800~ S. 60~ E., and 90~.
Stockton, north line,         80~ N. 60~ W.      Anticlinal.
Figs. 37, 38, 39 and 40, show the relations of the Taconic schists
to the adjacent formations.  If these sections illustrate the natural
order of the formations, then we must say at once, that a part of
these schists are older, and a part more recent, than the Eolian
limestone. We rely upon such cases as the exhibition of the strata
in Holmes' and Ingraham's quarries, (Figs. 39 and 40,) to prove
the schists in some cases the more recent of the two. And by the
supposition of inverted folds, we may regard all the schists as the
newest.  For example; in Fig. 37, suppose the dolomite at the
iMarsh quarry to be the equivalent of the other belt of limestone at
the Fulling Mill and Beechwoods quarries. Then the intervening
schist is newer than both kinds of limestone, and the western mass
of limestone contains two or three inverted folds. Similar suppositions can reduce the other sections to the same order.  It will
be interesting, in this connection, to compare the theoretical order
of these formations with the actual existing order in Camden, as
shown in Fig. 41. There the schists are all above the limestone,
except a few that have been disturbed by a fault.
A little study of the preceding table of dips will show us a few
axes besides those figured. An interesting one is situated west
of Marsh's mountain, both in Rockland and Thomaston.  It extends for a considerable distance-a mile or so we have followed
it; and the crest of the ridge has been worn away while the sides




262                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
were not removed, so that there is now a valley along the anticlinal ridge. This is what is called an anticlinal valley. Between
Chickawakie pond and Clam cove there is a synclinal axis. It is
remarkable that a northerly dip should be the prevailing one north
of this pond, extending even into the mica schist of the older formation. At the north-west side of the pond is a north-westerly
dip which is connected with the inverted anticlinal at Holmes'
quarry further south. There is no axis in the Camden deposit;
although there is some diversity of dip, it is very difficult to find
anything more than local folds, of which the one in Camden village
is a sample. The variations generally are all contained in a single
quadrant. The small south-westerly dip on the west side of Mt.
Battie is probably an isolated remnant of the original position of the
belt. The Camden schists are all in one belt, then, dipping northerly and north-easterly, but making a great bend like the Eolian
limestone and quartz rock beneath.
In the Belfast belt we get a few axes. At Appleton none were
observed, but in the vicinity of Belfast we have two: a synclinal
west of Belfast city, which we have traced ten miles into Belmont;
and an anticlinal still further west in Waldo. An anticlinal exists
in the north-east part of Stockton in similar rocks, and most probably the very same belt.
The schists on Owl's Head promontory are largely quartzose.
Indeed, at the end of the point the rock is entirely quartz. The
western portion contains a great deal of mica and presents a woebegone appearance. The quartz contains tubercular veins of a
whiter and purer hyaline quartz. A few veins of syenite are also
present. The greater portion of the schists in Thomaston and
Rockland are very handsome readily cleaving layers of a pretty well
characterized mica schist, generally too much penetrated by jointed
planes to allow very large plates to be exhumed from the ledges.
At the east end of Thomaston village, on the west bank of Mill
river, and lying exposed very prominently in the street, is a large
ledge of a very argillaceous schist, much like the characteristic
Taconic schists in Massachusetts and Vermont. It is seen again
in the bed of the river lower down. The rock in Mr. Jacob's
garden is similar, and it pcrops out again at the Toll Bridge to
Cushing. On the west side of the bridge the rock is largely quartzose, and may be in the same layer with the ledge of quartz on the
road to the Beachwoods quarry, seen after leaving the main street.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 263
This layer seems to dip under the limestone. A bed of schist
thirty feet wide appears near the Fulling Mill quarry in the limestone. If the schists between the West Keag river quartz and
South Thomaston are Taconic, they will be ranked equivalent to
the quartzose rocks of Owl's Head.
Two varieties of the Taconic schists are designated in the map
of the Camden rocks in Fig. 36, the lower layer being very micaceous, while the upper layer, or that furthest to the right, is
chiefly argillaceous. In the table of dips a multitude of observations are given. We can see the micaceous rock exposed all the
way from the end of Beauchamp point northward and westward
as far as the limestone extends, being adjacent to it. On Deadman's point an anticlinal is found in it. Here many layers of
quartz are interstratified with it. Near the junction with the
limestone on the shore, the layers of both rocks are very much
disturbed. The other argillaceous belt follows around the shore
from the interior of Camden harbor nearly to Deadman's point,
(the point shown on the map very near the extreme southern point
of the large promontory in Camden.) In some places it is impossible to determine the stratification, so homogeneous is the rock and
so obscure the layers. This is the peculiar rock spoken of by Emmons as a " wrinkled magnesian slate." Any one who looks at it
cursorily, will see at once the appropriateness of the term wrinkled.
A good place to see this schist in perfection, is on the hill in the
east part of Camden village. Being an enduring rock it retains
very well the diluvial markings. This belt we suppose to overlie
the other variety, and to be the uppermost member of the group.
We hesitated somewhat how to represent the Belfast belt of
Taconic rock. Emmons expressed some doubt whether these were
truly Taconic, but we think there can be very little question that
they belong to the same age as the Camden group. Our difficulty
was another; whether it was best to distinguish between the
quartz rock and the argillaceous schists-if the expression be
proper. At the steamboat wharf and to the east, many layers of
quartz are interstratified with the more common slates and schists.
To the east the schistose rocks predominate; while to the west of
Belfast the layers are mostly purely silicious, even to the very
border of the formation. Probably upon future maps we shall be
able to draw a clear distinction between these two varieties of rock.
An interesting fold appears in the rocks near the wharf in Belfast.




264               BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
The general dip is north-westerly, and the curve is crowded between the highly inclined strata, and is rendered a sharp curve in
consequence of the great pressure to which it was formerly subjected. We mention it particularly as it is exposed in a favorable
locality for inspection by those who are interested in viewing how
the forces of Nature have operated. We intended to have measured very carefully the dip, thickness and precise mineral character
of every layer that is exposed along the shore in Belfast, but time
prevented. It is the most favorable place for such measurements
we have seen among any of the Taconic schists. The careful
measurements should extend to the older gneiss in Waldo.
7. Alluvium.
Quite a number of observations were made among the alluvial
rocks and markings in this region; but as we have thought it best
to group together under Surface Geology, our descriptions of alluvial phenomena from every portion of the State, we will therefore
refer to that heading for the description of the alluvium of the
country about Penobscot bay.
Mr. George L. Goodale spent a few days, at our request, in
Vinalhaven, and we now present his description of the rocks there
seen. We suppose these rocks, with those of North Haven and
Islesborough, to be entirely Taconic, and to belong to the schists,
or the upper portion of the series.
lo C0. H. HITCHCOCK, A. M.:
Dear Sir:-In accordance with your wishes, I visited the Fox
islands in Penobscot bay during the early days of July. Owing
to limited time I was unable to make the examination as thorough
as I could have desired. But through my friend Dr. Delaski, who
has studied carefully the geology of this neighborhood during his
residence of several years at Carver's Harbor, I was enabled to pursue my investigations to better advantage than would have been
possible in the case of a perfect stranger. Dr. Delaski has paid
particular attention to the records of the drift phenomena at Vinalhaven, and he has kindly promised to furnish a detailed account of
his views upon this highly interesting, and, as yet, obscure subject.
Although his opinions may differ materially'from those entertained
by the Geologist of the Survey, I am sure they will be received
with pleasure as coming from one whose observations are acute
and accurate.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  265
The Fox islands, in the wide bay of the river Penobscot, comprise
two large and several small islands. The largest of this collection
of many islands is called Vinalhaven'from the name of one of
the earliest inhabitants. The largest island is surrounded by an
almost perfect breakwater of many smaller islands, so that there
are two excellent harbors and many inferior ones upon the south
and south-west. Although the islands composing this chain are exposed on their front to the full force otthe swell from the Atlantic,
they yet exhibit few marks of the power of tide-water and waves.
This is due to, the firm character of the rocks of which they are
made up. It is a peculiarly fine-grained syenite of good color and
containing little or no oxidizable iron. To this " granite," as it is
commonly known in the bay, the little village of Carver's Harbor
owes its present prosperity. The granite is easily worked into a
tabular form even where the natural rift is considered most unsatisfactory, and these merchantable blocks are quarried within a
short distance of the wharves.
The specimens of granite from this island compare very favorably with granite from any other part of Maine. There are three
large quarries on the island and some minor ones, all of which
were busily engaged in furnishing rock for government uses. The
north island, or " North Haven," as it is generally called, is separated from the island just noticed, by a thoroughfare varying in
width from two miles to very much less. The village is situated
on the north side of the thoroughfare. I have deemed this brief
topographical description of both islands of much importance in
understanding their prominent geological features.
Leaving the drift, the surface geology, in the able hands of Dr.
Delaski, let us notice briefly the rocks as we pass from Carver's
Harbor in a northerly direction. We find nothing save syenite till
we reach the school-house on Calderwood's neck. Here is a peculiar
schist, apparently micaceous in its character, with a dip of 85~
and a strike N. N. E. Near this rock and further from the granite,
occurs a silicious slate of great density and containing a small per
cent. of lime. Owing to the white weathering of this slate, it was
thought by many of the inhabitants formerly that it might, by calcination, become a fair lipme for rough work. Some of this slate
contains more lime than the Kittery slates, so called, and would be
more likely to deceive those unpracticed in the matter of selecting
limerocks. But I have little hesitation in expressing my opinion
34




266                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
that lime of a poor quality might be manufactured from certain
rocks occurring in this silicious range, and one is the more confident in regard to this when it is remembered that the great lime
beds of Rockland lied;much less than twenty miles west of the
islands. North of the point last mentioned we come upon a singular conglomerate belonging perhaps to the Megunticook series.
In its lithological characters it is not much unlike the conglomerate in 1oxbury, Mass., and occurs in much the same manner.
This rock varies very much as we push farther north, becoming, in
North Haven more like an indurated limestone containing occasional pebbles of a fine-grained, slaty character. This conglomerate
contains considerable lime, which is not without its effect upon the
fertility of the soil. While the south of Vinalhaven, underlaid by
syenite, is comparatively infertile, the island of North Haven contains many excellent farms. The peculiarity of the conglomerate and the amount of calcareous matter present in it, forms a
subject of much interest when considered in connection with the
lime bearing rocks of Thomaston and Rockland. My duty in the
hasty examination of these highly interesting islands, was that of
a collector. The specimens placed in your hands, Mr. Hitchcock,
will give a correct idea, I trust, of the lithological character of the
islands. In my opinion the north of Vinalhaven, and the North
island itself, are underlaid by rocks of the same age as those in
the Taconic basin of Knox county.
I am, sir, your obedient servant,
G. L. GOODALE.
Portland, Nov. 1, 1862.
II. DESCRIPTION OF A GEOLOGICAL SECTION FROM EDEN TO THE CANADA
LINE.
By a Geological Section, we mean an exhibition of the stratigraphical relations of the rocks to one another over a given line.
This line should always cross the strata as nearly at right angles
with them as possible. It is just as if one could see the edges of
the strata deep down in the earth, where an immense trench had
been dug along the line of the section. Such cuts are frequently
exhibited to us in the strata of gravel and sand exposed in bluffs
by the crowding action of rivers. The geologist reasons out the
position of the solid strata beneath the soil by an attentive observation and comparison of the dips where they are exposed above




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  267
the soil in ledges. He supposes that if strata dip 40~ north-west
into the ground in some prominent ledge, that the rock will continue to dip so two hundred feet below the surface, unless there
be some reason to the contrary. And if for the distance of one
mile, he finds four ledges of rock with equal intervals between
them, and all possessing the same inclination, then with reason he
infers that the concealed layers between the ledges have the same
dip. But if he finds two of these ledges to dip north-west, and
the other two to dip south-east towards the former, then he concludes that the strata meet under ground and form a synclinal axis
or a sort of basin. Of if they dip away from each other, then he
concludes they must meet in the center, much like the roof of a
house, only that the top is generally rounded instead of angular,
and much of the crest has been worn away, Such an axis is called
an anticlinal axis. By such processes of reasoning is every observation accompanied, only the geologist does not consider it necessary to repeat them with every measurement. He takes it for
granted that the reader will always supply this deficiency in his
own mind, if need be.
When the geologist has travelled over a section many miles in
length, it is' highly probable that he will have to record several
axes, either anticlinal or synclinal. And it may be that he must
notice the occurrence of unstratified rocks along with the stratified.
These cannot be represented as occurring in layers, but the nature
of their junction with the stratified ones must be carefully noted.
Again, the geologist may be at a loss to know certainly how certain formations are disposed beneath the surface, especially upon
high land, where the number of ledges are very scanty. Hence
he need not fill out the space allotted to him by the altitude, but
simply locate in their proper places the respective dips.
It is necessary often to employ two different scales in protracting
sections from notes —one for the horizontal and the other for the
perpendicular distances-otherwise the hills will not be conspicuous. In the section about to be described, our vertical section is
one inch for every one thousand five hundred feet of elevation, and
of course for the smaller altitudes proportional parts of an inch.
The horizontal section is nearly an inch for every twelve miles.
Hence the outline of the surface must be distorted, but this distortion will not generally be obvious to the observer.
The section extends from Mount Desert Island to the Canada




FIG. 43,
From  Bar Harbor to South Dover.
A.  Bar Harbor.                                H. Penobscot river.                             c.  Gneiss.
B. Green Peak.                                 I.  Bangor.                                     d.  Mica schist.
C. Frenchman's Bay.                            K. Kenduskeag.                                 e.  Porphyritic granite.
D. Ellsworth.                                  L. East Corinth.                                    Quartz rock.
E. Johnson's hotel, Dedham.                     MA. Height of land in Charleston.             f   Micaceousschists, lark.elyargillceous.
F. Holden Coffee Honse.                        a.  Quartz rock, (Silurian?)                    h.  Argillo mica schist.
G. Brewer.                                     6.  Protogine and granite.
FIG. 44.
C          A                         y'A  Y
372   V~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~7
B~1, A-0         22             l.AI
Section from South Dover to the Canada Line.
X.N Piscataquis river, at Dover and Foxcroft.  X. "Parlin Pond.                               I k.  Syenite.
0.  Abbot.                                     Y. Jackman's Farm.                             1.  Argillo-micaceous schist.
P.  Monson.                                    Z. Moose River.'                               m. Oriskany sandstones and slates.
B.  Douty's Hill..A.  Spur of Bald Mountain.                      n. Granite, Owl's Head.
S.  Spectacle Pond.                            B. Hilton's House, Sandy Bay.                   o.  Micaceous slates-rarely argillaceous.
T.  Shirley Mills.                             C. Canada Line.                                p.  Talco-micaceous schist.
U.  Forks of the Kennebec.                     hh. Clay slate.                                Between i and Y the rocks dip northerly and
V.  Johnson's Mountain.                        i.  Micaceo-argillaceous slate with numerous     north-easterly.
W. Bald Mountain.                                    beds of limestone.                       At 0 the clay slate formation commences.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  269
Line, crossing the strata nearly at right angles over its whole
course. It passes in order through the towns of Eden, Trenton,
Ellsworth, Dedham, Holden, Brewer, Bangor, Glenburn, Kenduskeag, Corinth, Charleston, Dover, Foxcroft, Guilford, Abbot, Monson, Shirley, East Moxie, Forks plantation, No. 1 R. 5, No. 2
R. 6, Parlin Pond, Jackman, Dennis, iHolden and Sandy Bay.
This line is nearly one hundred and eighty miles long by the map.
This route was selected in preference to any other, because it was
the longest one in the State which could be travelled over with a
carriage, and it passed through a fossiliferous region of great importance; and it will give a good general idea of the relative position of the most important formations in the State. In future it is
desirable that a large number of sections be measured parallel to
this. This should be done, since the strata commonly possess a
north-easterly course, and an exploration of the geology of the
State by transverse lines parallel to one another, about fifteen
miles apart, will afford the quickest and cheapest mode of learning
its geological structure. The preceding figures will give a bird'seye view of the position of the rocks along the route of this section.
Both stratified and unstratified rocks appear upon it, and every
variety of dip and axis is presented. The lower section (Fig. 44,)
is a continuation of the upper, (Fig. 43,) while the numerous references will explain the names of all the rocks and the localities
where the observations were made; and the description, which is
to follow, will give every detail minutely. As previously intimated, an enlarged copy of this section, colored, and with specimens of all the rocks mentioned by name from the very localities,
will be on exhibition at the State House during the session of the
Legislature. As a matter of course the representation of the
larger dimensions will be the most satisfactory.
~lount Desert Island.
Mount Desert Island is chiefly composed of granitic unstratified
rocks. An occasional mass of an obscure siliceous slate appears,
but nowhere upon the line of the section: and for the sake of
showing the relations of a more than ordinarily interesting deposit
of quartz rock, which may possibly be of the same age with the
slates elsewhere upon the island, we commence the section at Bar
harbor, and then proceed south-west two miles to the top of Green
mountain, where the regular line of the section is intersected. We




270                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
were agreeably disappointed in discovering at Bar harbor in Eden
so interesting a deposit, although its dimensions in Eden are very
small. The salt-water of the ocean seems very often to preserve
the primitive character of many rocks within the reach of its influence, while that part of it which is exposed only to the action of
atmospheric agents is woefully weathered and obscure. This fact is
well illustrated in Machiasport, where it is utterly impossible to do
anything with the weathered siliceous slates upon the crest of the
promontory, while within the reach of tide-water the character of
the rock and the dip of the strata are distinctly preserved, as well
as the drift striae. So it is in a less degree in Eden. At Bar
harbor, opposite Bar island, for the distance of one and a half
miles, an interesting quartz rock appears on the shores, dipping at
a very moderate angle and exposed in very interesting bluffs. It
appears to belong to the same formation as the Rock of Flint island, described last year. We suggested a Lower Silurian age for
that upon no very reliable grounds-more of fancy than real argument, because it reminded us so much of the Potsdam sandstone
in its external appearance. This rock is less flinty and more sedimentary and micaceous in its character. Ripple-marks are found
upon the layers, and also the curious cylindrical stems so common
at Flint island. The layers dip 120 N. 20~ W., quite the reverse
of what they appear upon this section. But it was necessary to
represent the dip in the section as south-easterly in order to show
the true relation of the strata to the underlying granite-dipping
away from rather than underlying the granite. The rock upon five
islands lying between Bar harbor and Gouldsborough, viz: Bar
island, Long Porcupine island, Ironbound island, and two others,
is probably the same, and it may extend into Gouldsborough. Bar
harbor is only twenty-five miles from Flint island in a straight
line, and it would not be strange if these rocks are connected together under the water. We notice that quite a large promontory
in Gouldsborough has the name of Grindstone point, which causes
us to conjecture that a sandstone rock exists there to give the
name to the point.
Going back from the shore this quartz rock is very much acted
upon by the weather, and would not be recognized commonly as
the same rock, and the marks of stratification are overshadowed
by the planes of cleavage, so that the former are rarely noticed.
Another patch of this siliceous rock not on the line of the section,




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 271
skirts the shore of the north part of the island between Hull's
Cove and Saulsbury Cove. A dike of trap containing veins of limestone appears at Hull's Cove. Probably this rock does not extend
inland further than a line connecting the two coves. The dip of
the strata could not be satisfactorily determined.
The first salient point in the section is Green mountain, 1,533
feet high by our Barometer. The rock at the summit is protogine,
having a talcose mineral substituted for the mica of granite. The
color is red. No doubt a great portion of the so called granite of
the whole island is protogine. Large plates of the protogine at the
summit dip 600 N. WV., while near Eagle pond they are perpendicular. A few dikes of trap are found on the mountain also. The view
from Green mountain is delightful. No other peak of the same
height can be found on the Atlantic coast of the United States, from
Lubec to the Rio Grande, nor from any eminence on the coast, can
so fine a view be obtained. WVe were never charmed by any view
so much as by this.. The boundless ocean upon the.one side contrasted with high mountains upon the other, and along the shore line
numerous islands appearing like gems set in liquid pearl, form the
most prominent features in the scene. White sails dotted over
the water glide slowly along. We know not what view can be
finer than this, where the two grandest objects in nature, high
mountains and a limitless ocean occupy the horizon. The emotions awakened by this scene cannot be expressed, but the scenery
remains in the memory, the never dying reminescence of a beautiful
portrait placed in nature's gallery by the Master Painter. The name
of Eden is truly appropriate to this beautiful place.
Following the line of the section we found quite a high mountain of
granite in the north part of Eden. At Thomas and Hadley's Mill, on
the north shore at the mouth of a stream, there is a band of granite.
The spur of the land running out to the Toll-gate is composed of a
variety of gneiss, appearing rather talcose, yet abounding in feldspar. The first dip is 350 S. 20~ E., or beneath the granite rocks.
At the first island on the bridge road the dip is 300 S. E. At the
Toll House is a narrow slaty ledge, perhaps the first of the succeeding formation, dipping 45~ S. 12~ E. Upon Uncle Israel's point, a
mile east of the Toll House, the rock is very distinct gneiss, dipping
37~ southerly, and is intersected by four trap dikes, two of which
are only one foot wide, while the third, a mass of columns, is three
feet wide, and the fourth, a crystalline trap, is eighteen feet wide.




272                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
Some of these dikes resemble indurated slate, but their course is
north and south, or at right angles to the course of the strata in
the vicinity. West of Oaptain Thompson's house is an old quarry
of syenite, which is very beautiful but extremely tough; so much
so as to prevent its use. A company once operated here, and our
impression is that $33,000 were wasted on the enterprise.
Mica Schist Formation.
For two or three miles in Trenton the rocks are concealed on the
direct route of the section, but it is not so at Oak point. The dip
there is small, the layers of mica schist dipping 20~ S. 40~ E.,
almost the whole length of the west shore of Trenton above the
point. Probably the gneiss. does not extend into Treriton on the
line of the seaboard, so that we are at once introduced into a formation of mica schist, often talcose in its appearance, particularly
in certain layers. Near S. Crippen's house in Trenton is the first
ledge of schist seen by the road side, which dips 30~ N. W., making an anticlinal axis with the schists to the south, which must be
in place beneath the soil. Following the road running nearly due
west to the very corner of the town on Union River Bay, we find
the dip changes there, also, from the southeasterly dip at Oak
point, so that this cross road is constructed very nearly along
an anticlinal line. The ledge near Crippen's may be seen in the
road south of his house, but to the best advantage a few rods east
of the road on the west bank of Jordan river, where some of
the layers are calcareous. The locality was shown to us with the
inquiry whether the lime was not sufficiently abundant to warrant
the erection of a kiln. The rock is not adapted to be burnt for
lime, nor have we seen any bed of limestone in the whole of this
terrain of mica schist.
Following the road to the north we see an occasional ledge
with the northwesterly dip.  Near D. Higgins', at the triple
branching of the road the rock is argillaceous and thin bedded.
Between here and the south part of Ellsworth the ledges are obscured by drift. One mile from the village the ledges are numerous, dipping 43~ N. W. This varies very little from  the last
observation on the section, hence we conclude that all the concealed layers between Ellsworth and the triple branching of the
road in Trenton have about the same inclination. This is confirmed
by observations upon both flanks of the section: for in the south




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  273
part of Ellsworth, for three miles along Union river, the strata
dip northerly from 30~ to 50~, and upon the east side in Hancock,
the strata dip 15~-20~ northerly. At the shore of Union river
south of the Post Office in the village these mica schists dip
450 N. W.
We now come to a change in the dip. In the north part of the
village on a hill the strata dip 700 S. 15~ E., so that we have here
a synclinal axis, whose line runs along the course of Main street
in Ellsworth village. It is because the strata have been pushed up
almost upon their edges on the north side of this axis, that the hill
in the north part of the village exists, although further north it has
been largely worn away by the waters of Union river. Essentially this dip prevails in the rock as far as its northwestern limit,
near C. Jarvis' house, a trifle more than three miles from Main
street, or just about half the distance from the Trenton Toll Gate.
It is worthy of notice that there are just as many feet thickness
of the strata on one side of this axis as on the other, since where
the dip is half as great the distance is double. A reference to the
section in Fig. 43, will show this fact most clearly.
We have calculated the thickness of the strata upon both sides
of this axis, and will give the process. We shall be careful to
have the result too small rather than too large. Taking the west
side first-we have before us the problem, given the dip of the
strata for a known. distance to find the thickness. It is done by
the solution of a simple case in Trigonometry. Given the hypothenuse and one of the angles of a right angled triangle to find the
base, which is the thickness of the strata. Now the dip is 70~.
Deduct from this ten degrees for the possible original inclination
of the layers from the first deposition, and five degrees more for
possible errors, (for we find ourselves always inclined to state the
dip too high,) and we have 550 as the true angle for calculation,
and three and a quarter miles for the hypothenuse. The result is
13,000 feet, in round numbers, for the thickness of the north side of
this axis. Now the average of the dips upon the south side, taking into account the very small dip at Oak point, which must be
supplied for a small part of the distance, and then deducting the
fifteen degrees as before, must be 25~ as the true angle for calculation. Taking six and a half miles for the hypothenuse, we find
the base to be 13,600 feet in length in round numbers, or a little
more than two and a half miles: of vertical thickness of strata. The
35




274                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
results agree within 600 feet, which is a small error considering the
roughness of the estimate.
Last year we spoke of the great interest attached to this nearly
isolated basin of mica schist, on pages 160, 161. This interest is
increased by running a section across it, and ascertaining its synclinal form.  Our observations of this year will enable us to give
its limits with more precision on the second maps, and we need not
here give all the details of its limits and position. The basin is
probably of Cambrian age, judging from lithological characters
alone.
Porphyritic Granite.
The next formation is porphyritic granite, which is very extensive, being e of the section. There is very little to say about it.
Every ledge showed a distinct porphyritic character, and it is wonderful that such an immense amount of this variety of granite
could exist. The band is eleven miles wide here, and extends to
an unknown distance northeasterly and southwesterly. This region is very mountainous, many of the peaks being fully as high
as those in Eden. The mountains are scattered peaks, not one
continuous range, although the whole granitic mass may be considered as belonging to one general range. Another feature of
this region is the presence of an immense number of huge boulders
of porphyritic granite. This is a characteristic of almost every
granite formation in the State. The boulders being mostly of the
same material as the underlying rock, carinot have been transported
a great distance. The soil over most of this belt is rather inferior.'The route of the section is along the Telegraph road from Ellsworth to Bangor, passing through the Falls village, North Ellsworth
and Dedham, east of Fitz's pond. Between Orland and Ellsworth
this granite belt is twelve miles wide, and is not all porphyritic.
The dissemination of large crystals of potash feldspar (orthoclase)
through this rock, makes it a beautiful variety to look upon, and
we noticed many places by the way where good quarries might be
located.
Quarlz Rock.
Very near the boundary line between Dedham and Holden,
the granite disappears and quartz rock succeeds, dipping 0~0 S.
70~ E., as it were, beneath the granite. Some planes of a jointed
structure dipped 70~ S. 200 W. in this vicinity. This rock merges




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   275
into siliceous slate. At Graves' Coffee House in the east part of
Holden, considerable mica is present in the quartz rock, with a
dip of 88~ S. 60~ E. Beyond this hotel the rock is very much
contorted and a local variation in the dip is 750 N. 60~ WT. But
the real north-westerly dip is apparent near A. B. Farrington's
house, two miles west. Here we have an argillo-micaeous rock
dipping 500 N. 40~ W., and a few miles further the ledges are entirely quartz rock as far as the middle of HIolden, dipping 65~ N.
40~ W. Cleavage planes are also present in great abundance, dipping 80~ S. E.  We regard all the rocks mentioned thus far, away
from the granite, as essentially one formation of quartz rock, and
forming an anticlinal axis. The rock in the centre of the axis is
somewhat micaceous, and more nearly resembles the rocks west of
Holden village. If this is the true order of things, then we have
found a quartz rock underlying the great mass of schists between
Holden and Dover. HIence if future researches shall reveal occasional bands of quartz rock among these schists, especially if they
have an anticlinal form, we shall have a safe criterion to inform us
respecting the number of foldings in the whole area. Upon the
section f and f show the position of the two sides of the quartz
anticlinal, while the first g shows the more micaceous axis. We
do not suppose this axis can be of precisely the same age with
the micaceous rocks to the westward, because it underlies them in
association with quartz.
We suspect that this quartz rock is the continuation of the
quartz rock of the Taconic series in Belfast, described in a previous
part of the report. That was associated with schists just like this,
and we find on a comparison of various disconnected observations
made between the two places, that a quartz rock, more or less obscure, can be traced with its associate schists all the way from
Belfast to I-Iolden.  This is a discovery of some importance, as will
be seen hereafter.
Argillo-mica Schist.
We next come to the largest and widest-spread of any formation
in the State, —to a rock that would receive different names from
different geologists.  It would be called clay slate, talcose schist
or mica schist, according as the observer happened to inspect different portions of it. Last year we ranked it all as clay state,
specifying many localities where talcose and micaceous varieties




27 6               BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
abounded. But this year, after a further examination of this rock,
we shall call it Argillo-micaceous schist, coloring it on the map as
mica schist. Inspection of all the varieties discloses the presence
of minute scales of mica. They are found even in the roofing slate
of Brownville, which is associated with the schists, and by their
presence throw light upon the mineral structure of the whole series,
showing it to be micaceous rather than talcose. What we described
as one formation of clay slate last year, we now divide into two,
the clay-slate proper and the Argillo-micaceous schist.
The manner in which the boundaries of this sub-division were
suggested to us, is quite interesting and valuable, as indicating the
direction to be taken in studying these rocks in future.  We possessed a series of observations of the position of the strata, crossing the whole argillaceous belt in several places, and mostly
radiating from Bangor. Upon comparing these sections with one
another, we found them to agree essentially at the same distances
from Bangor, or from the south-east side of the formation. The
material from which we drew is mostly contained in our last year's
report. We there described a section from Bangor to Patten; another branching off at Mattawamkeag up the East Branch of the
Penobscot; another from Bangor to Brownville. This year we
explored one from Bangor to Moosehead Lake; and also another
from Shirley to Brighton. At Bangor the dip is north-westerly,
but at a few miles distance on every route it changed to southeasterly, thus making a synclinal axis. This synclinal line, then,
we found to run, (so far as our meagre observations allowed us to
judge,) from the mouth of Sunkhaze stream in Milford westerly
through the north parts of Oldtown and Pushaw Lake, thence curving south-westerly it passes west of Kenduskeag village, and
probably to Carmel, and N. E. Dixmont. Upon the east side of
this line the dip is north-westerly, on the line of our principal section, as far as HIolden center; and upon the west side the dip is
south-easterly as far as the north part of Charleston, thus making
an enormous basin, twenty-nine miles wide, whose thickness must
be seven miles on the lowest estimate. The anticlinal line west of
the first synclinal was first observed near Passaduffikeag village,
and can be traced westerly through Edinburgh, Lagrange and
Bradford, till we find it rising into a range of mountains, which
continue through Charleston, Garland- and Dexter. This is a
very distinct axis, as it is coincident with a mountainous range




SCIENTIFrIC SURVEY.                 277
for so great a distance. It runs towards the mass of granite in
Enfield, which most probably was forced up along the anticlinal
line, as the rock would naturally be weakest there. Very likely
the anticlinal described last year in Weston, (page 384,) is the
continuation of this anticlinal line.
The next basin is very narrow, and the rock is more argillaceous
than in the previous basin. The synclinal line runs along the valley of the Piscataquis river, even as far up as Parkman, and then
it must run on the west side of Penobscot river a great distance.
We think that its position is indicated near the Five Islands in Winn,
by the change in the dip. Of course these lines must extend further
in both directions than we have indicated, but we point out the
lines only so far as we have knowledge of them.
Next we come to another change in the dip, with clay slates
prevailing on one side and argillo-mica schists upon the other.
Hence we do not regard it an anticlinal, but a change in the dip
incident to different formations, the slates overlying the schists,
perhaps unconformably. This line, which upon our large map we
have for the present established as the boundary line between the
two formations, is first recognized in the north-east, in No. 1, R.
5, in Aroostook County, on the Aroostook road. It can be traced
through Molunkus, the south-east corner of ~Medway, (formerly
called Nickatou,) thence in a straight line to Medford, when it takes
somewhat of a westerly course through Milo, Sebec, Foxcroft,
Guilford and Abbot. Here it resumes the south-westerly direction,
and we have traced it through Kingsbury, Brighton and Bingham,
to the Kennebec river. The axes on the various radiating sections
correspond with one another no further than to this boundary,
but the rock on the north-west side of this line is almost entirely
clay slate, and is the only belt in Maine from which roofing slate
is now obtained. The variations in dip in this clay slate formation
we conceive to be due to various causes more or less local, and
not to be treated of here. Scarcely anything has been discovered
during the Survey which has given us greater pleasure than these
axial lines. It is a very important onward step in the progress of
our knowledge of Maine rocks, and a faint shadow of what would
be developed by a series of comprehensive parallel sections.
Returning to the details upon our principal section, we find the
dip to vary somewhat over the first half of the first synclinal basin.
We had just said good-bye to the quartz rock of iEolden; and on




278                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
the route of the section to Brewer we find scarcely any ledges, the
country being covered to a considerable depth by alluvial deposits,
as it is upon the east bank of Penobscot river. At Brewer the
rock is very quartzose, dipping from 30~-60~ N. 20~ W. Across
the river in Bangor the rock is similar, dipping from 450-550 N.
300 W. and N. W. The application of the term talcose to these
schists would be more appropriate than to any other ledges on the
whole section. Yet the rock here is not really talcose; it has no
magnesia in it, as the analysis shows, and an inspection of many of
the layers exhibit particles of mica snugly stowed away. Often the
strata in Bangor exhibit interesting curvatures. Professor D. T.
Smith, of the Theological Seminary, pointed out one such instance
to us about two miles west of the city, which was very instructive,
showing also the difference between the planes of stratification and
foliation (or cleavage.) Such an exhibition is uncommon along the
line of the section.
Three miles north-west from Penobscot river, at W. Boynton's
house, the schists dip at about the same angle, N. 400 W. At I.
Tozier's, a mile further, may be seen an interstratification of clay
slate and slaty talcose quartz rock, dipping 65~-70~ north-westerly.
In the edge of Glenburn the rock is more compact, with thicker
layers. In Glenburn and Kenduskeag there are occasional variations from the normal north-westerly dip, but these are supposed
to be local matters. The section, thus far, runs on the stage road
to Kenduskeag village, crossing the Kenduskeag river in Kenduskeag.
Beyond Kenduskeag village drift deposits obscure the ledges for
a great distance. The road passes over a horseback from the village to a cemetery in South Corinth, a distance of three miles. At
a school house and cooper's shop nearly four miles from Kenduskeag in South Corinth the first ledge with the south-easterly dip of
the west side of the great synclinal axis appears, although it probably begins much sooner. Observations on both sides of the road,
which we had not time to make, will settle the exact point where
the middle of the basin is. The schists at the school house decompose readily, perhaps containing a carbonate, and dip 80~ S. 25~
E. Adjacent ledges have a smaller dip. Near East Corinth the
rock is more slaty and argillaceous. Opposite J. M. Shaw's house
the layers are very much convoluted on a small scale with an average dip of 45~ S. 15~ E. About a mile and a half north of East




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  279
Corinth, appear ledges of bright green schist, argillaceous, and
often quite micaceous, precisely identical lithologically with the
greater part of the slaty rocks on the East Branch of the Penobscot
above Mlattawamkeag, which we described last year. Like them,
also, these strata are very much contorted, and their average dip
is about 550 S. E. These peculiar rocks continue for two or three
miles.
In the north-west part of Charleston, at B. Bradley's, a compact
schist resembling talcose schist, but really a quartzite occurs, dipping from 70~-75~ S. 30~ E. The land here is higher than anything
passed over west of the Penobscot, and it continues to rise till the
summit of the mountain is reached, (M in the figure,) about 800
feet above the ocean. Upon the county map it will be noticed
that a range of mountains extends through Charleston and the
towns adjacent. This range is the one we are now crossing, and
it must all be an anticlinal ridge, marking the line of the most
important of all the axial lines specified above. Passing down the
north side of this range, (for which we have no name,) we find the
opposite dip, making the anticlinal. We are coming into a narrower basin than the one just left, it being only ten miles wide,
and it has almost an east and west course. The -first observation
taken is of a ledge just north of Ricker Hill, in the south-east part
of Dover; an argillo-micaceous schist dipping 72~ N. 10~ W. In
this rock the mica is quite abundant and distinct. The dip is similar to this all the way to the Piscataquis river.
The traveller sees at once the superior fertility of the soil in the
Piscataquis valley, when compared with that passed over since
leaving Bangor. It seems to be due to the character of the rock,
and to be confined to this basin of schist. The rock is often caireous and indeed certain layers in Foxcroft are real limestone and
have formerly been burnt in kilns for lime. As in so many other
instances the character of the i ock here determines the quality of
the soil in great measure. By c lling this superior to that in Penobscot county, we do not mean to underrate the latter-only that
this is better. That in Penobscot county is far superior to much
that is found along the sea coast and covering granitic and gneissic
regions. And most excellent farms are common on the road all
the way from Bangor.
The first of the southerly dips noticed is on the Piscataquis river,
at the bridge between Dover and Foxcroft, where the strata dip




280                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
75~ S. 10~ E. Proceeding westerly for several miles, we cross the
strata obliquely. Near S. C. Pratt's house in West Foxcroft, the
slates are considerably argillaceous, dipping 68~ S. 100~ WT. Near
the west line of Guilford, on the south side of the Piscataquis river,
the schists have somewhat of the character of a fine sandstone,
dipping 850 S. 100 W. At the village of Abbot, the rock is firmer
and has the appearance of schists. Here it dips 70~ southerly.
Clay Slate Formation.
At the crossing of the Piscataquis river in the north part of the
town, we come to a different formation, to the clay slate, whose
presence is indicated both by the highly argillaceous character of
the rock, and the change in the position of the strata. These are
both vertical and inclined N. W. 75~, a change in the strike also of
450 degrees. This ledge shows also, a number of the markings of
an ancient glacier coming down the Piscataquis river from Blachard-a south-east course. We distinguish these markings from
the common drift scratches, because these grooves have been made
upon the perpendicular side of the ledge, as well as upon the top,
and because they descend the valley, following the course of the
stream. Here also are spiral pot-holes, excavated by the eddying
rush of the water as it descends; or, such as are called in Oxford
county "screw  auger" holes. The water falls a considerable at
the bridge.
Two miles south of Monson village the strata dip 80~ N., and
consist of clay slate alternating with argillaceous sandstones. At
the village the strata dip 75~N. 20~ W., and the rock is a little
micaceous, but has a very fresh look, though often paler than most
of the formation. We kept on the lookout for fossils, but discovered none in the brief time devoted to the search. We anticipate
the discovery of many fossils in this formation in the future, especially of Nereites. In the horth part of Monson, we find ledges of
a beautiful clay slate dipping generally 85~ N. 15~ W., and occasionally S. 15~ E. or 900. On all the hills the ledges are exposed
beautifully, particularly upon the northern slopes. Wherever seen
they are as smooth as a house floor, having been ground down by
the ice of the drift period. The ledges are all of a dark bluish cast,
and are highly argillaceous. One would think that in this vicinity
admirable quarries of roofing slate might be worked. At Spectacle
pond, near the north line of Monson, the drift striae run N. 200 W.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  281
In the edge of Shirley the clay slates dip 70~ N. 20~ W. At Shirley Mlills they dip 70~ N. 20~ W. also, and no other kind of rock
is associated with them. We noticed in regard to the drift deposits between Abbot and Moosehead Lake, that they are often quite
thick upon the highest summits. It is an accident almost to find a
ledge exposed. So smooth are the ledges that one would expect
to find slides common on the sides of the steep hills.
The soil is excellent between Piscataquis river and Moosehead
lake, some of the vegetation being quite rank. The season is quite
late in the spring; but very large crops of the products suited to
the climate may be produced, such as hay, oats and buckwheat.
The.scenery in this region is much superior to that south of the
Piscataquis. Here the country is full of large, gently sloping hills
and high mountains; while in the distance, the great.granite piles
east of Moosehead lake and the enormous mountains to the southwest are commonly visible.
Between Shirley Mlills and the Forks of the Kennebec,' the section runs through a country destitute of carriage roads, and as it
was very important that the line should be explored, Mr. Goodale
volunteered to explore this part of the section, while the rest of us
went around by the way of Brighton and Bingham to meet him at
the Forks. We here introduce Mr. Goodale's notes upon this
unsettled region.
Goodale's Observations.
While making a continuous section from Mount Desert to the
Canada line, it was found necessary to go in a direct line to the
town of Shirley, near Moosehead lake. Here the road terminates,
and, of course, there is a break in the section including all that
territory lying between Shirley and the nearest point on the northwestern road. In order to supply the deficiency caused by this
break, I was directed to proceed through the woods in a westerly
course to the Forks of the Kennebec, noting all outcroppings of
rock, the altitude of the line passed over, and whatever else might
be of geological importance. Accordingly, having procured the
services of Mr. J, Sturdivant and his son Llewellyn as guides, I
started on the 26th of July, from Shirley Mills. The clay slate at
the commencement of the journey near the " North road" so called,
dips north 750 W. It is dark grey in color, and where not weathered or injured by frost, cleaves readily into fair plates. There
was no other exposure of slate till we reached the west branch of
36




282                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
the Piscataquis river.  Here the dip is N. 82~ W.  At this point a
hurricane two years ago.tore up the trees from their roots, twisting them together and forming a formidable barricade for an extent
of a mile and a half. The whirling of the tempest had completely
obliterated all traces of the wood road, and rendered walking a
matter of extreme difficulty.  The course of the hurricane appears
to have been from south-west to north-east, and reminded me of
the whirlwind-traces noticed last spring on the river St. John.
Near the Shirley west line is a ledge of fine roofing slate of great
extent and easily exposed. I saw an excavation, evidently an old
one, which enabled me to examine the slate quite carefully and
form a deliberate opinion in regard to the character of the slate.
It is fine grained, bluish-grey, easily fissile into one-eighth inch
plates of twelve inches square, even where the frost had exerted
some effect upon its texture. Owing to its peculiarly soft character it would make, I think, good school slates. The strata were
in this place perpendicular with a strike north 700 east (excl. var.)
At Sandy stream, same rock, same dip and strike
At Alder stream, east branch, the rock is exposed near a slight
waterfall, the same in all essential particulars with. the last. Near
the west branch of Alder stream the rock appeared to have lost its
fissile character and to have become more like the compact slates
occurring in Scarboro'.  Numerouis quartz veins run through the
slate in an east and west course, but with no metallic deposits.
At Moxie outlet the same rock was again seen. It is harder and
has entirely lost its distinctive fissile structure. Near Clark's
camp, three miles or a little less from the outlet of the pond, clayslate was noticed dipping north 85~ east.  This convinced me that
I had passed over a synclinal axis.  At the Forks of the Kennebec
the slate dips north 70~ east, and confirms, I think, the opinion
formed in regard to the axis.
We were able to reach the. comfortable hotel of Mr. Murray at
the Forks late in the evening, having walked through a thick forest
of second growth and swamps of cedar, part of the way in a hard
shower. The distance is variously estimated from, eighteen to
twenty-two miles. I incline decidedly to the latter opinion. A'ccompanying this, is a vertical section* of the slate between the
* Reduced and incorporated into the general section of the whole route, The
description of the figure will show the localities of the route and the dip of the strata;
h are the clay slates, and i the slates west of Moxie Falls.  c. H. H.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  288
two points before mentioned, giving, of course, the altitudes as I
was able to compute them from a good aneroid barometer.
illoxie Falls.  The stream flowing from Moxie pond has a tortuous and troubled course. It makes its way over several miles of
the upturned edges of clay-slate strata; here smoothing and polishing them, and again, quarrying deeply into the mass, and even
excavating pot-holes in its path. The descent for most of the way
from the outlet to the Kennebec is very rapid, owing to the contour of the district and the frequent waterfalls. At a point two
miles from its confluence with the main river it makes its greatest
descent. This cataract is caused by the abrupt breaking down of
the strata, much resembling certain faults. Upon each side of the
base of the fall the rocks rise to an altitude of 115 feet and are
very precipitous. The water comes down over a jagged ledge,
eighty feet in a single leap of foam which gains additional whiteness by its contrast with the blackened slates. It is a cataract
second in its singularity and beauty to none of our minor waterfalls, and will well repay the visit of the pleasure-seeker, the tourist or the artist.
The strata of the greyish-black slate dip apparently to the northeast about 75~.                                     G. L. G.
Slaty formation in> the Kennebec Valley.
The rocks upon which we come at the Forks of the Kennebec
are different apparently from any already passed over on the section, and yet perhaps not more diverse than what might be expected on the different sides of a great anticlinal axis. The dip of
the strata would carry these micaceo-argillaceous slates beneath
the clay slate formation, and come up on its eastern border. This
is not impossible; but we incline to the opinion that the strata here
are either inverted, or else rest upon the clay slates unconformably.
Although the strata at the Forks have a fossiliferous aspect far
more than anything to the southeast, no organic remains have yet
been discovered in them; yet the time cannot be far distant when
they will be discovered. These slates must belong to the same
formation which Mr. Hioughton described last year on Moosehead
Lake as mica schist, since both formations are similarly situated
with respect to the clay slate just passed over, and are succeeded
by Oriskany sandstone on the other side. It is the most natural
thing in the world to. suppose these slates and schists to form a




284                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
portion of the Silurian system, and more probably the Upper than
the Lower Silurian. On Moosehead Lake there is very little difference lithologically between the mica schists at the south end of
the lake, and the schistose sandstones at Soccatean Point containing Oriskany fossils. And as Mr. Hodges, Jackson's Assistant,
found "madrepores " at the base of Squaw mountain, which are
without doubt the common Favosite coral of the Upper Silurian,
we have some evidence upon which, to found our conjecture of the
Silurian age of these slates and schists.
Our observations of the dip at the Forks are scanty. East of
the Forks Hotel there is a long bluff of slates interstratified with
limestone, dipping 40~ S. E. The rocks alternate in great measure,
yet occasionally the limestone is three or four feet thick.  Dr.
Jackson analyzed this limestone and found it to contain Carbonate
of lime 50.0, Silica 27.0, Magnesia 9.0, Alumina 8.4, Carbonate of
iron 2.8, and Oxides of iron and manganese 2.4; total, 99.6. He
recommended that this rock be burnt at a red heat, then pulverized
and mixed with fifteen per cent. of clay and ten of manganese, so as
to form a hydraulic cement equal in value to that imported from
England. We know not whether this anticipation has ever been
realized. This limestone is more or less abundant in the ledges on
both sides of the river, so much so that it must form a part of the
lithological name of the formation, if it shall be found to occur over
a wide region. The dip is higher in going east from the bluff, and
the formation extends certainly to Moxie Falls.
On the west side of the Kennebec river we found a great many
ledges of slate with a high south-easterly dip, as we supposed at
first; but we soon discovered a ledge showing this view to be
erroneous. We found traces of a gentle dip, say 20~, to the northeast, which we suppose to be the true one, while the very prominent highly-inclined planes are those of cleavage. To illustrate
this fact, we introduce here in Fig. 45, a sketch of a small curve
of the strata cutting across the cleavage planes. It is a sharp
synclinal fold. There are two beds of limestone, the upper two,
and the lower one foot thick, found interstratified with slates.
Only the latter have planes of cleavage, and these are represented by
the finer lines inclined to the right (south-east) at a high angle, while
the two beds of limestone rest each upon a bed of slate. Several
very crooked veins of white quartz occur in the upper limestone
bed, while the layers of limestone are not very much contorted.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   285
The strata in the lower limestone bed are curled up and crowded
together very closely, as is attempted to be represented. The
FIG. 45.
aaaa. Limestone.
bbbb. Slate.
cccc. Veins of quartz. 
Planes of cleavage and stratification.
coarser lines, parallel to the limestone beds, indicate the stratified
layers.  These lines are not iamaginary, since they may be seen
intersecting the cleavage planes in all the adjacent ledges.  This
case is an interesting one, and makes it necessary to examine all
the strata in this region very carefully. So long as we can find
beds of limestone to guide us, we cannot fail to discover a marked
distinction between these'two kinds of planes.
Nearly two miles west of the Forks, on the Canada Road, may
be seen a large mass, perhaps a dike, of coarse syenite, almost a
trap.  Its location may be seen on the general section, k.  Most
of this is an argillaceous rock, quite compact, and so smoothed
down by drift that it was difficult to obtain a specimen, or ascertain satisfactorily whether there were any planes present different
from those of cleavage, which were inclined about 70~ N. 20~ W.
Depending upon the observations thus far made, we feel sure that
an anticlinal exists in this formation, which is properly represented
in the section. This makes this slaty and calcareous formation dip
beneath the Devonian rocks to the north-west.
Oriskany Sandstone.
Precisely where this formation begins we cannot tell. A mile
and a half east of Johnson's mountain we noticed a slaty rock
dipping high to the north, which may be connected with the Oris



286                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
kany group. This is near the north line of No. 1, R. 5. The
rocks in this township are generally concealed by drift.
It will be recollected that this formation was fully described last
year, so far as it was possible, and we need not repeat those remarks here. It was stated that the fossiliferous boulders so common in the fields in southern Maine, were principally derived from
this rock, and that it belonged to the very oldest of the Devonian
rocks. Parlin pond was also represented as the best locality for
the Oriskany fossils, which we shall speak of presently.
On Johnson's mountain appears a very tough sandstone. On
a spur of Bald mountain, still firther west, a slaty rock crops out
dipping 50~ N. W. Both these mountains are in No. 2, R. 6, and
are parts of extensive ranges, of which not the remotest idea is
given upon any map of the State or County yet published.  Our
maps are deficient in respect to the topography of our mountains.
Near the west end of Parlin pond we obtained specimens of a trilobite, the Dalmanites, we suppose of the same species with the one
found last year at Stair Falls on the east branch of the Penobscot,
and which we hope will be described and named in the last part of
our Report.
The best locality of fossils in this region known to us, is on a
knoll west of the Parlin Pond IIotel. But the fossils there are
not in a ledge: they lie in the soil, as if quite near the parent
ledge.  A little digging did not reveal the ledge, however.  We
followed out the letter of Jackson's description of the locality
where he obtained so many specimens, and could find nothing that
would correspond with his description of the abundance of the
specimens, so well as this. We collected a large number of fossils,
both here and at every other available source, and shall hope to
speak more fully of them  hereafter. The fossils previously collected here belonged to the fo)llowing genera; Strophomena, Chonetes, Orh7is, Rhynchonella, Rensselwria, Leptoccelia, Spirifera, HlModiolopsis, Cyrtodonta, Avicula, Alurchisonia, Platyostoma and Ort7hoceras: and the following species have been already identified;
Strophomenea mzagnifica, Orthis mnusculosa, Rhynchonella oblata,
Rensselceria ovoides, Leptocelia fiabellites, Spifrieera arrecta, and S.
pyxidala.
On a tributary of Parlin stream in the north part of the township
of Palrlin Pond, a few fossils were obtained from thick bedded, fine
grained, dark colored sandstones of this formation, dipping from




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  287
10~-15~ northeasterly. The last seen of this formation is just in the
edge of Jackman, where a few fucoids and shells were obtained.
The dip of the strata is 15~ N. 60~ E., and that of the cleavage planes
much greater in the same direction. The rock is clay slate. This
locality is at the clearing called the Jackman Farm, and upon the
highest land in the Canada road between the Forks of the Kennebec and Moose river.
A range of mountains runs from Attean pond across the Canada
Road just beyond the Jackman Farm, of which Owl's Htead is one
portion. It also crosses Parlin stream north of the pond, and then
trends northeasterly, perhaps to the Kennebec. It is composed of
granite at Owl's Itead, but not where Parlin stream crosses it, for
the sandstone there is beautifully exposed, containing a few fossil
shells. The strata dip 200 N. 10~ W., at a beautiful cascade of this
stream, a couple of miles below the pond. On some of the layers
ripple marks were exposed, covering several square yards, and appearing just as perfect as when made in the sand so many thousand
years ago. The rocks here reminded us of those coarser sandstones containing fossils on the east branch of the Penobscot at
Johnston's camp and Matagamon lake. We felt uncertain about
their position relative to the Oriskany belt last year. We are confident these strata are synchronous with the latter, as is proved by
the discovery of the Dalmanites in the vicinity; and we think that
by following Parlin stream up and down, the connection of the two
kinds of fossiliferous rocks will be found. Moreover, here will
probably be the best place to make a detailed measurement of the
Oriskany rocks, and a careful exploration of the whole formation
from top to bottom. No one can surely feel averse to such an examination here, although the country is so wild, since the scenery
is so grand, the rocks so interesting, and the attentions of Mr. Sylvester at Parlin Pond Hotel so kind and obliging. It would be
a toilsome but a delightful task to explore in this vicinity.
Granitic Nocks.
Two or three ledges of granite and protogine appear in the road
between the Jackman farm and Moose river. The country is so
much covered with drift that ledges are very rarely seen. We do
not suppose these rocks extend as far as Moose river, although no
other ledges show themselves previously. Still the width of the
granitic region must be about three miles, although extending five
miles along the road, since the road crosses the belt transversely.




288                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
Clay Slates again.
At Moose River settlement, ledges of another clay slate appear,
though we somewhat hesitate to call it clay slate, because it is
different from the great clay slate formation below Moosehead lake.
The cleavage planes are generally different from the planes of
stratification, and it is unusually difficult to distinguish them.
For this reason previous observers have confounded them. The
rock is more properly a shale over much of its area, rather than a
slate, and this is the chief difference between the two formations, and
may indicate a more recent origin. The first ledge seen is on the
north side of Moose river, with strata dipping 28~ S. 10~ E., and
cleavage plains dipping 40~ N. 10~ W. The argillaceous odor is
scarcely perceptible in this ledge. The valley of Moose river is
very pretty and is lined with terraces, two or three of which are
well marked. The second is the meadow, and is a quarter of a
mile wide. It is composed of clay mostly. There is quite a settlement here, and the soil is very good. On the south side of the
river the meadow is very short, and the surface for a great distance
is covered with large boulders of granite. Many high mountains
are in sight from Moose river, which are all unknown to the out-'
side world, being barely named.
Quite a tract of level land is located north of the settlement, say
two miles in width. Ledges of slate show themselves occasionally
for several miles, all having the cleavage planes inclined to the
north-west. Near the north line of Holden is another ledge of the
slates, which we supposed at the time to dip 35~ N. 20~ W., but
made the remark in our note book that very likely this dip was
merely of cleavage, and that the true dip was 40~ S. 20~ E. We
make all these remarks where any doubt exists, partly that others
may decide for themselves this question, and partly to show that
the difficulty of obtaining good observations of the dip of strata is
often very great. Near the top of a spur of Bald mountain in the
south-east corner of Sandy Bay township, the rock is argillaceous,
though closely resembling the schists west, and dips 50~ N. 20~ W.
This hill is almost as high as the Boundary mountain.
PrJica Schist.
The last formation on the section is a genuine mica schist, more
apt to be confounded with talcose schist than clay slate. The
eastern portion of it comes up on the west flank of Bald mountain.




SCIEN'IFIC SURVEY.                  289
The dip everywhere is south-easterly, underlying the clay slate
formation. This mica schist is undoubtedly the same formation
with the rock upon the upper St. John river, which we called talcose last year. It is also the same as the auriferous schists in the
Chaudiere region in Canada. In Sandy Bay, the last township in
Mairne, only a small portion of the formation comes into view.
In the west part of the township the schists dip 55~ S. 300 E.
At the Boundary line upon the top of the mountain the dip is 70~
south-easterly. Some of the layers are very thin, like slates, and
are arenaceous. We went into Canada a mile and found the same
rock all along the road. On the American side of the ridge we
saw a few small inverted anticlinals, which may possibly indicate
that this ridge is an inverted anticlinal; it is certainly not an improbable supposition. It was a little cloudy when we were at the
summit, and this may be the reason why we did not notice the
fine view described by Jackson. A. deserted house is built upon
the line between the two countries. The line runs along the height
of land between Maine and Canada for many miles, or from the
New Hampshire corner to the head of the south-west branch of the
river St. John. The line is indicated by strong iron posts inserted
at intervals by the Joint Commissioners of the United States and
Great Britain under the Treaty of 1842. Inscriptions bearing the
names of the Commissioners are found upon every one of the posts.
As this line follows the height of land, it is consequently very
crooked, and it is marked by a line of second growth tirees, since
the surveying party cut down a wide road for thqir purposes, when
erecting the iron posts in their proper places.
We found several quartz veins in the schists on the Maine side
of the boundary, and cannot doubt that gold might be discovered in
this region. In the great valley of Sandy Bay we noticed quite a
number of these veins, and think them auriferous. Near Hilton's
house the road crosses a branch of the West Branch of the Penobscot river, and the appearances are very favorable here for successful gold washings in the soil. There is very much of the "black
sand" here in which the gold always occurs. And the fact that
this valley is in the Chaudiiere gold region confirms this view.
Still, the Chaudiere region is not like one of the great gold fields
of the world, although it affords a fair yield in some portions of its
area. WVe know not why the gold should be any more abundant
in Canada than in the Maine part of the deposit. Our limited time




290                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
did not permit us to stop and test the question of the existence of
gold in this stream by actual trial.
We have just now queried whether this mica schist formation,
of so great extent in Canada, and dipping easterly, may not form
a gigantic synclinal axis with the argillo-mica schists of the immense region between Bangor and Dover. The two formations
run parallel to each other in Maine for more than a hundred miles,
and the formations adjacent to each are the same, and appear also
to have a synclinal structure. *For instance, as shown in our section, the clay slates of the Moose river region may come up again
on the other side of the basin in Shirley and Monson. And in
confirmation of this view, the rocks between the two clay slate
formations are all newer, being largely of known Devonian age,
while the clay slates cannot be newer than Lower Silurian or Upper
Cambrian. This suggestion we throw out for all it is worth. It
will furnish the clue to the geology of the whole State if it proves
to be true.
III. JOTTINGS IN CENTRAL AND WESTERN MIAINE.
It was expected that Dr. Holmes would present here a sketch
of the geology of the Kennebec and Androscoggin regions of the
State. This sketch was designed to be a notice, not merely of
what he had seen during the past two summers, but the results of
his observations for the past thirty years. Circumstances have
prevented the execution of this plan in season for this report; and
therefore it becomes the duty of the Geologist to mention a few
facts which have fallen under his observation, as he has travelled
from one field of labor to another in the discharge of his assigned
duties.
Piscataquis and Somerset Counties. In journeying from Shirley
to Skowhegan, and from Skowhegan to the Forks of the Kennebec,
one sees chiefly slates and schists. The results of every obserxvation thus far noted by the Survey, are, that a line. drawn from
Abbot to Bingham is the boundary between two immense formations, the one to the south-east being an argillo-mica schist, and
the one to the north-west being a clay slate. Both. of these formations are of great width, and extend very far in a north-east and
south-west direction. Several lines of axes will probably be traced
through them  as the work of exploration goes on; and these
results will be both highly interesting and useful. The directions




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   291
of some of these axial lines in Penobscot county have been noticed already in this report.  Few  geologists in their surveys
have carefully traced out such axial lines. Sir W. E. Logan, however, has done so in Canada East; and these strictly scientific
results have proved to be of the utmost importance to those miners
who have recently been exploring that remarkable metaliferous
country for cupriferous veins. It would not be more strange to
find as important mines in this mica schist region in Maine, than
it was in Canada half a dozen years since.
These axial lines may be indicated often, in the absence of
more definite marks, by the repetition of the same bands of some
peculiar rock, as limestone, quartz rock, or schists more or less argillaceous. Between Skowhegan and Shirley we should look for
these indications in the form of schistose bands, charged with a
greater or less amount of argillaceous matter.
Between Shirley and the edge of Brighton we consider the rock
to belong to the clay slate formation, with possibly a mass of granite oozing out on the top of Russell mountain. Three axes have
been noticed in crossing the strata on this line.  At Shirley Hotel
the dip is north-west, but two miles beyond on the Blanchard road,
the dip is to the south-east. There is an anticlinal here then. In
the deep valley of Blanchard the slate takes a little mica into its
composition. At C. S. Whitehouse's estate, on the southern slope
of Russell mountain, the dip changes to the north-west again, and
the rock consists of alternate beds of clav slate and mica schist.
Unless this great mountain is made up of granite, as one would
think after seeing the summit rocks glisten in the sun at a great
distance, it must be a synclinal pile of strata.
An excellent clay slate formation occupies the greater part of
Kingsbury, and in it there appear to be one or two axes, probably
an anticlinal, and then a synclinal axis. In the north-west part of
the town there is a very fine view of the country towards the cast
and south-east, in Penobscot county. The fact that the rocks
between Shirley and the north edge of Kingsbury are somewhat
micaceous, while there are variations in the strata, suggests the
inquiry whether the strata in Shirley and Blanchard are not a repetition of the older schistose strata. It is much easier from a
cursory survey to raise questions than to answer them.
A fine anticlinal axis'is displayed as we pass into Brighton, being upon the edge of the mica schist group. In this town the




292                BOAMRD OF AGRICULTURE.
rocks are all thoroughly micaceous. The dip changes so that the
middle of the town is situated upon a geological basin or synclinal
axis, the same with that in Dover. Between Brighton and Skowhegan the ledges are very much concealed; but the rocks are everywhere micaceous, though at Athens they are very argillaceous.
Going south from Skowhegan towards Waterville the clay slate
reappears, containing Nereites.
Between Skowhcgan and the south part of Bingham the same
mica schists occur as between Skowhegan and Brighton. We had
not the opportunity of noting the variations in the dip. It is a
beautiful clay slate, with a high north-westerly dip, that is first
met with in Bingham. In Moscow the dip changes to the southeast, hence forming a synclinal. Mr. George L. Goodale discovered some gold by washing, near Carney's Hotel in the north part
of the town. Near the same locality was found several years since
the boulder of "eurite," or more properly, leopardite, described
last year on page 202. Mr. Carney kindly presented the stone
to us to be placed in the geological collection at Portland. It is
handsomer than any that have been obtained from Charlotte, N.
C. The manner in which the black stems could have been produced in the white quartz rock will afford abundant opportunity
for speculation. It would be a matter of great interest to find other
boulders of this rock, or the ledge from which it has been drifted.
Across the river, in Pleasant Ridge, on the estate of Mr. Moses
D. Townsend, we were shown a ridge of good roofing slate. It is
precisely similar to that now quarried in Brownville. We see no
reason why a good quarry could not be opened here. The facilities for drainage could not be greater, and the road to the nearest
railroad station is remarkably level. And possibly the Kennebec
river might be employed at some seasons of the year to float the
prepared slates to market.  In the south part of Caratunk the
slates dip south-easterly. The north-west boundary of the clay
slate formation must be in the south part of the Forks Plantation,
Qr the north part of Caratunk. Then we find the slates with inteVrstratified calcareous layers, bel6nging perhaps to an Upper Silurian series. The Moscow slates contain the same fossils as those
found at Waterville.
Waterville Fossils. In the Preliminary Report, upon pages 231
and 232, a list is given of all the curious fossil forms which have
been found and described from the slates in the- Kennebec- river at




SC1ENTIFIC SRVtIEY.                 293
Waterville. They are called Nereites or Nereograpsus, and Myrianites. Upon page 232 it is stated that " a perfect set of these
fossils could be found in no Cabinet in the whole State." We desire to correct this statement, and say that in Waterville College
there may now be found not only all the species hitherto described,
but also one or more new genera of these curious impressions, and
these the finest specimens that ever have been obtained from Maine.
It is fitting that the Cabinet of this College, so near the place where
these earliest inhabitants of the State of Maine flourished, should
now contain the most perfect set of their remains.
Prof. iHamlin of Waterville College, at our request, procured a
large number of these fossils, and sent us a full suite of them.
His efforts in our behalf, have received our warmest thanks, and
deserve honorable mention in our report. He says in his letter that,
"for eight weeks I gave, on the average, two days per week to
collecting. In this time some four hundred specimens were found
good enough to be worth taking home. On picking over the whole
lot on Monday last, all the really good specimens that could be
mustered were those I have sent you, and about twenty-five that
I have retained for the College Cabinet." Very few professional
men would take as much pains as Professor ilamlin has done to
oblige a stranger. In return, the Survey will send shortly a number of the rocks, plants and marine animals collected by them; for
the College Cabinet. It was owing entirely to Professor iamlin's
generosity that the Cabinet had an imperfect set of these impressions in 1861, when we examined the collections.  At the earliest
possible moment these Silurian fossils will be carefully studied,
and compared with the impressions of living worms and crustaceans, in the hope that their true character may be satisfactorily
determined. Of late their similarity to certain forms of crustacean
impressions has been suggested.
Franklin and Oxford Counties.  Several items of interest were
noticed by us on the way from Leeds Junction to Rangely Lake.
In Leeds there appeared to be examples of singular alluvial deposits, at considerable height above the ocean. The rock is mica
schist in Leeds and Livermore, though at the Falls it resembles
talcose schist. There is a fine quality of granite between the two
villages of Jay. East of the depot at North Jay it is quarried extensively. Near East Wilton the schists, almost a slate, reappear,
and continue up the valley of Sandy river to Phillips.




294                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
Between North Jay and Weld, via Wilton, the following varieties of rock were noticed. Just south of Wilson's pond are ledges
of gneiss dipping 30~ north-westerly. Mica schist is seen all the
rest of the way in Wilton and perhaps in No. 4. Then succeeds
a narrow strip of gneiss. In Perkins Plantation, or perhaps in the
eastern part of Weld, there is a limited patch of granite. In Weld
the prevailing rock is gneiss. We went to No. 6 in search of lead
ore, but failed to find the precise locality. The rock on the side
of Tumbledown mountain is gneiss, dipping 70~ N. 30~ W. A
large boulder occurs here, which is estimated to be thirty-eight
feet long, twenty feet high and twenty feet thick. The scenery of
Weld is charming. The village is surrounded by lofty mountains,
like an amphitheatre.  Some of the peaks consist of naked rock,
affording thus a pleasing contrast to the universal green. Some
of these mountains are nearly three thousand feet in height.
The rock is mica schist about Farmington, with-the exception of
a few patches of granite. So it is up the valley of Sandy river.
Near the village of Strong the mica schist is well characterized.
Some of the strata yield copperas by decomposition, dipping 70~
S. E. Layers of limestone are common, interstratified with the
schists. Two of them occur back of the store, each several feet
wide. On the farm of Samuel Worthly other beds of similar
limestone were formerly burned for lime. A narrow band of
granite commences about four miles below Phillips, passes through
the village on the east side of the river, and continues up the valley about a mile and a half. Fig. 46 shows how    FIG. 46.
some of this granite changes into mica schist.
There is no seam or break between the two kinds
of rock in the ledge, and no other indication of
division than the sudden change from the dark    L1     L i,
colored schist to the lighter colored granite. This     7   - k \ 2
sketch is taken from a ledge thirty feet high, by.Mica schist and
the side of the road, north-west of the village of  granite.
Phillips. The granite band is invariably indicated by the presence
of large granite boulders which have fallen from the ledges.
Two miles north of Phillips are two openings in a bed of white
azoic limestone, whose layers dip 35~ northwesterly. Lead.ore
has been obtained from one of them. We saw specimens of black
lead, copper and iron pyrites, from the excavation. Mr. Seward
Dill informs us that upon the top of a high hill north of Phillips,




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  295
there is a huge boulder, as "large as a barn," which has been
split into two pieces. His son, also, has picked up very interesting fossiliferous boulders, which must have been derived from some
undiscovered belt of rock. In Dr. Jackson's third report, page 27,
there is a notice of a large boulder of magnetic iron ore, weighing
174 pounds, which was found near the village of Phillips. Last
year a similar boulder was found in Salem. Whoever can find the
vein from which these boulders were derived, will do good service
to the community. Passing on towards Rangely we find the axis
of Saddleback mountain to be composed of mica schist, only it has
more of a gneissic aspect than the rocks in the valley. At Long
Pond a new variety of mica schist succeeds, which has been
described in a previous portion of this report.
The geology of Oxford county is peculiar. From the little we
have seen of it the following is our impression of the whole. Originally the whole country was occupied by a schistose formation of
essentially uniform character. Being in a favorable situation for
the action of metamorphic changes, so much gr'anite has been produced and thrust among the strata, that it is now the prevailing
rock. The country is made up of mountains, hills and valleys;
without any level tract except scanty meadows along the banks of
rivers. Now nearly all these mountains and hills are composed of
granite, while the lower districts are occupied by mica schist,
gneiss, silicious slate or quartz rock, and indurated limestones.
We have never heard of any other district of the same extent with
such a singular arrangement of azoic rocks. Upon a properly constructed geological map the colors will be seen to conform to the
topographical features of the country; and numerous sections can
be made which will conform to the old theory of the structure of
mountains, that their central and interior portions are composed of
intrusive granite.  It is hardly necessary to add that an accurate
geological map of the western part of the State will present the
true arrangement of the Oxford county rocks, besides correcting
any false impressions which may have been already received respecting them.
The following changes in the character of the rocks were noticed
in travelling between Welokenebacook lake and South Paris. Granite extends for about three miles south of the lake. Then, commencing at the summit of a mountain range, succeeds mica schist,
often gneissoid. About eight miles from the lake we saw the first




296                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
ledge of granite, in the town of Andover. This rock seems to be
the prevailing variety all the way to Bryant's pond, except a strip
of gneiss about two miles wide in the north part of Rumford. Andover is another village nearly surrounded by an amphitheater of
high mountains. Ellis' river runs through the township and lies
in a wide valley at the village, with extensive meadows and well
formed terraces. The " Corners" village is built upon the third
terrace. About Bryant's pond the granite is the tabular variety.
Three or four miles before reaching South Paris station may be
seen several ledges of obscure mica schist, which probably extend
through the whole of the low land bordering upon the Little Androscoggin river.
At the famous Tourmaline locality upon Mt. Mica, we find that
mica schist was the original rock, but it has been mostly displaced
by granite; while the tourmaline vein is a vein of doubly coarse
granite in granite. The term  "mount" is hardly appropriate to
this swell of land, in the midst of so many higher summits designated hills.
At Paris Hill the rock is granite. It is granite on the road to
North Buckfield nearly to the village, then succeeds mica schist.
Between North Buckfield and Buckfield village is a very large vein
of granite. Mica schist occurs in the west part of the town. The
magnetic iron ore however, occurs in granite. Between West
Buckfield and Paris the rock is entirely granite. In North Buckfield one sees many patches of impure limestone.
METEORS.
Black heavy masses of metallic iron called meteors have sometimes been seen to fall from the sky. One such example in Maine
was in Castine, of which specimens can be found in some collections. Another mass fell in Sidney twenty-five years ago, but the
fragments have been lost.  Such fragments may sometimes be
found in the fields, of whose time of falling there is no record. WTe
present these brief statements in the hope that if any person who
reads them may chance to know of the existence of such fragments
anywhere in the State, he will convey such information to the Survey. There is no value attached to such specimens other than
what interest is connected with them on account of their source.
They must be fragments of other worlds, or each entire meteor may
be a world by itself. It is an interesting theory that "between




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 297
Jupiter and the smallest meteor, (say the size of a walnut,) there
is an unbroken series of planets." Whoever, then, finds a meteor
and believes in this theory, may congratulate himself upon being
the possessor of an entire planet! The geologist desires to examine them, because he finds out what other worlds are made of.
No meteor yet discovered has revealed the existence of any chemical element not known upon our own globe; but we know not
what may be found in specimens from new localities.
B. GEOLOGY OF THE SCHOODIC REGION.
In the eastern part of Maine are two groups of large lakes, commonly known as the Eastern and the Western Schoodic lakes,
although this designation is not found upon the maps. The former
form the boundary between Maine and New Brunswick, while the
latter are entirely within the limits of Maine. These waters give
rise to two large streams, which unite at the north-east corner of
Baileyville, and flow into Passamaquoddy bay. This river has the
name of the St. Croix, and the same name is commonly given to
the eastern branch in connection with it; but the western branch is
not named upon the maps. This name of the river was given by
*the early French settlers. The Indians called the western branch
the KIennebasis; the eastern branch the Chepedneck, often spelled
Cheputnecticook; and the united waters the Schoodic river, signifying low and swampy ground: thus manifesting a more philosophical view of things than their successors. These Indian names
are partly in use now; and in the hope that the designations may
become permanent we will adopt names which seem the most appropriate. First, then, we.have the name Schoodic to be applied
to the lakes in general, with the primary division into eastern and
western. Secondly, we would adopt the Indian names for the two
branches, the Chepedneck and the Kennebasis. And thirdly, we
would use the name St. Croix for the main river below the junction of the two branches. If the names given in the Treaty of
1842 compel the use of St. Croix for the Chepedneck, we can certainly retain every other proposed name. And in describing the
geology of this part of the country we will speak first of the country watered by the western Schoodic lakes and the Kennebasis;
secondly, of the country bordering upon the St. Croix and Chepedneck rivers; and thirdly, of the country watered by the eastern
Schoodic lakes.
38




298                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
I. GEOLOGY OF THE WESTERN SCHOODIC WATERS.
We started to explore this region August 5th, immediately after
returning from the Canada line. We went to Calais, and spent a
little time in that vicinity before venturing into the forests. The
first three of the lakes, Lewey's, Long and Big lakes, we were
enabled to explore in MIr. Sawyer's small steamboat, the Gipsey.
This was a very convenient boat for our purposes, since it enabled
us to perform our task with great ease and rapidity. On account
of the shallow water and the poor road between Big and Grand
lakes, we coulicnot use it, though it was offered us, beyond the
first three lakes. For the rest we used birch canoes. Our guides
were S. WV. Haycock of Mlilltown and B. D. Wyatt of Calais, who
accompanied us through both the Schoodic regions, and showed
themselves to be skillful and efficient pilots. We will not enter
upon the details of the history of our expedition, nor describe
what we saw in the order of time, but will describe the region systematically. We were obliged to travel twice over the same
ground.
The geology of this region is very simple, so far as the rocks can
be seen. Three varieties of rock occupy this area, granite, mica
schist and calciferous clay slate. The precise boundaries of these
formations it was difficult to ascertain, on account of an immense
thickness of the unmodified drift deposits.
The principal lakes explored by us west of Big, were Pleasant,
Junior, Sysladobsis, Pocumpus, Wawbawsoos, and Witteguerguagum or Grand lake. One of these is not delineated upon the State
map, and the rest so incorrectly, that we should despair of making
the details intelligible by mere references. These lakes are situated at the corners of three counties, and being in a wild country
it is not strange that their topography should be so little known.
We had with us three different plans of a portion of this district,
and while no two agreed with each other, they were all equally
remote from the truth. For the credit of the Washington county
map, we will say that its delineations are essentially correct,
while the others are very incorrect, and the maps issued since the
Washington county one have not even copied the true topography,
but have used some inferior authority. We have been compelled
to make these comparative estimates of the different maps unwillingly, but necessarily that our readers can follow us. For the
same reason particular specifications must be given hereafter.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   299
In the town of Carroll in Penobscot county the principal rock is
mica schist. It is the only rock seen upon the east and west road
running through the town. At Mr. II. Gates' in the west part of the.
town is a very fine bed of dark bluish limestone, whose layers dip
450 N. WV. The bed is several rods wide and of unknown length.
Mr. Gates manufactures from  100 to 300 barrels of q licklime
annually out of this bed. It is capable of producing much more,
and furnishes lime equal to the best. It can be produced cheaper
here than at Rockland, and can successfully compete with that in
the market hereabouts. IHints of other beds of limestone in Carroll reached us in both directions, particularly in the north-east.
There is said to be a bed on the land' of Mr. Ames. A similar
bed also may be found on Mr. Coffin's land, near the centre of the
town. These limestones correspond better to the beds in Azoic
schists than with the Eolian limestone on Penobscot bay.
The mica schist of Carroll extends uninterruptedly as far as Musquash lakq in Topsfield, in an easterly direction. In the cast part
of Carroll there is an anticlinal axis, the limestone being upon the
western side.  The south-east dip extends to Musquash lake, and
into Tallmadge and the Indian township.  The north-west dips
occur at the saw-mill in Tallmadge, and about three miles from
Princeton in the other township. These observations indicate the
presence of a synclinal.
A high range of mountains in the south part of Carroll is evidently granitic, and connects as a mountain range with the syenite
on TMusquash lake, and has been traced into New Brunswick; and
the provincial geological map carries this granitic belt entirely
through the province to the Gulf of St. Lawrence. A large portion
of the Western Schoodic region is granitic, forming a belt several
times wider than it appears in Topsfield.  We have evidence of
the existence of granite on the north side of Pleasant lake, on Mill
Privilege lake, Scragly lake, the third Chain lake in No. 4 Hancock county, upon Stone island in the west part of Witteguerguagum or Grand lake, and at the west end of West lMusquash lake
in Tallmadge. This gives us an elliptical granitic expansion of the
great range, of fifteen miles long and ten miles wide. It probably
extends to meet the granite of Greenfield, if not the range extending through Dedham, Orland, etc., to Mount Desert. East of the
granite the rock is mica schist all the way to Princeton.  We saw
such ledges on Wawbawsoos lake, and iMr. Kelley of Calais states
that he has seen them on the upper MIachias lakes.




800                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
We will say a word about the more western of those lakes which
we visited. Pleasant lake lies in townships 6 and 7 of Washington
county, but does not extend into Penobscot county as the State
Map would indicate. High hills of granite are upon its north and
east sides, and somewhat on the west. The entrance from the
south is very rough, the r6ad being filled with logs and fallen
trees, besides its natural crookedness. The stream was too shallow
to permit our canoes to float into the lake. Logs were common
here four feet in diameter. Many large boulders of granite are
scattered over the surface.
Pleasant lake empties into Scragly lake. by a thoroughfare, so
called because the streams connecting the different lakes in the
Wild Lands are the only thoroughfares of travel between them.
There is a remarkably deep hole in this stream at the head of navigation, said by the hunters to be bottomless. It is certainly twenty
feet deep, which is remarkable considering the narrowness of the
outlet. Between this hole and Scragly lake, about a mile, the
banks are very low, and commonly marshy. Rainy brook at the
south-east end of Scragly lake is entirely in a swamp, over a mile
and a half in length. The thoroughfare between Scragly and
Pleasant lakes connects their very extremities, contrary to its appearance on many maps. The general outline of Scragly is given
best on the Penobscot County Map, but it should lie partly in No. 6.
We ascended a short thoroughfare from the east part of Scragly to
Shaw lake, and found no ledges but an immense number of boulders
of granite and trap. This is a very pretty lake, but much smaller
than Pleasant. It is not represented at all upon the State Map.
There are many islands in Scragly and Junior lakes, and a few
ledges of granite.
Junior lake is connected by a short thoroughfare with Scragly,
and it is six miles in length, and perhaps four miles wide. It is
represented correctly upon no published map. Two small lakes
are situated near its north end, Duck lake and Mill Privilege lake,
which are either omitted or not named upon the maps. No ledges
occur either upon Junior lake or any of its small tributary lakes
upon the north and west sides, of which there are five, which are
incorrectly located or else omitted upon all the maps. Nearer the
south end of Junior lake the boulders become small and much
water-worn, consisting of an interesting conglomerate, trap, schist
and granite. Close by Junior stream they appear to be piled up




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  301
in a ridge, much like a rampart.  Magnificent veins may be seen
upon any of these lakes.
Upon Junior stream large boulders of granite occupy the bed so
much that it is difficult to manage a heavily loaded canoe among
them. Two interesting boulders attracted our attention, as they
had been worn into the shape of an hour glass. We suppose the
neck of the stone was worn most because the strongest currents
chiefly exert their powers at that altitude. As is common to almost
every thoroughfare, so here on Junior stream, the upper part is
very stony with quick water, and the lower part with very. deep
water and marshy banks, insomuch that chiefly sedges grew upon
them; while the surface of the water abounds in white and yellow
water lilies and pond weed. At the mouth of the stream the land
is a little higher, a coarse beach separating the thoroughfare fiom
Grand Lake, in whichl we found boulders of metalliferous trap, pyrites, conglomerate, granite, clay slate and schists.
The character of the shores of both expansions of Grand or Witteguerguagum, Pocumpus and Sysladobsis lakes is uniform and
may be described as a whole. The immediate shore is composed
of angular blocks of granite, often of mammoth dimensions, with
scarcely any soil over them. They are covered with moss, and the
trees of the forest shoot down their roots among them with difficulty. The shores rise up gradually to hills and mountains, without
a single clearing to give evidence of civilization. But no ledges
appear, although their fragments are so common. These boulders
often lie in the lakes away from the shores, and may projectabove
the surface.  One such in Sysladobsis lake must weigh many hundred tons.  Where the summits of the boulders just come to the
surface they render the navigation difficult. It is extremely rare
to see any rock represented among the boulders upon these lakes,
except the angular granitic fragments.  AMost of them  are of the
porphyritic variety.
On Sysladobsis lake may be seen the finest views of any of the
western Schoodic lakes. That part which lies in No. 5 is correctly
represented upon the County map, showing the "Big island" at
the south end. That part of the lake which lies in No. 4 has a due
north and south course, its northern extremity being only halfa
mile distant from Bottle lake. The Chain lakes in 4 and 5 are
mostly snmall and swampy, except a-single ledge of granite on the
upper or third Chain lake, which is the largest of the three.




302                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
Leaving Sysladobsis lake for the east, we come first to a long
narrow lake five miles in length, and from one mile to one-fourth
of a mile in width, caled Pocumpus. This is given correctly upon
the County Map, but is not laid down at all upon the State Map,
there being in its place an enormous body of water called Grand
lake. Pocumpus has a north-west and south-east course like several other lakes and coves in the vicinity. Its shores are ragged
but not ledgy. From its southern extremity we passed up a iemarkably crooked thoroughfare to Wawbawsoos lake. We found
a few.ledges of mica schist and micaceous quartz rock with vertical
strata, and having a north:easterly course, before arriving at the
lake. The quartz rock lies to the west of the schist. Wawbawsoos or " Machias" lake is very shallow.  Near the outlet there is
on the shore a short ridge resembling a small horseback, though
composed of much coarser materials. Several years ago we described similar ridges upon lakes in Vermont under the name of
Lakce Ramparts, from their resemblance to the ramparts of fortifications. This one is six feet high and wide, and not less than a
quarter of a mile in length. Something similar was noticed at the
foot of Junior lake. They are analogous to the sea walls frequently
noticed upon the sea shore of Maine, and specially described in our
last report.
We explain the formation of the Lake ramparts in this way.
They are formed by the ice of winter, and only in shallow ponds,
or where the water is shallow'near the shore, and the bottom is
covered with boulders. The ice of the winter seems to inclose the
stones with perhaps some of the gravel of the bottom, and from its
well known property of expansion it would by freezing gradually
force the rocky fragnients towards the shore. In one year the progress would be small; but in each succeeding winter the work
would be resumed, until at leng(th the fragments would be driven
to the shore; and as the level of the lake is commonly higher ir
the winter than in the summer, they might be crowded a considerable distance beyond low water mark, and in the course of ages
the accumulation might be very large. Thus the manner of their
formation is like that suggested for the formation of the sea walls,
except that ice is substituted for water. Farmers who build fences
on the edge of a wide ditch often find them prostrated or bent over
in the spring, probably for the same reason, that the expansion of
the water in freezing has pushed them over.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 303
A sand bar almost separates Pocumpus from the western irregular expansion of Grand Lake, (See the County Mrap for the true
delineation.) And the west shore of this part of Grand.Lake is
low and gravelly, contrary to the general rule. We turn around
Coffin Point to enter the largest portion of Grand Lake, and we
find upon the rocks here the remains of the coffin which was the
reason for giving the name to the point. It was brought here
many years ago for the body of a man who was drowned while
warping a raft of logs, and left because it was too small. The
death of this man was considered a judgment by his associates for
his profanity, and the remains of the coffin have made his memory
vivid to a succeeding generation.
Grand Lake, called Witteguerguagum, (a forehead,) by.the Indians, is the largest of the Western Schoodic Lakes, being ten miles
long and four wide, but not uniformly of these dimensions. Several deep coves make the shape very irregular. Numerous islands
are found in the lake, upon one of which we found a ledge of
granite —Stone's Island. No other portion of any shore was found
interspersed with ledges, though everywhere rocky. Quite high
mountains appear at the end of Whitney or Deep Cove.
We made a short excursion up Ox Brook to Ox Brook Lake,
and found boulders of a fine-grained granite and Devonian fossiliferous sandstone. No ledges were apparent. Ox Brook passes
through an immense swamp filled with sphagnous plants and their
concomitants. Loons and ducks abound in these lakes. Flocks
of them were often seen; and the notes of a loon were always the
first sound heard in every lake visited. Immense numbers of white
fish and togue are caught at the Pocumpus thoroughfare, while
the Grand Lake stream is known to amateur piscators as the finest
locality in our country to catch the Salmon Trout, (or Dwafed
Salnmon, according to eminent authorities,) in June and September.
We saw white sea-gulls on these lakes during the prevalence of
storms on the coast.
There are two falls on Grand Lake stream, clled respectively
Big and Little. At the Dam the rock is an argillo-mica schist dipping 80~ S. 60~ E. At Big Falls the rock is less argillaceous, with
layers of hard sandstone dipping 800 S. 20~ E. Drift strim and
grooves cross the stream and valley transversely here, with a
course of S. 300 E. It is common also to see small and elegant
curvatures in the strata, showing that these rocks have been sub



804                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
jected to great pressure. At Little Falls the dip is north-westerly,
so that we have here a synclinal axis, the same with that alluded
to recently in the Indian Township. Near Mr. Gould's house on
this carry the schists are a little calcareous, but not enough so to
yield quick-lime.
A few ledges of mica schist, with a nearly vertical dip, occur
upon Big Lake, but there are none upon Long or Lewey's Lake.
The land is much better than on Grand Lake, and several large
clearings have been made, both upon the islands and main land,
and have been cultivated for many years, yielding good crops. At
the east end of Big Lake is an Indian village, not represented upon
any of the maps, where about two hundred Indians of the Passamaquoddy tribe reside. The Governor of the tribe, Louis Neptune, showed me crystals of quartz which were found in the Indian
Township.
It would be highly desirable that a road should be built from
Princeton to Greenfield, a distance of nearly forty miles, in order
to connect Calais and Bangor with each other partly by rail. This
would make between fifty and sixty miles of turnpike road and
thirty-five of railroad, instead of the hundred miles of stage road
on the Air Line route; so that the journey from Calais to Bangor,
or the reverse, could easily be made in a single day, without the
fatigue of an all-night's ride in a stage. A railroad would be still
better. The easiest route would be to keep on the north side of
Big Lake, crossing Grand Lake stream near Mir. Gould's house,
passing south of Grand and Pocumpus Lakes, and cross Nickatou
Lake where it is so very narrow. This would be comparatively a
level route. A part of this route might be by water, from Gould's
to Princeton, or from Pocumpus Lake to Princeton, by constructing a canal two and! a half miles long, large enough to permit the
passage of a small steamboat. This would require the building of
a turnpike road between Greenfield and Pocumpus Lake only
twenty-seven miles long.
At the head of the Kennebasis river at the foot of Lewey's Lake
are dikes of Irap. Below the banks are alluvial mostly being
capable of yielding good crops. Tomar stream, the eastern boundary of the Indian Township, is a beautiful creek, navigable for
four miles above its mouth. About a mile above the St. Croix
river may be seen ledges of mica schist, dipping 40~ north-westerly.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  305
II. GEOLOGY OF THE ST. CROIx AND CHEPEDNECK RiVERS.
Below Devil's Head in Calais, on the west bank of the St.
Croix river, the rock is granite and syenite. Above this headland
indurated slates appear, forming a very narrow border to the granitic rocks, so narrow that it escaped our notice last'year. This
border extends, with a single interruption, to Milltown.  It
is never over a few rods in width. Near the lower steamboat
wharf are two dikes of traps cutting through the slates or schists.
More of the schists appear at Salmon Falls, but the last traces of
them disappear at Milltown. The river runs through a gorge in
this rock below and at the Mills. Beautiful specimens of pyrites
were shown us which were said to have come from beneath the
Union Bridge. If abundant, this deposit may be very valuable.
A band of syenite crosses the St. Croix above Milltown, showing
itself for five miles along the river and railroad. At Baring station
and on the summit level of the railroad in St. Stephens, N. B., the
syenite is rendered beautiful by the occurrence of micaceous
nodules. The nodules are black, but the stone is white. These
nodules may at one time have been pebbles, and the agency that
changed the sedimentary rock into syenite, may not have oper —
ated long enough to have obliterated the sedimentary character of
the rock. The nodules are not as regular and handsome as the
so-called "petrified butternuts" in the concretionary granite of
northern Vermont.
There is considerable syenite in the granite about Calais, and it
is possible that an accurate knowledge of its distribution might
assist greatly in determining the truth of the theory that these
rocks were once sedimentary. If the various masses of syenite
are disposed like stratified beds in the granite, the theory would
be confirmed. The syenite seems to run into the granite like a
spur or a bed, on the road east of the principally inhabited part of
the city towards Vose lake. On Bog brook in IIardscrabble, in the
same rock, is an immense mass of white quartz and chalcedony, in
which specks of gold may be found. On the summit of Macwahoc mountain the granite rocks have been beautifully embossed by
the drift agency, looking like a great number of large haycocks
crowded together. It is not common to find so good an example
of these embossed ledges in this part of the State.  Small pieces
of calcite have been found in the west part of Calais. Small pieces
of gypsum have been picked up on the shore near the steamboat
39




306                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
wharf —whence it becomes a matter of doubt whether the gypsum
was derived from the ledges or was imported. On the New Brunswick side of the St. Croix, proceeding in a north-westerly direction,
we saw syenite for the distance of two and a half miles beyond the
St. Stephens bridge. Then mica schist succeeds. This we followed
for six miles, where are large veins of auriferous quartz and plumbaginous strata on Mr. Bolton's land.
Very near a water station of Lewey's Island Railroad, in New
Brunswick, the mica schist commences. At Sprague's falls the
schists dip 45~ S. 300 E. Nearly a mile beyond on the railroad,
the dip is from 40~ to 70~ S. 650 E. A number of rods further the,dip is from 20' to 800 S. E. This ledge is full of small contorted
veins of auriferous quartz. Several small pieces of gold were
found in this vicinity during our visits. Some of the strata contain pyrites, which has decomposed very much, so as to impart a
reddish tint to the ledge. About five miles from the Princeton
line, estimating on the railroad track, ledges of a calciferous clay
slate occur. They are common all the way to the line, dipping
60~ N. W. A single ledge near the line has a talcose aspect.
Near the village of Princeton, this clay slate dips 600 N. W. Its
decomposition must make fertile soil, as the limestone is very
abundant, almost as much so as the slate itself. This formation is
not very extensive. We suppose it runs into New Brunswick,
and also some distance south-west from Princeton village. It
does not extend north of the Kennebasis river.
Near the Princeton line the railroad crosses a horseback, at least
five miles long, and running south-westerly. It slopes considerably
towards the river as it disappears in the woods, more rapidly than
any other horseback we have seen. A mile nearer Princeton another
horseback appears, of inferior proportions and somewhat imperfect. Through the generosity of the Superintendent we were
enabled to make these observations along the line of the railroad
both by a special engine and the use of the regular trains.
Between Sprague's falls and the mouth of the Kennebasis we
did not travel on the river, but did so on the whole of the Chepedneck. Near the head of the St. Croix are large falls, called the
Grand falls. There is an alluvial island with very good soil at the
union of the three rivers, and upon it is locatted the dirtiest house
that we have ever seen, both without and within. A short distance
above this island are the Frying Pan rips, where the strata of mica




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  307
schist dip 500 N. W. For several miles there is a meadow on
both sides of the Chepedneck, but narrow. Half a mile above the
last rips are another set of rapids, the Tea-kettle rips. Four miles
above the confluence are the Chepedneck falls, by which we were
obliged to carry our canoes and baggage. The schists are quite
green here, with a very few veins of white quartz. They dip
60~ N. 30~ W. Upon Enoch brook are some extensive fiats, called
Catamount meadows, which are very productive.
Clark's point is at the mouth of Millsberry brook. There are
three farm houses in this vicinity, two of them on the New Brunswick side. We had what is called " dead water," i. e., still, for
five miles above Clark's point, and the banks are alluvial and fertile. Near King brook, (N. B.,) are two deserted farm houses.
In the south edge of No. 1, R. 2, or the Dyer township, are greenish mica schists precisely identical in appearance with the schists on
the upper part of the river St. John. It was this resemblance that
first suggested to us the probability of the rocks on these rivers
being identical in age with that on the St. John. These rocks dip
75~ N. 300 W. There are wide meadows here. In this part of the
township is an Indian village. Above the village are the Canose
rips, where the water is very strong. In the dead water above,
called Loon bay, are more farm houses. Near the mouth of Little
Sim Squash brook is the farm of the enterprising Mr. Keene, who
has cultivated it for many years. A mile below Keene's there is a
change in the dip, to the south-east, so that we have here a synclinal axis. Above Keene's we pass over Hog island and Meetinghouse rips, the latter named from the roof-like shape of the large
granite boulders in the river. At the latter rapids are ledges of
a calcareous ferruginous schist, perhaps a limestone, dipping 480
N. W. It has a metaliferous aspect.
We have noticed along this river and further west boulders of
conglomerate, which probably came from a Devonian formation to
the north or northwest.  Some appear like the red conglomerates
of Woodstock, which is probably of the age of the gypsiferous
rocks of the Tobique. Their position in the drift would indicate
that they came from Maine; and if so from some outlier not yet
discovered. Below Big Sim Squash brook in No. 1, R. 3, at the
Tunnel rips the dip of the mica schist is about 30~, but irregular, N.
20~ W. Some of the strata are curved in the fashion of small anticlinals and are argillaceous. Large boulders of granite and con



308                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
glomerate are common here. Some of our party had the pleasure
of seeing a deer crossing the river here upon a log. Terraces are
common along the St. Croix and Chepedneck rivers, but rarely
over three in number at any one place, and they are composed of
gravel. At the mouth of Big Sim Squash there are two very pretty
ones on the British side of the river.
Two miles above Scott's brook the schists dip south-east. We
are now upon the great bends in the river, which one would suppose to be indicative of vast meadows; but it is not so. The land
is not very high upon the banks, but the meandering course of the
river winds among many ledges. At the west end of the first
great bend of the river the rock is talco-micaceous schist, dipping
55~ S. 20~ E.; as we enter Vanceboro' they dip 30~ in the opposite
direction. Little falls and Rocky rips, both very strong water, lie
between Scott's brook'and the south part of Vanceboro'. There
are two miles distance of dead water with very wide flats adjacent,
which yield. large quantities of hay to the lumbermen and the farmers of the Lambert lake settlement in No. 1, R. 3, whose location
will be sought for in vain upon the maps. This marshy land if covered with water would make a large lake, and it is possible that it
may have been formerly the bottom of a lake. An obstruction of
a few feef at the Rocky rips would now turn it into a lake again.
Above this dead water are the " One mile rips," and one mile still
further, or three miles below Chepedneck lake dam are the Elbow
rips. The rocks are mica schist the rest of the way to the dam.
We were impeded in our course below the Corporation House by
a jam of logs a mile long, over which we found the work of carrying very tedious. This was an unlooked for obstacle, as the laws
of the State require all such obstructions to be removed after a
certain date in early summer. We found the dwarfed salmon again
both at the foot of Chepedneck and of Grand lake above. The
Corporation House at Chepedneck dam is an unusually fine edifice
for such a locality. Three-fourths of a mile south-east from it, on
the British side, are ledges of mica schist. Thus on the St. Croix
and Chepedneck rivers the rock is uniformly mica schist above
Sprague's falls. Over this distance are five axes, two synclinal
and three anticlinal. The low land soils are invariably very good.
That of the high lands may be compared with that between Bangor
and Charleston. This section was explored the last week in August.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                309
III. GEOLOGY OF THE EASTERN SCHOODIC REGION.
Immediately after leaving Chepedneck lake dam we travelled
over Chepedneck, Grand and North lakes, which belong to the
general appellation of Eastern Schoodic lakes, and form a part of
the boundary between Maine and New Brunswick. But the lakes
when taken separately are not named Schoodic, as will be seen
upon the map. The lower one is Chepedneck and the upper (of
the two large ones) is called Grand lake. These are the names by
which the neighboring settlers know them.
Near Chepedneck dam we picked up a boulder of beautiful red
jasper which must have been derived from some ledge in Northern
Maine. We did not find a single ledge upon the whole western
shore of Chepedneck lake, and had not time to examine the British
shore. In this respect this lake is like Grand lake of the western
Schoodic region. We suppose the greater part of the western
shore of Chepedneck lake is occupied by granite. Immense boulders of this rock strew the shores every where and render the soil
barren. A remarkable feature in the form of this lake is that the
large coves on the British side are to the eye much larger than the
principal lake, which bends greatly to the west. One who has not
been informed of this feature, when travelling up this lake will
surely wander out of his way two or three times. The scenery is
very fine here. We were much troubled by heavy storms and head
winds while upon this lake. There are one or two houses at the
south end of the American side, and far in the distance on the
British shore a few clearings may be seen.
From Chepedneck we carried across to Mud lake, about ninety
rods distance. This was much easier than to have followed up the
thoroughfare. At the outlet of Mud lake the water falls over ledges
of porphyritic granite very beautifully. There are no other ledges
on Mud lake which is about two miles long. Passing through a
thoroughfare of about a mile's length we are ushered into Grand
lake, where we were permitted to see evidences of civilization
again, in the distance. After a rather hasty examination of the
lake we found no ledges upon it except some bold bluffs of white
granite on the west shore, in the south-east part of Weston. There
is a horseback upon the west shore of the lake in the south-east
part of the town. The prevailing rock in Weston is mica schist,
with some large masses of quartz rock. At the north end of Grand
lake is the termination of the great horseback running up beyond




310                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
IHoulton. At this end it gradually dies away in a swamp. The
east side of Grand lake is underlaid by granite. Upon the hill
between Grand and North lakes may be seen the junction of the
granite with a mica schist deposit, apparently of the same age with
that on the St. Croix river. On North lake high mountains of
granite may be seen upon its southern and eastern sides. On the
contrary the northern and western sides are low and flat. We
went up the Boundary branch a few miles, and found the country
very low, but fertile. It is the commencement of the rich Aroostook country. One or two ledges of mica schist may be seen upon
it. Between North and Grand lakes we found several fossiliferous
boulders, probably of Lower Helderberg age, which must have
been derived from some unknown belt of this rock in Maine, as we
have never before seen anything precisely like it in the State.
General Remarkls.
By comparing our results with those obtained by others in New
Brunswick, we may learn somewhat respecting the continuance of
our rocks in the province. And first, we would say that the great
belt of granite described by us as extending from Jonesport and
Addison to Calais, is almost entirely cut off by the St. Croix river.
It breaks out again in Charlotte county, N. B., and extends, with
a single interruption, to the river St. John, at the boundary between King and Queen counties. Second, the great belt of mica
schist noticed at Columbia last year, undoubtedly connects with
that on the St. Croix and Chepedneck rivers, and has been traced
through New Brunswick in a north-easterly direction, nearly to
the Bay of Chaleur, where it is covered up by red sandstone. A
spur of it follows the granite last spoken of beyond the river St.
John. It probably underlies a great portion of the New Brunswick coal field.
Third, the granite which we have traced from the third Chain
lake through the eastern Schoodic region, (and have suggested
may connect with the granite running down to Mt. Desert,) has
been traced through the province to the Bay of Chaleur, parallel to
the belt of mica schist upon its south-east side. If this range commences at the islands off Penobscot bay, then we shall have here a
belt of granite two hundred and ninety miles long and from two
to twenty-two miles wide. Fourth, the mica schist is repeated on
the north-west side of this long granite belt, and is even longer.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  311
In Maine, in an essentially unaltered form, it extends to the Saco
river; and in the province it extends quite to the Bay of Chaleur, a
total distance of three hundred and seventy miles; its width varying
from nine to forty miles. It would not be strange if the name
Cambrian which was applied to both these belts of mica schist in
New Brunswick many years ago, and is now generally discarded,
should ultimately prove to be their correct appellation. In this
connection it is certainly an interesting fact that a long ridge of
granite should. lie between these two long belts of mica schist.
Fifth. Last year, when descending the river St. John, we noticed
a narrow outlier of red conglomerate upon its banks, several miles
above Woodstock. We noticed a similar deposit this year near
the Furnace of the Woodstock Charcoal Iron Company, which is
probably the same deposit, as those outliers are only ten miles
distant. -In Fig. 47                FIG 47.
we give a sketch   hists,  Ried Conglomerato.e  Slate.
we give a sketch
of the relations of 
this conglomerate                 
to the underlying   \\             \     \ \\   \\
argillo - mnicaceous           Section in Woodstock.
schists. At the east end of the section runs the river St. John.
Upon its bank is the Furnace, represented by a small house on a
pile of rubbish. Passing over a level tract we presently come to a
few small hillocks, which are composed of red conglomerate, dipping from 45~ to 50~ a little north of west. Further west we see
a hill where a section has been exposed by digging into its side,
and we distinctly see the conglomerate resting upon highly inclined strata of clay slate alternating with thin beds of limestone.
It is still more slaty as we go west. The strike of the two rocks
varies certainly thirty degrees. HIere then we have an example of
one formation overlying another unconformably, and both dip
essentially in the same direction. The positions of these rocks is
not merely theoretical, it is an actuality, ascertained with pick and
shovel. We introduce the figure to illustrate the geology of other
parts of New England, where similar sections have been by some
supposed to exist and by others denied. Another interesting fact
of a general nature illustrated by this section is, the difference of
the dip of the strata in eastern Maine and New Brunswick and
western New England. Here the dip is very common to the west
and north-west; there the dip is almost universally to the east and




312                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
south-east, and that where sections similar to Fig. 47 have been
supposed to exist. This outlier of conglomerate has been traced
about a quarter of a mile south-east from the Furnace. It is not
over an eighth of a mile in width in Woodstock. Nor were finer
layers discovered here like those at the Ferry containing the impressions of rain drops.
In the south part of Woodstock we examined some strings of
copper ore, situated in a syenitic calcareous rock. They were
formerly mined, and hence had made some noise in the world.
The common rock in the vicinity is a micaceous quartzite traversed
by dikes-probably of this syenitic rock. These strings are all
perpendicular, but none were over half an inch in width. The ore
is copper pyrites, and beautiful hand specimens might be obtained
here. The mode in which the ore occurs here indicates the manner in which it would be most apt to occur in the adjoining parts
of Maine. It would appear in a light grey granite-looking rock,
which is a common looking rock, and hence not so apt to be
noticed.
In passing down to Frederickton we had a fine opportunity to
see the geology of the route, for ledges are very common on the
banks of the river St. John. Five different ranges of rock are
passed over between Woodstock and Frederickton; first, the mica
schist; second, granite; third, mica schist again; fourth, red
Devonian sandstone; and fifth, the coal measures. The geology
of this province is exceedingly interesting, and the pecuniary benefits that would result from a scientific survey of its territory,
would much more than repay all the outlay from.the public treasury. There are very few States or provinces on our continent
which give such promise of undeveloped mineral wealth as New
Brunswick. We trust her authorities will regard the true interests committed to their charge and seek to develop their resources.
NOTE. — The following report of Mr. Goodale, relating to the
Botanical and Agricultural character of the western Schoodic
region, is inserted after the geological and geographical description of the same district, contrary to our usual order-owing to
delay in receiving the manuscript.               C. H. H.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 313
RECONNOISANCE OF THE SCHOODIC VALLEY.
To EZEKIEL HOLMES, M. D., Naturalist to the
Scientific Survey of Maine:
SIR:-You will remember that when our parties reached Woodstock, N. B., in 1861, after having examined portions of the
Penobscot and St. John rivers, it was proposed that Mr. Hitchcock, with an assistant, continue down towards Eel river, and
thence come to the eastern Schoodic lakes. These plans, which
were admirably arranged, were completely frustrated by a continuance of stormy weather, and the sudden illness of one of the
party. Therefore it became necessary to reserve the examination
of the south-eastern portion of Maine, till the ensuing season.
After various divisions of our corps had visited, in succession,
Somerset, Aroostook and Knox counties, during the summer of
the present year, 1862, Mr. Hitchcock desired me to meet him at
Calais on the 6th of August, for the purpose of assisting in an examination of the valley of the St. Croix, or Schoodic, river. Mr.
H. arrived in Calais August 7th, and commenced immediately a
general survey of the western shore of the river between that city
and the town of Princeton. In this and many other portions of
our tour, we received very much assistance from Wm. WV. Sawyer,
Esq., Superintendent of the Calais and Lewey's Island Railroad.
Through his kindness we were enabled to make a minute and
somewhat protracted survey of the country lying along the line of
rail, and were offered every facility for free transportation of our
party and their baggage, over the railroad. His politeness was
sincerely appreciated by us, and deserves this public acknowledgement.
There are two branches of the Schoodic river, one coming from
the chain of lakes lying to the west, and the other from the north.
Each of these branches were to be examined by us, and we chose
the western for exploration first, because such a course would harmonize better with subsequent plans. Accordingly we arrived at
Princeton, on Lewey's lake, on the 14th of August. Printeton, the
western terminus of the " Calais and Lewey's Island Railroad," is
an enterprising village, in which the main business is lumbering
and the shingle trade. It is quite advantageously situated upon
the eastern shore of a small lake named for one of the Passamaquoddy tribe of Indians. The fall at the outlet of the lake is such
as to afford fair water privileges to several mills, without interfer40




314                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
ing with river driving in the spring. Lewey's lake is the most
south-easterly of the Schoodic chain of lakes, and was, in all respects, the most eligible point from which we could commence our
tour. The party was made up of C. H. Hitchcock, the State Geologist, J. Henry Robbins of Calais, and the present writer; with
two guides, Benj. D. Wyatt of Princeton, and S. Wallace Haycock of Milltown.  These guides, acting as boatmen, accompanied us during the entire tour, and were, in every respect,
deserving of the highest praise as skillful, willing and gentlemanly
assistants.
Since we should be obliged to retrace our steps over the western
lakes after we had reached the one called Sysladobsis, we adopted the plan of examining one side of the lakes or river, on our
ascent, reserving the other till our. return. This enabled us to
make more extended observations than we should otherwise have
been permitted to do.
The voyage across Big lake was accomplished in a miniature
steamer, belonging to Mr. Wm. W. Sawyer of Calais. He kindly
placed it our disposal, and by its aid we hoped that we could
examine certain portions of Big lake with more ease than in our
canoes. Various circumstances combined to prevent our taking
advantage of this assistance, except in transporting our baggage
from Lewey's lake to Grand Lake stream.
Premising, then, that a part of our western tour was accomplished in this tiny steamer, and the remainder in birches, it will
be necessary to commence the Botanical and Agricultural Report
by a brief description of the land around Lewey's lake.
Upon the northern side we have, mostly, swampy land, covered
by a thick growth of small Juniper, (Larix Americana,) and, back
of this, a scattered forest of slowly growing Pines. The soil, from
the lake north through Indian township, as far as the Waite plantation, is mostly made up of disintegrated mica schist, and belted
with granite. Under the most favorable circumstances, such as
well drained drift-hills and sunny valleys, we find some fair farming
land. Very much of the territory is rocky, having exposures of
compact schists and slate which might serve to discourage any
farmer.'It is, on the whole, better fitted for a timber region than
for agriculture, and it is stated that the first growth of pine, and
saplings generally, was excellent, but subsequently fires have kept
down the pines to a size about that of the average of trees in similar districts in Washington county.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  315
Lewey's lake is four or five miles in circumference, perhaps a
little less, and is connected by a short rocky thoroughfare, with
two small lakes, called "Long" and "Round," or, in the Indian
tongue, Petbekis and Petquokmus, which are pronounced with a
kind of indistinct, gutteral cough. At the point which divides
one of these latter bodies of water from Big lake, there is an Indian village of two hundred inhabitants and eighteen houses, or
thereabouts. Seldom are more than half the people at home. The
settlement is called "Peter Denny's Point." The Indians have a
small Catholic church, similar to the one at Oldtown, a fine, new
school-house capable of seating twice as many children as there
are in town, and a capacious town hall where dances and weddings
are conducted. I have been thus particular in noticing this aboriginal settlement because it is omitted from Chase's new map of
Maine. There are few points of interest along the northern shore
of Big lake. A little way up the lake is a flourishing farm, which
confirms what I have previously said, viz: that under a favorable
combination of circumstances fair firms can be made in this district. The distance from Grand Lake stream, which is the head of
Big lake, to Princeton, is variously estimated at a dozen miles and
more, the steamer performing the trip in a little less than three
hours, with many stops for examination of the shores. So that
the short journey from Calais to the fine salmon trout fishing on
Grand Lake stream, can now be accomplished as easily as any trip
of equal distance in more thickly settled districts of the country.
The land around the head of Big lake is covered with pine of fair
growth, except near the water, where the pine gives way to
small hardwood, such as Acer rubrum, usually called " white maple," notwithstanding the Latin specific name; Populus tremuloides and P. grandidentata or Aspen and Toothed Poplar. The
water vegetation is remarkable. The shallow waters along the
shores are filled with a large growth of Scirpus palustris or Bullrush. Very many square rods at the mouth of Grand Lake stream
are covered with magnificent specimens of this imposing rush, and
a stranger would find it difficult to paddle a canoe in the stream at
this point, so completely is the mouth blockaded by these thick
stalks.
Several undetermined species of Algam and various other water
plants are plentiful at the steamboat-landing. Saguittaria variabilis, Eng., including two strongly marked varieties, S. hetero



316                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
phylla, Pursh., or a form nearly akin to it, also occurs here. Growing with the Scirpus is the " Bayonet Juncus," everywhere common around these lakes. The species, as noticed in Dr. Gray's
Manual, is n'ot accredited to any localities north of Tewksbury and
Plymouth, Mass., but I have collected good specimens in latitude
46~-40', and have found it fringing the shores of every large lake
in eastern Maine. In many of my specimens the bayonet leaf is
shorter than the diffuse parricle, in'others the leaf is much above
the middle of the culm, and still is shorter than the remainder of
the stalk. But they obviously belong to one species, for, with
all these differences, these military rushes are not so widely distinct, as we see that many individuals are in the same army.
Grand lake stream which connects Grand lake with the one just
noticed, is three miles in length, and has a broken and troubled
course among granite boulders and over slaty ledges. In the
water of this stream are found multitudes of the well-known
" Salmon trout," noticed in the report upon the Fishes of Maine.
This dwarfed salmon has strong and quick fins which'give the fish
great celerity of movement. The tail is disproportionately large,
and, of course, aids"very much in giving the fish power to stem the
strongest currents. The species is an exceedingly interesting one,
and deserves more study and attention than has yet been paid to
it. Its singular confinement to restricted localities-its likeness
to, and its difference from, the Salmon of the Penobscot-the peculiar parasite infesting the scales, (very similar to the Caligus figured in Sill. Jour. 1st series, 70, by Dr. Dana,) all confbine to make
the study one of much interest to Naturalists.
At or near the mouth of Grand lake stream there is a stock-farm
kept by Mr. Gould. Some of the land on the southerly side of the
stream produces good hay in abundance, being, for the most part,
alluvial soil. By the aid of Mr. Gould and his team we carried
our luggage over the rocky road along the side of the stream. The
dam at the outlet of Grand lake is capable of resisting a great head
of water and is kept in good repair. The sand and gravel plains
over a part of the road from Mr. Gould's to the outlet, furnish a
good illustration of the open-plain vegetation of eastern Maine.
There is almost a total absence of Ferns, no one except the everpresent "Brake," Pteris aquilina, attracting my attention.  Occasionally, on similar plains, one meets with Botrychium lunarioides
and its perplexing varieties, but such ferns are rare. Comptonia




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  317
asplenifolia, (Sweet Fern,) Rubus triflorus, Vaccinium Canadense,
and dwarfed pines with straggling Junipers, (Juniperus communis)
cover the ground. Such is the appearance of a grazing field in
which the cattle have not kept the shrubs down.  Where grass is
allowed to grow unmolested on such plains, we shall find it made
up of depauperate specimens of Festuca ovina, Poa amura, Poa
pratensis, Danthonia spicata, and occasional tufts of Phleum pratense. Nearer the water's edge, we have generally found, in addition to these enumerated, Juncus bufonius, Alopecurus geniculatus
and Juncus effusus. In short, there is little to distinguish such a
plain from an exhausted meadow in western Maine or Massachusetts.
The southern shore of Grand lake was next examined. The
water in the lake is deep and very clear, enabling one to see the
bottom at a great depth. The sand and mud of the bottom is made
up, in great part, of disintegrated granite, and consequently presents the characteristic clayey stickiness of such earth. In the
mud along the shore there is an abundance of the common Bayonet-rush and Juncus acuminatus.  The shores are, in many
places, very slightly shelving, so that these rushes extend, in
their growth, a considerable distance into the lake. The vegetation of the territory along the southern border of the lake may be
said to consist of average pines which had been well culled by the
lumbermen, and a considerable sprinkling of maples and beeches.
This is especially true of Farm  point, so called, where the "hardwood" growth is quite noticeable.
Farm cove, on the southern side of Grand lake, is quite an extensive bay opening to the north-west, and filled with many islands.
One of these islands at the mouth of the cove may be taken as a
specimen of all the smaller islands in the western Schoodic lakes.
It was banked up with boulders of coarse granite but little attrited, on all sides, and covered by a growth of scraggly pines,
maples, beeches and birches. The larger islands are more like the
main land, and support a good growth of sapling pine,. thickly
interspersed with hardwood.
The last point around which we passed in Grand lake, was one
of considerable interest from a fragment of.a lumberman's history
connected with it. Upon the extreme point, and in full view of
those approaching from the north, is a weather-beaten coffin of
which little more than the form is preserved. It was brought up




318                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
from the settlements to contain, for interment, the body of a riverdriver drowned in the lake. The story of his death, as told by a
guide, gives additional interest to the melancholy spot.
Rounding this " Coffin point" we had but a short distance to
pass over before reaching the strait connecting Grand lake with
Pocumpus or " Compass,') as it is generally abreviated by lumbermen. The maps from which the new State map was compiled
were entirely erroneous as regards this portion of the lake. A
more correct one, and yet open to some criticism, is the map of
Washington county, by Lee & Marsh. It is difficult to see why
this part of our State has been topographically neglected. Very
many lumbermen and lumber owners of Calais and Baring have
more correct plans than any others we have had the pleasure of
examining.
The thoroughfare between Grand lake and Pocumpus lake, is
not more than a few rods in length. The current is quite slight,
(in August,) and yet enough to completely change the character of
the pond-weeds growing in the still water. Potamogeton lucens,
L., with ovate leaves floating on the water and making it P. lucens,
L. var fluitans, was quite abundant in the almost stagnant water
of Pocumpus. But in the current of the thoroughfare it became
submersed and agrees with P. obrutus, Wood, convincing me that
Dr. Gray is right in referring the latter plant to P. lucens L. var.
I hope to place the plants in the hands of Prof. Tuckerman, who
formerly published a monograph upon the genus, and who has
studied them more protractedly in the fresh state, than any other
botanist in America.
The lake thus called variously " Pocumpus," " Pocumsus," and
"Compass," is an extensive body of water, oblong in shape, its
greatest length lying in a north-west and a south-east direction.
It is a lake of much beauty, but does not possess much interest
either for the Geologist or Botanist. The banks, as in the other
lakes, are mostly walled with granitic boulders, while the white
and whitish yellow sand comes well up to the very base of the
wall. The woods are mainly pine, with hard-growth intermixed.
It was our conclusion, as we examined the soil in this vicinity,
that several good farms could be cleared and rendered productive
around the lake. Our party also ascended the stream coming from
Woboosoos, a lake lying off to the south. This lake has a dam
at the outlet, but does not seem capable of high flowage even if the




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  319
timber on the shores should warrant the. expense. Many logs of
considerable size were decaying near the outlet, having lain in the
mud, apparently, for several seasons. Around the dam the ordinary herbs attained a good size, indicating alluvial fertility. But
the land at a little distance from the lake is exceedingly rocky and
ledgy. Cladium mariscoides, Torr., (" Twig rush,") grew plentifully along the shore in the soft clay and sand, whereas it usually
has been found, in Maine, in Sphagnous swamps. The distance
from the head of Woboosoos to waters flowing into the Machias,
is very short.
From Woboosoos we returned to Pocompus, and commenced to
ascend the arm leading to Sysladobsis lake. In this narrow riverlike arm the water is very deep, or at least so deep as to afford
a great contrast to that which we had just left. Much of the shore
is lined with water lilies, everywhere floating with Nuphar advena
and Kalmiana.
Sysladobsis lake we reached by a short carry. This lake is at
once recognized by the long island, by no means well represented
on the map, parallel to the eastern shore. There was the same
appearance of a good pine country all around the lake, as of that
we had last been examining. During this day we made a greater
distance in our birches than on any day previous, having twice
measured Pocumpus and sailed on both sides of Sysladobsis.
The water being so low as to forbid our exploration of the Chain
lakes lying off to the west, and the smaller lake at the north, we
commenced to return. We arrived at the " Dobsy" carry at ten
o'clock A. M., on the 1%th of August.  As I shall not have occasion to allude to this lake again at present, it will be well to give a
brief account of its topographical and physical characteristics. It is
a long, twice-curved lake, extending through the length of a whole
township, and receiving water from the north-eastern, northern and
western tributaries. Fronm the north-east there empties into it a
small stream supplied by a pond of very trifling size; on the north
it is augmented by water from " Second Dobsy" or Sysladobsis,
which is the most western lake of thiis long chain; on the west it
receives a stream fiom the Chain lakes, which are of small size, in
township 4 in the 1st range. There are two large islands in the
southern part of the lake, each of which are covered by fair pines.
The lake is of greater depth than Pocumpus, and of larger size.
From a brief examination of the shores in one portion of the lake




320                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
we were convinced that a good lumber farm could be cleared if
necessary, and it might form a nucleus for quite a settlement, but
it is our unbiased opinion that there is so much good land to be
obtained nearer remunerative markets that it hardly seems worth
while to spend labor in felling and clearing here. This portion of
Washington county is much better adapted for purposes of lumbering than for agricultural interests, and good pine is better than
half-ripened corn. In again looking at Pocumpus we have only
to say, that it is also fitted for lumbering.
We next proceeded to examine a series of lakes lying off to the
north of Grand lake. We first reached Junior lake, a beautiful
body of water connected by a pretty short but rocky thoroughfare
with the lake last noticed. There was the same wall-like look of
the shores, the same pine-covered points and long reaches and
islands. Beyond the islands are seen what could not be seen on
the shores of the two lakes just left-houses and farms. Passing
a very singular line of islands, incorrectly represented on all the
maps, we approached the northern shore of the lake. A range of
granite hills extended for many miles along a line parallel to the
northern shore, and upon the slopes of these hills there was to be
seen, here and there, a farm of considerable size.
Leaving our birches in a stream on the north-eastern portion of
the lake we walked along the bank for a mile, or perhaps less,
arriving at a small body of water apparently quite shoal. The
bayonet rush extended for some distance into the water, everywhere tinging the shores with its color. This sheet of water is
called "Duck pond," and has quite a stock-growing settlement on
its northern shore. It is a few miles from the road extending
from Topsfield and Lee.
Upon the point at the mouth of Duck pond stream is sand of
surprising whiteness, much resembling the sand of the sea-shore.
It comes from the decomposing granite of which the hills are
made, the granite being remarkably free from hornblende or mica.
In fact the blanched, weathered appearance of exposure of this
rock, and of the soil which is formed from it, is noticeable at a
great distance. While camping among the abundant and pertinaceous musquitoes of this shore, we heard the familiar lowing of
cattle in a direction where our maps gave us no indication of any
settlement. A protracted search, late into a dark evening, failed
to discover any houses, or obtain any answer to'our anxious




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  821
holloas, even while we could distinguish human voices at an apparent distance of half a mile. In the morning we learned, upon
further search, that a pond of considerable size stretched between
us and a little colony of five houses and flourishing farms. Neither
were:the houses or the lake and stream represented upon our
largest map. This little settlement, thus shut out from the world,
consists of the farms of Messrs. McLaughlin, Robinson and Moore,
with one or two others, and is called " Mill Privilege."  The soil
has. a true granitic character,.:and yet is of such a friable nature
that the yield of grass is abundant. In the town of Carroll, a few
miles from this settlement, it was my privilege to examine some-:what hastily the well-conducted farm of Ezekiel Brown. The soil
did not differ materially from that at Mill Privilege, and Mr. Brown
was obtaining fine crops from his well-tilled farm. There are indications of more or less crystalline limestone through this section.
It crops out, as noticed by the geologist, in Carroll, and probably
aids in giving increased fertility to the soil. In concluding this
notice of the section which may be called South Carroll, I would
say, that there appears to be in it much available, productive
farming land. Considerable of the timber is of good quality, but
much of the kind has been swept by fire. Pursuing our journey,
we arrived at a lake of irregular shape, situated on the east of
Junior lake, and in many respects resembling it. We examined,
in the vicinity of this lake, two other smaller ones, each reached
by a devious path through tangled second-growth and fallen trees.
One of these was Pleasant lake, so called, and it is rightly named.
We had before seen it from the east, when Mr. Hitchcock and his
assistant searched with Mr. Bailey for the native copper on the
shores of the lake. It has high granitic banks upon the north and
east. The ledges on the eastern shore assume very fantastic forms,
such as extendied shelves, making long and open-mouthed caves of
granite. In one of these caves, or rather under one of these immense roofs, we found several fungi of much interest which will
be hereafter noticed. But with the exception of these and some
other Cryptogamiae we saw little worth noticing as regards the
Flora of the district. The extended exposures of hornblende granite (syenite) forbid our speaking of the eastern and northern shores
of Pleasant lake as eligible farming land. The other lake referred
to, was much like the one just described, only it had very large
timber on some parts of the shore and lodged at the outlet. In
41




322                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
short, the country extending from this lake to Mr. Gould's farm on
Grand lake stream must be considered timber land instead of farming land.
The water in these lakes, not excepting Grand lake, was filled
with minute particles, much resembling some of the confervm,
which proved to be a Protococcus. The water, drawn from a considerable depth, was also found to contain them, and they did not
appear to be.more abundant in one part of the lake than in another.
Having returned to Junior lake.tream, we dined on the point
of land extending out into Grand lake; and while here, found
among the boulders on the shore, a mass of Bi Sulphide of Iron of
great compactness, and weighing several ounces. It is our opinion that the many Indian traditions, and the stories of early settlers, in regard to great metallic wealth among the hills around
the lakes, are referable to the discovery of pieces of Pyrites similar
to the one just spoken of. That there may be, and probably is,
some iron and copper scattered through the granite, is not difficult
to believe, but the many circumstances which must conspire to
make a mine of either of -these metals profitable will be noticed in
the chemical report.
At the mouth of Ox brook, a small stream entering Grand lake not
far distant from the point just referred to, and into what is called
Whitney cove, we commenced an overland tour in search of " Ox
brook lake." The vegetation around the lake was unmarked from
any noticed before in the vicinity of similar bodies of water. In
-a swamp of large extent which we passed over in approaching the
4ake, I found a Juncus, subsequently, referred with specimens from
another locality, to the rare Juncus Stygius, L.
The rest of our journey back to Grand lake stream was soon
accomplished.
Upon the following day we passed down Big take, examining
the shore untouched as we ascended the chain. I cannot resist
the conviction that there is some excellent farming land lying along
some parts of the southern shore of Big lake, and there is needed
only the encouragement of fair roads to have such clearings undertaken by good settlers.
We reached the town of Princeton late in the evening of 22d
August.
The continuation of the survey of the western branch was
resumed on the 27th, the intervening time being occupied by ex



SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  323
plorations in and about Baileyville and Calais. The river below
Princeton, as far as its junction with the east branch, falls gently,
having only two sets of rapids with the name of "rips."  At the
Tomah stream where the water is "dead" the vegetation was noticeable on account of its luxuriance. The.meadow hay in certain
localities along this part of the river was principally made up of
Phleum pratense and Calamagrostis Canadensis.
At 3 P. M. we arrived at Young's island which marks the confluence of the two branches of the Schoodic river. Having reached
the terminus of our tour on the western river and its lake expansions, it now becomes necessary to take a brief resume of the results attained by a topographical and botanical study of the waters.
The western river extends, from the source of its remotest tributary to the eastern branch a distance of- townships or approximately - miles. It drains portions of twenty townships lying in a
general east and west direction. The greater part of the course of
the river is south-easterly, but pursues a north-easterly direction
in the last portion of the way. The larger portion of the townships drained by the western river is average timber land with the
usual proportion of inaccessible lumber and hackmetac. swamps.
The remainder of the territory may be called fair farming land,
especially so much of it as borders upon Mill Privilege in Carroll,
also the lower part of Six in the first range, that around sections of
Big lake and along the remainder of the river as far as " Young's."
In conclusion, the whole "water-shed" of this branch of the
river inclines to south-east by east, S. 80~ E.
I have the honor to be, sir, your obedient servant,
G. L. GOODALE.
C. GEOLOGY OF THE MORE NORTHERN AND UNSETTLED  PORTIONS OF THE STATE.
Treating this topic very briefly, on account of the want of
space, we will first speak of the geology and country watered by
the large lakes on the upper Androscoggin; secondly, a very few
notes respecting Moosehead lake; thirdly, the region of the west
branch of the Penobscot and the upper St. John.; fourthly, the
Alleguash lakes; and lastly, Dr. Holmes will give an account of
his observations in Aroostook county the past season.  These
brief accounts are all fragmentary, often supplementary to last
year's researches.




324                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
I. GEOLOGY OF THE UPPER ANDROSCOGGIN WATERS.
Our examination of this region was only preliminary to a more
careful exploration. This part of the State was visited late in the
season, and want of time in part prevented much examination.
The lakes passed over are Rangely, Cupsuptic, Mooseluckmaguntic, Mollychunkemunk and Welokenebacook.
The rock between Phillips and Long pond in Sandy River plantation., is a primitive looking mica schist, standing on its edges.
It changes very suddenly at the north-east corner of Long pond
to a micaceous schist of Paleozoic aspect, dipping about 35~ southeasterly. Ledges of this newer rock were seen all the way to
Rangely lake. It is worthy of remark that this newer rock is
upon the west side of a great range of mica schist'and granite, of
which mount Saddlleback is a part. We suspect it to form a part
of an important basin, to which belongs the great belt of Oriskany
sandstone described last'year, and also the newly discovered fossiliferous belt in the north part of New Hampshire. It is a noticeable fact in this connection, that the strike of these schistose
rocks in the north-west part of the plantation is 180~ different; or
in other words, the strike of the newer rocks would carry them
directly across the older rocks of Saddleback.
Passing up Saddleback stream -the small brook crossing the
road at Indian Rock Hotel in the north-west part of Sandy River
plantation-the rock is evidently an altered sandstone, and a large
number of pebbles of various sizes are present. The rock is a little
argillaceous, and dips 450 southerly, apparently underlying the
rocks at Long pond. The planes of cleavage are nearly perpendicular; it being unusually easy to distinguish them here from the
strata; for the latter appear like successive ribbons of different
shades of color on the sides of the ledges, and upon the surface of
some of the layers are ripple marks. It is rare to find more satisfactory distinctions between these two sets of planes. Furthermore, these ripple marks are right side up-that is, they have not
been overturned, and consequently they prove that the strata containing them have never been overturned. It may be of great importance, by and by, to know this fact. Horizontal jointed planes
are also present in the ledges on this brook. All these phenomena
are exhibited within a short distance of the hotel in a narrow gorge.
Passing northerly we find a coarse conglomerate very abundant,
whose dip is greater than that of the adjoining schists, being suc



SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  325
cessively 75~ N. 100 W., 900, and 75~ S. 10~ E. Many of the
pebbles are distorted in some way, as they are very apt to be in
disturbed localities. The pebbles are composed of granite, a schistose rock, sandstone and hyaline quartz. All kinds of them in
certain layers are flattened, elongated, and sometimes indented, just
as if all them had been somewhat plastic; and when the strata
were elevated by the great plicating agency, these layers of pebbles, on account of their yielding nature, were compressed into a
smaller bulk than before, the different fragments altering their
shapes so as to be accommodated to all the crevices of the mass.
Even the granite pebbles have been distorted here, which is not
common elsewhere; they appearing the most unyielding. These
pebbles are commonly flattened in the direction of the dip, showing the force to have been a pressure simply, without the tension
of curvature which seems to have elongated pebbles elsewhere in
the direction of the strike.
Last year we called attention to this subject so fully that we will
add nothing now, (See page 178, et seq., where is a sketch of elongated pebbles.) It is a new subject in geology upon which but
few geologists have yet given their opinions. No geologist doubts
that many fossils have been distorted by pressure, and that exerted
in the same manner in which we suppose the pebbles have been
misshaped; and if fossils can be distorted by pressure, why not
pebbles, which must have been somewhat plastic during the process of metamorphism? For instance, Dana in his Manual of
Geology, page 109, says: (though he has not expressed any opinion respecting the distortion of pebbles,) "These uplifts of the
rocks, besides disturbing the strata themselves, cause distortion
also in imbedded fossils,-either (1) a flattening from simple pressure, or, in addition, (2) an obliquity of form, or else (3) a shortening, or (4) an elongation." This language would describe
admirably the changes undergone by these pebbles in the same
circumstances.
We will only say further in relation to this subject, that this is
the finest locality to exhibit these phenomena of any yet observed
within the State. It shows the process just as finely as near Newport, R. I., which was described last year as the classic ground.
Every feature exhibited near Newport may be seen also in this
plantation. Both the altered and unaltered pebbles are present, as
if to show the differences by contrast. This locality is in an older




326                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
rock, and hence may present a single feature not common in R. I.,
viz., the presence of veins cutting across the pebbles. These veins
cut the pebbles in two, and one can break out the dissevered fragments and fit them together again. We did this repeatedly here,
in one instance the halves of the pebbles having been separated
sixteen inches. The inhabitants of this region have often noticed
these distorted pebbles, and have reasoned respecting their origin
precisely as we have attempted to do. The proprietor of the Indian House, Mr. Prescott, had often been in the habit of exhibit-.ing then*} to his guests. We have now discovered four localities
of this nature in Maine, viz., at No. 9 of Washington county,
Cushing, Mt. Battie, and Sandy River plantation. We were informed that a ledge of granite was contiguous to the conglomerate
on its west side,.but had not time to visit the place.'This might
be a case of the metamorphism of conglomerate into granite, similar to that described by my father in the Geology of Vermont,
vol. 1, page 40. The conglomerate belt runs across the east arm
of Rangely lake into Township No. 3 an unknown distance.
Two or three terraces appear at the mouth of Saddleback stream,
as one sails over Rangely lake. On Birch point is a schistose
rock, apparently the same with that on Saddleback stream, dipping 50~ south-easterly. The same rock was noticed upon Ram
island and in the western part of the lake. The boulders on the
shores are largely made up of green grits and schists.
It was a matter of surprise to us to see so fine an agricultural
region in Rangely. The hills about the lake are all rounding and
smooth,-that undulating character always found in fertile upland
countries. From our sail-boat not a boulder could be seen anywhere. Good crops can be raised here also. Hay yields two tons
to the acre, which is a very good yield with scarce any cultivation.
Unless it be an alluvial meadow, it is very safe to say that it is
not common in the western part of the State to find land as good.
as that in Rangely. Up the Kennebago stream, still nearer the
Canada line, the land is said to be even better. Here then is a
large tract of fertile land, probably equal to that in'Aroostook
county, whose claims to settlement are urgent. This district has
the advantage over Aroostook county in its proximity to the
market, and is one whole degree of latitude south of Houlton. It
seems strange that such fertile tracts of' land as this, with that in
Aroostook county and on the west branch of the Penobscot, should




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  327
have been brought to notice at so late a day, and after so many
persons have emigrated westward. In our estimation the northern
portions of Maine are more attractive as settling lands than the
prairies of the West. We do not know the limits of this fertile
tract in Franklin county. We presume it is about equal to the
area of twenty townships, each six miles square, or seven hundred
and twenty square miles. Upon the lakes west of Rangely the
soil is poorer, or like the average further south.
On the road from Rangely lake to Indian rock the ledges are,
seen at a saw-mill to dip south-easterly. The rock is a talco-micaceous schist, similar to that seen at the Canada line in Somerset
county. Indian rock is a ledge of similar character, only more
soft and talcose, appearing in general to dip. northerly. But it is
made up of strata contorted in a wonderful manner. The ledge is
full of small anticlinals and synclinals; and it is no wonder that it
is visited by the curious, on account of these bent layers. Whether
the Indians admired these convolutions is a matter of doubt, as
they would be more apt to prize its adaptations to meet their piscatorial wants. It is known that it was a favorite place of resort for
them. Opposite this rock is a very nice camp, constructed by
gentlemen in Boston, to accommodate amateur sportsmen and
piscators who frequent these lakes during the warmer months.
Cupsuptic lake lies partly in Rangely and partly in No. 4, R. 2.
We passed across the lower end of it, which was low and marshy.
On a small island at the north end of Mooseluckmaguntic lake is a
large ledge of granite, the quartz of which is remarkably sharp
angled. It is immediately west of Bald mountain, which we suppose also to be composed of the same rock. As there~ are,so many
Bald mountains in the State, we will specify concerning this one,
that it lies on a narrow neck of land between Rangely and Mooseluckmaguntic lakes. We passed through this region early in
October, when the most gorgeous colors clothed the forests; and
never in any part of New England have we seen such bright and
distinct colors as were exhibited upon these trees.
No other ledges were noticed on Mooseluckmaguntic lake. Its
shores are lined with immense angular boulders of granite, and a
very few of siliceous slate. In the distance are high mountains.
These Androscoggin lakes generally afford grander scenery than
any others in the State. Their waters afford several kinds of fish
not found elsewhere, and wild animals are common in the forests




828                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
adjacent; so that there: are fine places of resort among them for the
student of Natural History. The Salmno Oquassa, Girard, or blue:
back trout, an uncommon variety of dace, and a red-sided sucker,
are peculiar to these waters. The togue and pickerel are not
found here.
On the west side of Mooseluckmaguntic lake is the thoroughfare
to Mollychunkemunk lake, a shallow wide stream very full of
boulders. A very fine dam is built about half way across it for
the benefit of the lumber owners, and a good corporation house is'
located here, besides a house erected for the benefit of the amateurs. We had no time, to stop here, but leaving one boat behind
took another on the next lake. Birch canoes are not used upon
these lakes at all, while in the other lakes of the State they are:
generally esteemed more highly than the heavier row-boats.
Instantly after emerging from the woods skirting Mollychunkemunk lake, a beautiful view bursts upon; one. Two large and singularly shaped mountains appear on the right, while to the left are
still higher immense granite piles, interesting because in contrast
with the sugar-loafed shaped Eskahos; or Eziskahos mountain of
many authors. They are all of granite. Eskahos lies between this
lake and Wilson's mills. It is bare on one side, looking very much
as if it had been cleared by man, as much of its surface is yet green.
The shores of this lake resemble those of the previous one. Some
parts of it are, however, low and sandy, forming quite a large
meadow, which is too sandy to be very fertile. The surroundings
are similar on Welokenobacook lake, the next of this chain, and
the- last one above Umbagog. At the south end of this lake are
several ledges of granite, and sandy beaches are not uncommon.
There is another dam across the outlet of Welokenebacook lake,
and also another hospitable corporation house. These last two
lakes frequently pass under the general name of Richardson lake.
The granite extends for three miles below the south end of Welokenebacook on the road to Andover, where it is succeeded by
gneissoid mica schist.
It is necessary to carry between Welokenebacook and Umbagog
lakes, a distance of five or six miles; but we had not time for the
undertaking. The rock about Umbagog lake according to Mr.
Goodale's notes last year, is mostly granite. Beyond Wilson's
mill on the Megalloway river the rock is said to be clay slate.
But we have a threefold evidence of the existence of a fossilifer



SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 329
ous belt in this vicinity. First, there is the great Oriskany sandstone belt, known to extend from Aroostook river to Parlin pond,
which is better developed at its most south-western limit known
to us than elsewhere in its course. This must extend further than
Parlin pond in this direction. Second, we find boulders of a peculiar fossiliferous rock in Phillips, different from anything yet
seen by us in the State, which must have come frQm this vicinity,
or from the Kennebago region, judging from the common course of
the drift strim in the vicinity. These boulders were sent to us
by Seward Dill of Phillips. Third, a gentleman residing in New
Hampshire and employed in the topographical survey, informs us
of the discovery of fossils in situ near Umbagog lake. We give
here extracts from his letter:
"I was at work with a party of our topographical engineers in
that region all last summer, from the Umbagog up the Megalloway
to its source, thence to the'Crown monument,' and spent the
summer in that vicinity." " Since Dr. Jackson made his geological survey of New Hampshire nothing has been done in that line,
and so while prosecuting the work on the topographical survey, I
have also given much time to the geology, and more particularly
to the mineralogy of our State."  " While at work on the line of
Maine and New Hampshire, I have frequently made trips into
Maine, until I feel very much interested in the geology and mineralogy of your State."  " I am glad to know that you have discovered a fossiliferous region in Maine. We put to rest forever, last
summer, the theory of many eminent savans that'no fossil ever
existed in New HIampshire.' We have made important discoveries.
in that direction, and have sent away many excellent fossils obtained last summer, and got orders for more which we cannot
fill," etc.
(Signed)                JOHN EDWIN MASON.
Manchester, N. H., May 24, 1862.
This is an important discovery, and we shall hope to hear further
from Mr. Mason on the subject. It will be remembered by scientific men, that in Vol. I, (N. S.) of Silliman's Journal of Science,
Professors H. D. and W. B. Rogers gave some account of supposed fossils discovered near the Notch, referring them to the
Clinton group of the Upper Silurian. Some of the supposed genera
were Agnostis, Cytherina, Atrypa and Lingula, besides fish scales.
42




330               BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
In the fifth volume of the same J~ournal, it is stated that upon a
further examination of these specimens, they are satisfied they are
not fossils. This locality is at least fifty miles distant from the
new locality described by Mr. Mason. We mention this that no
one may confound the two. This new locality is probably the
prolongation into New Hampshire of the Oriskany sandstone belt
of Maine.'Many of its strata are clay slates, such as are described
as occupying the whole of the Megalloway above Wilson's Mills,
and such as have been shown us from the Kennebago valley further
east. And in the final report upon the Geology of New Hampshire, an account is given by Prof. J. D. Whitney, (now State
Geologist of California,) of a clay slate region in the very northern
portion of the State-See final Rept. Geol. N. H., page 68. This
rock does not extend beyond New Hampshire into Vermont, unless in a very unaltered state, as along the whole of the north-east
part of Vermont the rocks are granite and mica schist.
II. NOTES UPON THE GEOLOGY OF MOOSEHEAD LAKE.
We had an opportunity of visiting this lake in the early part of
the season, but not of exploring it. We visited one or two localities there, and give our impressions in general respecting the
geology of the whole lake. We found Mr. Houghton's observations correct, which he described in the Preliminary Report. Our
remarks are designed to be supplementary to his report.
The rock at the south end of the lake is clay slate, part of the
great belt described previously. At Greenville the dip is rather
north-westerly. Immediately succeding the clay slate is a narrow
band of syenite, a rock entirely distinct from the common granitic
rocks of the vicinity. It is our impression that the clay slate dips
south-easterly immediately adjacent to this syenite. This syenite
belt cannot be over two miles in width. At the base of Squaw
mountain, an immense range on the south-west side, the rock is
mica schist dipping 60~ south-easterly. Half way between the
mountain and shore the syenite appears again, being on the south
side of the schist.
Fully half the length of the lake is occupied by this mica schist,
a rock supposed to be fossiliferous, as the Favosites Got llandzca (?)
has been found in it at the base of Squaw mountain. The dip of
the strata is very high to the north. At Mount Kineo we come to a
narrow band of siliceous slate. A mountain upon the west side




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  331
of the lake is evidently the same rock, also Kineo Jr., and the
associated peaks to the north-east. Hornstone or flint are other
common names for this rock.  It is extremely difficult to ascertain
the position of the strata of Mt. Kineo. On the west side one
would fancy that the strata were nearly horizontal; and a view of
the east side appears like an inverted crushed anticlinal axis, the
strata at the base of the mountain being nearly vertical. The best
way of learning the position of these strata will be to ascertain the
position of the adjacent rocks, and infer thence the position of the
former. On the beach south-east from the mountain, and upon
the south side of the range, is a slaty micaceous sandstone dipping
under the mountain, or 75~ N. W. Mt. Kineo is almost an island,
being connected to the main land only by a sand bar.
In a short excursion to Farm island we found specimens of great
interest. The rocks are indurated sandstones dipping 60~ S. E.
Ripple marks are occasionally found upon the strata. The dip is
smaller near the north end of the island; and upon the west side
drift deposits have entirely obscured the older rocks. They dip
towards Mt. Kineo. The most interesting thing discovered upon
Farm island is a fossil plant, allied to the Facoides Cauda-galli of
authors, so called from its resemblance when spread out upon the
rock to the tail of a rooster. West of New England and in Lower
Canada this fossil is the characteristic form of life found in one
formation of grits or sandstones; hence receiving the name of
Cock-tail grit or Cauda-galli grit. This formation of fifty or sixty
feet thickness is situated just above the Oriskany sandstone elsewhere; and so it is here. For Oriskany sandstone fossils have
been obtained from the shore north of Farm island, whose strata
dip southerly towards this locality. Hence we are enabled to
chronicle the discovery of another fossiliferous formation in Maine,
similar to those well known elsewhere. Upon our, map last year,
this formation must occupy the south-eastern border of the belt of
country represented as Oriskany sandstone.
The thickness and distribution of the Cauda-Galli grit in Maine
cannot of course be even conjectured from the discovery of this seaweed. Perhaps this may not be the very same species with the
one found elsewhere, but it is generically the same;  that is, if a
separate genus was made of the common species, this new one
would be a Cauda-galli from Moosehead lake, and this generic
resemblance, we suppose, is sufficient for the identification of the




3382               BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
formation. It is smaller than the common form. In our tabular
list of the older formations given last year, page 150, this grit, with
the two other formations discovered in Maine, will be found given.
It is singular that so many of the rocks found fossiliferous in
Maine thus far should belong to these three successive belts, viz.,
the Lower Helderberg, Oriskany and Caudi-galli groups.
At the extremity of the north-west arm of Moosehead lake we
found ledges of an argillo-micaceous schist, supposed to belong to
the Oriskany standstone, but without fossils. It is inclined 50~ S.
W. Owing to the supposed superior importance of other districts
in the State for geological research, we were compelled to pass by
the exploration of Moosehead lake this year, but hope to be permitted to resume its exploration another year. It seems to present
subjects of unusual scientific interest, as the glimpse we have had
seems to indicate. The first voyage of our survey across its waters
proved the existence of a new formation in the State —the Oriskany —and the: second expedition across its waters, accidentally
stumbled upon another fossiliferous member, the Cock-tail grit.
Neither of these voyages were anything more than reconnoissances,
and hence we may expect other important scientific discoveries
there when its exploration shall be commenced in earnest. Moose
river should be explored in connection with it.
A very few more facts respecting the alluvial geology of Moosehead lake will be found given in the section entitled Surface
Geology.
III. GEOLOGY OF THE WEST BRANCH OF PENOBSCOT RIVER AND OF THE
RIVER ST. JOHN.
The first work performed by the Scientific Survey the past season was the exploration of the west branch of the Penobscot river
above Chesuncook lake, and the upper portion of the river St.
John. We started the day after the ice disappeared from Moosehead lake, while the snow was still lying upon the ground in
many places. This early start was necessary in order to avoid the
annoyance of the black flies, which are the most troublesome the
first part of June. As Mr. Goodale has written some account of
the natural features of the country over which we travelled, with
some botanical and historical notes of our progress, we will insert
his report before speaking of the geology of the route.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 333
b'o E. HOLMES, Mt!. D., Naturalist to the Scientific Survey:
SIR: —It gives me pleasure to present, in obedience to instructions received in May of the current year, the following report
upon the Physical Geography, Botany and Agricultural capabilities
of the valley of the west branch of the Penobscot and the upper
main St. John rivers.
Our party of exploration consisted of the five following persons:
Mr. Hitchcock, Geologist; Mr. White of the Amherst Scientific
School; two guides-James Bowley of Shirley, and George O.
Varney of Greenville-with the present writer acting as Botanist.
We arrived, with our canoes and luggage, at the north-west arm
of Moosehead lake, upon Monday, the 19th of May. The ice had
broken up on the day previous, and we had every prospect of a
cold, comfortless tour. To add to the cheerlessness of the first day
of our journey, we had a drizzly, penetrating rain, which made
the morning quite dark and inauspicious for the commencement of
our tour. But these and similar discomforts peculiar to a spring
campaign, were more easily endured for two good reasons; first,
we should probably have abundance of water to enable us to
examine the smaller streams with care; secondly, we hoped to
have comparative exemption from those torments of summer life
in our Maine woods, the Simulium molestum or black-fly, and the
Simulium nocivum or midge.
Our plans for the tour may be stated, briefly, as follows: having
ascended the Penobscot west branch as far as the St. John waters,
we will pass down the river St. John to Seven isles and carry into
the Alleguash. Returning from this point we desire to examine the
lakes and mountains immediately west of Chamberlain lake; sailing down Caucomgomoc stream to Chesuncook, we will ascend the
west branch as far as the Rail portage to Moosehead. We were
fortunate in being able to accomplish this undertaking in a shorter
time than we had allowed for its completion, and in a comparatively comfortable manner, finishing the tour by our safe return to
Moosehead on the 7th of June.
Since our journey began and ended, so far as the exploration of
the district is concerned, at Moosehead, it has been thought advisable to defer a detailed description of the lake, to the latter
paragraphs of this report. The account of our journey will, therefore, commence with our arrival at the "North-west carry."  By
this portage, the carrying distance to the Penobscot is one mile and




334               BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
three-quarters; but we were enabled to take advantage of a sluggish and very crooked brook, which afforded our canoes good water
for more than half the way. The brook creeps through a dense
growth of low trees, which gave, in the mist of the cold day, an
unnatural darkness to the water of the stream. Emerging from
this b)lack pathway we found the commencement of the carry to lie
in a forest of mixed growth, where a small spot had been cleared
for lumber operations. At a point ten or twelve rods from the
brook, a road crosses the carry, running in a north-westerly direction. It is much wider than the portage path, having been originally intended for a military road. It was cut, by contract, in
1842, and commonly goes by the name of General Wool's Military
road. Of course twenty years of disuse have permitted the growth
of many quite large trees in the very roadway. The portage is
half a mile in length, and terminates at Seboomook-meadows pond.
This pond, in early spring, is one hundred and twenty rods in diameter, its size principally depending upon back-water from  the
Penobscot. Late in summer it is barely a quarter of a mile in
circumference. The blue-joint grass around the borders of this
pond is said to be very good, and has afforded, in a single season,
eighty tons of meadow hay of fine quality.. The brook which
forms the outlet of this pond was quite deep at the time we visited it, and enabled us to have an easy journey to the waters of
the west branch. At the union of this brook with the main river,
we first noticed particularly the fertility of the soil. In many respects the vegetation of this district reminds one of the luxuriance
of the plants of Aroostook.
West Branch of the Penobscot.
The river, at this point, is the finest we have yet seen in the
State. It is full, swift and strong. The banks are covered with
hardwood, elms and maples, with here and there some faiir pines
and spruces. But the immediate vicinity of the river has been
well cleared of available timber, and there is now little left of
what is called " good sapling pine." The land, even at this very
early season, had such a flourishin/ growth of spring plants, Dicentra, Atragene, Viola and Claytonia, that we could easily imagine ourselves in the maple woods of York or Kennebec county,
and many times we looked around for some clearing and farm
house on the shore. But although the banks have such a homelike




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 335
look there is not a cultivated spot nearer than the rail-carry at
Moosehead. This part of the county of Somerset deserves much
attention from those intending to purchase farms. The land, as I
have already remarked, is very good for agricultural purposes, and
is much nearer an available market than much of the better grain
lands of the west. A person can start on one day from this part of
the river and reach Bangor or Skowhegan the next night. Since
then, to fertility is added accessibility, we can conscientiously recommend the land along this portion of the west branch, to the
careful consideration of farmers.
The point where the dividing line between the towns of Seboomook and Plymouth crosses the river, is marked by a whitened
pine stump on the northern bank. When we had reached this
bend of the river, we felt the large drops of an approaching thunder shower. We had hardly time to place our luggage under the
inverted canoes before the rain came down in torrents and drenched
us to the skin. Some distance above this we arrived at an expansion of the river into quite a bay. An island, or peninsula, in this
small bay is covered by elms of vigorous growth. Not far beyond
this we arrived at Gulliver's falls, by which we were obliged to
carry our birches and luggage. At the foot of these falls is a
brook five or six feet wide, called by the name of the man who
first conducted lumber operations upon the stream, Gulliver's
brook. Forty or fifty rods above the falls we come to other rapids
which we also carried by. The next five or six miles were over
rapid water, running between banks of hardwood growth intermixed with conifers. It was near the end of this rapid water that
we saw a smoke some distance from the shore, and this we found
proceeded from the camp of the NMasterman's, father and son.
They received us very hospitably, shared with us a quarter of moosemeat, and gave us much information concerning the upper part of
the river. Their camp was located near a brook of good water
and in immediate proximity to a cedar swamp. Here the old man
John and his son Edward had camped since April, and had -been
quite successful in hunting.
The next carry after we passed the " Forks," was by Leadbetter'.s falls. The water rushes over clay slate, dividing by an island in the middle of the river. The soil here begins to be less
fertile and the conifers more plenty.
Up to this time we had seen very little high land since leaving




336                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
Moosehead. The country through which we had passed had been
gently rolling, but with no marked eminences. Near this place
we saw a mountain of considerable elevation, and Mr. Hitchcock
determined to visit it. The mountain is on the west side of the
river, and overlooks a flat pine country lying to the north-east.
We were not able to ascend to the summit of the hill on account
of the icy covering of the slanting, exposed rocks. Upon this
exposure, which very much resembles a quarry for some time
abandoned, I was able to find many interesting mosses and lichens.
One or two fresh-water algm were growing in the cold pools of
water in the crevices of the rocks, but these cryptogamia were
all I could detect upon the comparatively naked schists. The
quartz veins running through the schist are noticed by Mr.
Hitchcock in his report upon the geological features of this valley.
Owing to the coldness of the season we occasionally found it not
only expedient but comfortable to walk instead of going in the
birches with the morning mist clinging to their sides.  While
walking in this neighborhood Mr. Hitchcock called my attention
to some splendid specimens of the charming Calypso borealis.
Salisb. This delicate orchid should be cultivated in a cold bed of
sphagnum or peat-moss. While continuing our walk after dinner,
we were, for the first time, lost in the woods. Wood-roads for
hauling lumber, and the tote roads for hauling supplies, were very
plenty, intersected very -often, and were consequently bewildering.
Wandering away from the river for an hour or two, we at last
found a brook which we followed down till we struck the river,
and we waited for the boatmen. At last the thought occurred to
us that they might have gone ahead! Impressed with this idea we
shouted till we were so hoarse that our voices could not be heard
a few rods off, and sat down to await events. While anxiously
waiting on the shore to hear the slightest noise iii the water, I
found plenty of leisure to botanize. A viola was growing among
the sphagnum which seemed different from any described in Gray's
Manual. It is a well marked variety of viola palustris, or else a
species, as yet undescribed.
In the course of half an hour our guides came down the river,
having poled up against the current for some distance, thinking
that we had passed along. We camped during that night near the
southern line of township 5, in 18th range. There is a good deal
of high land lying off to the north-east of the river, and this we




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 337
suppose to be the ridge dividing the west branch of the Penobscot
from the Baker lake branch of the St. John. The fungi in the
vicinity of this camp are very abundant, and comprise several
most interesting species. During the 23d of May we were so fortunate as to reach what our guides supposed to be lake Abacotnetic. It was said'to be much like a submerged marsh, but this
lake was more like an inundated alder swamp. The flat land on
the north-west and north, led us all to suppose that we had reached
the St. John's carry. A walk of exploration that same evening
convinced us that the portage was much more than two miles in
length. Camping half way between the two streams upon a cold
eminence where such plants as Braun's fern, and the highland cranberry luxuriated, and where we shivered, we passed the Sabbath.
The distance between the waters of the Penobscot and the St. John
is fully five miles by this carry. The Penobscot is scarcely three
rods in width, while the St. John is even less. There is very little
interval land in this vicinity, and not much which can be called
good for farming.
St. John Waters.
A whole day was occupied in carrying from one river to the
other, and it was not till 5 P. M. that we were afloat upon the
Woboostook. This stream is very crooked and its banks are covered with cedars and black spruces. It must have been formerly
a good timber country through which it flows. After a couple of
hours paddling down stream we reached a portion of the stream
which was very winding. We finally made our last vexatious turn
and entered upon the waters of a beautiful lake. There was very
little high land on the shores of the lake or immediately back, nearly
the whole country being flat and covered with pines and spruces.
These conifers are mingled with beech and some species of birch
on occasional rises of land. The lake is about six mile*in circumference, and has a smooth, gravelly bottom. Miost of the pebbles
are worn pieces of mica schist. On the north-west and west are
the only elevations of land to be seen, and these hardly vary the
monotonous character of the country. The borders of the lake
are covered with loose boulders, and present as uninviting a prospect for a settler as can be found in this district. It is called,
Lower St. John pond.
From this sheet of water to Baker lake formed a pleasant journey for one day. The water was low in the river, and subjected
43




338.             BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
us to the discomfort of often walking through the cedars on the
shore. Baker lake is a fine body of clear water, rather shallow,
and with beatiful shores. Here we found some of the characteristic plants of the St. John district, and this can be said to come
properly in the northern belt. The pines on the east of the lake
are fine, and seem to have very little spruce intermingled with
them. Below the outlet of this lake we saw two beavers sitting
demurely on the alder shore. They were not frightened at our
approach, and waited for a few minutes before they plunged into
the stream.
Rhodora Canadensis and Myrica are abundant and in full bloom.
In the neighborhood of an old lumber camp I collected all the introduced plants, and was surprised to see how numerous they were.
They had been introduced with the hay of the winter supply.
Cerastium viscosum, Rumex acetosella, Poa pratensis, Festuca
pratensis, Elymus, Leucanthemum vulgare not in fl., Chenopodiumn
album, Taraxacum Densleonis, Antennaria margaraticea, Gnaphaiumrn uliginosum.
Having reached south-west or boundary branch we endeavored
to ascend it, but the water was too low to admit of it. Here we
found the shore tinged in some places with the rosy hue of Primula Mistassinica, and in others purple with Viola palustris. Ribes
rubrum is very abundant, and an allied species, perhaps a variety
of R. rubrum, occurs with it. The rivers at their confluence form
the upper main St. John. The shores in some places are high
banks of gravel, probably terraces; in other parts of the river they
are low and rocky, covered with small trees of second growth.
The water washes along a shallow shore most of the way, even
where the terraces are highest, and over rocks and stones so firmly
bedded in the sand or clay as to resemble pavement. This peculiarity of the main river can be noticed even as far down as Frederickton, afd permits the use of horse boats during a large part of
the open year. The boat is allowed by a long rope fastened to one
side, to swing out into the stream, while the smooth, paved pathway affords a capital chance for the horses to walk. By the resolution of forces the boat keeps the middle of the stream, or deep
water, and thus an easy mode.of navigation is secured. The river
is in many of its turns obstructed by boulders of granite and
schist, and in others by the troublesome gravel beds which are
often of large extent and resemble "sand-bars" at the mouths of




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  339
ocean harbors. Huronian tansy, Tofieldia, Oxytropis and Astragalus, are plentiful along the banks and in the woods immediately
back from the river. They are also found on the tributaries of the
main river.
This description of the St. John applies to the whole river as far
as the Seven Islands farm. This farm, owned by Holman Cary of
Houlton, afforded us our first night's shelter in a house since the
commencement of our tour. We reached the house on the evening of the 29thsof May. The farm is of immense extent, and a
good deal of it is under fair cultivation. The annual crop of oats
and hay is sufficient to support a large drove of cattle and afford
supplies to the up-river lumbermen. The farm is under the superintendence of Mr. Currier of Eastern Aroostook, and in his hands
has proved, it is thought, an exceedingly profitable undertaking.
He is a good farmer, prudent and enterprising. Seven Isles is now
quite a settlement, having several houses in the neighborhood, and
numbering in all twenty or twenty-five souls. It is distant from
Quebec only a ride of a day and a half on horseback, and the same
from the nearest railway station. One goes to St. Jean, Port Joli,
thence a very good road till within twenty miles of Seven Isles.
We carried from this place to the Alleguash river, eastward
thirteen miles, by the assistance of MIr. Holmes. He brought
our luggage over the rough road in a creditable manner, and deserved our thanks for it, and a higher price than lhe demanded.
hIaving now left the river St. John, let me give a brief resum6 of
its geographical features, and the contour of the valley. The river
is shaped not unlike the inverted figure five, e having the commencement of the curve in latitude 45~ 56' N.; thence bending
around the State of Maine, receiving water from its tributaries, St.
Francis and AMadawaska, from a point as far north as latitude 47~
47'. It now pursues a southerly course as far as Woodstock,
where it turns to the east, and finally empties into the Bay of
Fundy at the city of St. John. It is only with its upper part that
we have now to deal. The water flowing into the river comes
from a water-shed or valley bounded on the south by a range of
hills, separating it from that of the west branch of the Penobscot.
Westerly it is limited by the Chaudiere line of hills and the mountains along the eastern shore of the St. Lawrence.
In this basin, the highest land is probably in Canada, at least
such is the opinion of MIr. Greenleaf, (Atlas, map No. 3,) and it is
confirmed by our own observations.




340               BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
Alleguash Waters.
The Alleguash flows into the St. John, and is one of its largest
tributaries, deserving to be treated of as a separate river, since it
is one of the largest in our State, and of considerable importance
in lumbering operations. This river was visited by us last year,
and a pretty full account of it is found in the Report upon the
Physical Geography and Agricultural Capabilities of the Wild
Lands visited in 1861. Therefore I shall pass rapidly on as far as
Chamberlain lake, merely stating that we found few features of
botanical interest additional to those brought out in the report of
last year. I collected in the woods, near Alleguash rapids, a large
number of specimens of Calypso borealis, like those already alluded
to, and in the same place where I found the delicate bulbs of the
plant in the autumn of i861. We reached Churchill lake upon the
2d day of June, and were pained to find an extensive fire raging
in the woods at the south of the lake. It is the occurrence of such
calamities as this, that renders the value of our immense tracts of
woodlands so changeable, and it is this which causes proprietors
of woodlands to shut out settlers and discourage the building of
roads. From an accidental fire, the value of a township may be
reduced thousands of dollars in a single week. This fire seemed
to have had its origin at a point near the thoroughfare between
Churchill and Eagle lakes, and was slowly working round on the
eastern shore. Finding that all the exertions in our power would
avail nothing in arresting its progress, we made a hurried examination of Spider lake and pushed -on to Chamberlain farm. A
singleword will sufilceoconcerning Spider lake. It is a small body
of water on the north-east side of Churchill, connected with it by a
narrow rocky stream.. The lake is about two miles in length, and on
account of the absence of timber and the abundance of musquitoes,
was peculiarly uninviting to us all.
We reached Chamberlain farmhouse at noon on the 3d of June,
having journeyed, in all, from MIoosehead lake, three hundred and
one miles. Our party here divided, Mr. White, and G. O. Varney
acting as guide, departing over the lake to Caucomgomoc, and
thence to Chesuncook, and back to the world; the other party,
consisting of Mr. Hitchcock, J. J. Bowley as guide, and the writer,,passing southerly towards Mud pond carry. We were very kindly
treated, as, indeed, we were last year, by the inmates of the Chamberlain farmhouse, and were able to obtain fresh supplies of many




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 341
necessary articles. We reached Mud pond, which is distant from
the farm about eight or ten miles, during the same afternoon, and
commenced carrying across the portage. It is not an easy task to
carry on one's back a heavy load across a muddy, miry portage,
of two or three miles in length. From Mud pond we had a fine
view of Mt. Katahdin, the exposure being, of course, to the northwest. The land around Mud pond and the adjoining lake Umbazooksus is low and covered with mixed conifers. A good deal of
fair lumber still remains to be cut firom this district, although it
has already been pretty well thinned.
June 4th. The black flies have troubled us sadly ever since the
first of June, or the day when the wild cherry trees blossomed.
We have had them at all hours from the rising to the setting of
the sun. The approach of the musquito is sufficient warning of
itself, but the black fly comes noiselessly and gives no intimation
of his presence till he is ready to fly away. The insect as figured
in Harris' Insects of Massachusetts, is a little smaller than we have
usually found them. Since they are common in the woods of
Maine from June to August, it becomes the duty of one who urges
settlers to take up the lands described in this report, to call attention to the remedy for this nuisance. At Chamberlain farm I was
told that the workmen were not much annoyed by them after the
first few days. In many cases the application of some unctuous
substance to the skin is found to give an absolute exemption from
the pest. But after a large clearing is made, when several houses
are quite near together, the black fly becomes rare. So that this
drawback which has kept so many from entering upon the occupation of new land, is really not so formidable as it at first seems.
It may be thought indiscreet in me to say anything about this discomfort to settlers, but I am sure that " although a survey may
gain a temporary popularity by the exaggeration of certain facts
and suppression of others," it is better to state all the facts, pro and
contra, as they really are found.
Penobscot Waters again.
The stream flowing from the lake Umbazooksus to Chesuncook
is quite crooked, and, near its mouth, runs through a widely extended meadow. This interval land, and.other land in the vicinity, appears to be desirable for farming; in fact, at Chesuncook
lake, a few miles further down, we found fields under a good de



342                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
gree of cultivation. Chesuncook is a long, narrow, and exceedingly beautiful lake. Its water flows into the west branch of the
Penobscot, meeting that from Chamberlain, which we have just left,
at the town of Medway or Nicatou. We now had reached the west
branch of the Penobscot again and commenced to ascend the river.
There are at Chesuncook several settlers, among whom may be
mentioned Messrs. Walker, Ansell, Bridges, Smith and Folsom.
The land is good, and not very far from a market, being twenty
miles from Moosehead carry.
The west branch for four miles above Chesuncook lake, is dead
water, and we saw much fine interval land and many islands. We
recognized the vegetation we had left at Seboomook meadows; it
had now sprung into the full leaf. This is one characteristic of the
summer in the Aroostook belt, the ice once out of the river and
the frost out of the ground, all vegetation grows with extreme
rapidity. The river is quite strong and swift a good deal of the
way from the lake to the Carry farm. We reached the Carry farm
on the 5th of June, and were drawn across the railroad by the aid
of Mr. Young. The land between the west branch and Moosehead lake is rather low and flat, the greatest elevation not exceeding forty or fifty feet, and for most of the way the "height of land"
is not so great as this. This ridge divides the waters of the Penobscot and Kennebec rivers.
lIoosehead Lake.
Having now reached Moosehead lake, it becomes my duty to
describe briefly its physical character and the vegetation of the
shores. The latter can be told in a single word or two, pines and
other cone-bearing trees. Where the few clearings have been made,
there are good farms and quite productive. Moosehead lake is an
expansion of Moose river. This stream comes from the west,
passing through a chain of many ponds and empties into this lake,
having drained a district of twenty-three townships. The lake is
very irregular in its shape, being twice as long as it is wide, and
having five unequal arms. The river drivers who have warped
logs across this water say they have found that a greater length
of warping line was required in the vicinity of Kineo, a mountain
in the centre of the lake than upon any other lake in Maine. It
is the occurrence of such deep places as this which renders Moosehead such an unfailing resort for fishermen. The lake trout and
togue of this lake are considered equal to any in New England.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 343
The water of Moosehead finds an outlet through the Kennebec
river; thus flowing out in nearly the'same direction and at almost
the same place as it entered.
The other features of the lake have been already fully described
in the able report of last year of Mr. J. C. Houghton, who visited
it late in the summer of 1861.
I regret, sir, that the work of describing in a familiar way, the
physical geography, botany and agricultural capabilities of this
vast district, did not fall into abler hands than mine.
Our journey was finished by our return to Greenville upon
Saturday, June 7th, having accomplished in our birch canoes the
entire distance of four hundred and twenty-two miles, in twentythree days.
I am, sir, most respectfully,
Your obedient servant,
GEORGE L. GOODALE.
Portland, Oct. 31st, 1862.
GEOLOGY OF THE ROUTE.
The rock on the west branch of the Penobscot, from the head of
Chesuncook lake to the north-east carry into Moosehead lake,
probably belongs to the Oriskany group. At the north end of
Chesuncook, the slates dip from i0~ to 15~ north-westerly, while
the cleavage planes are nearly perpendicular. We suppose that
the high dips of the strata over the whole of this lake given last
year by Mr. IHoughton, are those of cleavage; he was certainly
in error respecting the dip at the head of the lake. In these ledges
at the head of the lake are a few fossils, which are largely changed
into nodular masses of pyrites. The organic structure is very
often apparent in them. At Pine Stream falls the dip of the strata
seem to be about 25~ north-westerly. The rock is a clay slate, with
cleavage planes dipping 74~ N. 20~ W.
A few drift strim appear at Pine Stream falls, running due south,
and cross the river transversely. But near the mouth of Rag Muff
stream  are true glacier strime, running down the river N. 15~ W.,
the stoss side being on the south. The cleavage planes (and perhaps the strata also) dip 650 N. W. at Rag Muff. Between Pine
stream and Rag Muff, rock exposures are common, all of a clay
slate, with about the same position of the cleavage planes. Between Rag Muff and the north-east carry into Moosehead or




844                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
Seboomook lake, no ledges are seen, the banks being alluvial, and
the meadows extensive and fertile. The excellent character ascribed to the country between Chesuncook lake and the North
Branch mountain for agricultural purposes, by Mr. Geo. L. Goodale, we can fully endorse-and wonder that it has for so long a
time escaped the notice of settlers.
Between the Carry farm and the mouth of Seboomook Meadow
brook in the township of Seboomook, we have not explored the
west branch, but know that many ledges occur upon this part of
its course, since there are falls in the river. On the east side of
Seboomook Meadow pond, are a few ledges of a micaceous appearing schist, like one at the north-west arm of Moosehead lake, and
also on the north-west carry. No ledges were seen upon the west
branch of the Penobscot till we had proceeded about two and a
half miles into Plymouth (or Boyd.) This rock is an indurated
schist, of a slightly hornblendic appearance. It forms a low ridge
running across the valley transversly, and reminds one of the
indurated belts of schist frequently found in a talcose region. The
dip is 85~ N. W. At Gulliver's falls other ledges show themselves, with strata dipping 56~ S. 60' W. The rock is a mica
schist, passing gradually into the variety just described. These
-falls are very strong rapids, which it was necessary to carry by,
and they are near the mouth of Gulliver brook.
In Pittston the tough variety of schist reappears, running apparently N. 65~ E. with vertical strata. In this township the west
branch of the Penobscot divides at the "Forks" into the southwest and north branches. About a mile below the Forks the mica
sohist dips 60~ N. W. Upon the ledges are striae running S. 28~.;, or in the direction of the valley. Possibly they are glacial,
and are connected with those at the mouth of Rag Muff. More
mica schist ledges appear at the Forks. Ledges must be very
abundant at the " Canada falls" upon the south-west branch, three
or four miles above the Forks, as the river falls many (some say
90) feet perpendicularly, but we had no time to explore them.
In the edge of township No. 3, at the mouth of Lane brook, are
many boulders of quartz containing carbonate of iron and other
minerals. Boulders of mica schist contain pyrites. These fragments reminded us of an auriferous region, and consequently our
long suffering tin pan was brought into requisition to wash for
gold. But not finding any of the precious metal after a couple of




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   345
trials, we became discouraged, and left all the gold behind for
more pains-taking explorers.
About Leadbetter falls the rock is clay slate, with the planes of
cleavage and stratification remarkably distinct from each other.
FiG. 48.
View of the strata at Leadbetter Falls.
Fig. 48 represents the falls with the adjacent ledges of slate.
On the right is an island, very near the north shore, where the
strata dip 30~ N. 30~ W., but the cleavage planes dip 72~ S. 300 E.
The strata are represented by the coarser and the cleavage planes
by the finer lines. Upon the south side of the river the position of
the cleavage planes is the same as on the island, but the strata dip
300 S. 300 E., forming thus an anticlinal axis. This is a very instructive example. The fall of water is too great to allow the
canoes to ascend the river here, hence it was necessary for us to
"carry by." At the further end of the portage is a large horseback, which terminates here in a ledge larger than the ridge itself.
We traced this horseback up the river for three miles, and found it
was not parallel with the course of the river. Just above Leadbetter falls the strata are much contorted, and appear like an
inverted anticlinal.  The rock is more micaceous also.  Still further on, the dip changes to 20~ S. 200 E., making a synclinal in
addition to the anticlinal in Fig. 48. This belt of clay slate is very
narrow, and is hardly to be considered as b.elonging to a formation
distinct from the mica schist on both sides of it.
In No. 4, R. 18, are two interesting mountains, crowding closely
upon the river, one of which is called North Branch mountain, and
the other upon the east side of the river has no name. They must
be over 1000 feet high. The rock is a little argillaceous, but
largely micaceous; being very much like the prevailing rock about
Bangor. About 800 feet above the river the dip is 15~ N. 30~ W.,
having the same strike with the slates at Leadbetter falls.  Near
the north base of the mountain is a large excavation in the strata
appearing very much like a quarry. The soil was probably re44




346                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
moved'by slides, and by the agency of frosts and gravity very
much of the rock has been exposed to view. A very large curve
in the strata is thus developed. The strike and dip vary very
much at the different portions of this anticlinal curve, but it is
needless to state all the particulars. The curve is much larger
than the one represented in Fig. 48; and the variation of the
strike to a more nearly east and west course seems to have been
produced by the crowding of the strata by the plicating agency.
The rocks here are abundantly traversed by quartz veins, both
large and.small, and minerals similar to those found in the quartz
boulders at Lane brook abound. These veins may be auriferous.
Similar rocks are found above these mountains on the river, and
indeed so far as its source in Abacotnetic lake.
North of these mountains, in Nos. 4 and 5, R. 18, the valley
spreads out much wider, and often there occur large tracts of low
alluvial land, or meadows, which when cultivated will make excellent grass lands, being overflowed annually by freshets. In No. 5,
ledges of mica schist appear, showing both cleavage and stratified
planes, the former dipping 67~ S. E., and the latter dipping 40~ S.
Here also are more-glacial markings. As we walked much of the
way in the tote road we did not examine all the ledges cropping
out on the shores, but have no reason to suppose them to be different from the common schists.
Names of Rivers and Mountains.
The north branch in Nos. 4 and 5 divides into the middle
branch, (sometimes called Dole brook,) the north-west and northeast branches. When near Abacotnetic lake, if we should try to
inform the public of our exact location it would require many
words, for we were travelling up the north-east branch of the
north branch of the west branch of the Penobscot river. Evidently
a change in the nomenclature of the different branches of this
river would be desirable. Although objection has been made to
the almost unpronounceable Indian names of the rivers and lakes
of northern Maine, we cannot see how the branch method of giving
names is an improvement. Certainly it is not in this case.
As this subject of names has been broached, we desire to say a
few words respecting the inappropriateness of many names used to
express geographical relations in Maine. Names may be inappropriate either from repetition or uncouthness. No one would wish




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                    347
to give to a child a name of which the youth would be ashamed
in after years; nor can we suppose that a community would desire
such uncouth names to remain attached to beautiful natural objects in their vicinity as always provoke a smile upon the lips of
strangers.  Many romantic localities in the State might become
famous as places of resort by summer visitors did not the names
repel them.  Nor can inelegant names ever appear in poetry.
Such designations as Hogback mountain, Tumbledown Dick, Bull
hill, Goose-eye mountain, Potatoe hill, Quaggy Joe, Jockey Cap,
Singepole, Ben Barrow's hill and ledghog mountain, are certainly
inelegant, both in poetry and in prose.
One would be surprised to learn how often the same name is
repeated in Maine.  A few moments examination of the map discloses the existence of two Hogbacks, three Tumbledown Dicks,
two Spencer mountains, four or five Pleasant mountains, the same
number of Black hills and mountains, four Owl's heads, three sets
of Seboois lakes, five Grand lakes, six Grand falls, four sets of
Chain lakes, five Alder brooks, six Round ponds, nine Mlud ponds,
and nine Bald mountains.  The nine * Bald mountain peaks in the
State are generally quite high, and of grand proportions, which
renders the constant use of the name all the more undesirable.
There are two townships also having the name of Bald mountain.
Like the autumnal tints of the forests, the names of colors applied
to mountains is quite varied. There are three Blue mountains, a
Red, two Green, and several Black mountains.
It is much easier to state the difficulty occasioned by the redundant use of respectable or inelegant names than to suggest. a practical remedy.  As popular language has sanctioned their use, it is
only the popular will that can change them. In the new region of
northern MIaine there are many mountains particularly not yet
named. Such objects may at this late day receive appropriate
names, but very few of the others can easily be changed.  Whenever a party of citizens may desire a change to be made in the
names of beautiful objects in their vicinity, it is easy to fix the
~ Lest our statement should appear extravagant, we will give the locations of
all the Bald mountains mentioned: 1. In the Bald mountain township between
Moose river and the Canada line. 2. In township No. 3 near Parlin pond. 3. In
the Bald mountain township south of East Moxie. 4. In Clifton. 5. In No. 10 of
Hancock county. 6. Upon the Androscoggin lakes. 7. In Newry. 8. In Camden.
9. Bald hills in No. 2, R. 4, of Aroostook county. There may be more which we
have not noticed.




348               BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
new name by appointing a day, when in the presence of a crowd
the new appellation may be applied formally with appropriate
ceremonies. Then if the community think well of the project, the
old name will soon be forgotten.
We have been much gratified at the reception which a few
suggestions of this nature in our last report have received. We
suggested the name of Mount Pomola for one of the Katahdin
summits, and Mount Matagamon for a precipitous summit on the
west side of Matagamon or Grand lake on the east branch of the
Penobscot. These names have very kindly been placed by Mr.
Chace upon the State map without any solicitation. We have no
doubt that whatever finds a place there, will be permanent.
With a view to geographical improvement, we cannot resist
the temptation to suggest one more change of name, in addition to those spoken of in a previous part of the report on the
Schoodic waters, (which are more properly a restoration of the old
appellations than the suggesting of new ones.) It would simplify
the nomenclature of the branches of the Penobscot river to give a
new name either to the east or the west branch. The west branch
is the largest and longest, and therefore should retain the name of
Penobscot in full. An appropriate name for the east branch might
be derived from the largest lake through which it passes; viz:
Matagamon; and therefore we would suggest for it the name of
Matagamon river, (pronounced Mat-tag'-a-mon.) The word in the
original Indian dialect signifies grand. We should have then a
lake, mountain and river of the same name, which would easily be
associated together in the minds of all, students, citizens and
visitors.
By a strange coincidence, the name Pomola was applied many
years ago by Mr. Young, a botanist, to the same peak to which
we thought it appropriate last year. The earlier suggestion is of
itself alone worthy of adoption; and the coincidence of suggestion
would show that a necessity existed for the application of the
name of this Indian Deity to one of the peaks which he was supposed to inhabit.
Geology of the St. John Waters.
We suppose the rocks upon the St. John waters, as far as the
mouth of Black river, are the same with those already described
upon the upper portion of the Penobscot, viz: micaceous schists




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                    349
with occasional talcose variations.  Last year a portion of this
mass of schists was donominated talcose; but now, for weighty
reasons, we prefer the term micaceous.
Putting together the various items of information within our
reach, we suppose this schistose formation extends from Long lake,
on the line between Canada and New Brunswick on the river St.
Francis, to Bellows' Falls in Vermont.  We have ourselves traced
it continuously for at least 300 miles out of the 340 of its continuance, and have the observations of Sir William E. Logan and his
assistants for the filling in of the gap of 40 miles between the
north-east corner of Vermont and the south-eastern portion of
3Maine.  The Canadian Survey have also traced this formation 250
miles further to the north-east, to Gaspe, on the gulf of the St. Lawrence, so that we have a formation here 590 miles long, and that
known, not by theory, but by actual observation.  We think,
however, that the disposition of that portion lying in AMaine does
not confirm the suggestion that the fossiliferous upper Silurian
limestones and slates of AIemphremagog lake are traceable continuously to rocks of the same age upon lake Temiscouata. Such a
belt must cross a high range of mountains transversly; while the
close proximity of the micaceous schists of the vicinity of Connecticut river east of M[emphremagog and at Megantic lake to the
Maine schists, must render certain the existence of one belt lying
to the eastward of the more southern limestones, and perhaps
separating them into two belts. Those on Temiscouata lake, however, are of the same age, and may be a repetition of the Memphremagog basin upon the opposite side of a complex anticlinal
axis.*
On the Woboostoock stream  near its sources are four large
ponds, known as St. John ponds.  WVe carried across from the
north-east branch of the north branch of the Penobscot river, so
as to strike the W;oboostoock midway between the two most
northern of these ponds, in No. 5, R. 17.  Descending the WVoboostoock stream, we find no ledges until we pass the last St. John
pond, in No. 6, Et. 17.  Boulders of mica schist and quartz are
common on the shores of the stream and the pond, except for two
* Sir William suggests, after hearing our statement of the difficulty, that possibly
the Silurian limestones do not enter Maine at all, but that the Memphremagog or
Dudswcell series are connected with the Temiscouata rocks north of the river St.
John; thus lying altogether in Canada.




350               BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
or three miles south of the pond, where the banks are low and
alluvial. Excellent grass lands might be cultivated here with very
little labor after the first clearing had been effected. The rock below St. John pond is a clay slate, dipping 680 S. E. Mica schists
appear shortly in abundance in descending the stream, which appear to be the predominant rock. In No. 7, R. 16, clay slate
ledges appear, dipping 750 N. WV.
For two or three miles previous to reaching Baker lake, we
passed through an immense amount of low, swampy meadow land,
with scarcely a perceptible flow to the current. Immediately adjacent to Baker lake is a tongue of higher land crossing the valley.
Hence we came to the conclusion that formerly there was a lake
covering this low land separate from Baker lake, though communicating with it by a " Thoroughfare." The rise of water twenty
feet by an obstruction at the outlet of the existing lake, would
produce the same effect. The hills about these lakes are very low.
No ledges are to be found upon Baker lake. The shores are
lined with coarse boulders of mica schist and quartz. Mr. White
thinks there is a " Lake Rampart" four feet wide and half the length
of the lake on its eastern shore. Woolastaquaquam stream, the
outlet of Baker lake, is much larger than the WVoboostoock, and
falls very much for half a dozen miles below the lake. Near the
lake are schistose strata, dipping 450 N. W. Similar micaceous
schists crop out near the junction of the Woolastaquaquam stream
with the south-west branch of the Wallastook or river St. John,
dipping 75~ S. E. In this vicinity we prospected a little for gold,
but discovered no more of the precious metal than at the mouth of
Lane brook. We went up the south-west branch a couple of miles,
or as far as the unusually low stage of the water would permit,
but discovered no ledges. Boflders of a very coarse conglomerate-the same as those described last year upon this river lower
down-are common here also. The source of them is not to be
found on the river St. John, but further west. Sir W. E. Logan
describes a coarse conglomerate upon [Little] Black river, a
short distance upon the Maine side of the boundary line, which is
probably the source of these enormous boulders. Judging from the
strike of the rocks in this part of the State, this conglomerate belt
must lie very nearly along the boundary line from lake Pohenagamook to lake Ishaeganalshegreck. From thence it must continue
along the Canadian side of the border, but we do not think its
south-western extension has ever been explored.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   351
The rocks all the rest of the way from the junction of the two
branches to township No. 11, the limit of our last year's explorations, are mica schist, the sarme as that described between No. 11
and the mouth of Little Black river. In the north-east corner of.No. 9, R. 17, the dip is about 75~ south-easterly. In the south
part of No. 11 the dip is 8~ highe:. Terraces are generally very
scarce upon the river St. John above the mouth of Little Black
river, but very handsome ones are often seen for two or three miles
of its course below the mouth of the north-west branch.  The strim
run north-easterly down the river, very much in the fashion of a
glacier. In No. 11 we noticed a boulder of the coarse conglomerate,
24 feet in diameter. Although we arrived at the Seven Islands'
farm on the 30th of May, we passed two large snow-drifts within
ten miles of the buildings. This fact shows the lateness of the
spring in this part of the State, yet the crops had all been planted
when we arrived at the farm. There are probably few years when
snow cannot be found on the ground in this region in every month
of the year except July, August and September.
Geology of the Alleguash Waters.
Our route now lay from the Seven Islands' farm to Chamberlain
lake, or the same route we travelled over the previous year.
Therefore we will not generalize concerning this region, and will
now notice only some corrections and additions to our last year's
report.' Between the rivers St. John and Alleguash the rock
seems to be entirely mica schist.  Three miles east of the St. John
the schists dip 800 S. E. At the line between ranges 14 and 13, is
a band of clay slate with. perpendicular strata. But half a mile to
the east the mica schist appears again, though highly argillaceous
in its character, with the strike N. 55~ E.
At the carry below Churchill dam  the argillo-micaceous schist
dips 60~ N. 20~ W.; hence we do not feel satisfied that all this region should be ranked as clay slate. Trap and silicious slate were
found upon a small island near the McCatherty farm, in Churchill
lake; and on the east shore of the lake a very coarse conglomerate
occurs, dipping 12~ N. 5~ E., whose constiuents are mostly pebbles of silicious slate. This is evidently a newer rock than the
schists and slates heretofore described.  Near the south end of
Churchill, similar conglomerates occur, dipping, say 50~ N. W.
An expedition from here to Spider lake revealed nothing of interest. There are no ledges upon the lake orits thoroughfare.




352                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
We were enabled to confirm the truth of all our observations
made last year upon Heron lake. Especially we found the singular trappean conglomerate, with its immense constituent boulders,
one of which is nine feet long. The conglomerate composed of
the largest boulders lies adjacent to trap ledges; and the further removed from the genuine trap the conglomerate is, the more
distinctly the sedimentary character is displayed, and the smaller
become the pebbles. On one of the smaller islands these pebbles
are arranged in lines of stratification, with the course N. 15~ E.
We have no longer any doubt that this trappean conglomerate is
truly sedimentary in its origin. Near the dam at the north-west
part of Chamberlain lake, are a few ledges of trap.
No ledges were seen by us between Chamberlain and Chesuncook lakes. The physical character of the country has been already described.
In these explorations in northern Maine, we were accompanied
by Mr. Oliver White of Richmond, Ind. So much interested did
he become in the geology of this part of the State, that at his own
expense he undertook the exploration of the route from Chamberlain to Chesuncook lake, by the way of Alleguash and Cauquomgomloc lakes, a route never before travelled by any scientific man.
His zeal was the more to be commended since the abundance of
venomous insects rendered exposure to their attacks almost insufferable. Ile wrote out an interesting account of his discoveries,
which we herewith present under a deep senlse of obligation.
ALLEGUASHI AND CAUQUOM3GOMOC LAKES.
To C. H. HITCHCOCK, State Geologist:
Sir: —The subjoined is my report of observations made in accordance with your directions, on the geology of Alleguash and
Cauquomgomoc lakes and the vicinity.
After parting from you at Chamberlain Lake farm, June 3d, we
rowed directly for the upper end of the lake, and entering upon
Alleguash river soon began to discover ledges of the underlying
formations. The first ledge seen, two and a half miles up, was a
micaceous clay slate, dipping north-west 45~. For nearly three
miles these slate ledges are almost continuous, dipping in the
same general north-west direction, producing a series of very difficult rapids, and in three places a perpendicular descent of from
two to six feet. A few rods above the first falls the strike was




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   353
north-east and south-west, the dip being 90~, or perpendicular.
At the second falls the dip is 75~ north-west.  Half way up from
Chamberlain lake, we came to the Grand falls, where the water
descends twenty feet over a ledge having a dip of 80~ north 30~
west, the strike of course being at right angles, or south 30~ east.
To the east of the falls the drift has been washed away, exposing
a surface beautifully levelled and striated, the scratches having a
direction of north 50~ west.  In addition to what nature has done
toward furnishing a reservoir for the reception of logs, the enterprising lumbermen of this vicinity have increased the height of the
falls, so as to make quite a large sheet of water above them.
The rock here is a more indurated and less perfectly cleavable
variety than what we had already met with. One mile above the
falls the strata are very distinct, with a dip of 30~ north 10~ west.
This rock has a large per cent. of calcareous matter in it. The last
of these ledges before reaching Alleguash lake has a dip of 80~
north 25~ west. All the exposed portions of the underlying formations on this river lie within and occupy nearly the whole distance between the south and west lines of township No. 8, R. 13.
The river runs this distance directly across the strike of the strata,
hence the origin of the falls and rapids.
Entering upon Alleguash lake we soon discovered that the
whole of the eastern and southern shore was girdled by the outcropping strata-a light-colored, very micaceous variety of clay
slate, exhibiting in some parts a calcareous character; yet hardly
sufficient to come under the head of calcareous slates. Almost
the first thing that strikes one as peculiar, is the perfect distinctness of both stratification and cleavage, so much so that no one
could mistake one for the other. Just south of the outlet the dip
is 85~ north-west. A little further on, and forming the southern
shore of this cove, is perhaps the finest exhibition of the smoothing striating effect of the drift movement easily to be found. It
consists of a surface shelving down under the water at an angle of
12~, 500 feet long and over 50 feet wide, as smooth and regular as
a floor, and covered with fine scratches running north 50~ west.
Farther south, and near the centre of the eastern shore, ther e
an anticlinal axis, having less than one rod of the summit taken
away, the strata on the one side dipping 120 north 25~ west, and
on the other 12~ south 25~ east. The second island is composed
of clay slate, dipping south 30~ east, and forming with the third
45




354                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
isle, which is to the east and has a dip of 85~ north 30~ west, a
synclinal axis. The cleavage and strata here are at right angles.
Several other islands, together with the outcrops along the southeastern shore, are composed of the same clay slate; and what is
peculiar to this part of the lake, is that the strata are tilted so as
to be nearly perpendicular.
Upon reaching the extremity of the lake in this direction, we
proceeded up on the other side, and found an entire change in the
character of the rocks. They are an unstratified trap conglomerate, forming extensive ledges all along the south-west shore.
At first it was an unmistakable trap conglomerate-trap boulders
and a trap matrix, but further on the cementing material disappeared, the boulders growing larger and assuming that concretionary or nodular character spoken of by you on page 410 of your
Preliminary Report as occurring on Heron lake. The largest
boulder we measured here was five feet long. From the fact that
genuine conglomerate is found in such close proximity and merging into this latter rock, there can be no doubt as to its true conglomeratic sedimentary character.
On either side of a valley running in upon this part of the lake
is a range of mountains presenting marked differences in appearance,-that to the east is lower, and has a rounded, graceful outline, showing the soft, easily disintegrating clay slate of which it is
composed, while those on the west side have a more broken, rugged
contour. The upper part of these latter are very precipitous, so
much so as frequently to prevent the growth of vegetation, and
leave the rocks exposed, which looked very much like trap. This
surmise was afterwards confirmed in passing along the portage
skirting the base of this range by the great quantity of angular
trap boulders we found. The mountains all along the west side of
the lake and extending back from it, were, I have no doubt, trap
mountains, as they exhibited the same shouldered wedge-shaped
sharpness of outline.
By mistake, we found our way to Ellis brook pond, a small and
very shallow sheet of water one mile south of Alleguash lake.
The strata are exposed in a great number of places, both around
the shore and on islands. The rocks are the same as those of the
eastern shore of Alleguash lake, having a general north-west dip.
We made but few observations here, of which one on the south
shore may stand for all. Here the dip was 75~ north-west. In




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  355
some places there seemed to be a tendency to foliation in the thicker and more indurated layers.
In approaching the stream that enters the Cauquomgomocsis
lake on the portage from Alleguash lake, we passed over two welldefined terraces, running parallel to the stream so far as we could
see. Entering Cauquomgomocsis, it was evident that the east
side would be the most favorable for geologizing, as it is the one
next the mountains, and upon which the strata cropped out. Just
east of the entrance the first ledge proved to be clay slate containing considerable mica. The dip in this and the next two ledges
is 50~ north-west. Near one of these ledges is an embossed rock
with striae having a direction of north 10~ west, which is more
nearly north than any we have met with in this region-a change,
no doubt, caused by a local deflection in the direction of the triturating force. The most southern ledge on the east side has a dip
of 80~ north 30~ east.
A little way to the left of the outlet is the last ledge, consisting
of an indurated variety of micaceous clay slate, and having a southeast dip of 80~. There is here a very beautiful instance of local
contortion, forming what in carpentery is called an O. G. moulding, showing that while in a soft, plastic condition, undergoing
metamorphism, it had been subjected to lateral pressure. It is
the same in miniature as what has been demonstrated to have taken
place in the iousatonic and Alleghany mountains. The same
phenomenon is presented in the strata a few rods above Leadbetter
falls on the west branch of the Penobscot, and on a somewhat larger
scale than here.
On the west side of this lake we observed no ledges; and although
we did not examine particularly, yet we presume from the low,
fiat character of the shore and adjoining land, that the rocks do
not come to the surface. In the south end, a short distance from
shore, is a solitary trap boulder some thirty feet long by twenty
feet wide and ten feet high. Now taking the directions of those
striae as an index, there can be no doubt that this boulder has once
formed a part of the trap mountains heretofore spoken of, and had
been transported three or four miles by some great iceberg or
glacier of the pre-historic period, and deposited where it now
rests.
The rocks of Cauquomgomocsis lake differ from those of Alleguash lake in the obscurity of the stratification; the layers are




356                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
almost entirely obliterated by the cleavage, or what appears to be
more properly such; so that in my notes I find these observations
as to the bearings of the strata marked as questionable, with the
exception of the last on the contorted strata, which I took as proof
of its stratified character. Now this latter has a south-east dip,
yet the last observation before this is on the strike of the other,
and one which I had marked as questionably north-west. All of
which would go towards strengthening the suspicion as to the real
character of the supposed stratification.'We found no ledges from this lake down to Cauquomgomoc.
But when we arrived at the lake, and turned to the left along the
north-east shore, we encountered a very curious and somewhat
puzzling series of formations. The first six ledges and embossed
rocks, occupying a space of less than the eigth of a mile, were
composed of a compact, fine-grained conglomerate, broken up by
numerous joints, but having no recognizable stratification. It had
been somewhat metamorphosed, and had a decided calcareous
character. Probably the cementing material is carbonate of lime.
Then there is a change to clay slate, having a north-west dip of
5~.0 Just beyond this is another ledge of an undoubted argillaceous rock, yet massive, and without any apparent stratification
or lamination. The next is true clay slate with a dip of 75~ north
25~ west. With this the slate terminates and is succeeded by a
species of conglomerate of uncertain stratification. It appears to
be made up of large boulders of varying composition, altered so as
to make a rock of almost homogeneous texture. The most conspicuous component is a brownish-red sandstone. Yet the whole
rock has the peculiar argillaceous odor.
Beyond this again we came to another set of clay slate strata
having a westerly dip of 75~.  These strata were very much
weathered-filled with long rifts and holes-an effect of its uneven
decomposition. Thus within less than one mile and a half, there
were four changes in the character of the rock:
1st-A fine-grained conglomerate;
2d-Clay slate;
3d —Coarse-grained conglomerate rock;
4th-Clay slate, much weathered;
Presenting an interstratification of two large beds of conglomerate. We found this same thing in miniature upon arriving at the
termination of these rocks, where there is a succession of inter



SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  357
stratified slates and conglomerate, ranging in thickness from six
inches to two feet, varying in dip from west to north 60~ west,
the angle being near 75~. The latter were probably the thinning
out of the thicker beds below, or the forces and material which
produced them must have become exhausted.  From  here we
rowed directly west across the lake to where we had observed the
rocks were exposed, and encountered a large island, which together with the neighboring shore, was made up of a greenish
colored, very hard, brittle rock, having a strong argillaceous odor,
without any traces of stratification, and traversed by a net-work
of joints. It looked so much like an altered rock that at first I
hesitated whether to call it trap or a metamorphosed schist. But
upon further investigation and a comparison of it with labelled
specimens, I have classed it with the former, and call it a dioritic
variety of greenstone. To the south-east of this, clay slate appears again, skirting the shore and forming embossed ledges. The
first determination of the dip we made was on an embossed rock a
few rods south-east of the trap island; it was 75~ north-west, and
we found by other measurements farther along, that the dip varied
little from this either in quantity or direction. Upon the rock first
measured there are strim having a direction of north 15~ west. At
another place they have a direction of north 10~ west.
Cauquomgomoc is a pretty little sheet of water set amid some of
the most beautiful scenery we have yet, since the commencement
of the trip, had the pleasure of viewing. It is surrounded on
three sides by mountains and highlands, in some places coming up
to the water's edge, and at others retreating so as to leave a margin of comparatively level land. They begin just to the north of
the outlet, with a squat, rounded range, and running around to the
north and north-west, growing continually more varied and interesting where lies the culminating point of the scene. The particular feature of beauty just here is the receding perspective of
ranges, each one overtoping those in front, until the last seems to
mingle with and become lost in the ocean of blue beyond. The
clear, sparkling waters in front of you, with the receding series of
pine-clad highlands beyond, and over all a bright sun adding its
thousand touches of beauty, make a scene which once beheld is
not easily forgotten.  The south-eastern shore is flat, and the
water all along this part of the lake is quite shoal. It was the
frequent remark of the guide while here, who was an old lumber



358                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
man, as he observed the tops of the pines shooting up above the
other trees, that " there was yet a good chance to lumber here,"
notwithstanding there had been so much already taken away.
After leaving the lake we came to a long stretch of swift water.
Near the upper part of this, and a short distance below the outlet,
there occurs a series of ledges, extending across the river, over
which the water rushes, falling within the distance of four rods,
twelve or fourteen feet. At the upper part of the falls is clay slate,
a less micaceous variety than that seen above, having a dip of 45~
north 35~ west, the strike of course being at right angles to it, or
nearly north-east and south-west. Then comes an interstratification
of several, not very thick, beds of fine-grained conglomerate, exactly
identical in appearance and structure with what we had already
seen on the lake. These beds are irregular in thickness, and seem
to pass into the slate by insensible degrees, so that there is no
definite line of demarcation between them. The lower portion of
the falls is made up of a distinctly stratified, blue arenaceous rock,
containing quite a per cent. of carbonate of lime. Some five or
six feet of the terminal portion of this strata becomes of a red color,
produced by a partial disintegration and peroxidizing of the iron,
thus exhibiting more perfectly its arenaceous character. The dip
of this last bed is greater than that above, and I suspect that further investigation would show that the former is superimposed
unconformably upon the latter. This was the last place where we
observed the characteristic formations of east Cauquomgomoc.
From here to Black pond the underlying rock is clay slate, as exhibited in two or three ledges in which the strata are perpendicular,
the strike being north-east and south-west.
There is nothing of particular interest about the geology of
Black pond. The north-east shore is lined with ledges of clay
slate, upon which we made the following observations: First after
entering, dip 80~ north 35~ west. Near this is an embossed rock,
with striae having a direction of north 100 east. The ledge midway has a dip of 75~ north 35~ east. A short distance beyond
this again the dip is 450 north 30~ east, and the cleavage planes are
very perfect. I counted four or five other ledges having essentially the same dip. WTe saw no outcrops on the south-east shore,
and from its flat character we inferred there were none.
From here down to Chesuncook lake we encountered two considerable falls and a few ledges composed of trap identical with




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 359
that of western Cauquomgomoc. We discovered no schists in
connection with these rocks. At Chesuncook lake we entered
upon a field already explored by yourself, hence the necessity of
my reporting further had ceased.
Allow me, sir, in conclusion to say, that these observations were
conducted under a degree of personal discomfort which prevented
such an accurate and detailed examination of some of the more
interesting and obscure points as I could have wished, yet what
has been done is herewith submitted.
With the greatest respect,
Yours, &c.,
O. WHITE.
To PROF. C. H. HITCHCOCK, Geologist
of the Scientific Survey of Maine:
SIR: —In accordance with an agreement that during an exploration of a portion of Aroostook county in pursuit of such of the
vertebrated animals as I might find, any incidental observations I
might make in geology should be communicated to you, I herewith submit the following for your consideration.
I left Bangor in company with S. D. Besse of Winthrop, on the
evening of 29th of May.
My route from Bangor was by railroad and steamboat to Mattawamkeag, thence up the Aroostook road to Patten, which was
made a station or central point of action.
Quartz Boulders.
While passing along the northern part of No. 2 (Benedicta) and
southern part of No. 3, my attention was drawn to the abundance
of quartz boulders of a larger size than that rock generally exhibits, or, at least, much larger than any I have met with in Maine.
These boulders have evidently been swept from some localities further north, (perhaps Chase's mountain,) where they were associated
with schist of a talcose type, patches of which still adhere to them.
From what exact locality they did start, or whether, like the quartz
and talcose schists in other parts of the Union, they indicate the
presence of gold, I am not able to say, as I made no examination
of them in reference to that or any other specific character.




360                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
Roofing Slate.
As it required some little time, after arriving at Patten, to prepare for a tour in the forest, what leisure I had was spent in excursions in that vicinity. The rock formation in this neighborhood,
as you have stated in a former report, I found to be slate. In some
localities I found it to exhibit good qualities for roofing slate.
On the premises of Hon. Ira Fish, about a mile and a half from
the village, and on the north bank of the Mill stream, this slate
crops out in the form of a bluff, of moderate height, from which we
obtained excellent specimens. From a cursory examination, as far
as the surrounding forest would allow, I am led to the conclusion
that a good quarry might be opened here with a prospect of its
yielding a large supply of this useful material of very fine quality.
It cleaves readily, giving a smooth even surface, and possesses the
requisite tenacity to allow of its being dressed and pierced, or
punched in the usual manner.
Conglomerate Boulders.
A large proportion of the boulders found around the village of
Patten are conglomerate. None of this rock is found here in place
except in one locality. This was in the bed of the stream, near
the lower grist-mill.  One of the abutments of the bridge, which
crosses the stream there, is built upon it. The extent of it is
not manifest, as it soon dips below the bank and is hidden deeply
in the earth.
Granite Bluff.
But little granite is seen after you pass above Lincoln. I had
an opportunity through the politeness of Mr. Hlaines of Patten, to
visit Island Falls on the Mattawamkeag, about ten miles northeasterly from Patten. About two miles east of the falls, is a remarkable bluff of coarse crystalline granite, rising up abruptly to
a height of at least three hundred feet. In some places it forms
perpendicular precipices presenting all the rude, broken, craggy
piles and confused heaping up of angular fragments, usual in such
formations. It is of rather coarse texture, and therefore would
require considerable labor, skill and care in dressing and preparing.
it for building purposes. This is probably the most northern locality where granite is found in place in this section of the State. I
subsequently had an opportunity of tracing this formation, in a




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   361
north-easterly direction from the bluff, to the westerly shore of
Meduxnekeag lake in New Limerick. On this route it is found
occasionally cropping out, and exhibiting the same characteristics
as is shown in the bluff near Island Falls. Although, as before
remarked, this variety is not so easily wrought as the more stratified, or gneissoid varieties, it will nevertheless become, in time,
valuable to the surrounding country, affording an inexhaustible
supply of this durable material which you are aware is not so generally distributed in this part of the State as it is in the western
and middle counties.
I may remark here that I had an opportunity at Mr. Sewall's to
examine specimens of the roofing slate which occurs above this
on the banks of the Mattawamkeag in No. 4, Range 4. This slate,
which you mention in last year's Report, (page 319,) is of excellent
quality, inexhaustible in quantity, and can be obtained in enormously large sheets with the greatest ease. While at the falls I
was very kindly entertained by Mr. D. Sewall, an early settler at
this place, to whom and to his intelligent family I would here express my obligations for assistance rendered. His son and Mr.
Porter of Lowell, who was on his way to No. 4, accompanied me
to the bluff and essentially aided me in the examination.
Siliceous Slate.
Having completed our preparations, we took our course for the
Seboois country, taking the upper road, so called, through No. 5.
The slate formation, as you pass northerly and westerly from
Patten, may be seen occasionally cropping out, exhibiting its usual
characteristics, until you come into No. 5, Range 6. In this township, on the farm of a Mr. Smith, and about a mile north of the
road, is a remarkable formation of siliceous slate, which crops out
on the margin of a small stream, forming a bank some twenty or
thirty feet in height, and extending westerly over several acres.
The strike, or direction of the strata of this formation, is northeasterly, the dip nearly perpendicular. The strata, or layers of
this variety of slate, vary in thickness from an inch to two or three
feet, exhibiting, in their cleavage, a clean smooth surface. There
are also joints, or cross seams at different points or distances,
thereby forming slabs of different thicknesses, and from a foot to
ten or fifteen feet in length. The faces of these joints, or cross
seams, exhibit angles of about 120 and 60~, to its opposite plane46




362                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
thus giving to the sides, or perpendicular surfaces of the slabs,
or blocks,, as they lie in the quarry, a trapezoidal form. The
texture of this rock is compact and solid, very little decomposition
being exhibited from the effects of long exposure to the weather.
As yet no particular use has been made of this rock, but from its
proximity to the road-the ease with which it may be quarried-its
location in the vicinity of a thrifty, growing village, like Patten, it
cannot fail to be soon brought into practical use as a building
material, or for posts and sleepers for fences or other fixtures.
Mineral Spring.
We were informed by Mr. Smith, that about a mile from this
ledge there is a mineral spring, which, from his account, I think
must be of a chalybeate character, and probably well charged with
iron, judging from the abundant deposit which is made from its
waters. We had not time to visit it then, and make a note of it
now to call attention to the fact of its existence, that it may form
the subject of future examination should circumstances allow.
Horsebacks.
After passing through No. 5 we come upon the supply road
which leads from the settlement to Grand lake, and thence to
Chamberlain lake, and the settlers become more scarce and the
road more rough as you progress.  After passing Mr. Rich's
clearing, you find no more clearings or settlers for several miles,
until you come to Shin Pond. Here we found a young man by the
name of Crommet, who had made a large clearing and was busily
engaged in getting in his crops. We found no rocks in place here.
A boulder or two of hornstone, made up the amount of geological
indications. After passing a few miles beyond this locality you
find the growth indicating a change of quality in the soil. It
becomes thinner and of a more gravelly character, and you soon
find the road passing along on one of those singular formations
called in common parlance "horsebacks."
These horsebacks arrested your attention last year, and were
the subject of remark in your report. They are probably more
abundant and more varied, as it regards direction and extent, in
Maine, than in any other part of New England. I leave it to you
to search out the cause and theory of their formation.
They are certainly deserving special attention and research, and




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  363
on account of their numbers and extent, (some of them passing
over a stretch of fifty or more miles,) they certainly would demand
no brief space of time and care in their investigation.
Whatever may be their extent, or their direction, they all have a
similarity of character and accompaniments. They are, in fact, embankments of gravel, sand and rolled pebbles, of different heights
and widths-a stream on one side, and often a bog or a morass in
some parts of their extent on the other.
For one thing they are peculiarly fitted. They afford capital
roading by the dry, well-drained and compact bed they furnish on
which to travel. What the real extent of this one is, we could not
well ascertain, on account of the forest covering the country on
every side-from appearances, however, as indicated by growth,
&c.-it rises some distance north from where the road strikes it,
probably from a spur of Haybrook mountains-running southerly
to this point, then curving westerly extends three or four miles to
the Seboois river which passes through it-thence, a short distance from the west bank, it curves northerly continuing eight or
ten miles, until it strikes the south margin of second Seboois lake
where it drops off giving place to the lake, but again rises on its
northern shore and is lost in the forest beyond.
Six miles further west, directly in the rear of the "Seboois
tHouse," is another one. This also rises somewhere in the forest
northwesterly from this house, and when near to it curves around
easterly, passing again into the forest; how far, I had no means of
ascertaining. At the turn of the curve is a singular gap, or break,
sufficiently wide to allow the road to pass through without any
change of grade. This " horseback" is similar in its characteristic
features to all the others. If all of the formations of this kind,
that could be found in this State, were accurately traced out and
mapped, they would present a singular and interesting representation of what was, probably, one stage of the Lacustrine era of the
surface of Maine in the remote ages of the past; and might afford
a satisfactory explanation of many changes which have since taken
place on this part of the face of the earth.
The Gorge of the Seboois or Godfrey's Falls.
At the point where the supply road mentioned above, strikes the
Seboois river, a rough, but strong bridge has been thrown across
the water; and a little above it, has been built a dam by the lumber



364                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
men, for the purpose of commanding the water at their pleasure,
in order to facilitate the floating down of their logs in the spring
and early part of summer.
The slate rock, which had not been seen in place since leaving
No. 5, here shows itself again above the surface.
Just below the dam, the Seboois, which has pursued rather a
sluggish course above, the current rendered more so by the dam
itself, begins to move more briskly. This is occasioned by the
commencement of a slope, or greater incline of the bed of the
river. This slope is confined to the bed, but does not affect the
bank, which, on the west side, is a somewhat level plain or plateau,
and on the east, hills of pretty high elevation.
This slope continues a regular but pretty fast descending grade
for three or four miles, and thus forms a magnificent gorge, through
which the waters, crowded on either side by the precipitous banks,
which rise, during the last half of the course, nearly or quite three
hundred feet in height, finally rushes with immense velocity and
power. The bed of this gorge is the slate rock. The direction of
the river, in this place, is the same as that of the strata of the rock
formation over which it passes, both pursuing the same " strike"
the whole distance until it comes to the last pitch, more properly
called Godfrey's falls, where it curves to the east, thus cutting the
rock strata more at a right angle and terminates the rapids by a
leap, and a plunge into the basin below of nearly or quite fifty feet
in height.
While the water passes over the slate in the direction of its
strike, it wears it away apparently uniformly, thus forming a regularly descending plane obstructed only by the points and knobs,
and irregular jutting up of the edges and fragmentary portions of
the strata; but when the current is turned across the strata, its
effect is to break it off in tabular masses, and thus changes it into a
succession of cataracts and cascades over the rough and unequal
steps formed by rending away those masses from their parent
bed. The river, after this, meeting with comparatively small obstructions only, passes along more quietly until it unites with the
Penobscot a little above Hunt's farm, in No. 3.
At the foot of these falls commences the long " carry," or portage of the Seboois, three miles in length, well known to lumbermen and voyageurs in this section. At first, the boats and luggage,
after being taken out of the water, had to be "toted" up the steep




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   365
bank, 300 feet above the river, in order to reach the plateau
above-then commenced the " carry" on the western bank across
the plain, to the dam, where the boats and cargo were again embarked for their upward voyage. This plain was once covered
with a heavy growth of enormous pines, but these have long since
been destroyed by fires, and a stinted and scattering growth of
birches, poplars and blueberry bushes, taken their place. Happily
the road in from Patten has precluded the necessity of getting
supplies on and over this laborious route, and the portage is now
used principally by river drivers on their descending voyage in the
spring.
The southern extremity of this gorge, and Godfrey's falls, were
very accurately delineated by the artist who accompanied Dr.
Jackson in his first survey. A great portion of the eastern bank
is a steep, mountainous declivity of slate rock, occasionally interspersed with trees and shrubs, and in some places presenting nearly
perpendicular cliffs.
This slate rock is so soft, and so easily abraded and frittered
away, that it affords no record of the operation of water long ages
ago, as does granite in like situations; and hence no discovery could
here be made of' any marks or testimony as to the height of the
river in former times. It is however highly probable that, at some
early period, the bed of the river was high above its present site,
and there was a mighty cataract at the southern extremity of what
is now the present gorge, where it took its leap down to the basin
below the falls; and that, by the ceaseless and rapid attrition of
the waters, the bed rock has been worn down to its present slope..May not the finer particles of this formation, ground to an almost impalpable dust by the action of the current, and suspended
in the descending floods which poured into the ancient lakes,*
far down the present Penobscot, have been gradually deposited
therein, and contributed to the accumulations which constitute
the valuable clay banks now so useful to the people who reside in
their vicinity? This theory may seem extravagant to some, but,
from observations and examinations of the effect of water in such
cases, we are persuaded the idea is not altogether a geological fantasy.  As corroborative testimony that there was once a time
when the principal fall was at what is now Godfrey's falls, may be
* The Penobscot river in its whole length, like some other rivers in Maine, was
once, undoubtedly a connected series, or chain of lakes.




366                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
mentioned the fact, that Shin brook, which rises in Shin pond, a
few miles east of the dam, and about on the same level, and running westerly across the range of the slate strata, finally makes a
plunge in a cascade of more than seventy feet, before it can mingle
with the Seboois waters below, to which river it is a tributary.
Hay brook Farm and Seboois Farm.
Two large farms were some years ago cleared up and established
in this vicinity, which afford both a criterion by which to judge of
the quality and productiveness of the soil, and also very convenient accommodations and houses of entertainment to any who may
be led by business or pleasure into this section.
A few miles before you come to the Seboois river, as you come
in from Patten, you leave the Horseback by a road leading northwesterly, which brings you to Frye's farm or IIay brook farm.
This is a large interval in the bend of the Nutupsemic stream,
commonly called "Hay brook."  (Almost every small stream
where the wild grasses may be cut is called by lumbermen I-lay
brook.)
At this time the farm was under the care of Mr. Silas Coburn,
whose famnily consisted of his wife and son. The soil and land
adjacent is made up principally of drift from the mountains at the
north-east. There are several terraces or steps. The lowest, lying
on the margin of the stream, is of finer deposit and contains several beds of grey clay of strong tenacity, and of excellent quality
for bricks or coarse pottery. It is frequently overflowed, and too
low for cultivating, but very productive in grass. The next higher
step is of coarser material and contains gravel and pebbles, but is
easily cultivated. Still further back on more elevated land are
found boulders of conglomerate and occasionally fragments of
Oriskany sandstone containing spiriferae and other fossils.
In good seasons, one hundred tons of hay are cut on this farm,
which, when lumbering business is brisk, finds a ready market as a
supply for the teams during the winter. There were kept here,
last winter, thirty-four head of cattle which are now pastured in
the meadows and forest lands on Hay brook above the farm.
Passing onward westerly, by a very decent road over the Seboois
bridge, and six miles from it you come to the " Seboois House"
farm. IIere is a large farm cleared several years ago by Mr. Jos.
Twitchell, then of Oldtown, who built a large tavern house and




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 367
commodious stables. He moved his family in and kept a lumberman's hotel here for four years, to the great comfort and acceptance of woodsmen, and, we doubt not profit, to himself.
This place is on the line of the sandstone strata of Stair falls and
the foot of Montagamon or Grand lake of the East branch, and we
expected to find it in place here. No rock formation of any kind,
however cropped out here, but the prevailing stone or boulders
though not large, were sandstone. Of this stone the foundations
and underpinning of the house were built. MIr. Twitchell had
also built a lime kiln, when he was putting up his buildings, and
availed himself of the "PHelderberg limestone," some six miles
north-easterly, of which we shall speak hereafter, burnt very good
lime with which he laid up his chimneys and plastered his rooms.
He was piloted to this locality of limestone by one of the Indians
who was with Dr. Jackson who discovered it on his tour up the
Seboois into the Aroostook, and the discovery was of great service
to him in his enterprise of building so extensively so far from the
facilities and conveniences of civilized life.
The surface of this farm is rolling, the soil a good sandy loam
and productive. We have spoken of the horseback which here
shows itself a short distance west of the house, curving round to
the east, which is evidently distinct and independent from the one
through which the Seboois passes, six miles further east. The
farm and fixtures now belong to Amos A. Roberts, Esq., of Bangor, who makes it productive in hay and other supplies for his
lumber operations in the forest above.  WVe found it in charge of
Mr. Nahum Stackpole, formerly of Augusta, who, though keeping
bachelor's hall, nevertheless entertained us very comfortably, and
assisted us in our operations at very reasonable charges.
Scragly Lake.
Wishing to obtain specimens of some of the fish and reptlfia of
Scragly lake, I obtained the services of Mr. William Staples, who
with Mr. Knox, engaged in this neighborhood hunting, and had a
canoe in its waters, to accompany and guide us thither. This lake
lies about five miles north-westerly from the Seboois hIouse, and
is reached by travelling over a very good supply road.
Its waters are one of the sources of the west branch of the Sebo6is. On reaching the foot of the lake we found the inevitable
dam, which the enterprise of the Penobscot lumbermen have built




368                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
at the foot of almost every lake (and they are not a few) all over
the wild lands-or at least, where there is a pine log to be floated
on its waters. We saw no rock in place on our way, but occasionally passed moderate sized boulders of a grey compact sandstone.
We found the lake to be about four miles in length, and its shores
deeply indented with coves and creeks and its waters, for the most
part, very deep. There are several islands in it, and on a part of
its eastern shores, and on the islands ledges crop out, some of them
forming bluffs of considerable height. After furnishing ourselves
with such specimens of the fish and reptiles we came in pursuit of,
we landed on the shores and islands to obtain specimens of its
geology for your inspection.
They are of three varieties. On the eastern shore, as you pass
up the lake, are found ledges of unstratified syenitic rock-next further north, on one of the islands, is argillaceous slate full of seams
and joints, the strike or range north-east, dip perpendicular, and
next north of this silicious slate having the same range and dip as
the other.
I thought it probable that the sandstone might be found in place
here as indicated by boulders which we had passed below, but saw
nothing of the kind. I was afterwards told by a person who had
spent considerable time, a few years ago in the neighborhood of
the lake, "prospecting for timber," that on a highland called
" Owl's head," not far east of the lake, he found rock that "contained shells of various kinds."  This was probably the sandstone
in question.
Seboois Lakes.
Returning from  Scragly lake to the Seboois House, we commenced preparations for an exploration up the Seboois lakes, and
accordingly made arrangements with Staples, who had canoes in
those waters also, and who was well acquainted with the haunts
of some of the wild animals we were desirous of obtaining, to act
as guide and woodsman for us. As his canoe was at the Seboois
dam, and from the position of the lakes above, and the direction of
them from Seboois House, I thought it might be a saving of time
to dispatch Messrs. Staples and Besse to the dam for the canoe
while Knox and myself took a "bee line" for the foot of the first
lake, and wait until they came up the river to that place. In this
calculation however, I was foiled, by the fact being made known
to us that the invariable accompaniment of a horseback, viz., a bog




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  369
or morass on one side or the other, in some part of its extent, was,
in this case, actually located between the house and the lake in
question-that the horseback, as we have before stated, after crossing the Seboois, turned northerly and stretched along for many
miles having the Seboois river on its east side and an extensive
bog on the west, and that there was no better way to get to the
lake by land than to proceed to the darn and then t'fake a "tote"
road up the horseback to the point proposed. So we chartered a
pair of horses to take our "dunnage" to the dam, where we left
most of it and then turned them up stream along the route proposed,
to the foot of first SebQois lake or " White horse lake" as the hunters call it. Our object for taking the land route thus far, was to
examine the deposit of Helderberg limestone above mentioned,
which is stated to be near the foot of first lake. As we approached
the lake, say a mile and a half or two miles from it, large boulders
of conglomerate and larger boulders of Helderberg began to show
themselves, indicating that the sites of these rocks in place were
not far off. We did not succeed in finding the exact locality of
either at this time, but the following fact we did ascertain from the
testimony of the boulders on the road, viz:-that the Helderberg
locality was to the right of us in the forest between the road and
the-river, while the source and site of the conglomerates was farther up and even above the upper lake. This story was told us by
the boulders themselves by the fact that we soon passed the Helderbergs and saw no more of them, while the conglomerates continued, scattered along the margins of the thoroughfares between
the lakes, often impeding the channel; sure evidence that we had
passed by the source of the Helderbergs, and not yet reached the
parent bed of the conglomerates. The Seboois lakes are three in
number, and are very fine and pleasantly located sheets of water,
but not very accurately delineated on the maps. They are connected by short thoroughfares. The first lake, or "White Horse"
lake, is the smallest; Second lake, or Snow-shoe lake, is next in size,
while Third or Grand lake is much larger than either, stretching
diagonally across the township. They are located on the height of
land between the Aroostook and Penobscot rivers. They are all,
as is also Scragly lake, well stored with several species of trout,with pickerel and several other species of fish. In the summer and
autumn trout are caught in abundance, and in the winter the deep
lake trout or togues are obtained readily.by the hunters and lum



370                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
bermen whenever they fish for them. In Scragly lake I obtained a
species of Batrachian (called by the Indians " two legged trouts")
found in but few other localities in the State, the distinctive characteristics of which require further investigation before being assigned to its true place in Herpetology.
At the outlet of Second lake, and also at the outlet of Grand
lake, the lumbermen have established their dams with all the
"privileges and appurtenances" of gates and sluices "thereunto
belonging," and we found that the channel of the thoroughfare into
Grand lake had been improved by having the boulders cleared
away and thrown into piles, so as to allow boats and rafts of timber
to float free from their obstructions. Among these boulders, in
company with the conglomerates, we began to find abundance of
trap rocks, but we found no rocks of any kind in place on the route
until we arrived at what is called the Narrows, in the upper lake.
These narrows are formed by the jutting in of points of land on the
easterly and westerly sides, thus narrowing the passage of the
water so as to make them to appear almost like two lakes. A few
small islands and shoals are located here. On one of the islands,
and the point of land near the narrows on easterly side, the usual
clay slate appears, having the north-east range or strike, and nearly perpendicular dip. At the narrows, the islands and easterly
shore are composed of trap rock, and quite an extensive shoal,
which appears in dry times, is floored over with it.
Beyond and north-easterly of the narrows the rock on the shore
is calcareous slate, and is undoubtedly the locality of "argillaceous limestone" mentioned by Dr. Jackson in his report of his
exploration through the lake in 1837. After making an examination of these localities, and procuring suits of specimens of each
rock for your inspection, we proceeded up the lake in pursuit of
one of the objects of our mission, viz., to procure a good specimen
of the black bear (Ursus Americanus) which Staples assured us
was "at home" in that region. WVe landed on the north-westerly
shore of the upper section of the lake about middle of the afternoon, where we raised a smoke to ward off the black flies, which
now began to swarm in the woods and margins of the lake, attacking us with intense hunger and ferocity. Staples and Besse immediately started off into the forest on a bear trail, and before night
had one in limbo, which Besse dispatched by sending a bullet
through his devoted head




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 371
About sunset, they made their appearance bearing bruin between
them slung on a pole. He was a fine large, long-legged, lanksided ranger. As we intended to have his skin stuffed for preservation in the cabinet, we proceeded to take it off in shape for that
purpose, which we did through "much tribulation."  While both
of our hands were employed in skinning the bear, the black flies
improved the opportunity to skin us, and by the time we had finished, in point of suffering and the entire condition of his skin, the
bear was by far the best off.
We camped here during the night, and in the morning turned
our faces Patten-ward, and prepared to wend our way to the
" world outside the woods."
My next route of observation was up the Aroostook road through
Masardis, Ashland, Presque Isle, Fort Fairfield, thence to Houlton,
Linneus, and from Linneus across through No. 5 to Island Falls
and to Patten.
JMarls.
In addition to the extensive bed of marl discovered by you, and
described in your report of last year, I am able, from personal examination, to add that several of the ponds in Fort Fairfield have
large deposits of it, and that several of the bogs or low grounds
adjacent to these waters afford it very abundantly. The pond near
mills belonging to Win. A. Sampson, also a pond in the northwesterly part of the township are floored over with it; and so
abundant is it, that in dry times the shores and flats laid bare by
the drouth look as if covered with snow. I have forwarded specimens for your examination and analysis. Probably, judging from
its external appearance, the carbonate of lime largely predominates
over the clay or aluminous portion of it. If so, besides its value
as a fertilizer, it might possibly, with very little manipulations, be
prepared for use in many purposes of the arts.
Why may it not become a substitute for whiting, and serve for
making putty-also for an addition to the several pigments in the
manufacture of oil cloths, for which purpose hundreds of tons of
foreign whiting are now used in the State?
I respectfully suggest that experiments to ascertain its capability for such economical uses be instituted, and the results, pro or
con, be made known.




372                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
Limestones.
You have mentioned many localities of limestone in Aroostook
county. The upper half of the county is what may be called, in
one sense, a limestone country, on account of the frequency with
which this stone is found associated with other rock.  Still, but
few localities, comparatively speaking, have been found where
quarries have been successfully opened for the burning of the rock
in kilns for quick-lime.
On the slope of the hill or rise of the second terrace from the
river, on the farm of Mr. Phips in Plymouth, (opposite Fort Fairfield,) are found fragments of limestone containing a good deal of
calcareous spar. In company with J. B. Trafton, Esq., Dr. Decker
and Mr. Phips, I examined the spot with a view of finding the exact
locality from which these fragments came. We did not ascertain
it precisely, but it is evidently near the brow of the slope, and will
probably be found by removing a few feet of soil.
In the south-eastern part of the town (Fort Fairfield), Deacon
Fowler opened a quarry on his farm a few years since, where he
obtained a very good quality of lime. The stone is of the stratified, compact blue variety, and improves in quality the deeper he
gets into the quarry. HI-e had just finished burning a kiln of one
hundred casks while I was there, which met with ready sale at
remunerating prices.
In Linneus, near the house of P. P. Burleigh, Esq., I observed
a locality of stratified limestone, which evidently contains a large
proportion of silicious matter. Specimens of this are also forwarded for your examination, with a query whether it has the
requisite ingredients for making hydraulic lime?
Magnetic Iron.
In the north-western section of Linneus, iron ore is found, combined with the slate,.and thus presenting a stratified arrangement.
This slate varies in its impregnation of iron. Some of it undoubtedly contains a large percentage; and in one or two of the localities specimens were obtained that are strongly magnetic.  I have
forwarded specimens of all varieties for your examination. Should
it be found sufficiently rich for smelting, any amount of it could be
obtained to supply the furnace, while lime for a flux is abundant
in the neighborhood, and an inexhaustible supply of charcoal could
be made from the adjacent forest.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   373
Mioulding Sand.
The sand used in foundries for moulding must be of peculiar
material and texture, or consistence. It should be unifbrmly fine
as to its grains, that it may not give too rough a surface to the
castings. It should not have a sufficiency of clay or aluminous
particles to make it sticky, and yet enough to render it compact
and comparatively solid, when wet and packed or tamped into the
moulds. It should also not be so absorbent of water as to take it
too long a time to dry, after being moistened.  It is difficult to
find deposits of sand possessing all these requisites.  We were
informed by Hon. Shepard Cary, that he had found a good deposit
of this kind of moulding sand near his iron foundry in Houlton,
which affords him a supply of an excellent quality and which he
uses altogether in his iron works.
Helderberg Limestones and Marbles.
Among other objects of this expedition, I was requested to trace
out what I could of the localities and boundaries of the lower HIelderberg marbles, or Limestone formations, that occur in this section of the State, and report to you. I have done in regard to it
what the shortness of the time and the lack of some facilities
allowed me. The more and further I searched into this branch of
our geological formations, the more impressed I became of the
ultimate value they will be to this section, and indeed to the whole
State, and of the importance of longer time being devoted exclusively to their study and examination. A belt, or formation of
rock, which, as I found, stretches in a continuous direction across
not less than five townships, occasionally cropping out, and
at each locality of its appearance exhibiting surroundings and
accompaniments each of different character, could not be thoroughly explored and all its characteristics ascertained in the three or
four weeks allotted to this section, and that time interrupted by a
search for objects pertaining to other branches of Natural History.
On page 394 of your first report, in speaking of the geology of
the Wassattiquoik while on your way to Katahdin, you observe that
" on the Wassattiquoik, near its mouth, we found ledges of a bluish
quartz rock very evenly stratified.  *  *  *  Above them, on the
bank, the boulders and large masses of limestone similar to those
seen at Whetstone falls are so numerous that we believe the rock




374                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
to be in place close by, certainly less than half a mile, if indeed we
did not find it in place."
Your conjectures were right. Had you turned and gone up the
north branch of the Wassattiquoik a little way into township 4, in
the 9th range, you would have found the site from which the boulders you saw started. It is the first locality, or cropping out of
this belt of the lower Helderberg formation, east of Mt. Katahdin.*
I was not able to give this locality a personal examination, but
obtained reliable description of its location from a person t who
had visited the spot, clambered over the bluff it formed on the
bank of the stream, and who showed me specimens of the rock identical in their composition and structure with the rock which I
visited last year in Murch's lake, ill the next township north-east
of this, (No. 5, R. 8.)
Considering its geological position and surroundings this locality
is one of peculiar interest, situated as it is almost at the base of
Katahdin, with its granite battlements guarding it on the west and
south-the trap rocks of the Lunksoos range on the north, and the
quartz rock of the Maine Wassattiquoik on the east. I leave it to
you and other geologists to decide the seniority of age and priority
of occupation of these several formations, and to explain by what
arrangements of nature this rock, so full of the remains of organic
life, was placed in almost juxtaposition with such azoic neighbors.
The one, full of tangible proofs of an age teeming with aquatic
animal and vegetable life, and exhibiting through its structure the
outward forms and shapes of former living tenants of an ocean in
which they existed, and from which they drew their sustenance.
The others, the very reverse of this-hard, crystalline in featuresilent as to any definite condition of the past-giving no sign of
any association with life at any period —their clearest manifestations being those of an escape from heat of great intensity, and of
convulsive earthquakes which have shaken and shivered the neighboring mountains and scattered their rough and angular fragments
on every side. Whatever may be the theoretic speculations on
this subject, one thing is certain. When the advance of settlement
up the Penobscot shall bring mankind in greater numbers into this
section, and the accumulations of thrift and industry shall enable
* This is undoubtedly the belt of rock from which the boulders of fine statuary
marble discovered in 1861, were derived.              C. H. H.
t Mr. David Malcolm of Patten.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                       375
them to erect mills and houses and public buildings, they will here
find no dearth of most durable material for the same-no scarcity
of granite and lime and marble to meet all the demands and purposes that may be ever required for architectural strength, endurance and beauty.*
The general direction of the strata is north-easterly.  The extent
of the formation I am not able to give. It becomes covered by the
soil, and is hidden from view. Pursuing the general course of the
strike, which leads you in a direction across the township diagonally, it again turns up at the Tunnel rocks in Murch's or Horseshoe lake in the next township, No. 5, R. 8. As a pretty full
description of this locality has been given in last year's report, it
will not be necessary to say more here in regard to it. It is well,
however, to note it, as being the next link in the chain of these
lHelderberg formations, the existence of which this survey has been
instrumental in discovering.
The next show of it, on this line of strike, is that discovered by
Dr. Jackson, at the foot of the first Seboois lake, an extract from
whose description you gave in your first report (page 413). On
his authority it is stated to be in township No. 7.  I did not arrive
at the rock in place when at that lake, but judging from the range
of the boulders and other observations, I think, instead of being
in No. 7, it is in upper, or north-east part of No. 6 of the 7th
range.- 
Dr. Jackson also describes a locality of this rock on Peaked
mountain, in No. 4 of R. 7.  I have not seen this, but if it is
identical with the rock in question, it must belong to another belt,
as it is east of the range of the belt we are describing.
Continuing our course, we next find a splendid locality of it,
cropping out near the north-east corner of lot 16 in No. 7, R. 6.
I explored this ledge some years ago. It breaks up from a comparatively level plain, forming an abrupt, precipitous ledge, on one
side fifteen or twenty feet in height. Its true location had been
At Whetstone Falls a few miles below, on the Penobscot, is a splendid water
power with a good site for buildings. Had the State reserved the fee of the soil in
itself, and given proper encouragement to settlers, there would long since have been
a thriving village here.                                      E. H.
t It is very difficult, if not impossible, in a dense forest and in the absence of a
correct plan based upon an actual survey, to give the true geographical position of
any rock. In this particular we realized the truth of the remark of Sir William
Logan, Principal of the Canadian Geological Survey, in which he declares, " accurate topography is the foundation of accurate geology."




376                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
lost for several years, and some who had sought for it were unable
to find it, until last autumn, when from directions given them,
Messrs. Baston and Chase of Rockabema, succeeded in again discovering it, a description of which he gave in a letter to me published in your report (page 320). I look upon this ledge as a
very valuable one. Specimens from it were put into the hands of
a marble worker, who found that it received a good polish-worked
free and made good corners, and was compact and even or uniform
of structure. Its proximity to the Aroostook road, and the ease
with which it can be quarried, render it a feasible and valuable
source from which to obtain marble or lime, to meet the wants of
a growing community.
The next indication of this formation occurs in a line of the
course hitherto pursued from No. 4, on or near the northern line
of No. 8, R. 5. Boulders of Helderberg rock are found here, but
the true spot of their original site has not yet been ascertained,
and future exploration will be needed in that place to make it certain. htere ended my hurried, and of course imperfect search for
this species of rock formations in this part of the State. They are
deserving a longer and more careful scrutiny, which shall develop
more fully both their geological and economical characteristics. I
consider these formations, or beds, to be exceedingly interesting,
not only on account of the intrinsic value of such rocks, in and of
themselves, as affording a source from which to obtain marble for
monumental or ornamental purposes, or excellent lime for cements
or agricultural applications, but also for the geological teachings
and testimonials they give of the period far back in the ages, when
this portion of Maine was submerged'neath the ocean, and crinoid
and coral, and sea-fern, and mollusk, flourished on its shores and in
its deep soundings, as they now do in the tropical seas of the south.
Interesting too, for the story they tell of the singular changes that
have taken place in the condition of the materials which compose
them —of the hardening into stone of the soft ooze, while full of
animal and vegetable life, embracing, and still exhibiting their
organic remains as clearly and distinctly as when they flourished
in it in the vigor of actual life-for the unmistaken evidences they
give of the mighty upheaving of this ancient bed of the sea, and
its disruption into mountain masses in obedience to the laws and
commands of Him
"Who thundered and the ocean fled."
Very respectfully and truly yours,
E. HOLMES.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  377
D. SURFACE GEOLOGY.
In our Preliminary Report we went largely into details upon the
geology of the Alluvial Period, or Surface Geology. Our definitions of the various forms of the superficial deposits, as well as the
theories of their accumulation were there given so fully, that it is
now incumbent upon us merely to state whatever new facts have
been brought to our notice during the past year, what new illustrations discovered, and whether any light has been thrown upon
perplexing points. Already we have incidentally alluded to certain phases of alluvial or drift action in our descriptions of the
country or of the older formations. Such remarks will not be repeated, nor will all the details of our observations be presentedonly the most striking points.
A few very large boulders were noticed. One of granite is in
the water near the south shore of Sysladobsis lake. A boulder of
gneiss near Weld weighs by calculation more than 1,000 tons.
Another split in two is in Phillips. One of conglomerate twentyfour feet long lies in the river St. John in number eleven. Near
South Paris there is a large pear-shaped boulder standing by the
side of a tree, and we should say it must be at least thirty feet high,
as it is more than half as tall as the tree. There should be a sketch
taken of this wanderer with the tree by its side.
It was remarked as a fundamental principle in the science of
Surface Geology, that boulders are transported from ledges in
right lines, in the direction in which the drift agency operated.
Hence it is found that the course of the striae corresponds with
that taken by the fragments. Conversely it is true that if we find
boulders of some particular rock scattered over the surface, we
can always discover the ledges from which they were derived,
especially if the course of the striae iii the vicinity is known. Now
there are several important varieties of boulders in Maine whose
source is unknown to us. Therefore we will mention them, in
the hope that some one will be able to trace them to their sources.
First there are the boulders of white statuary marble on the east
branch of the Penobscot river, (Matagamon,) between Medway
and the Grand Falls. Second, there are the valuable boulders of
magnetic iron ore in Phillips and Salem. Thirdly are the not less
important fossiliferous boulders in Phillips. Fourthly are numerou-s boulders of red and grey conglomerates near the eastern border
of the State. They may have been derived from a formation con48




378                   BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
taining gypsum.  A few of their localities noticed are the following:-at Tallmadge; No. 7 next to Carroll; very large ones on
Wawbawsoos lake; on Junior lake; near the Meeting-house Rips
on the Chepedneck river; at the thoroughfare of North lake on the
New Brunswick boundary, and in township 28 on the Bangor and
Calais Air Line Road.
In the granitic regions of south-eastern Maine large boulders of
granite are very common, and it is sometimes the case that the
land is barren because it is strewed with them. Such examples
may be seen in Hancock and Washington counties, on the western
Schoodic lakes, and in No. 7 next Carroll. The rock in the latter
case is mica schist, and the cause of the great number of fragments
more difficult to explain.
Additional Courses of Drift Striae in Mlaine.
In the Preliriinary Report a long list of the courses of Drift
Striae in different parts of the State was given. Our observations
of the striae were not as numerous the past season; but we present all that we have. They are compass courses. The inferences
drawn from our previous list could also be drawn from this table:
Pine Stream Falls on the Penobscot, N. and S.
Shirley, one mile south of hotel, N. 200 W.
Shirley, three miles south of hotel, N. 100 W.
Monson, north part, N. 200 W.
Blanchard, south part, on mountain, N. 100 W.
Bingham, S. E. part, N. 200 W.
Bingham, near Kennebec river, N. 200 W.
No. 2, north-west of the Forks of the Kennebec, N. 15~ W.
Moose river village, N. 500 W.
Near Canada line on Canada road, N. 450 W.
North Charleston, N. 200 W.
Rangely west line, N. 450 W.
Mooseluckmeguntic lake, north end, N. 20~ W.
Wayne, N. and S.
South Thomaston, Owl's Head, N. 200 W.
St. George, west part, N. 10~ W.
Cushing, south end, N. 30 W.
Cushing, north part, N. and S.
Warren, east line, N. and S.
Warren, one mile N. E. from village, N. 100 W.
Thomaston, south of St. George river, N. 80 W., and N. 10~ E., a mile apart.
Thomaston, near village, N. 20~ W.
Camden, Simonton's Corners, N. 30 E.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                        379
Camden, one mile S. W. from the village, N. 100 E.
Camden, S. E. from village, rocks embossed —force from the direction of Mount
Battie.
Camden, at Lily pond, N. 10~ E., and N. W. from Rockport the same.
Camden, Hosmer pond, N. 100 W.
Camden, on height of land west of Hosmer pond, N. and S.
Camden, near Ingraham's Corners, N. and S.
Camden, mouth of Megunticook river, N. and S.
Camden, Negro Island, N. 100 W.
Lincolnville, west part, N. 20~ W.
Appleton, N. and S., and N. 10~ W., two miles apart.
Belmont, N. 30~ W.
Trenton, N. 100 W.
Washington county, No. 7, N. 100 W.
Near Witteguerguagum lake, at Big Falls, N. 300 W.
Tallmadge, east part, N. 120 W.
Grand Falls, Alleguash river above Chamberlain lake, N. 500 W.
Alleguash lake, N. 500 W.
Cauquomgomoc lake, N. 15~ W., and N. 100 W.
Cauquomgomocsis lake, N. 100 W.
Black pond, N. 100 E.
Traces of Ancient Glaciers.
An example of an ancient glacier in Maine has already been
described in our first report on the river St. John. The evidence
of its existence has been confirmed the past season, by the discovery of other markings above the lake of the Seven Islands. The
most convincing proof was found upon the sides of the boundary
or the south-west branch of the river proper. Several examples
of striae running down the valley in a north-east direction were
there seen. This course is at right angles to the common direction
of the drift striae in the valley of the St. John.
Upon three other streams also have we discovered glacial markings.  First upon the Penobscot.  These were seen at the mouth
of Rag Muff stream  where the striae run N. 150 W., the force
having come from the S. 15~ E., or in direct opposition to the
drift force, which came from the north and proceeded southerly; in
Pittston, where the course is N. 28~'V.; and upon the north-east
branch. The evidence in the last two cases does not rest upon the
direction of the striae, so much as upon the fact that the striating
force must have slid down the valley, following all the turns and
windings of the river.
Secondly upon the Piscataquis river.  In Blanchard the valley




380                BOARD; OF AGRICULTURE.
is remarkably deep. Upon the north side near the village, there
is on the side of the road a ledge with a smooth striated perpendicular side. The course of the striae is N. 20~ W. The distinguishing glacial feature here is the wall, or perpendicular side of
the ledge, smoothed parallel with the course of the valley. The
direction coincides with that of the drift in the vicinity. Similar
striae and grooves coming from the northwest, and worn upon the
perpendicular face of the ledges, may be seen in Abbot, where the
Monson road crosses the Piscataquis.
Third, on Sandy river. The great bending of the striae in the
valley of this river mentioned in our last report, page 262, must be
an example of glacial markings. Confirmatory traces may be seen
on the road to Rangely near the head of the river; for the striae
there run down hill most perceptibly for a great distance. This is
never the case with drift striae. The descent here must be very
great, rather more than the proper average for glacial slopes. No
one can for a moment suppose that an iceberg can slide down hillit must always be the true glacial ice that accommodates itself to
the slopes and windings of vallies.
In the valley of Ellis' river below Andover, the sides of many
ledges are perpendicular, and resemble the walls which have been
mentioned as characteristic of glacial markings. We had not time
to examine them carefully. We cannot doubt the existence of
many glacial markings in the numerous vallies of the western portions of the State. The rocks, however, disintegrate so easily that
they may not preserve the markings very well.
We do not understand Dr. DeLaski to mean byhis great Penobscot glacier exactly what we do in distinguishing certain glacial
markings from the drift proper. Hle regards the drift markings as
made by one great glacier, extending over the whole of the northern portion of the continent. He supposes that all the striae upon
the rocks were made by glaciers, when the whole continent was
much more elevated than it is at present. The view we have
adopted and explained in detail, supposes a combination of glacial
and iceberg agencies-the traces of the latter being those most
commonly seen now upon the rocks. When many of our valleys
were filled with rivers of ice, the tops of the higher mountains must
have been covered with perpetual snow and the scenery have been
strikingly similar to that now exhibited among the glaciers of the
Alps in Europe. Even with the striated and embossed rocks in




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  381
full view, it is difficult for one to imagine that such mighty changes
have been effected in the face of our country.
Trains of Boulders.
A train of boulders was last year described in our report. Since
then Dr. True of Bethel has published further remarks upon that
example in the Proceedings of the Portland Society of Natural History, page 92.
We have had an opportunity the past season of inspecting the
train of boulders in Wayne, formerly alluded to. The case is not so
distinct and impressive as we could have wished. The boulders
are arranged on a line, starting very near the " Devil's Cave," and
continue to North Monmouth, a distance of two miles or more.
The boulders are all of syenite, and their source can plainly be
traced to one hill. The course of the train, as well as of the striae
in the neighborhood, is due north and south.
We learn on good authority that there is another good example
of a train of boulders ten miles long in Madrid.
But the finest example of the kind we have seen or heard of in
Maine is at the Forks of the Kennebec. Mr. Murray of the Forks
tHotel took us east of the rivers about half a mile, where one end
of the train appears. There are several kinds of rock in the train,
but all the pieces are crowded together as much as they would be
in a dilapidated stone wall. There were no spaces between the
stones large enough to permit the growth of vegetation. The train
is about three rods wide, and is known to be at least half a mile
long. How much longer it is, no one knows, and we had not the
time to ascertain. Its course is N. E. and S. W., or about that of
the Kennebec river, on whose southern bank it is situated. This
does not correspond with the course of the striae in the vicinity.
Sea Walls and Lakce Rameparts.'
Three more sea walls were noticed the past season, but all of
them  are small and of little consequence. Near Owl's Head, in
South Thomaston, there is a large pile of clean coarse gravel oneeighth of a mile long, which must have been accumulated in the
same way as the sea wall in Tremont. It is exposed to the full
force of the ocean's waves. Another wall is at Mosquito Harbor
in St. George. It is of less length than the first, and the road




382                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
passes over it. The third example is near the Herring Gut Light
House in Cushing.
The nature of the lake ramparts, with the theory of their supposed
origin, has been given under the description of the phenomenon at
Wawbawsoos lake. Other examples have been alluded to at Baker
lake and Junior lake.
Dr. DeLaski of Vinalhaven, having been invited to give some
description of the glacial phenomena about Penobscot bay, has
kindly consented, and has furnished us with the following statements:
ANCIENT GLACIAL ACTION IN THE SOUTHERN PART OF MAINE.
To MR. GEORGE L. GOODALE:
Dear Sir:-I herewith comply with your request to furnish for
the ensuing Report of the Scientific Survey of the State of Maine,
an account of my examination of the boulder evidence of the Penobscot bay.
The very limited space suggested by you, will permit me to do
nothing more than merely notice a few of the facts which bear upon
the question regarding the nature of boulder action in the locality
named. I prepared a series of Articles during the past summer
for the " Rockland Gazette," on the " Ancient Great Glacier of the
Penobscot Bay," in which I went over in detail, the phenomena I
had observed, and the grounds of the principal theories which
have been brought forward to solve the mystery connected with
the drift.
From careful personal examination of the surface of the islands
and borders of the great Fiord of the southern coast of Maine, I
have been forced to the conclusion that a glacier once occupied
that margin of the state, of a magnitude sufficient to cover the
highest hills of the region, and to extend far into the interior towards the north. From a glance at the correct county maps of the
locality, we observe that the general trend of the islands, headlands, streams, lakes, harbors, creeks, coves, &c., is northk-south,
suggesting some law of formation. In these directions, I make no
allowance for magnetic variation, which is considerable in the Penobscot bay. There are indeed departures from this rule as in
the east-west direction of the great thoroughfare separating the
Fox islands, where the natural boundary between the two towns
was set up at an infinitely earlier period than that of the boulder




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   383
age; for the irruption of the trap of North Haven broke through
the granite and Taconic slates in a line corresponding to this trend,
as you and I agreed, I believe.
We also find the hills not rounded and rough, but having an
elongated appearance, and a trend also north-south, as if their
sides had been subjected to a gigantic system of sculpturing, on
the design that thes<, too, should be directed towards the south.
And furthermore, these hills, even where they attain an elevation
of one and two thousand feet, as those of Camden and Mount
Desert, present gradual slopes to the north and bold fronts to the
south; and if of granite, they are broken down more or less into
step-like precipices of east-west parallels, the debris of which has
not been accumulated as tali, but has been transported south a
little distance, often more and more comminuted as we advance.
The formation of the coast is syenitic granite, bordered here
and there with a margin of trap or of Taconic slates, highly altered in cases, and often converted into cherty flints as on Isle au
Haut —and furnishes from the general barrenness of the surface, a
good opportunity to study the boulder phenomena. And this surface is everywhere ridged into furrows, often very deep and in the
usual direction of the valleys, &c., and present the finest examples
of embossed rocks as described by Charles H. 1Hitchcock, in his
Elements of Geology. This is so remakably the case that one
might in the foggiest weather, easily point out north, south, &c.,
by looking at these rocks; for they represent in miniature, the hills
and mountains of the coast as I have described them. Transverse
indentations are everywhere common-lunoidtfurrows, I have called
them-from an inch in length to four and five feet, having their
horns pointing towards the north-east and north-west, and their
steep walls facing the south.  These furrows in all cases, are sufficient to tell the cardinal points of the compass as one passes along
over them.
Everywhere, too, the boulder strime may be found on the south
sides of these hills at their bases, and on their sides when dipping
at steep or lesser angles towards the east or west, in as finely developed examples as are found on their northern slopes. It is a
fact beyond controversion, that the boulder phenomena in the Penobscot bay are sui generis in character, and owe their existence
to one agent and the same period.
I have found these boulder strima four hundred feet high on the




384                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
side of Isle au Haut hill-which is five hundred feet above the
sea-and on the southern brow of Megunticook, overlooking a
precipice two or three hundred feet, and twelve hundred feet above
Camden harbor. Mount Battie, south of that mountain, the nearest the village of any of those hills, and composed of your quartzose conglomerate, is everywhere scored and scratched, and has
a very abrupt southern face. Vast masses of rock have been torn
from it in this direction, and lie around its base. One large
boulder here about forty feet long, must weigh not less than six
hundred tons.
There is a series of terraces in Vinalhaven as you remember,
seven hundred yards long, rising one above another, the last wall
of which forms the highest margin of a dell running nearly due
north-south unbroken for four hundred yards, and from twenty to
thirty feet deep, and fifty yards wide. This is a trough cut out of
the solid granite-a gigantic and splendid specimen of Nature's
sculpturing with her rude stone chisels-all she needed in those
days, when she had a vast duration before her to prepare a barren
country with fruitful soils for the expectant worker, man. Towards
the northern extremity of this rim, which is one hundred and fifty
feet above the sea, there stands a high rock overlooking the village, apparently in its native bed, presenting a vertical wall
towards the south twenty feet high above the soil, and twenty-four
broad. No blasting by art, however carefully conducted, could
perform a better operation. If this rock be a boulder, as you and
I doubted, it must weigh upwards of a thousand tons. But many
thousand tons from the south of it are utterly removed. Going a
little further north, we reach one of the highest hills in the town,
of granite, two hundred and fifty feet. To the north we look away
down upon a tide " river," now a mile long, but once three, before
the land obtained its present height; and earlier still, very much
longer. Looking around towards the east and south, we have
glanced over a spacious salt meadow, a densely wooded valley, and
a large salt water pond. This depression must have been cut out
of a comparatively level crust. From incessant examination of the
subject during the last few years, I have seen nothing to induce
me to believe that the granite had been materially changed from a
horizontal position before the boulder period, as those north-south
depressions might suggest. But what was really the depth of the
denudation, one can only vaguely conjecture; but I have no doubt
but that it has been many hundred feet.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  385
The island of Mt. Desert exhibits the boulder phenomena in a
more wonderful degree than those places I have mentioned. I
presume you have thoroughly explored the locality. You see the
southern brows of those lofty granitic hills everywhere crushed and
broken into fearful precipices; whereas their sides turned to the
north, present plains of greater breadth, and dip at vastly less angles down towards the level country beyond. The great granitic
boulders lie at their southern feet, and those specifically the same
but of less magnitude, and transported the farthest off, and are more
worn and rounded. We have here as elsewhere in the Penobscot
bay, the evidence that it was the special business of the great
denuding agent to cover the barren surface with soils, and that
those soils are the result of local detritus-gravels, clays and sands
crushed and ground out of the detached rocks.
On the Taconic slates beyond these mountains towards Ellsworth,
we have the debris of the Taconic formation. Still beyond through
Dedham, we have a granitic formation, and see the granitic boulders
in the most wonderful profusion and of great magnitude. They were
derived from the hills a little way towards the north. The same
peculiarity may be said of North Haven above Vinalhaven. On
that island, principally a trap region, you see trap boulders and
rubbish. In the northern part of Vinalhaven where the Taconic
slates are highly altered, you see boulders of the same character;
on the granite below, granitic rocks; and still further beyond,
where the syenite has apparently been altered-or the cooling crust
originally took the form of hornblende-the ruins of hornblendic
rocks are found.
Around one of the quarries to the west of Carver's harbor, the
ground is literally covered with boulders, some of which are enormous. After repeated attempts, I could not make out more than
five per cent. of foreign rocks among them. Many of these turned
out of their beds, exhibit the polishing and scratching of the common floor rock of the island. Furthermore, if carefully turned
over, we find some of them left just where they had last been employed in scratching the ledges, the parallel scratches of the boulder being placed parallel to those of the rock beneath. Of these
foreign boulders we often have little or no grounds to imagine the
origin. We have specimens of red and blue granite, trap, gneiss,
mica schists, clay slates, and fossiliferous sandstones from the
Katahdin region. We can well suppose them to have been dis49




386               BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
persed by icebergs, or borne as freight to these localities, by slowly
moving glaciers.
Let me ask, then, how could such rending asunder of mighty
masses of rock and the general phenomena I have described, be the
result of the action of icebergs in their passage south over a sinking
continent? The conviction can scarcely escape the mind of the
observer, that at least very many of these enormous masses must
have been detached from their original beds before the country
went down into the sea; for icebergs of supposed power sufficient
to quarry them, would require a very great depth of water, the
pressure of which wduld assist the rocky bottom in resisting fracture. And no known currents have power to drive icebergs against
submarine hills with such force as to separate large masses of rock
from them. And if their motion might be supposed to have often
been accelerated by violent winds, which they could not materially
have been, as their principal bulk was below the reach of such imaginary aids-this supposition would be against the argument that
those floating bodies have produced the parallel boulder striae on
the rocky floor of the country.
I lay it down, therefore, as a self-evident conclusion-that, icebergs driven by any known currents, could never have ascended
such long and steep planes as those which the lofty hills of Camden and Mount Desert present to the north; for in the attempt,
their bulk would often have been shattered and lessened, and their
freight of boulder materials, frequently unlike the formations over
which they were passing, deposited where the bergs had foundered.
That, the idea of a sin!cing country in this case, conforming in
its process of submergence to the passage of such ice mountains,
is wholly inadequate and untenable in theory.
That, icebergs floating in a liquid whose density was but a little
greater than that of their own composition, could not have broken
down the southern brows of the lofty hills of the coast.
That, these hills could not have been crushed as Mr. IIugh Miller suggests in a supposed case mentioned in the " Cruise of the
Betsey," by bergs turning backwards in their journey south, upon
those hills, and operating against them as submarine batteringrams; for in that case, the bergs would have given away before
the granite would have yielded.
That, icebergs could not have originated the striEe at the southern bases of the highest hills of the coast.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 387
That icebergs could not have materially denuded and regularly
scratched the east and west sides of those hills-and especially
those standing alone; for they would have been pushed with the
current like any other floating body, around those hills, instead of
over their steep sides.
That, the fact of modern icebergs being often driven out of their
usual course by getting into counter currents, as in the cai;e of the
one which during the past summer grounded off the harbor of St.
John, Newfoundland-a novelty the inhabitants had not seen before-in the boulder period, according to their supposed infinite
abundance, must have been of very common occurrence; but nowhere do we see diagonal markings on our ledges at all adequate
to the supposition that they were thus made by the irregular course
of icebergs. In fact, secondary scratches are not found in the
Penobscot bay, so far as I am aware of, nor any irregular markings
on the rocks that could be interpreted as the result of the grounding and vibratory motions of icebergs.
That, the enormous quantity of boulder materials does not favor
the iceberg theory.
That, icebergs could not have denuded the surface rocks and
originated the striae, because in the direction north whence the
agent came, the base of the highlands of Maine over which it must
have crossed, is not less than a thousand feet above the sea.
That, these peculiarities of the boulder phenomena could not
have been performed through the agency of diluvial waves from
the extreme north when the country stood at or near its present
level above the sea; for we find the islands off the coast twelve
and fifteen miles, with nearly five hundred feet of water north of
them over the river and ocean silt and submerged boulder materials, denuded and scratched precisely as those within the bay.
The whole force of the ocean would have opposed such currents.
That, if it be presumed these islands were then a part of those
above as "main land," and the country consequently higher, the
locality would have been very much colder than at present.
That, the theory of diluvial waves would involve a heterogeneous
mixture of boulder materials altogether different from the common
deposits-materials of granite, hornblende, trap, slates, &c., would
lie scattered alike over formations more or less unlike them.
That, Polar floods, if any ever occurred, could never physically
speaking, have been projected so far from the localities of their
origin, as the southern part of Maine.




388                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
My conclusions, therefore, from the facts which I have enumerated, are, that a glacier once filled the basin between the Camden
hills on the west, and those of Mount Desert on the east, forty
miles wide-extended to a great distance north, involving several
hills beside those mentioned, of a thousand feet high, and certainly
not less than three thousand feet thick.
And, it has suggested itself to me, that glacial action of the coast
of Maine, has utterly removed the tertiary deposits from her surface; for if they are presumed to be yet under water, certainly a
country like the present, could not be said to be a tertiary one.
If' these hasty sheets will be acceptable to you, you are very
welcome to them.                 Very truly yours,
JOHN DELASKI.
DECEMBER, 1862.
iHorsebacles.
We are able to add several more horsebacks to the seventeen
enumerated in the preliminary report. The first is one brought to
our notice by the Maine Farmer, whose account of it we quote:
" There is one of these horsebacks in the northern part of Somerset county, which we have not seen described, and therefore adds
another one to the list. It is situated partly in number 2, range
2, west of the Kennebec, and partly in Jerusalem township in
Franklin county. Its general course is N. W. and S. E., although
it is interrupted by many short zigzag turns. It is nearly five
nmiles in length, and from twenty to sixty feet in height. Occasionally there are sharp pitches or depressions through its course,
and here there seem to be a predominance of boulders ranging in
size from a hen's egg to a two-quart measure, while on ascending
the horseback from these gullies, coarse sand or gravel seems to be
the formation. On either side of this horseback, for the whole distance, is a peaty swamp, in places covered with a black growth,
and at other places-where the growth has been burnt-showing a
stream with a mucky bottom, forming at one place a pond of considerable size. At several places on the bog, there are considerable quantities of cranberries, but they are small in size and inferior
in quality.  The people in the vicinity regard this horseback as
formed on purpose for a road; and it would seem that such were
the designs of Providence, for it is the only place for the entire five
miles that it would be possible to build a road for public travel."




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  389
Near Princeton are two horsebacks. Both are on the railroad,
one in Princetoil and the other in Baileyville. The latter is the
largest, being five miles in length. It has a large slope towards
the Kennebasis river, which is unusual. Both cross the river valley
with a N. E. and S. W. course.
The only other horseback seen having a slope is in the southeast
part of Bingham. It slopes at an angle of 2~ 30', and shows itself
for half a mile near a carriage road. It lies on the west side of the
valley, with somewhat of a south-easterly course, and runs into
moraine terraces.
On the west shore of the Eastern Schoodic Grand lake is a very
well marked horseback, though not very long. We cannot vouch
from personal examination that it is over half a mile in length. It
is in Weston.
In the north part of Weston we were permitted to see the southern termination of the great horseback extending from Houlton to
Weston. It suddenly curves to the east, and in less than half a
mile's distance terminates in a swamp, gradually dying away. It
is probable that the horseback in the south part of Weston was
formed by the same general causes which produced the large ones,
and we shall expect to learn that the two are connected together
by other links, now concealed in the forest on the low land.
In Linneus, north of the post office, there is a very crooked horseback nearly a mile long. Its southern end is in a small pond near
the village. In the north part of its course, it is accompanied by
moraine terraces. It lies west of the great horseback of Houlton.
In lHoulton we remarked that the material of which the horseback
was composed was stratified black gravel; while the mounds which
we have considered to be moraine terraces on the east side are
composed of unmodified loamy material, with frequent fragments
of slate. It would hence appear that the two classes of deposits
must have been formed by different agencies, although they may
have operated at the same time.
A fine horseback at Leadbetter falls on the Penobscot, terminating in a ledge, has already been spoken of in C.
By all odds the largest horseback we have seen in Maine is what
is called the " Whale's back" in Aurora. The air line road passes
over it for three and a quarter miles in a south-easterly direction.
The horseback then continues on in the woods to an unknown
extent. We passed over it too early in the morning to estimate
its altitude and width with any precision.




890                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
Later in the morning we caught a glimpse of another large horseback in township 28, but do not know its length. This is distinct
from the one described previously in the corners of Beddington,
29 and 22.
The stage road passes over an interesting horseback between
Kenduskeag and Corinth. The road first strikes it in the west part
of the village of Kenduskeag, and continues upon it for three miles
to a cemetery in South Corinth. It appears to extend somewhat
further in both directions. Its general direction is north-westerly;
but there are changes and curves in it, whose precise nature may
be ascertained by noticing upon the map of Penobscot county the
course of the stage road. This ridge is wide and not so high in
proportion to its width as is most common. It is of the whale
back type, like the example in Aurora. We estimate its altitude
from twenty to fifty feet; and its width from six to fifteen rods.
It starts from the lee side of a large but low hill, and the northwest end is higher than the south-eastern. A cut through it reveals a section of gravel, precisely like the ideal sketch of a horseback, on page 27 3 of our first report.
North-west from Parlin pond there is a curving horseback three
fourths of a mile long. Our impression is that it is parallel with
the shore of the pond.
But the most remarkable example of a curving horseback has
been described by Dr. Holmes in his notes upon northern Maine;
where is one of these ridges bent around in the form of a horse
shoe. lie also describes another one in the vicinity of great interest. These ridges are on the Seboois waters in Nos. 6 and 7.
In examining the surface geology of Kennebec river, we noticed
three ridges above Bingham which we are inclined to refer to this
class of deposits, rather than fragments of high terraces, to which
they are closely related. The longest one is in the Forks plantation, between F. E. Shepard's and J. Steward's. The shortest is
in Caratunk, between E. Pierce's and Gi. F. Chase's. The third is
in Moscow, west of J. P. Emerson's. They all border upon the
river, upon its eastern bank, forming a high ridge between the road
and the river. They are designated as long hills upon the map of
the county (Somerset.) The longest must be at least a mile and
a half in length, and the shortest not over a half a mile.
Hunters have informed us of other horsebacks in the wild lands;
but of them all there occurs to us now the location of only one,




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  391
viz: upon the more southern of the St. John ponds, north-west
from Moosehead lake. Without doubt there are many in the State
yet to be brought to light.
This makes an addition of seventeen horsebacks brought to light
since the publication of the first report. In other words the number of known horsebacks in Maine has been doubled the past
season.
We hope that geologists will pay more attention hereafter to the
investigation of those curious gravel ridges. We doubt not tha
they will be found common over the northern border of the United
States. We were surprised and delighted to see two beautiful examples of them in Lower Canada the present winter. One is in
St. Flavien near Quebec, composed of coarse materials. The other
lay partly in Acton and partly in Wickham, and is composed of
finer materials. A section of it is precisely like our ideal section
of the Maine ridges. Both these Canadian examples are situated
in the flat country adjoining the river St. Lawrence, and both run
N. E. and S. W. Both of them, also, are several miles long. Their
general characters agree perfectly with those of the Maine examples.
We do not yet feel satisfied about the true theory of the formnation of horsebacks. We could not but be surprised, however,
when on Moosehead lake, to see how very similar they are to such
islands as Sandbar, Snake and HIogback. A section of the first is
like that of the horsebacks. These islands are very long and narrow, being composed of coarse and fine gravel. It would not be
strange if some of the horsebacks were formed like Sandbar island,
which seems to have been deposited by currents, either with or
without the assistance of ice. Sandbar island must have been
formed in a past period, when Moosehead lake stood at the level
of the terraces which may often be met with at the mouths of its
tributary streams. Snake island would appear to be one that is
forming at the present level of the lake.
Sea Beaches.
A single example of the more elevated stratified gravelly banks
of assorted gravel and sand, which have been referred by us to the
action of the waves of an old ocean, was pointed out last year.
We would suggest a few others this year, without having had time
to observe carefully their altitudes or relations to the surrounding




392                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
country. One of them is upon the hill south of Pollard's hotel in
Masardis. Another is near the height of land between Weld and
Wilton. This one is more or less connected with very high terraces. Another is high up on Beech hill, of the Saddleback range,
in Franklin county. There is a great amount of detritus collected
about the small ponds at the head of Sandy river, perhaps referrible to moraine terraces. Lastly, it seems as if there must be some
ancient beaches among the numerous sandy hills in Wayne and
Leeds, far above all existing streams. In Leeds one of these sandy
accumulations has been torn asunder by the wind, and the sand is
being blown south-easterly, much to the detriment of the cultivated
fields adjacent. A potatoe patch was covered up in this way to
the depth of thirty feet. These hills of moving sand are called
Dunes or Downs.
We have not been able the past year to make any further observations upon the very interesting fossiliferous marine clays that
skirt the sea shore and the sides of the principal rivers for a considerable distance inland.
Terraces.
Nor have we been able to observe or map many of the terraces
lining so many of the beautiful rivers and lakes of Maine. Kennebec river, particularly above Skowhegan, exhibits these phenomena
very finely. We were able to map them carefully for about thirty
miles of the way below the Forks, and might have published a
map of them here, but preferred to defer its publication until we
should be able to give a map of them along the course of the whole
river. We will, however, state a few general facts concerning
the surface geology of this river, beginning at its source.
The Kennebec'river rises in Moosehead lake, not at the extreme
southern angle, as one would naturally suppose, but from the
south-west side several miles above Greenville. It rushes out of
the lake a large river from the very first. Until it reaches the
Forks, it is an exceedingly rapid stream, falling hundreds of feet.
This section of the route is probably deficient in terraces; yet we
have not explored it, as there are no roads along the shores, and
navigation with canoes is impossible. The immediate banks we
understand are rocky, the river passing through a gorge.
The Forks of the Kennebec derive their name from the junction
of Dead and Kennebec rivers. Terraces are very abundant here.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                     393
It is commonly the case that the junction of streams gives rise to
the formation of a greater number of terraces, than will be found
away from the confluence. But the elevation of the highest one
is no more than it is elsewhere along the valley. It is just so
here. Fig. 49 is a section of the terraces of the Kennebec, crossing the valley just above the mouth of Dead river. The altitudes
FIG. 49.
I  \                                 M    V
Section at the Forks.
AI. Kennebec river.              G. Sixth terrace, 80 feet above the river.
B. Meadow, west side, 20 feet above H. H. Solid rocks.
the river.                   K. First terrace on the east side, 15
C. Second terrace, 35 feet do.      feet do.
D. Third terrace, 40 feet do.    L. Second terrace, 40 feet do.
E. Fourth terrace, 65 feet do.  J2M. Third terrace, 58 feet do.
F. Fifth terrace, 70 feet do.    JV. Fourth terrace, 70 feet do.
were taken with an Aneroid Barometer, and are laid off upon a
scale. Only the outline of the surface is given. We have not
attempted to show the order of superposition of the terraces in
relation to one another, but only of the whole to the solid rocks
beneath. The highest terraces upon both sides of the river in this
case appear to have the same altitude. This is not commonly the
case. The lower terraces are loamy, and the higher ones are composed of fine and coarse gravel.
A better illustration of the most common relations of terraces is
given in Fig. 50, measured at J. Carney's hotel in Moscow.  The
materials are very coarse, the most so upon the east side, but the
forms of the terraces are perfect.  The materials of E and F are
as coarse as common unmodified drift. Two very fundamental
facts are illustrated by this section, which must be taken into account in the formation of all our theories respecting their origin;
first, the heights of the highest terraces on the opposide sides of
the valley do not correspond; nor, secondly, do the heights of any
of the intermediate terraces agree. Our theory of their origin has
been given in our Preliminary Report.
50




394                  BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
The valley of the Kennebec is very beautiful. Below Bingham
it expands, and at Solon and further down the terraces are so wide
FIc. 50.
Section at Carney's.
S1. Kennebec river.                G. G. Solid rock,
B. First terrace, east side, 25 feet.  H. Bank of the river on the west side,
C. Second terrace, 80 feet above the river,    only three feet high, hardly worthy
and only 25 feet wide at the top.  of being called a terrace.
D. Third terrace, 110 feet.        K. First terrace, 73 feet.
E. Fourth terrace, 136 feet.       L. Second terrace, 113 feet.
F. Fifth terrace, 180 feet.       M4t. Third terrace, 193 feet.
that several days' work will be required to map them with accuracy. The great plain in Solon is a terrace. At Skowhegan, and
perhaps further up, the terraces are more interesting, because they
contain marine -relics, showing a combination of fluviatile and
oceanic agencies in their origin. A similar terrace extends up the
Wasseronset river north  of Skowhegan.  We would compare
the terraces about Skowhegan with the delta terraces of the Winaoski river near Burlington, Vt., which we have described in
detail in the Final Report upon the Geology of Vermont.
Below Skowhegan the valley of the Kennebec is less beautiful,
because it is so wide that it cannot always be taken in at one view.
Occasionally the terraces are well developed, as at Waterville and
Augusta. A careful map of them through the whole course of the
river would be an object of great interest, and having its practical
bearings also. We can produce at any time our map of the terraces between Bingham and the Forks.
We were interested to find a few terraces at the months of many
of the streams on Moosehead lake. These clearly indicate that the
lake has been successively at higher levels than at present.  The
low land at K-neo is entirely made land; and one can easily detect
four different levels.  These seem to have been quietly deposited
in the lee of Mt. Kineo. The heavy north winds drive around the




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   395
mountain immense waves full of detritus, which subside when protected and deposit their load.  It is this force which has made the
foundation land for the hotel. We have hints of a former outlet
of Moosehead lake into the Piscataquis river instead of the Kennebec, which we would gladly be permitted to trace out.  A knowledge of the facts might be of practical value to lumbermen.
We have noticed interesting terraces at several points on the
Androscoggin, particularly at Brunswick and Lewiston; at Andover on Ellis river; on Saddleback stream; on Moose river; on
Sandy river; and on the Penobscot.  But our limits forbid us to
describe them.
Siliceous Marl.
We will now present an interesting letter from Professor Bailey
of Frederickton, N. B., upon the siliceous marls, or diatomaceous
earths of Maine.
PROF. C. II. HITCHCOCK:
Dear Sir:-You have requested me to prepare for publication a
notice of the microscopic Flora of the State of Maine, with a few
remarks on the value of " diatomaceous earths" in an economical
point of view, and also as throwing light upon certain disputed
questions of geological history.
It might at first seem to be of little value to prepare for a report
on the agriculture and geology of a country, an account of animals
and plants so exceedingly minute as to be in the great majority of
cases absolutely invisible to the unassisted eye. Of what practical
value, we are apt to ask, can the fossil skeletons of beings so minute that fifteen thousand millions may be included in the space of
a cubic inch be to the farmer or to the geologist? Is there any
way in which the former can employ them in promoting the fertility
of the soil, or can they aid the latter in deciding upon the geological age of deposits and formations, from which all other traces of
organic life have disappeared? I shall endeavor to show that to
both, but especially to the latter, the study of their numbers, distribution, and specific characters, is a subject of the greatest interest, as well from a practical as from a theoretical point of view.
Without entering into the details of the structure and mode of
growth of the microscopic Algae, it may be sufficient to say, that
notwithstanding their minute size, so incredible are their numbers
and so rapid their multiplication, that their accumulating skeletons




396                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
are even now exerting an important influence in changing the
physical features of the globe, filling up ponds and lakes, changing
the beds of rivers, and forming shoals or deltas at their mouths.
It has been shown by the researches of Roper and other English
microscopists that in the mud of the Thames, if we exclude the
coarse sand, nearly one-fourth of the finer part of the residuum is
entirely composed of the silicious shells of diatoms, while Ehrenberg has shown similar results from an examination of the waters
of the Elbe and Scheldt. In our own country the Columbia river
has been shown by Col. Fremont to have cut its way through a
deposit entirely composed of diatomaceous shells, five hundred feet
in thickness! The first question which I am requested to answer
in regard to these deposits is whether or not they may be made of
economic value?
That they are of value has been most satisfactorily proved by
the researches of many authors. As early as 1850 the great abundance of the remains of microscopic organisms, fresh and marine,
in the low rice-grounds of our Southern States, and the probable
influence of their presence in promoting the fertility of those lands,
was pointed out by my father. The same observer has also shown
that the mud of New Haven Harbor, which has been successfully
applied as a fertilizing agent, is largely composed of silicious exuvial, containing by analysis 58.63 per cent. of silica. To the same
cause is assigned by Ehrenberg the wonderful fertility of the lands
annually inundated by the Nile and Ganges, while an examination
of the tidal muds in any of our large rivers would probably lead to
like results.  I have myself found marine diatomaceae in great
abundance in the St. John river, at considerable distances from its
mouth, while an examination of the ice when melting in the spring,
also showed a vast number of fresh water forms. All the cases
just mentioned, however, are of recent deposition; will the sub-peat
deposits, which can alone be gathered in any quantity also prove
beneficial in their application to the soil? I am not aware that any
experiments have been made to test this point, but as the deposits
are numerous and easily obtained, it would be well worth the
trouble to make the trial. It is a significant fact, and one frequently observed, that those plants, especially the cereals, which
require a large amount of silicious matter to give the requisite
strength to their sterns, and thus to promote their healthy growth,
have about their roots, in a living state, numbers of these very




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                     397
organisms. Another singular fact affording additional evidence of
the utility of such bodies is their invariable presence in great numbers in all the imported guanos. Indeed so true is this, that the
poorer qualities of guano have been shown to be the very ones in
which the least number of the microscopic algae can be found.
I therefore conclude that there can be but little doubt of the real
efficacy of such deposits, no matter whether friesh-water or marine,
and that the beneficial action which they exert upon the soil is to
supply a large amount of silica in precisely that condition from
which it may most readily be taken up by growing plants. As
many of these organisms are said to contain a trace of iron in their
composition, probably this element may also exert a beneficial
effect.
Of the total amount of such deposits in the State of Maine, little
is known.  Even where their presence has been shown, the extent
and thickness of the outcropping beds has been seldom measured.
There can be little doubt, however, that a closer examination would
prove the quantity to be considerable. The localities now known
where diatoms exist in a fossil condition in this State are the following:-Bluehill Pond (discovered by Dr. C. T. Jackson); Brownfield; Newfield; Round Lake, Calais; Chalk Pond, Beddington;
Adley Pond, Phillips; Bangor; Chalk Pond, Waterford.
The first of these deposits, that from Bluehill, has long been
known and the species contained in it already described.  As the
four next deposits are but recently known, I will say a few words
as to their characters and the species they contain.
Of the four specimens sent me for examination, that from the
Chalk pond, Beddington, is by far the purest and the richest.  It
is as white as chalk, (for which it has probably been mistaken,
judging from the name of the locality,) is almost free from foreign
matter, and as you have informed me, covers some twenty acres,
being of unknown depth, but certainly several feet.  The species
colntained in it are the following:
Eunotia triodon and diodon.      Gomphonenma capitatum.
Eunotia pentodon.                Cocconema lanceolatum.
Eunotia serra.                   Orthosira aurichalcea.
Eunotia falx. = E. hemicyclus. Ehr.   Mielosira distans.
Navicula firma.                  irnmantidium arcus.
Navicula ovalis.                 Himantidium bidens.
Navicula viridis.                Himantidium undulatum.
Navicula serians.                Himantidium gracile.




398                   BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
Navicula rhomboides and Sporangium.  Cymbel!a cuspidata.
Navicula rhynchocephala.          Surirella biseriata.
Pinnularia nobilis.               Tabellaria flocculosa.
Pinnularia major.                 Cyclotella Kutzingiana. (Rare.)
Pinnularia Tabellaria.            Odontidium. (Large.)
Pinnularia Stauroneiformis.       Odontidium Tabellaria or
Stauroneis Baileyi.               Fragilaria undata.
Stauroneis phoenicenteron.        Encyonema?
Gomphonema acuminatum.
In addition to the above a number of other species occur, but not
in a condition to be satisfactorily determined. Among these I may
enumerate NAavicula affnis,? two varieties of Nilschia, (one of which
I suppose to be identical with a similar form detected by A. M.
Edwards, Esq., of New York, in a deposit from Bemis lake, N. H.,
the other undescribed,) and some curious varieties of the genus
IHimantidium.  One of the latter is about as long as H. arcus, but
with an undulate outline swelling in the centre of the dorsal region
into a rounded cone, and also enlarged at the extremities which
turn upwards. Only a single pustule was detected. The varieties
of this genus occurring here are very numerous and interesting,
especially those of " H. undulatum."  I shall endeavor to speak
more fully of these and other doubtful forms upon some other occasion, such descriptions being out of place here.
The deposit at Adley pond, Phillips, is much less pure than the
preceding, containing numerous pieces of sharp quartzose sand.
It is more like the common sub-peat deposits of the eastern States
than the above. It contains the usual variety of species, less in
number, however, than those above enumerated. It is especially
marked by great variety in the genus Eunotia, which is comparatively rare in the Beddington earth.  Adley pond is, I believe 25
acres in extent, the deposit cropping out upon its edge.
The Brownfield earth is quite impure and not particularly interesting.  It is from below  peat, and is apparently in a state of decomposition, many of the forms being fragmentary.  The earth from
a pond in Calais is still less interesting.  It consists of indurated
lumps, often stained with iron, quite impure, and the forms much
broken.
Of the Bangor earth I know nothing, except that such a deposit
exists in that vicinity. It has been supposed to contain copper.*
* Mr. A. E. Verrill of Cambridge, states that upon the south side of Chalk pond
in Waterford, there is another of these deposits a foot thick.  C. H. H.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   399
I have heretofore spoken of the value of the microscopic Algae
simply with reference to their employment as fertilizing agents.
Although I regard this as by far the most valuable use to which
their fossil remains may be put, I should not omit to state, that
there are other and by no means unimportant purposes to which
they may also be applied.  Of these the most important are their
employment as polishing powders, in the so-called " metallic lustres" and in the manufacture of porcelain.  The substance called
Tripoli is almost invariably composed of nothing but the silicious
skeletons of the diatomacete.  A polishing powder has been prepared under this name from the Bluehill deposit already mentioned.
I come now to the consideration of another and exceedingly interesting portion of my subject, but one on which little at present
can be said, viz: the uses of diatomaceous earths in determining
the unsettled questions of geological history.  It will readily be
conceived, after reflection upon the figures already given, that
organisms which exist in such countless numbers, and which multiply with such inconceivable rapidity should exert a vast influence
in promoting geological changes, but have we any key in the characters and species of the formations themselves whereby to determine the nature and the duration of the causes which produced
them?  May they like other fossils be used in determining the
relative age of the several beds in which they occur? From their
simple structure, whereby they are better adapted than most organic beings to resist the influence of physical chan:ges, and from
the fact that but few, if any, fossil species are known, which have
not also been found in a living state, it has been until recently
supposed that no such use could be made of them.  Deposits from
various localities were known to be of undoubtedly different geological age, but no means seemned apparent by which that age could
in all cases be definitely settled.  A more extended study of the
distribution of species now bids fair to furnish the wished for key,
although at present we can only state what is to be hoped for
rather than what may be considered as certainly known.
Some eighteen monIths ago, while examining the fossil and recent
forms from a rich locality in the vicinity of Providence, R. I., I
was struck by a remarkable fact, of which I have nowhere seen
mention made, although a distinguished Philadelphia microscopist
has since informed me that he had also observed a similar fact.
The fossil sub-peat deposit referred to contains the usual variety




400                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
of fresh water lacustrine forms for the most part the same as those
already given in the Maine deposits. Upon preparing a gathering,
however, from the living alga of the same pond, I at once noticed
the great abundance and large size of the pustules of Nitschia of
which not one fragment even could be detected in the deposit
below. Here then was certainly an instance in which one genus
at least, and that a large and well marked one was entirely absent
from a fossil deposit, notwithstanding the fact that it is now and
has been for unknown years, growing in countless numbers in the
self-same pond, and gradually helping to form by its deposition a
new deposit, not three feet removed from the former! Nor is this
a single instance. Not one of the common sub-peat deposits of the
country, such as those above mentioned, will be found to contain
any specimens of the genera "Nitschia" and "Synedra."  One
deposit only, according to Dr. F. W. Lewis, and that over-lying the
peat is known to contain these genera. I have already mentioned
a Nitschia as occurring in the Beddington earth, and Mr. Edwards
of New York, has also alluded to one found in the Bemnis lake,
(N. H.) earth, but these are all isolated specimens, few in number,
and differing specifically from those which swarm in countless numbers in the same localities to-day. A similar fact has been noticed
by my father in regard to the great " infusorial deposits" of Oregon and California. The forms obtained from the fresh-water tertiary districts of those States were found to be wholly unlike the
recent infusoria from the Columbia river, and other existing streams,
and probably the same fact may be observed in all parts of the
country. As yet, however, this subject has received but little
attention. The great post-pliocene epoch to which most of these
deposits belong, has hitherto remained an unknown ground, with
little to mark its character beyond the confusion and tumult of the
great drift period. Probably the "infusorial earths" were deposited before as well as after, and perhaps during that period. The
diatomacema in which were found imbedded the bones of the Mastodon in Orange county, New York, in 1843, are exactly those
which characterize the greater part of the common sub-peat deposits, already referred to. The species which characterize that deposit may therefore be taken as the type of all similar deposits of
that age. Of the Miocene Tertiary beds of Diatoms, the Richmond
and Maryland earths afford undoubted examples, while to the
Eocene is referred by Ehrenberg the Aegina clay-marls and the




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                       401
chalk-marls of Mendon and Caltanisetta.  Possibly some of our
western beds may prove to be of similar origin. It is also worthy
of note that fossil shields of diatomacece have been found by Dr.
White of New Haven, in the hornstone of the Devonian and Silurian beds of New York, thus carrying back the existence of these
frail but indestructible wonders to the very dawn of organic life.
I will conclude this letter, which has already reached an undue
length, by giving a list of microscopic forms observed by my father
in the vicinity of Waterville, which though not by any means complete may possibly be of service to those interested in such investigations.
List of Microscopic Forms observed in Emerson's Stream, Waterville, August, 1853.
(Melicerta ringens on leaves of Nuphar.
Spongilla forming patches a foot or more in circumference.
Arcella.
PROTOZOA,         ~ Stentor polymorpha.
Vorticella.
Chaetonotus larus.
LRotifer vulgaris.
(Tetraspora gelatinosa.
Vaucheria caespitosa.
CONFERVOID ALGAE,  Rivularia, very abundant.
Lemania fluviatilis, very abundant.
[Zygnema nitidum.
(Euastrum verrucosum.
Closterium lunula.
Euastrum margaritaceum.
DESMIDIACEAE,     q Docidium.
Micrasterias rotata.
Arthrodesmus quadri-caudatus.
(Penium digitus.
DIATOTMACEAE,       Eunotia gibba.
Surierella splendida.
Along the coast may be found the usual variety of American
marine forms, mostly parasitic upon the smaller Algem.  I would
particularly mention that the beautiful "Isthmia nervosa" occurs
in quantity upon the fronds of Polysiphonia at Portland.
Hoping that the above may be the information you desire,
I am, very sincerely yours,
L. W. BAILEY.
Fredericton, N. B., Nov. 13, 1862.
51




402                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
E. DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW FOSSILS.
Principal Dawson of McGill College, Montreal, C. E., visited the
interesting Devonian deposits in Perry the past season, and kindly
sent us an abstract of his observations, which is hereby presented.
The letter has been previously published in the Proceedings of the
Portland Society of Natural History, pages 99, 100, where may be
found the drawings of the new species to which reference is made.
Dr. Dawson has recently published what is really a monograph of
the Later Devonian Flora of Northeast America, in the Quarterly
Journal of the Geological Society, and gives the descriptions of
many new species, with notes upon those already known, amounting in all to sixty-nine different species. The number is now increased to seventy-five by these additions from Maine, and will be
increased still more in the future by material already in the hands
of Mr. Hartt of St. John, N. B. Comparing the range of the same
species of plants in Maine, New Brunswick and Canada with those
in New York, it is clear that- the more eastern deposits must lie
between the Chemung and Hamilton groups of the Upper Devonian.
It is very singular that simultaneously with the discovery by Dr.
Dawson of a Dicotyledonous plant, the Syringoxylon in this Devonian series, Mr. H-artt should have found in New Brunswick the
wings of insects; both remarkable and unexpected discoveries.
MCGILL COLLEGE,    }
Montreal, Nov. 26, 1862.
DEAR SIR: —I had the pleasure, in August last, of examining the
locality of fossil plants at Perry, and with the aid of Jethro Brown,
Esq., who kindly assisted me when there, and followed up the
research after my departure, succeeded in obtaining several new
plants and better specimens of some of the species previously
known. With the exception of specimens of Cyclopteris Jacksoni
and Psilophyton princeps found by Mr. Brown in red sandstone
and shale on the Perry river, all our specimens were obtained from
the original locality mentioned in the last report of the State Scientific Survey, which is a bed of grey sandstone about two feet in
thickness, and apparently very limited in horizontal extent. It
probably marks the spot where a stream flowing from the old Devonian land emptied into the waters in which the red sandstone
and conglomerate were being deposited. The plants are all drifted,
but they must have been derived from land at no great distance.
The age of the deposit of red sandstone and conglomerate in which




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                    403
the bed occurs, I suppose to be that of the upper member of the
St. John series, or the upper Devonian sandstone of Gaspe. Its
total thickness appears to be about 1300 feet, and the lowest bed
which I observed was a very coarse angular conglomerate or breccia. In respect to the geological relations of these beds to the
underlying shales, &c., I have nothing to add to what is stated in
your report of last year.
The new facts ascertained last summer in the fossil botany of
Perry,may be summed up as follows:
1. Having carefully collected the fragments of fossil wood showing structure, I find among them in addition to Aporoxylon, and
stems of ferns, portions of the wood of a conifer, of the genus
Dadoxylon.
2. Fragments of a small Stigmaria resembling my S. exigua, from
New York, but distinct, which I propose to name S. pusilla. Plate
II. fig. 1. There are also some fragments of leaves which may be
those of Sigillaria.
3. Specimens of Lepidostrobus Richardsoni, showing that these
strobiles were attached in a row on one side of a slender stem
bearing branchlets with short reflexed leaves; the whole showing
that this plant was a new and beautiful species of Lycopodites.
4. Another Lycopodites with long slender leaves, which I propose to name L. comosus. Plate II. fig. 2.
E5. A plant having the aspect of Calamites, but referable to the
genus Anarthrocanna of Goeppert; I propose to name this, A.
Perriana.  Plate II. fig. 3.
6. A new Cordaites; or at least a lanceolate leaf, with broad
base and uneven parallel nervation, and to be placed in this genus
rather than any other. It may be named C. flexuosus. Plate II.
fig. 4.
7. More perfect specimens of Cyclopteris Browniana,* showing
that it was a large flabellate frond of most graceful aspect. I now
suspect that it may be the same with the leaf fromn the Upper Devonian of Pennsylvania figured but not named by Rogers-Report
on Pennsylvania, Vol. 2, Part 2, Plate 22.  As suggested by
Prof. Balfour in relation to the Pennsylvania plant, it nearly as
much resembles the leaf of a conifer like Salisburia as a fern. Plate
II. fig. 5.
$ The drawing of Cyclopteris Browniana is taken from a specimen in the collection
of Prof. Rogers of Boston, which is rather more perfect than any obtained by me.
J. W. D.




404                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
8. A new fern resembling Cyclopteris Jacksoni, but having a
transversely pitted stem like that of C. Roemeriana, Goeppert; I
propose to name this, C. Rogersi. Plate II. figs. 6 and 7.
9. A small but apparently new Sphenopteris. Plate II. figs. 8
and 8a.
10. A Trichomanites, which I believe to be new. Plate II. fig. 9.
11. Specimens of Leptophloeum rhombicum, showing that it
bifurcated and bore long narrow one-nerved leaves, and rendering
it probable that its fructification consisted of elongated strobiles
with narrow pointed scales.
12. A new IHymenophyllites, too imperfect for description, but
possibly identical with one found at St. John.
13. Two unknown objects which may be Carpolithes.
The whole of the above are now under examination, and I hope
more fully to describe them in the course of the winter.
I am, with sincere regard, truly yours,
J. W. DAWSON.
Lace Sedgwiclk.
At the close of the field work for the season, after the appropriation for the survey had been exhausted, with the permission of the
commissioners to whom we are responsible, the geologist of the
survey at his own expense visited Lake Sedgwick (or Square lake)
in the north part of Aroostook county, and collected some of the
interesting tIelderberg fossils found there for his own pleasure.
The specimens collected were placed in the hands of Mr. Billings,
Paleontologist of the Canada Survey, who was so kind as to describe them, although very much pressed by other duties. It was
our intention to have presented these descriptions here; but as they
have already been given to the world in the Proceedings of the
Portland Society of Natural History, the crowded state of this report
will render it unnecessary to repeat them. The thanks of all in
Maine who are interested in geology are due to Mr. Billings for
his aid in deciphering these relics of the past. The locality is an
unusually interesting one, and we hope it will be visited by other
collectors. Its richness can be judged of by the time occupied in
collecting these fourteen new species. We spent only a single
day at the ledge, and brought away several barrels full of the precious remains. The locality may be reached by boat, either by way
of Portage lake or Fort Kent.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                           405
We will give, however, a list of the fossils from Lake Sedgwick.
Nearly half the number were discovered last year by MTr. Packard,
and were noticed on pages 240, 421, of the Preliminary Report:
CATALOGUE OF FOSSILS FROM SQUARE LAKE.
1. Favosites gothlandica, (Lamarck.)
2. Zaphrentis —allied to Z. prolifica, but probably distinct.
3. Diphyphyllum-several fragments three or four lines thick.
4. Crinoid-with moniliform column.
5. Crinoid-with a smooth round column.
6. Fenestella.
7. Incrusting Bryozoon on an Orthoceras.
8. Strophomena rhomboidalis, (Wahlenberg.)
9. Strophomena punctulifera, (Conrad.)
10. Strophomena indenta, (Conrad.)
11. Strophomena perplana, (Conrad.)
12. Orthis-like 0. discus, (Hall.)
13. Orthis-a larger species of nearly the same form.
14. Streptorhynchus? -one valve.
15. Rhynchonella JMainensis, (N. sp.)
16. Rhynchonella nucleolata, (Hall.)
17. Rhynchonella Alspasia, N. sp.)
18. Rhynchonella-like R. bivalveata, (Hall,) one imperfect specimen.
19. Rensselaeria Portlandica, (N. sp.)
20. Eatonia medialis, (Hall..)
21. Leptocoelia? -one imperfect specimen of a N. sp.
22. Retzia Jlaria, (N. sp.)
23. Retzia Hiippolyte, (N. sp.)
24. Retzia dubia, (N. sp.)
25. Retzia Electra, (N. sp.)
26. Atrypa reticularis, (Linne.)
27. Jlthyris Blancha, (N. sp.)
28../thyris Harpalyce, (N. sp.)
29. Spirifera macropleura, (Conrad.)
30. Spirifera varicosta, (Conrad,) S. Hesione? (Billings.)
31. Platyceras, allied to P. subangzulata.
32. Platyceras,     "         "
33. Loseonema Fitchi? (Hall.)
34. Orthoceras rigidum, (Hall.)
35. Dalmanites Epicrates, (N. sp.)
36. Phacops Trajanus, (N. sp.)
37. Proetus macrobius, (N. sp.)
38. Proetus Junius, (N. sp.)
39. Bronteus Pompilius, (N. sp.)
40. Lichas? A fragment supposed to belong to a species of this genus.




406                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
Mr. Billings also examined a few fossils from Masardis, Telos
Lake, Stair Falls and Moosehead Lake. All except the Masardis
specimens were collected during the first year of the survey. For
the details we would again refer to this valuable paper in the proceedings. There are some new species among them-both Lower
Helderberg and Oriskany sandstone.
F. MINERALOGICAL NOTES.
Several new localities of minerals in Maine have been either
mentioned to us or explored by us since the publication in the
Preliminary Report of a Catalogue of the Minerals of Maine. We
give herewith a list of all these localities, with a few corrections of the original list. Our obligations in this department are
hereby acknowledged to Messrs. A. E. Verrill of Cambridge, Mass.,
Dr. N. T. True of Bethel, and E. Lewis Sturtevant of Winthrop:
ALBANY.-Oxide of Titanium in four-sided pyramids, brown and
black tourmaline.
ANDovER.-Magnetite.
BAILEYVILLE.- -Gold.
BARING.-Gold.
BETHEL -Rutile in lengthened prismatic crystals.
BOWDOIN, N. W. part.-Rose quartz, abundant.
BUCKFIELD.-Molybdenite, molybdine, magnetite, alum.
CALAIs. —Pyrites.
CARRoLL.-Manganese wad.
COLUMBIA.-Gold.
CUTLER.- Gold.
DANvILLE.-Black tourmaline.
DENMARK.-Quartz crystals.
EAGLE LAKE PL.-Quartz crystals.
FREEPORT.-Feldspar in crystals, rose quartz near Hedgehog Mt.,
garnet (portions of one crystal found weighed fifteen pounds),
scapolite, apatite, calcite (nail-head spar).
GREENWOOD.-Beryl (large), mispickel (not native arsenic), cassiterite or tin ore in small crystals, magnetite, bog-iron ore, molybdenite, zircon, albite in crystals, pyrochlore, mica, rose quartz,
garnet, fbrolite, copperas, corundum, magnesite in a vein crossing
the railroad.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   407
HEBRoN.-Cassiterite or tin ore, mispickel, idocrase, lepidolite, amblygonite, rubellite, indicolite, green tourmaline, mica, beryl, apatite,
albite.
INDIAN TowNsHIP.-Quartz crystals.
LITCHFIELD.-Spodumene, fibrolite, mica crystals, carbonate of copper on the east side of Oak Hill in a large boulder of amethystine
quartz, pyrrhotine (boulder), labradorite (in boulders).
LuBEC.-Copper ore at West Quoddy Head.
IACHIAS.- Gold.
MINoT.-Beryl.
MoNMoUTH.-Fibrous actinolite, apatite in six-sided yellow crystals,
hornblende, beryl, oxide of titanium, elacolite, zircon, staurotide,
andalusite, plumose mica, jasper containing crystals of silicate
of iron, copperas, chlorite.
Moscow.-Gold.
NoRWAY.-Beryl, rose quartz, orthoclase in crystals, cinnamon garnet, black tourmaline.
ORLAND.-Gold.
OXFORD. —Garnet, beryl, apatite, wad, mica crystals.
PARIS.-Amblygonite, yttrocerite, zircon, brookite, beryl, smoky
quartz.
PHILLIPS.-Galena, pyrites, copper pyrites, plumbago.
POLAND.-Smoky quartz crystals.
PORTLAND.-Calcite (nail-head spar), prehnite massive and in small
crystals.
PowNAL.-Rose quartz, feldspar crystals, scapolite, black tourmaline, garnet, actinolite, molybdenite, calcite, red ochre from
a spring, manganese wad, specular oxide of iron, pyroxene, apatite, hornblende, mica crystals, pyrites.
PROSPECT.-Plumbago, galena.
RAYMOND.-Idocrase, yellow garnet, calcite, anorthite(?)
ROCxKLAND and THOMASTON.- White talc, not kerolite.
SOMERSET COUNTY, No. 4, R. 18.-Chalybite.
UNION. —Magnetite, bog-iron ore.
WALEs.-Axinite in boulder, alum, copperas.
WASHINGTON COUNTY, No. 7. —Native copper.
WEST BATH. —Copper ore, plumbago.
WooDsTOCK.-Prehnite, epidote, calcite.
YARMOUTH. —Molybdenite, black tourmaline, massive hornblende,
feldspar crystals, chlorite, beryl, garnet.




408                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
Mount Mica in Paris is the most interesting locality of minerals
known in the State; and we take pleasure in producing an interesting account of it, with notices of the minerals found, by Mr. A.
E. Verrill of Cambridge, Mass. It was published originally in the
Oxford Democrat. It seems that the elements Caesium and Rubidium have not yet been found anywhere in North America except
in Mlaine; and it is but very recently that they have been known
in Europe.
Mt. Mica.
The well known locality, usually called Mt. Mica, and justly
celebrated for the variety and beauty of the rare minerals it has
offered, is situated on a low hill which forms one of that group of
which Streaked Mountain is the crowning summit; or it may even
be considered as a part of the northern flank of that mountain.
The excavation from which the minerals have been taken, is on
the estate of Mr. Bowker, about two miles from Paris Hill, on the
Buckfield road. It has been known for about forty years, and
formerly afforded some minerals not now found, as well as finer
specimens of the red and green tourmalines, than have been found
for several years past. This is, as I believe, not because the locality has been exhausted, but the excavation has not been made in
the proper direction to follow the centre of the vein. Yet within
a few years past, there lave been found here several interesting
minerals, not known before. This mineral bearing vein consists
chiefly of feldspar and albite, with mica and the various other
minerals scattered through it in masses and crystals, passing
through a coarse granite; and is of considerable width and of
unknown extent, for it is concealed beneath the soil in either direction. It is worthy of remark that in Hebron, at a distance of about
seven miles, there is another vein of similar character, and containing precisely the same minerals as this one, so that the same description will answer for both. The principal minerals that have
been found here are the following.
Tin Ore. This ore, also called Cassiterite, was first noticed as
a Paris mineral at a meeting of the Boston Society of Natural History, December 5, 1860, when I exhibited a fine specimen of the
mineral, and gave a brief account of its mode of occurrence. This
specimen I found in 1854, and it originally weighed at least five
pounds. It was nearly pure, partly crystaline and partly massive,




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   409
and occurred imbedded in albite. This specimen attracted considerable attention at the time, from the geologists and mineralogists
present, on account of its size and purity. Since first finding this
mineral I have found other smaller specimens, nearly every time
that I have visited the locality; and a very beautiful specimen, imbedded in quartz, has also been found by Mr. S. R. Carter of Paris
HIill. The specimens, as yet, have been found scattered through
the vein, but it is possible that farther exploration might reveal
larger quantities of it near the centre of the vein, which is now
buried under the rubbish. This mineral has also been found in
small quantities at the Hebron locality. The ore contains 78 per
cent. of metallic tin, and if found in considerable quantity, would
be very valuable; its color is dark brown or black, often with a
rusty look, but when crystalized the sides of the crystals have a
bright, but not metallic, lustre. It is most readily distinguished
by its weight, its gravity being nearly as great as that of metallic
iron. There is another locality of tin ore in Greenwood.
Amblygonite. This very rare and interesting mineral, not found
before in America, has been discovered during the past summer,
imbedded in the lepidolite, from both Paris and Hebron. Prof. G.
J. Brush of Yale College, has given an account of its discovery
and examination, in the September number of the American Journal of Science and Arts.  This mineral is remarkable for containing,
like lepidolite, a considerable amount of the rare metal Lithium, and
probably, also, the newly discovered metals, Caesium and Rubidium.
It is a translucent, feldspathic looking mineral, of a white or grayish color, cleaving perfectly in two directions, giving surfaces
which have a bright vitreous lustre; and fuses readily in the flame
of a candle, coloring the light with a beautiful crimson, owing to
the lithia that it contains. It occurs in irregular masses, in the
lepidolite.
Yttrocerite. This very singular and rare mineral has not before
been noticed from  Mt. Mica, but I have found a few good specimens. It is remarkable for containing the rare metals, Yttrium and
Cerium, and has previously been found, in very small quantities
only, in one or two localities in America. This occurs in small
irregular masses, imbedded in Albite. Its color is dull violet, with
a somewhat vitreous lustre; the hardness is less than that of feldspar, it being readily scratched by a knife.
Lepidolite. This beautiful mineral, which is generally considered
52




410                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
rare, occurs abundantly at Mt. Mica, in masses of various sizes,
some having been obtained weighing upwards of 100 pounds.
These masses consist of an aggregation of small pearly scales,
varying in color from pale rose to bright purple, giving to the
mineral a very elegant appearance on the surfaces of fracture. Like
Amblygonite, previously mentioned, it is interesting on account of
containing a considerable amount of the metal Lithium, and, as has
been recently demonstrated by Mr. O. D. Allen, in a very interesting paper published in Silliman's Journal for November, an
unusually large amount of the newly discovered and rare metals,
Rubidium and Casium. According to Mr. Allen, the proportion
of Rubidium amounts to about 0.2 per cent., and of Cmsium to 0.3
per cent., which is a greater proportion than is contained in most
other substances in which they have been found. The specimen
analyzed was from the Hebron locality, but from the very close
resemblance of all the minerals, there is no reason to suppose that
there will be much difference in the composition of specimens from
Mt. Mica.
Petalite. This mineral was formerly obtained here, in large and
fine specimens, but none have been found, to my knowledge, for
several years. Like Lepidolite, this also contains Lithium. The
specimens that I have seen are small masses weighing one or two
ounces; the color is gray or dull reddish with a glassy lustre,
which becomes somewhat pearly on the cleavage surfaces. This
is considered a rare mineral; in this country very few localities
are known.
Tourmaline. Mt. Mica is perhaps more widely known as a mineral locality, by the rare and beautiful specimens of red and green
tourmalines that have been obtained here, than on any other account. Some that were formerly found were an inch in diameter
and transparent, approaching the ruby in beauty and value, but
for several years none have been procured except more ordinary
semi-transparent and brittle crystals of little value except as
cabinet specimens. These are, however, of a great variety of colors and forms, and of considerable interest to mineralogists. The
most common variety, here as well as elsewhere, is black, opaque
and with but little lustre; this passes gradually into blue-black
and blue varieties, which have been called Indicolite. These are
generally opaque or nearly so, and are seldom found in well formed
crystals. The green varieties, varying from very pale to deep




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   411
grass green, are very abundant at this place, and though not often
found in perfect crystals, are usually bright and nearly transparent.
They are generally imbedded in mica or quartz, and frequently
have a radiated structure consisting of thin, flat, or needle like
crystals, diverging from a common centre. Sometimes crystals
are green externally and red within, or the reverse, and sometimes
one end is green while the other is red or blue. The red varieties
are the most rare, and perhaps the most interesting. They occur
of various shades, from  pale pink to ruby red and deep crimson,
and are generally transparent, and occasionally, are found in
perfect crystals, when they are very beautiful. This variety has
been called Rubellite from its color. In addition to these colors,
pure white specimens are not uncommon, as well as various shades
of brown, but these are not usually considered of much interest
by collectors.
Beryl. Associated with the large crystals of black tourmaline
and sometimes imbedded in them, very good specimens of beryl
are sometimes met with. These are hexagonal prisms, generally
somewhat irregular in form, and not often with the ends perfect, of
a light green color, translucent, and vitreous in lustre.  The hardness is greater than that of quartz.
Mica.  Large quantities of this mineral, from which the locality
has taken its name, may always be obtained. It occurs in imperfectly crystalized masses or sheets, often a foot or more in diameter, but seldom of sufficient purity or transparency to be of commercial value like that from Acworth and Grafton, N. DI., which
is used for the doors of stoves, lanterns, etc., and of late, to a
considerable extent, for delicate photographic plates. The name
Muscovite is also applied to this mineral.
Feldspar.  The principal part of the vein in which all the minerals previously mentioned are found, consists of a grayish variety
of feldspar, occurring in imperfectly crystalized masses, of but
little interest or value, unless it be regarded in connection with the
origin and nature of the vein and the relations of the different minerals, one to another, which are questions that cannot, with propriety, be discussed here.
Albite.  The variety of albite which has been called by some
mineralogists, Cleavelandite, occurs quite abundantly at Mt. Mica.
It is generally in the form of masses consisting of fiat flakes of
about an inch in diameter, united together in various ways, and




412                 BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
generally rather brittle or friable. The color is usually gray or
yellowish, sometimes stained with brown; the lustre on the surfaces of the plates is pearly.
Quartz. Various varieties of quartz are met with here. The
common transparent, crystalized form called Rock crystal, is often
found filling cavities, with fine needle like crystals, pointing inward
towards the centre from all sides. Smoky quartz is occasionally
met with in good specimens, both massive and in perfect crystals,
which are generally transparent or nearly so; the color is usually
dark smoky brown. Rose quartz is found in masses of a light pink
color, but not often transparent or sufficiently free from cracks to
be of much beauty. Much better specimens of this variety have
been obtained at another locality about a mile farther east. At
this place a large mass was once obtained, as I have been told, for
the purpose of making a large mortar for grinding the materials
used in the manufacture of artificial teeth.
Blende. This ore; which consists of sulphur and zinc, has been
found in small quantities. The only specimens that I have seen,
were small masses or imperfect crystals, of a yellowish brown
color.
Apatite.  A massive variety of phosphate of lime, is not uncommon here. It is of a dull light green color, and rather soft.
Brookite. Small dark brown crystals having a brilliant lustre,
are often found imbedded in albite and other minerals from this
locality, which appear to be brookite or oxide of titanium, but I
have not been able to procure a sufficient amount of the mineral to
ascertain its nature with certainty.
Zircon or Hyacinth. Beautiful crystals of this rare mineral, well
known as a gem, have been detected during the past year imbedded in the albite. They are square octahedrons of small size, with
a brilliant lustre, semi-transparent, and bright red or brownish in
color.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 413
G. ECONOMICAL GEOLOGY.
A brief description was given in the first report upon the Geology of Maine, of all the mineral substances found within its limits
that are of value in the Arts. That account will now be continued
in the form  of a sequel.  We will notice the most important
economical discoveries that have fallen under our notice during the
second year of the Survey. We will speak of Iron, Gold, Tin,
Antimony, Lead, Copper, Marble, Limestones, Gypsum, materials
for the manufacture of Grindstones, Roofing Slate and WTater Lime.
WVe have nothing of great consequence to add respecting the
value and distribution of the Manganese, Arsenic, Zinc, Granite,
materials for the manufacture of Glass, Flagging Stones and Clays,
there described, although much information respecting their quantity
remains to be acquired.
Iron.
Last year a very important ore of iron was described in WVade
plantation, in Aroostook county. Late in the season one of us
visited the locality, and immediately afterwards wrote the following letter to the Commissioners to whom we are responsible for the
conduct of the Survey. The opinions expressed in it we still
entertain.
ASHLAND, ME., Sept. 13, 1862.
lo His Excellency ISRAEL WASHBURnN, JR.,
and S. L. GOODALE, Esq.
HONoRED SIRs:-According to the contract between myself as
State Geologist, and the authorities, I am bound to make known
to the State, discoveries of any valuable substances upon the
public lands.
In accordance therewith, I am about to speak of the valuable
deposit of iron ore in No. 13, R. 4, of Aroostook county, or
" Wade plantation" of the maps. This deposit is in the south-east
part of the township, upon the land occupied by Daniel HIickey.
In my report of last year, it was noticed in two places-first on
page 295, where Dr. Jackson's authority was quoted; and secondly, on page 435, in Assistant Packard's report. For details of
position, amount, &c., I would respectfully refer you to those two
places in my report.
The importance attached to this locality arises from the quality




414                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
of the iron produced from it. For ordinary purposes I would not
urge the matter upon your special attention; but at the present
time, I regard the development of this iron ore a matter of national
importance; and the results of its devolpment may form an era in
our naval warfare, second only to the production of our iron gunboats. The ground of this startling assertion is the fact that the
iron with which our national gunboats are built, will not withstand
the force of improved ordnance; but such plates as can be manufactured from this ore, have stood every test that has been applied
to them.
According to private experiments instituted by the English government, iron plates manufactured from scrap iron, (the same of
which all our gunboats are constructed,) as well as from a variety
of ores apparently the most unyielding, were shattered by a 230 lb.
shot from an Armstrong gun. The plates which were manufactured from iron ore smelted in Woodstock, N. B., alone were left
entire-the projectile having simply indented the plates in a slight
degree. The trials were made six several times, with the same
results. In consequence of these experiments, the British government uses chiefly the YWoodstock iron for the manufacture of the
plates-an ore which is obtained only five miles from Maine.
The Woodstock ore is a compact red hematite, rarely containing
over 30 per cent. of metallic iron, but it differs in its general appearance from any ore I have seen west of Maine, and is easily
recognized.
As respects geological position, the ores from New Brunswick
and Maine are similarly situated; nor can there be any doubt
that the ore from Maine will yield the same quality of iron as that
from New Brunswick.  So far as the situation is concerned, the
ore in "'Wade plantation" is admirably located for mining and
smelting. The only misfortune attending its location is its great
distance inland-it being ten miles west from Presque Isle; and to
those so familiar as yourselves with the routes of communication in
Aroostook county, and its connections with the seaboard, I need
say nothing. Only the pig-iron, however, needs to be transported,
or the iron in a state of readiness to be put into the furnace and
rolled.
With these facts before me, I could no longer hesitate to believe
that steps should be taken at once to erect the proper works for
the smelting of this new ore, and for the manufacture of all the




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   415
plates which are to be used in future in the construction of our
gunboats.
Pardon me if my zeal for the integrity of our naval honor, or the
desire to see the resources of the State developed, has led me to
trespass upon your time. I could but think of the great confidence
of our people in our 6unboats, and the consternation which must
ensue should our " Monitors" ever be pitted against such a craft
as the " Black Prince" of England, a vessel plated with Woodstock
iron, especially as we have in our hands the means of constructing
more formidable boats than the "Black Prince"-more formidable,
because with the same kind of iron, we have a better model.
Should the facts stated above appear worthy of consideration
and inquiry, to your minds, we suppose the responsibility of further
action will rest with the Government as to the mode of carrying
on the manufacture of the iron, and of communicating thereon to
the United States Government.
I need only say further, that all the members of the scientific
corps of the State, will do all that is in their power to assist in the
development of this ore, and that we always hold ourselves in
readiness to perform any duty required of us by the State whether
scientific or otherwise.
WTith great respect,
Your obedient servant,
C. It. IIITCHICOCK,
State Geologist.
We requested Mr. George L. Goodale to report as fullly as possible upon the iron ore from Wade plantation and upon some other
ores recently discovered, particularly in Union. Hle has done so
in a very satisfactory manner, and herewith we present his report.
We feel much more sanguine respecting the prospects of the Union
ore than his caution would allow him to express:
CHAS. H. 1HITCHCOCC, M. A.,
Geologist to the Scientific Survey of Maine.
SIR:-The following report upon the economical value of certain
ores of iron, in this State, has been prepared at your request.
Your careful study of the geological relations of these deposits has
left me little to say in regard to their occurrence, and therefore my
work is limited to the plain presentation of such facts as bear directly upon their importance to miners and dealers in iron.




416                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
It is not proposed to present accounts of all the ores of iron
known to occur in Maine, but merely to notice those which promise to be of value as they are more fully explored and developed.
The list is, consequently, small; including the following:
Limonite, at Wade plantation, near Houlton, and at Linneuscertain varieties of this species, at Katahdin Iron Works —Magnetite, at Union-Pyrites, at Jewell's island.
This list, in which has been placed the pyrites of Jewell's island,
on account of its value in the manufacture of sulphuric acid and
alum, of course excludes all the minor deposits, like those at Newfield and Shapleigh, Hodgdon and Clinton.
1. The ore found at Wade plantation, township 13 in range 4,
is mainly limonite, with a lower per cent. of water than usual, occurring in such quantity as to deserve considerable attention.
This bed was first described by Dr. C. T. Jackson, in 1837, as
being " an ore of red hematite." His analysis, which I give below,
indicates that under this name he included what we now call
limonite, or hydrous per-oxide of iron. Limonite is often known
by the name brown hematite.
The results of Dr. Jackson's were these:
" In one hundred grains the ore contains as followsWater,.......   6.00
Insoluble residue consisting of silex,.   8.80
Peroxide of iron,.....  76.80
Oxide of manganese,....   8.20
99.80
Loss,........20
100.00'6.8 of peroxide of iron contains 53 of pure iron."
My analyses indicated that, in the specimen given to me, the
quantity of water was somewhat greater than that found by Dr.
Jackson. This and the fact that the amount of peroxide of iron
detected in my analyses was smaller than that recorded above, lead
me to entertain the opinion that the quality of the ore is, by no
means, uniform. This ore is nearly identical with the one which is
now extensively worked in Woodstock, N. B., and was considered
by those who first examined the two beds, to be exactly similar.
Although it is my belief that the Woodstock ore yields no more
pig iron than that in Wade plantation would produce with equal




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   417
facility, I cannot consider that the two are precisely the same,
mineralogically. The ore occurring at the former locality is more
compact than the fissile rock found in Aroostook county. When
the two specimens are seen on their edges they appear quite nearly
alike, although the cleavage gives to one a slaty appearance.
It is now necessary to present some facts in regard to the facilities for reducing the Aroostook iron and bringing it to a market,
prefacing what I have to say, by the remark that hematitic ores
are most easily and advantageously reduced by charcoal. The pig
iron thus obtained is changed into steel with great facility, and is
readily affected by the Bessemer process, so called. This will be
noticed further on.
In the first place, the ore is so bedded that it will affbrd natural
drainage for at least 90 feet. This desideratum is often overlooked
by those who enter hastily, and without forethought, upon the
management of mines.
2dly. The supply of hard wood for charcoal is certainly sufficient
to warrant one in saying that its cost would be trifling. MIaple and
beech wood are extensively used in charcoal-iron districts, and are
here found in abundance.
3dly. Limestone is found quite near the deposit of iron, and
would serve well as a flux in reduction.
4thly. Distance from navigable water by which the pig-iron can
be brought to market.  Here occurs the principal difficulty in the
profitable management of mining operations in this vicinity. The
whole distance, by the windings of the Aroostook river to the river
St. John, can be estimated at 45 miles or thereabouts. Much of
this way is obstructed by falls, and is rendered entirely impassable
to rafts a portion of the year. This is a serious difficulty, but may
be in a measure obviated by confining the transportation of the
metal to such months as would allow of the safe and rapid conveyance of the iron down river by rafts. The portages at the falls
would be comparatively trivial.
When the rafts carrying the metal had once reached the St.
John, the iron could easily find its way, by water, to our eastern
ports.
If it could be shown that ore similar to this was now being used
to produce metal for purposes which demand this quality of ore and
no other, it is plain that the demand would overcome the few obstacles
which stand in the way of rendering the deposit accessible to the
53




418               BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
manufacturers. To be sure, it will be objected that a false value is
thus given to a mine and its products, but it is obvious that what
manufacturers need they will have even at a higher price. The
difference between the cost of reducing metal from such an ore and
that of obtaining iron from other ores, would be gladly paid by
those who desired that particular variety of iron for a specific purpose which authorized the extra outlay. This is the case in the
present instance. The Woodstock works which were commenced,
upon a scale perhaps too large, went into operation a number of
years ago. The quality of iron was deemed excellent and the
products of the mine were readily disposed of in the Province of
New Brunswick. Some unforeseen occurrence led to the abandonment of the furnace and mines by the first company, and they were
at last obtained by the present firm which has the corporate name,
"The Woodstock Charcoal Iron Company."
To one of the obliging partners of this firm, I am indebted for
the following facts which he communicated to the Geologist of the
Survey, in my presence:
The English Admiralty instituted experiments at Shoeburyness,
England, in order to test the resistance which iron plates would
offer to the heavy ordnance of Sir Win. Armstrong. In that trial
every plate was shattered except a triple plate made of Woodstock
iron. This plate was indented by the shot but not pierced, and
immediately attracted considerable attention. The fine results obtained by the Woodstock plate determined the use of the iron in
mail-plating the ships in the English navy. An interesting account
~of the experiments testing these plates can be found in " The Artizan."  The paper was prepared by Wm. Fairbairn, Esq., F. R. S.,
_and gives us the following resultsTensile strength in tons per square inch,..   24.80
Scrap-iron plates were readily shattered by the shot.
For this purpose the Woodstock works are now busily engaged.
"The ore is brought two miles to the furnaces, and is now being,rapidly reduced. Charcoal made on the company's grounds is
employed in reduction. The limestone is brought a distance of a
few miles.
The furnace is a blast of old style and will soon be replaced by
one having greater capacity and being much more economical.
The fan-engine is also old-fashioned. The boiler is ingeniously
heated by escape-air from the furnace itself.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  419
The following are the proportions of iron-ore, fuel and lime:
3 barrows of ore, 450 pounds each,  1,350 pounds.
20 bushels charcoal.
70 pounds limestone.
The metal is cast into pigs of 90 pounds each.
The ore is obtained from two localities, in one of which a portion
of the mineral has a bright red streak, and goes by the name of red
hematite at the mine. It is undoubtedly, compact red hematite.
In another locality the ore is plainly hydrous peroxide of iron.
200 pounds of one of these ores is usually reduced in a charge
with 1,150 of the other.
The metal which is reduced from the ore is a fibrous silver-grey
iron which has a thready fracture indicating great tenacity.
From what has now been said, it is plain to see that, relying
upon the statements of the proprietors of the Woodstock mines,
this ore is now being used extensively in the English navy. It is
employed because it is their best iron.
This description has been given in order that it may be understood that in Maine we have an ore which will yield an iron equal
in every respect to that which is sent to Liverpool from the river
St. John.
It is not for me to decide whether private individuals should
embark in the enterprise of developing the resources of the mine
on the Aroostook, because it is my opinion that mining operations
in New England should be very cautiously undertaken. The value
of a mine does not wholly depend upon the per cent. of metal which
it will yield, but also, largely, perhaps principally, upon the cost
of labor, reduction and transportation.
But it certainly appears reasonable that a matter of such importance as this, of plating our ships of war with metal as good or
better than those of our now friendly neighbors, (may we long be
friendly,) should receive the careful attention of our government.
It would be well to learn, before it is too late, whether our plates
made of scrap iron can be shattered as the scrap-iron plates were
broken at Shoeburyness.
A variety usually referred to limonite (Beudant) occurs in the immediate vicinity of ioulton. It appears to be, by no means, uniform in quality. The geologist of the survey has already referred
to this in his report, and it only remains for me to say that the ore
contains too much manganese and too little iron to be of much use




420               BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
in the economical manufacture of the latter metal. A small proportion of oxide of manganese is not considered injurious to the
reduced metal or to the steel manufactured from an ore containtaining it.
But it is my opinion that a diligent metallurgical search under
proper supervision, and with facilities greater than those placed in
the hands of members of the survey corps, will be able to discover
on our side of the boundary, near Houlton, a bed of ore continuous
with that in Woodstock. The discovery of a bed of ore as good
as that in Woodstock, or in Wade plantation, would have such an
important bearing upon the growth of eastern Aroostook county
as to make this a matter of much importance.
That the grounds upon which the opinion is based may be fully
understood, the following considerations are presented:
1st. The general direction of the rocks in and around the Woodstock mines would cause us to search for the deposit of ore, if continuous, in the immediate vicinity of Hioulton, and not far from the
manganesian ore referred to.
2d. The same ore has been seen, by the superintendent of the
Woodstock works, in Richmond, a township lying between Houlton and the mines.
3d. The occurrence of the manganesian variety of hematite in
nearly the line of strike.
It is for the above reasons that the owners of the fields in which
the poorer ores are found, are advised to examine their portion of
the town very carefully. The large bed of ore described by Dr.
Holmes in Linneus is undoubtedly similar to that in Woodstock;
though it is somewhat magnetic.
Bog-iron ore, which is an hydrous per-oxide of iron, is found in
many parts of our State, and, in some localities, in quantities
which warrant active mining operations.
The most important one is at a point south-west of the Ebeeme
mountains, called Katahdin Iron Works. The whole territory belonging to the company, which erected furnaces, has been specially
explored by Dr. Jackson of Boston. IHe was engaged by the
company, I have been informed, to make a thorough survey of the
township. As a result of this examination, furnaces were soon at
work, and excellent iron was produced. The quality and cheapness of the iron produced, and not the percentage of metal detected
in the laboratory is the true test of the value of a mine. In this




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                   421
case, the reduced metal was carried by mules to Bangor, and of
course the distance of transportation caused the profits to be
materially lessened. The property is now in litigation and the
work is entirely suspended.
An excellent account of the situation and extent of these works
was published by John C. Houghton, B. A., in the Report of the
Scientific Survey for 1861.
2. Magnetite.  Specimens of a superior ore from  Union were
placed in my hands, in June last, for analysis. The ore is one of
remarkable purity, yielding according to a gentleman who had had
the ore analyzed by a Boston chemist, a percentage of pure iron
as large as 70. I was not able to obtain as large a proportion of
iron as this, my highest result being 64 of iron. But this is a percentage so large as to warrant the erection of a furnace, provided,
1st, There is enough of the ore to keep the furnace well supplied.
2d, Fuel can be cheaply provided.
3d, The metal can be easily transported to tide water.
Perhaps I may be blamed for thus having insisted strongly upon
the many elements which must enter into the question of the practicability of erection of furnaces. But there have been so many
lamentable failures in New England mining because these points
were not appreciated, that I feel justified in keeping them plainly
before those interested in mining operations. And the more so in
a report upon the economical value of iron ores, a metal which the
coal regions of our Middle States furnishes so cheaply. To refer
again to the iron at Union, let me observe, that there is abundance
of lime, to be used as a flux, very near the bed; that there is a possibility that the old canal can be reopened for the transportation, and
that the ore is of a superior quality.
3. Pyrites.  Of late years English manufacturers have employed
sulphur prepared from Iron Pyrites, which is a bi-sulphide of iron,
in preference to crude commercial sulphur. The method of obtaining sulphur from the pyrites was described in the chemical report
for 1861.  Since writing that report, I have visited Jewell's island
in Casco bay, where there is a large deposit of iron pyrites, where
an alum factory was erected in 1836 and afterwards abandoned.
After a thorough examination of the locality, assisted much by the
amiable and intelligent owner of the island, Capt. Chase, I was
convinced that the alum and copperas works were erected in a part




422                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
of the island poorly adapted to obtain the best material for manufacturing. The best deposit is at the other end of the island and
appears sufficiently rich in pyrites to authorize the establishment
of sulphur works. The outlay would be comparatively slight, and
under present circumstances would yield a fair return.
This concludes what I have to say concerning the economical
value of the iron ores of Maine. Compelling myself to write
plainly, fairly and briefly, the report may appear to present many
discouragements to those who may have intended to embark in
iron mining in this State. But the value of the work of a survey
is not enhanced by giving exaggerated estimates of the mineral
wealth of a State. If I have succeeded in advising that speculators and proprietors use more caution than heretofore in commencing mining operations in any place where a few handfuls of metal
are found, I shall be truly gratified. Knowing that you entertain
the same opinions as these which come from the Laboratory, I
have, sir, presented the matter with the more freedom.
In conclusion, let me offer the thanks of the Survey to Dr. II.
T. Cummings of Portland, and to Prof. P. A. Chadbourne of Brunswick, for their many kind attentions and the liberal use of their
laboratories.
With high regard,
I am, sir,
Yours respectfully,
GEO. L. GOODALE.
Gold.
Gold has been for a long time known to exist in the valley of
Sandy river. An examination of the country last September shows
that the rocks there contain the peculiar veins of quartz in which
metallic gold is disseminated.  We could not feel, however, that
the precious element is very abundant in this portion of the State.
The opinion expressed concerning the auriferous character of
the country upon the upper river St. John, is still entertained after
another inspection of the country. The limits of this region have
been enlarged by our observations. It must extend nearly to
Moosehead lake on the Penobscot, and perhaps along the dividing
ridge between Maine and Canada, even to the New Hampshire
corner. Where the Canada road crosses this belt in Sandy bay,
the veins look exceedingly promising, and the banks of the streams




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  423
are full of the "black sand" so generally accompanying gold.
The veins are unusually abundant here. It is only a short distance
over the line to where gold is washed out of the Chaudiere river,
and the rocks are continuous across the line.
Newspaper reports have expatiated largely upon the gold of
Orland, east of S. B. Swasey & Co.'s mills. This spot we visited,
and were not favorably impressed by the indications. The rock is
granite, not containing many quartz veins, but the bed of the brook
contains many boulders from an auriferous region. Our opinion is
that gold occurs here, but that it has been derived exclusively
from the transported materials. The question to be asked next, is
where were these auriferous materials broken off?  We must examine the tables of drift striae in the vicinity to learn. Upon
reference we find that the boulders must have come from the north
and west of north. For many miles in that direction the rock is
schistose with some veins of quartz. It is the great mica schist
belt of central Maine, extending from  the eastern Schoodic lakes
to Portland. If this is auriferous, then gold may yet be found exceedingly plentiful in the State. And we would recommend to
any persons living in this district who may wish to find gold, to
search for quartz veins, and then to test the value both of the
veins and of the soil near the ledges. In Orland there is an abundance of very bright yellow scales of mica in the stream, which an
unpractised eye would certainly mistake for the precious metal.
The finest auriferous belt brought to light the past season crosses
the St. Croix river above Calais. The rock is a mica schist full of
quartz veins and beds. An examination of these veins near the
railroad bridge in Baileyville showed us several pieces of bright
flake gold. The best locality is on the west side of the river upon
some' ledges through which a passage for the railway has been
excavated. There is a considerable pyrites in the schist, so much
so that the action of the air decomposes it and gives the whole
ledge a rusty appearance. After our departure a mining company-we believe the same that works at Lubec-effected, a lease
of the property, and have sunk a shaft, for the purpose of experimenting upon the value of the quartz. Alluvial washings on the
river have not promised so well. Nor does the rock at the railroad
bridge (Sprague's falls) afford as many quartz veins.
Across the river in New Brunswick, upon land of Mr. Bolton of
St. Stephens, is another locality where gold has been found. Its




424                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
distance from Sprague's falls cannot be very great, as it is about
nine miles north-west from the Calais bridge. The exact locality
of the gold is in a plumbaginous slate, very black and greasy.
Near it is a large boss of quartz, with sub veins of quartz running
through it; and there are also near by veins of quartz containing
pyrites. These two localities are the most promising of anything
seen by us in the St. Croix country.
Mr. Esty of Calais, who is interested in the gold mines of Nova
Scotia, showed us a large mass of quartz on Bog brook in Hardscrabble in Calais, where he had found a few specimens of gold.
The rock is syenite and the boss of quartz is largely of a carnelian
character, not good enough, however, to be dug out for an ornamental stone.
An excursion to the east part of Tallmadge revealed the existence of a great number of quartz veins in the schist. Whether
they contain gold in very minute quantities, such as would be
developed by a crusher, we could not determine. We found no
specks in them visible to the naked eye.
We were informed that in Cutler there are auriferous veins; and
that Mr. Steadman of that place sent a ton of the rock to be crushed,
and the yield was one hundred dollars. Quartz that pays less than
twenty dollars to the ton is not worth crushing; but every dollar
above twenty is a net profit. In Columbia, also, according to the
papers, gold has been found and we have no reason to doubt the
truth of the statement; as all these localities are in the same schistose rock that enters the State from New Brunswick on the St. Croix
river.
From the accounts received concerning the gold rocks of Nova
Scotia, we have every reason to believe that this new gold field in
Maine is very similar to the Nova Scotian one. Both are somewhat different from those in California and along the Apallachian
region of the United States and Canada. The great peculiarity of
the Nova Scotia gold consists in its dissemination through the quartz
in such fine particles that it is rarely visible. A ton of Nova
Scotia quartz, in which not a particle of gold can be seen, will yield
richly to the crusher and amalgamator. If a few preliminary experiments upon the St. Croix quartz yield good results, then it will
be for the interest of the proprietors to erect works for crushing
and amalgamating upon the St. Croix river in Calais or Baring.
A mass of pyrites has been handed to us for examination from




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                425
Machias. It appears auriferous, but we have not been able yet to
have it tested. Another large mass of beautiful pyrites occurs in
Calais, upon the river, which we would recommend to those interested to have assayed for gold. Oftentimes the auriferous pyrites
is more valuable than the quartz.
Tin.
No additional discoveries of tin ore have been made the past season. A visit was made to the vein upon Mt. Mica, but no more
masses of the ore have been found. Small crystals of the oxide
sometimes are picked up. We suggested the examination of the
gangue of the vein for tin. Mr. Goodale has assayed some of the
specimens, in which he found a very small per cent. of tin, but not
enough to pay for working. Quite a large excavation has been
made in the rock, but this has been done entirely by mineralogists,
who find here many beautiful minerals.
The agent of a mining company has since visited the locality,
and has leased the property for ninety-nine years. Doubtless it
will now be thoroughly explored, and the value of the gangue for
ore soon be made known to the public.
Dr. Holmes informs me that he obtained a piece of what he now
supposes to be tin ore from Paris, forty years ago, when the locality was first discovered. The catalogue of minerals will show one
or two other localities of tin ore in Oxford county, which we hope
will also be carefully examined by all who are interested in them.
Antimony.
A very remarkable vein of the sulphuret of antimony has recently
been opened in Prince William, New Brunswick. It is not a great
distance from the Maine boundary; and the rock is the same mica
schist which contains the gold. Hence we should not be surprised
to learn of the discovery of similar veins in Maine.
But we learn from Surgeon General Hamlin, U. S. A., that in
the eastern part of the State there is a valuable bed of this ore
known to him. We hope its quality and quantity may soon be
made known to the public.
Lead.
A new lead mine has been opened the past season (1862) on
Denbo Point, Lubec. We give here a letter relating to it from




426                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
Prof. Forrest Shepherd, whose skill and energy in developing metallic veins is so well known to the public, and who has of late
been much interested in mining lands in Maine:
EASTPORT, November 14, 1862.
Prof. C. H. Hitchcock:
DEAR SIR:-The late discoveries of sulphuret of lead by the
"Maine Mining and Manufacturing Company" at what is known
as the Old Comstock, or Lubec Lead Mine, are truly wonderfulfar surpassing the most sanguine expectations and calculations of
the highly esteemed and much lamented Prof. Manross. The new
veins discovered by, and the former ones more judiciously opened
by General J. N. Palmer, expose to view on the face of the cliff, I
may safely say, hundreds of tons of galena in vertical veins with
very little foreign admixture. Collectively they will probably quite
equal if not surpass the extraordinary mine recently opened eighty
miles from New York, on the New York and Erie Railroad, near
Port Jervis. Gen. P. has introduced very simple machinery for
cleaning the ore effectually, so that he can smelt it with the greatest ease. A steam engine is now being erected at Denbo Point,
four miles from the Lubec AMine upon a vein which I am informed
promises a rich return of Silver Lead.
P. S. Gen. Palmer found by trial that the machinery adopted
by Mr. Collum at the Lead Mine would not answer, and therefore
rejected it and substituted the simple jig, Dolly tub and buddle, for
the ore after it had passed twice through the rollers, having first
passed through Blake's crusher.
CALAIS, Nov. 14, P. M. —I have arrived here and am at once
presented with a surface specimen of surface gold taken, or said to
have been taken from a gravel bed in Baileyville on the railroad.
It is embedded in quartz having slate almost black, like that in
Nova Scotia, on one side. I am inclined to believe it genuine, and
I have engaged a miner to open one or more of the quartz veins
for a trial.
I have recently found additional specimens of Ox. Tin at Mt.
Mica, Paris, and secured said mount and adjacent grounds for
further exploration.
Believe me very sincerely yours,
FORREST SHEPHERD.




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                 427
Copper.
Several valuable veins of copper ore have recently been discovered at West Quoddy Head, in Lubec, by Prof. Shepherd. We
insert his letter respecting them. The south part of Washington
county seems to be a very rich metalliferous region, and deserves
further exploration:
EASTPORT, July 22, 1862.
It is with great pleasure that I have recently observed six well
defined spar veins from one to two feet in diameter, four of which
show copper ore on the surface. These veins are situated on the
land of Benj. Fowler, Esq., -at West Quoddy, near the Carrying
Place.
One vein appears rich in the yellow sulphuret, and another yields
specimens of the purple or horse-flesh ore, and all give promise of
future mineral wealth. Still another vein on the same property,
although somewhat subdivided on the surface, yet carries yellow
copper ore, accompanied with magnetic iron pyrites. Were this
property on Lake Superior it would probably be taken in hand at
once.
FORREST SHEPHERD.
Upon page 307 of the Preliminary Report, mention was made of
the discovery of native copper in No. 7, near Carroll. The specimens were shown us subsequently, and are the genuine mineral.
We made an effort to find the vein, in company with Mr. Levi
Bailey, who procured them at first. He was unable to find the
exact spot. The rock is a coarse granite, and is not promising for
such ores. The true locality must be further south-west. The
rocks on Nickatou's lake have been described to us in such a way
as to make us anxious to explore them for copper.
We have already spoken of the copper mine in Woodstock, and
of the peculiar syenitic rock containing the veins. The occurrence
of a similar rock on the Maine side of the line should be examined
carefully for metalliferous veins.
The probability of finding copper ores in the north-west part of
the State, on the river St. John, is confirmed by the wonderful
extent and richness of the copper ores in Lower Canada in the
same formation. It is but recently that the Canadian rocks were
supposed to be as destitute of copper ores as the corresponding




428                BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
rocks in Maine are now esteemed. The region in Maine being
still a wilderness, the prospect of finding valuable ores for some
time yet, is lessened.
Marble and Limestones.
The marbles to be found in Maine will occur chiefly upon the
belt of Helderberg limestone running from Matagamon (East Branch
Penobscot) river north-easterly. All that we have learned additional respecting them the past year, is given in Dr. HEolmes' report. An excellent way to ascertain the limits of this formation
would be to send a party on foot through the woods to examine
and describe every outcrop. Without doubt the statuary marble
variety would be discovered in this way. Valuable limestones for
the manufacture of lime would, at all events, thus be discovered.
Other localities of good limestones have been visited the past
season. That at Carroll surpassed anticipation; and similar beds
can be found in the vicinity, and in adjoining towns. It would be
a great desideratum to find limestone near Moosehead lake.
Dr. Holmes thinks there is a good water lime in the south part
of Aroostook county. The specimens have not yet been tested.
In our map of the country bordering upon Penobscot bay, the
distribution of the limestone bands is given more correctly than
ever before. And in the accompanying text, descriptions are given
of several beds not known at the time of writing our first report.
It is stated ih an early portion of the present Report that new
openings of good limestone could probably be opened in Thomaston.
Those considerations we venture again to call attention to. To be
sure the quantity of surface now quarried is so great that it will
take long to exhaust it; still it is well to provide for the future,
especially wherever it is possible for land owners to realize something by the enhanced value of their property.
Mr. Robinson of Thomaston, has discovered a few new outcrops
of limestone, since the printing of that portion of the report relating to limestones. He writes as follows respecting them:  " The
localities that I mentioned in my letter, are in the range between
the Cochrane quarry in South Thomaston and the most southern
appearance of the limestone on the bay at Thomaston. This latter
locality and the intermediate openings, all agree in the character
of the limestone with the Cochrane quarry."




SCIENTIFIC SURVEY.                  429
GVypsum.
Upon page 41.8 of the first report, it is suggested that perhaps a
rock containing gypsum enters Maine from New Brunswick. Certain
considerations make this suggestion still stronger. 1. The widespread distribution of conglomerate boulders over the eastern part
of the State-already alluded to. 2. The discovery by Prof. Shepherd of a poor quality of gypsum between Grand and Big western
Schoodic lakes. 3. The discovery of this conglomerate rock in
ledges on the route of the proposed turnpike between Princeton
and Milford west of Wawbawsoos lake, by W. W. Sawyer of
Calais, as communicated to us privately. And it is Mr. Sawyer's
belief that he has found the gypsum itself in connection with the
conglomerate. These considerations are sufficient to make an
examination of this region with reference to this object very
desirable.
We have not taken the pains to ascertain whether gypsum or
plaster of Paris could be obtained more cheaply from this new
locality, should our anticipations be realized, than from New Brunswick and Nova Scotia by water, but cannot doubt that its discovery in Maine would stimulate its use very much by farmers,
especially upon those farms which are now suffering for the want
of it.
Grindstones.
I am informed that hornstone or flint rock makes a most excellent material for grindstones. If so, Maine need never again go
outside of her limits for these essential articles, for in every portion
of the State there are mountains of it. We have spoken of this
rock often under the name of metamorphic slate and silicious slate.
The most prolific localities are in Oxford and York counties,
MIoosehead lake, Portage lake, and the southern part of Washington county. In fact no rock is so uniformly distributed over the
State as this.
Roofing Slate.
Dr. Holmes has described opportunities for quarrying roofing
slate near Patten. Our own scientific researches have led us to
define more closely the limits of the roofing slate belt, upon which
the best quarries are located, from Patten to Pleasant Ridge on
the Kennebec river. TWe found an excellent place for a quarry on
Moses P. Townshend's farm in Pleasant Ridge; and others might




480. BOARD OF AGRICULTURE.
be specified in Foxcroft, Barnard, Sebec, Kingsbury, YHoward and
Bowerbank. And there must be others in the vicinity.
The conclusion which we have derived from a second year's
exploration of the State, is that when her mineral resources shall
have become fully known, every one will be astonished at their
immense extent and value.




~x~'lsfs~ i~~iaa~s;~r-~s~-~.crs; ~   ~ S~"~,~nrlf"-.i J~-1-1712.mF~;
INIDEXO








I N  E X.
PAGE.
Acanthocottus,...     88
Adley Pond,...                   398
AEgeriadae,...                         168
Agassiz, Classification of Fishes,.                                 34
Agricultural region, very fine on Rancely Lake,.                         326
Penobscot River,.334
Albicore,....     78
Albite,...                     411
Alleguash Waters,...    340
Geology of,                                               351
Lake, Geology of,..               352
Alluvium,.                                                    6 4..    264, 377
Amblygonite,.409
American Blight,..         201
Amphibians in Maine,..                      141, 219
Analysis of Fishes,                                                         28
Anarrhicas,.                                      102
Anarrhicaninae,..                                            102
Androscoggin Hea.d Waters, G-eology of;.                      324
Angoumois Moth,.                                                         174
Anobius,...    189
Ant,..                                                  156
Ant-lion,..207
Anticlinal valley,.                                                      262
axis,.                            267
lines,..    276, 290
Antimony,..                           425
Apatite,.                                412
Aphidae,.                                              -.             200
Aphis-lion,..  207
Apidae,..                            149
Apodes,.                                                          52
Arachnida,..                            144
Arctia,..          169
Argynnis,..                                                             165
Aroostook county, vegetation of;                                            123
Artedi, Classification of Fishes,..                 2
Aspidophoroides, Aspidophore,.                       92
55




434                                       INDEX.
PAGE.
Atherinoidae, Atherininae, Atherina,.                                 84
Axial lines,..                               276, 290
Bailey, Prof. L. W.,..... 5, 95
Baker Lake,.                                                            338, 350
Bald 3Mountains, number of, in Maine,.     347
Bark-lice,....                         201
Batrachus,......      95
Batrachoidae,.....94
Bat-tick,......    181
Battie, Mount,.....            244
Section of,...    256
Beaver,.....            139
Bed-bug,......    204
Bee,......            149
Beetles,......    182
Belfilst, rocks at,....                         263
Bellows Fish,....                   106
Bembecidae,....                         154
Beryl,......    411
Big Lae,....     304, 315
Billfish,......      81
Billings, E.,                                                                         5, 404
Bird-lice,..                                                            204
Birds of Maine, additions to,..                                       118
Black flies,....                                8..  41
Blende,.....            412
Bleninae, Blennioidae,....      97
Blenny,.....           101
Blue Bottle Fly,....    180
Blue fish,...                                 80
Boardman, G. A.,..                         118
Bombyces,.....            168
Book-lice,.                                              206
Botanical Reports,.                                   120, 313, 383, 2 395
Boulders, large,..                                       377
of conglomerate,.                                        807, 360, 377
trainis of,.....    381
Bounties on fish,                 9...                          1
Bream,.....                     71, 72
Brookite,....           412
Bullhead,.....                    88
Buprestidae,.....            187
Butler's limestones,..                                              251
Butterfish,.....            98
Butterfly,....    161




INDEX.                                   435
PAGE.
Cabinet of insects,...                215
Caddice Fly,....                 206
Calais,..                305
Camden, limestones in,...254
Canada Lynx,...                              136
Canadian Naturalist,....             5
Capital employed in Maine fisheries,..                  19
Carabidae,...                                    184
Caranginae,....      79
Carpenter Bee,.                                   149
Carrion Beetle,....    185
Casco Bay, fauna of,....           132
Case Worm,......    206
Castor,.                                   139
Caterpillars, how to rear,..                         4. 
Cauda-galli grit,..31
Cauquomgomoc Lake,....    356
Stream,..          358
(Ciuquomgomocsis Lake,....    855
Cecidomyiz,...                             178
Centipede,....                             214
Cerambycidae,.....           191
Ceraphron,.....    158
Cesium,.....           408
Chalcididae,..                                    148, 158
Chalk Pond,...           37
Checouts,....                                         74
Chepedneck Dam,...                 308
Lake,....0
River,.            o                                    297, 306
Chesuncock Lake,..... 341,34,59
Chondrostei,..                                           56
Chrysidae,                                                                       157
Ch rysomelide,...    1'
Cicada,....                   8
Clay Slate,...                          280, 2'88, 291,  56
Cleavage planes distinct fr'om  strata,.                  285, 345
Clisiocampa,..    170
Clothes AMoth,...                       174
Coccidae,.....    201
Coccinelidae,...          1)3
Cochineal,..    202
Cockroach,....          1 4
Coleoptera,..                                                 146, 182
Colias,...                       165




436                                 INDEX.
PAGE.
Conger Eel,....    101
Conglomerate, Red,.                                             311
Copper,...                                       427
Coreidae,...                                  203
Coryphaenoidae,..      74
Cottoidae, Cottinae,..                                   87
Crabronidae,                                                            148, 153
Crane Fly,.                                                         177
Cricket,...,                195
Cryptocanthoidae,                                                            104
Cryptocanthinae,....    104
Cryptocanthodes,.                      104
Ctenucha,...    168
Cuckoo-Fly,....          157
Cupsuptic Lake,.                                              327
Curculionide,...          191
Cuvier, first Classification of Fishes,.                       26
second,..                                              33
Cybium,..                                                     78
Cynipidae,..                       148, 160
Dactylopterinae, Dactylopterus,...     93
Dadcldy-long-legs,..                                             177
Dale, Classification of Fish,.                       22
Dawson, J. W.,                                                            5, 402
DeKay,....49
DeLaski, J., on glacial action,.                            882
Dermestes,...                      186
Dermopteri,..       49, 58
Descriptive Ichthyology,..                                   47
Devonian Plants,..                                             402
Diatomaceous Earths, of difibrent ages,.                            399
Dipnoi,.                                                          56
Diptera,.           146, 176
Diving Beetles,.                                                         184
Dragon-fly,..                      208
Earwigs,...    194
Eastern Schoodic Region, Geology  of,                                        309
Economical Geology,..                                                   413
Edinburg Review, on Maine Survey,.                                   5
Eel-pout,.    101
Egg-parasites,                                                               158
Elasmobranchii,..                                         56
Elateridae,..          188
Ellsworth, Geology of,                                                       272




INDEX.                                   437
PAGE.
Emmons E.,..                                                    245, 263
Entomological Journal,...                215
Report,....          143
Works,...                 216
Eolian Limestone,...          245
Errors of first report corrected,....    224
Eskahos Mountain,...          328
Evania,......    160
Eventognathi,.....            52
Fault, in quartz rock,....    243
Fauna of New England,....          148
of Treat's Island,..    129
of Casco Bay,...           132
Feldspar,.....    411
Field work, how prosecuted,                                                       3
Fins of fishes,....      37
Fishes, Classifications of,.                 20, 22, 24, 25, 26, 29, 33, 34, 49
List of, in Maine,.... 31, 59
Bounties for,..                 19
Fins of,....     37
Amount of, annually taken in Maine,              o.           19
Markets for,.....     17
Fisheries in Maine,...                        13
more important ones,....     16
laws to regulate,....           18
encouraged by Massachusetts,...     18
early settlers attracted by them; Plymouth Colony kept alive by thenl, 13, 15
a practical school for seamen,...     19
encouraged by the United States; capital employed in,.           19
Fleas,.....    182
Flesh-fly,.....           181
Floras in New England,.,..    124
St. John, character of,....          125
of Aroostook county,..                 126
Flying Finger Fin,..                      93
Fogg, Dr. B. F.,....    141
Formicidae,...                             156
Fossils, new, descriptions of,...    402
at Lake Sedgwick,...                404
Fox Islands,....    265
Franklin county, Geology of,.                             293
Fucoides cauda-galli,....           831
Fuller, C. B., Report on Marine Zoology,...           129
Fulling Mill Quarry,.....    249




438                                INDEX.
PAGE.
Gall-fly,.                                                   160, 178
Ganoidei,...                      54
Gaisterosteoidae,...                            81
Gasterosteinae,..                                             81
Gasterosteus,.82
Geology of Maine,..                           223
arrangement of topics,.                           223
of Southern Maine,.                                            227
of Northern Maine,..                           323
of Schoodlic Region,.                                          297
Geological Map,...                           226
Section,.                                        226, 266
Geometridae,...                           172
Gerris,..                                            203
Gill, Classification of Fishes,..                            29
Girard. Classification of Fishes,.                                         49
Glaciers, Ancient, Traces of,....   379
Glossary of terms used in Ichthyology,...          35
Griats,....                           177
Gneiss on Penobscot Bay,.                                            231
Godfrey's Falls,...                           363
Gold,..                                            422
on Penobscot,....      289, 344, 422
in Baileyville,.                                       306, 423
Goodale, George L., Botanical Report,.                           120
on Geology of Vinalhaven,.                                    264
on a portion of the section,..                           281
reconnoissance of the Schoodic valley,                               313
on Penobscot and St. John valleys,.                           333
on iron,..                                            415
Goose Fish,...                           106
Grand Lake, (East Schoodic,).                                            309
(West Schoodic,).                                  303, 316
Granite, on Penobscot Bay,.                                            229
in Aroostook county,..                           360
Porphyritic,.                                            274
extent of range,..                           310
in Somerset county,....         287
in Oxford county,..                           295
in Schoodic region,.                                           299
Grasshoppers,.            ~.               197
Green Mountain,..         271
Grindstones, materials for,..                           429
Gunnellus,                                                                  98
Gypsum,...                                   305, 429




INDEX.                                   439
PAGE.
Hamlin, Prof. C. E.,...                 119, 293
Hare, Northern,....    134
Hartt, C. F.,....          402
Harvest Fish,....     74
Harvest-men,....          213
Haybrook Farm,...    366
Helderberg Limetones,...                      373
Hemdurgan,....                 86
Hemiptera,.....    146, 197
Hemitripterus,...                             90
Hepialidae,....          170
Hesperiadae,....    167
Heterosomata,.                                                            51
Hitchcock, C. H., Geological Report,....    223
Letter to Gov. Washburn,.                      413
Holmes, E., Report on Ichtliyology,....     11
Geology of Aroostook county,.                      359
Holmes' Quarry,...    250
Holocephali,.....           58
Holostei,..                                                      55
Honey Bee,....          149
Hornet,......    151
Horsebacks,....          388
at Kenduskeag,.                                         278
in Princeton,.                                               306
on Seboois river,..    362
in Canada,..                             391
Horse Fly,..                                  180
Mackerel,....                 78
House Fly,...                            180
Hymenoptera,....                  144 148
IHyperoartii,.....     58
Hyperotreti,..                                               59
Ichneumonidae,.....    157
Ichthyology, Descriptive,...                       47
Principles of,....     11
Works on,..                                    12
Glossary of terms used in,...     35
Indian Rock,..                                              327
Ingraham's Quarry,.....    250
Insect nets,....           162, 183
pins,..                        162, 176
years,...                                   147
Iron,...,    413
in Aroostook county,..          413




440                                  INDEX.
PAGE.
Iron in Union,.                      421
experiments on the strength of,.                                  418
for gunboats,...                       414
pyrites,...                            421
mlagnetic,.                                               372
Jackson, C. T.,..                 226, 365, 367, 375, 416, 420
Jewell's Isltnd,...                                        421
Jottings in Central Maine,...                290
June Bug,...                                  187
Junior Lake,...           300, 320
Kennebec Valley, Terraces in,...    393
Forks of,..                      284
Kennebasis River,.                                                297, 304
Klein, Classification of Fish,..                                            24
Lace-winged Fly,..                            207
Lady Bugs,....                      193
Lacepede, Classification of Fishes,.                       26
Lake Ramparts,...      302, 350, 381
Larridae,..                      154
Lead,...    425
Leadbetter's Fails,....     335, 3, 345
Leaf-cutter Bee,..    149
AMiners,...                      175
Rollers,...                       174
Lemniscati,.53
Lepidolite,.....          410
Lepidoptera,....     146, 161
Lepus,....    134
Lewey's Island Railroad, Geology of,..                      305
Lake,...    314
Libellulidae,                                ~.                               208
Lice,                                                                          204
Lily Pond,..                                  254
Limestone,..                             372, 428
Azoic,....          238
in Warren,.....    238
Union,....          239
Camden,...                             240
Lincolnville,.                                               240
Carroll,..                                         299
Ling,.           ~..                      101
Linneus the Philosoper,....     20
his Classification of Fishes,..           24




IN5DEX.                               441
PAGE.
Linneus, Iron in,                                                          420
Locustariae,                                                               196
Logan, Sir W. E.,.                           349
Lophioidae,.                                            106
Lophinae,..                           106
Lophius,.                                            106
Lophobranchii,                                                       5.      4
Lycaenidae,.                                                        166
Lynx,..   136
Mackerel,.....     75
Maggotts,                                                                  177
Magnesian Slate,.                                       259
Mammals, Notes upon,.                           119, 134
Marble,....           373, 428
Marl. Calcareous,..                                                       371
Silicious,.                                395
as a fertilizer,                                                    397
Marine Zoology, Report on,..               129
Marsh Quarry,.                                                         252
Mason, J E.,.                                                     29
Bee,.                                                 149
May Fly,...                                       208
Meadows Quarry,..                249, 253
MIeal Worm,..                           189
Measuring Worms,..         172
Meloe,..                                                  190
Meteors,...         296
Mica,....   411
Mica Schist,....    272, 288
Thickness of,.                           273
Extent of,       3. 10, 349
Argillo,..                                       275
Micro-Lepicoptera,..         175
Microscopic forms from Waterville,....   401
Alineralogical Notes,..                                            406
Mineral Spring,..                                 362
Mites,...                                213
Mole Cricket,...         195
Mollychunkemunk La;ke,.                                            328
Monk Fish,...               106
Moosehead Lake, Description of,                                            3 42
Geology of,.                            330
Mooseluckmaguntic Lake,                                                    327
Morono,....                            66
Mosquitoe,..                                            177
56




442                               INDEX.
PAGE.
Moulding Sand,.....   373
Mount Desert Island, Geology of,                                        269
Mica,.....   408
Moxie Falls,.....         283
Mucous Fish,...                           97
AMud Lake,..                                                     309
Muller, Johannes,.....    49
Mutillidae,.                                                     155
Myriapods,.....           144, 213
Names, appropriate,.                                            297, 346
Nematognathi,..                                           53
Neuroptera,..                                       144, 146, 204
New Brunswick, Geology of,....          11
New Hampshire, Fossils in,.                                     329
Noctuidae,..                                    170
Norway Haddock,..                                       86
Notodontians,..                                     169
Obligations rendered,.                               6, 128, 133, 422
Orders,...... 20, 28
Organization of Survey,..                       3
Oriskany Sandstone,..                           285, 332
Orthoptera,.                                      146, 193
Otolithus,.                                                        74
Owlet Moths,....         170
Oxford County, Geology of,..               295
Packard, A. S. jr., Entomological Report,.                          143
Pagrus,..                                                      73
Papilionidae,...                          165
Parlin Pond,                                                             286
Pebbles, Distorted,....          244, 324
Penobscot Bay, Geology of,.                                          227
River,..                                332, 341
Geology of,                                                    343
Peprilinae,..    74
Perca,.                                                                  64
Percoidae,..63
Percinae,.....          63
Perch,....                        64, 66
Perlidae,                                                                206
Petalite,.....   410
Pharyngobranchii,.                                                       59
Phillips,..294
Pholis,.                                                                 99




INDEX.                                 443
PAGE.
Phryganeidae,...                           206
Physoclisti,.....           51
Physostoma,......      52
Pig Fish,..                                              88
Piscataquis County, Geology of,....    290
Valley,.                                            279
Placoganoidea,...55
Plants, directions for preserving,                                          121
for distribution,...               120
new ones discovered in 1862,                                        122
Plant Lice,......    200
Platygaster,.....         158
Pleasant Lake,...                       300, 321
Plectognathi,.....          54
Pieridae,......    165
Plymouth Colony, saved by Maine Fish,                                         15
Purchase Fisheries in Maine,..                 16
Pocumpus Lake,...                       303, 318
Pomola, Mount,..                                             348
Pomotis,.....       70, 72
Pond Fish,......     71
Popham,..                                             14
Porgee,.....     73
Portland Society of Natural HIistory,.                         6, 402
Proctotrupidae,....    158
Proronotus,....                74
Ptinus,.....    189
Pumpkin Seed,...                                  71
Putorius,......    135
Pyralidae,...                                 173
Quarries of Eolian Limestone,                                               252
Quartz,......   412
Boulders,..                                             359
Rock,.                                   241, 269, 274
Rabbit,......    134
Raiae,......          57
Railroad passes,..       7
Rangely Lake,..                                            326
Rankin's Quarry,..                                       252
Red Sea Perch,..                                              86
Reptiles in Maine,..                                       141
Rhinae,...                       57
Rhombus,....                            75
Rich, J. G.,.....         134




444                                IN1)E X.
PAGE.
Ripple Marks,                                                         324, 331
Roach,                                                                      71
Robinson, J. 0.,                                                  227, 253, 428
Roccus,..                                             68
Rock Fish,                                                                  68
Rockport, Geology of,                                                      242
Rockland,                                                                  246
Roofing Slate,                                                         360, 429
Rose Fish,..                                                   86
Rubidium,                                                                  408
Salmo, Salmoninae, Sallmonoidae,                                           108
Sand Dauber,      -          -                                             155
Sand Smelt,            -           -                                        84
Saw Fly,          -          -                                             161
Sawyer, W. W.,         -                                            7, 313, 429
Scapaug,                                             -          -           73
Scenery,                                                  -           -    271
Schoodic River,   -          -                                             297
Sciaeninae,            -                                              -     74
Sciaenoidae,      -          -                                              73
Scientific Report, Plan of,        --                                        4
Scoliidae,                   -                                   -         155
Scomber, Scombrinae,                                                  -     76
Scomberesocoidae,             -                                             80
Scomberesox,           --                      -          -           -     81
Scombroidae,       -                                                        75
Scragly Lake,          -                                              -    367
Sculpin,          -           -                                             88
Sea Beaches,           -                                  -                  91
Sea Devil,        -                                        -               106
Sea Robbin,            -                                  -           -     88
Sea Swallow,       -                                                        93
Sea Toad,              -                                  -           -     88
Sea Walls,        -          -                                             381
Sebago Trout,                                  -          -           -    112
Sebastes,          -                                                        86
Seboois Farm,          -           -           -          -           -    366
Lake,                                   -          -                368
Seboomook Meadows,   -                                    -           334, 344
Section, from Eden to Canada,                                              266
Sections in Taconic rocks,                           -                     246
protraction of,            -                                       267
Sedgwick Lake, Fossils at,                                            -    404
Seriolinae,                                                                 79
Seven Islands Farm,    -           -           -          -            339, 351




TNDEX.                                    445
PA GE.
Sexton Beetle,     -            -            -                                    185
Shanny,                  -                         -            -           -      99
Sheep Tick,        -            -            -                                    181
Shepherd, Prof. F., Letters fron,    -             -            -            426, 427
Shiner,            -            -                                                  79
Shrew, Thompson's,    -               -            -                        -    119
Siliceous Slate,                -            -            -                       361
Silk Worm,               -                         -                        -    170
Silliman's Journal,                                       -           -             6
Silver Side,             -                                      -            -     84
Skip Jack,         -            -            -           -            -        75, 80
Slates in Kennebec valley,            -                        -            -    283
on Moosehead Lake,                  -                                    284
Snapper,                 -                                                         86
Somerset county, Geology of,                 -                                    290
Sorex,                   -            -            -                        -    119
Span Worm,                      -            -                                    172
Sparinae, Sparoidae,                                            -           -      73
Sphegidae,         -                         -            -            -          154
Sphinx,    -                                                                      167
Spider,            -            -            -                                    209
Spider Fly,                                        -            -           -    181
Spring Tail,       -            -            -            -            -          209
Squali,     -            -                                                  -      57
Squash Bug,        -            -                                                 203
Squeteague, Squetee,    -             -                                     -      74
States Prison Quarry,           -            -            -            -          248
St. Croix Island, Fauna, of,                                    -           -    130
Rier,   -             -            -            -            -           297
River, Geology of,          -            -                               305
Gold on,        -            -                              423, 426
Stickleback,                          -            -            -            -     82
St. John Ponds,                              -            -            -       7, 349
Valley,         --                                                 -      38
Geology of,                         -           -            -           348
Stockbridge Limestone,                             -            -           -     245
Storer, H. R.,     -49
Strata, thickness of,    -            -                                      256, 272
Striae, courses of,             -            -            -            -          378
Striped Bass, _                                    -,:
Sturtevant, E. L.,              -            -                                    4:,;
Sugaring for Motlls,                               -            -            -     72
Sunfish,                        -                         -                         71
Surface Geology,         --                                                        3 -  7
Syenite,                        -            -                                     29
Synclinal Axis,                                                                   2 -  -  267




446                                   INDEX.
PAGE.
Synopsis of Fishes in Maine,                                                   31, 59
Syrphus,   -                                                                      179
Sysladobsis Lake,               -                                            301, 31
Taconic Rocks,           -                                                        228
S3hists,  2- 59
Teleocephali,                         _            _                           5,, 63
Teleostei,         -                                                           50, 6:3
Temnodon,                             _                                     -      79
Tenthredinidae,                                                       -           161
Terraces,   -            -                                                        892
Tettigonidae,      -                                                              199
Thompson's Shrew,                                                           -    119
Tlhoroughfare,     -            -            -            -                       800
Tlhousrnd Legs,                                                             -    214
Tbynnus,                                                                           78
Tick,                                      ~ -   -  -                       -    213
Tiger Beetle,                                                                     183
Tin Ore,    -                         -                                      408, 425
Tineidae,          -                                                              174
Toad Fish,                                         - -  -      -            - 
Togue,                                                                            109
Tourmaline,                           _                                     -    410
Trains of Boulders,             -            -            -           -            81
Tratp D;kes,             -                                      _                 258
Treat's Island, Fauna of,       -            -            -           -           129
Trout, Blue Back,        -                                                  -    113
Union River,             -                                     -           115
Sebago,           _                                                  -    112
Fishin,,   -             -            -           -            -           117
True, N. T.,             -                               -                  -    406
Tunny,             _                                                               78
Turnpike, between Princeton and Milford,           -                        -    301
Union, Iron Ore in,                                _     -                        421
Union River Trout,              -                         -           -           115
Uroceridae,              _                                                  -    160
Vegetation of Aroostook county,                                             -    123
Verrill, A. E.,    -            -                                       141, 38(8, 406
Vespidae,   -            -            -                                           151
Vini;-lhaven, Geology of,       -            -            -           -           264
Voll-er,    -            -                                                          7
Wmllking Sticks',        -                                                        195
Wasps,             -            -                         -           -           151




INDEX.                                   447
PAGE.
Water Lime,              -           -                        -            372, 4 28
Waterville, Fossils at,                                                         292
Microscopic Forms at,   -                         -            -    401
Wawbawsoos Lake,               -            -                              302, 319
Weak Fish, -             -           -            -           -                   74
Weasel,            -           -            -                                   135
Welokenebacook Lake,  -              -                                     -    328
Western Schoodic Waters, Geology of,        -                                   298
Whaleback, -                                                  _                 389
White, 0., Report of,          -            -                        -          352
Ants,            -           -            -                        -    205
Perch,                                                       -            66
Willoughby and Ray, Classification of Fish,       -           -            -      22
Witteguerguaguam Lake,         -            -                        -          303
Wolf Fish, -             -           -            -                             102
Wooboostook River,                    -                  -                  337, 319
Woodstock Charcoal Iron Company, --                           -            -    418
Wool's Military Road,          -            -                                   334
Wry Mouth,               -           -            -                        -    104
Yellow Perch,             -           -                                           64
Yttrocerite,                                                                    409
Zircon,                                                                         412
Zoarceinae, -            -                                                      101
Zoarces,          -           -..                       101